beta 2012.01.09 10:08

74 files changed, 6808 insertions, 6636 deletions

diff --git a/tex/context/base/anch-pos.mkiv b/tex/context/base/anch-pos.mkiv
index 42347ada1..2ebeb69f6 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/anch-pos.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/anch-pos.mkiv
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@
    \setpositiondataplus
      {p:\number\parposcounter}\zeropoint\strutht\strutdp
      {\the\hsize,\the\dimexpr\leftskip\relax,\the\dimexpr\rightskip\relax,\the\hangindent,\the\hangafter,\the\parindent}%
-  %\normalhbox{\registerparsymbol}%
+  %\hbox{\registerparsymbol}%
    \iftracepositions\registerparsymbol\fi}
 
 \unexpanded\def\traceposstring#1#2#3%
diff --git a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.lua b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.lua
index 474651fea..29930744e 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.lua
@@ -459,7 +459,10 @@ function colors.definemultitonecolor(name,multispec,colorspec,selfspec)
     colorset[name] = true-- maybe we can store more
 end
 
-local function mpcolor(model,ca,ta,default) -- will move to mlib-col
+-- will move to mlib-col as colors in m,p are somewhat messy due to the fact
+-- that we cannot cast
+
+local function mpcolor(model,ca,ta,default)
     local cv = colorvalues[ca]
     if cv then
         local tv = transparencyvalues[ta]
@@ -474,8 +477,13 @@ local function mpcolor(model,ca,ta,default) -- will move to mlib-col
                 return format("transparent(%s,%s,(%s,%s,%s))",tv[1],tv[2],cv[3],cv[4],cv[5])
             elseif model == 4 then
                 return format("transparent(%s,%s,cmyk(%s,%s,%s,%s))",tv[1],tv[2],cv[6],cv[7],cv[8],cv[9])
-            else
+            elseif model == 5 then
                 return format('transparent(%s,%s,multitonecolor("%s",%s,"%s","%s"))',tv[1],tv[2],cv[10],cv[11],cv[12],cv[13])
+            else
+                return format("transparent(%s,%s,(%s,%s,%s))",tv[1],tv[2],cv[3],cv[4],cv[5])
+-- this will become (see ** in meta-ini.mkiv)
+--
+-- return format("transparent(%s,%s,(%s))",tv[1],tv[2],cv[2])
             end
         else
             if model == 2 then
@@ -484,8 +492,13 @@ local function mpcolor(model,ca,ta,default) -- will move to mlib-col
                 return format("(%s,%s,%s)",cv[3],cv[4],cv[5])
             elseif model == 4 then
                 return format("cmyk(%s,%s,%s,%s)",cv[6],cv[7],cv[8],cv[9])
-            else
+            elseif model == 5 then
                 return format('multitonecolor("%s",%s,"%s","%s")',cv[10],cv[11],cv[12],cv[13])
+            else
+                return format("(%s,%s,%s)",cv[3],cv[4],cv[5])
+-- this will become (see ** in meta-ini.mkiv)
+--
+-- return format("%s",(cv[2]))
             end
         end
     else
@@ -494,41 +507,6 @@ local function mpcolor(model,ca,ta,default) -- will move to mlib-col
     end
 end
 
---~ local function mpcolor(model,ca,ta,default) -- will move to mlib-col
---~     local cv = colorvalues[ca]
---~     if cv then
---~         local tv = transparencyvalues[ta]
---~         if model == 1 then
---~             model = cv[1]
---~         end
---~         model = forcedmodel(model)
---~         if tv then
---~             if model == 2 then
---~                 return format("(%s,%s,%s) withtransparency (%s,%s)",tv[1],tv[2],cv[3],cv[4],cv[5])
---~             elseif model == 3 then
---~                 return format("(%s,%s,%s) withtransparency (%s,%s)",tv[1],tv[2],cv[3],cv[4],cv[5])
---~             elseif model == 4 then
---~                 return format("(%s,%s,%s,%s) withtransparency(%s,%s)",tv[1],tv[2],cv[6],cv[7],cv[8],cv[9])
---~             else
---~                 return format('multitonecolor("%s",%s,"%s","%s") withtransparency (%s,%s)',tv[1],tv[2],cv[10],cv[11],cv[12],cv[13])
---~             end
---~         else
---~             if model == 2 then
---~                 return format("(%s,%s,%s)",cv[3],cv[4],cv[5])
---~             elseif model == 3 then
---~                 return format("(%s,%s,%s)",cv[3],cv[4],cv[5])
---~             elseif model == 4 then
---~                 return format("cmyk(%s,%s,%s,%s)",cv[6],cv[7],cv[8],cv[9])
---~             else
---~                 return format('multitonecolor("%s",%s,"%s","%s")',cv[10],cv[11],cv[12],cv[13])
---~             end
---~         end
---~     else
---~         default = default or 0 -- rgb !
---~         return format("(%s,%s,%s)",default,default,default)
---~     end
---~ end
-
 local function mpoptions(model,ca,ta,default) -- will move to mlib-col
     return format("withcolor %s",mpcolor(model,ca,ta,default))
 end
diff --git a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.mkiv
index cddefe996..44016bcc2 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.mkiv
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@
 
 % \normal added else fails in metafun manual (leaders do a hard scan)
 
-\unexpanded\def\forcecolorhack{\leaders\hrule\normalhskip\zeropoint}
+\unexpanded\def\forcecolorhack{\leaders\hrule\hskip\zeropoint}
 
 %D We default to the colors defined in \type {colo-imp-rgb} and
 %D support both \RGB\ and \CMYK\ output. Transparencies are defined
diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-log.mkiv b/tex/context/base/cont-log.mkiv
index 29e571a44..67647920d 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/cont-log.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/cont-log.mkiv
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 %D
 %D I changed this into one that adapts itself:
 
-\unexpanded\def\Context
+\unexpanded\def\Context % wrong usage of \getscaledglyph
   {\dontleavehmode
    \begingroup
    C\kern -.0667em\getscaledglyph{.8}\empty{O\kern -.0667emN\kern
@@ -108,11 +108,11 @@
 
 \unexpanded\def\setMFPfont% more sensitive for low level changes
   {\font\logofont=logo%
-     \ifx\fontalternative\c!bf\else
-     \ifx\fontalternative\c!it\else
-     \ifx\fontalternative\c!sl\else
-     \ifx\fontalternative\c!bi\else
-     \ifx\fontalternative\c!bs\else
+     \ifx\fontalternative\s!bf\else
+     \ifx\fontalternative\s!it\else
+     \ifx\fontalternative\s!sl\else
+     \ifx\fontalternative\s!bi\else
+     \ifx\fontalternative\s!bs\else
      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
      10 at \currentfontscale\bodyfontsize % there is no afm in the minimals yet
    \logofont}
@@ -186,11 +186,11 @@
       \iffontchar\font"018E\relax
         \char"018E%
       \else
-        \ifx\fontalternative\c!bf         \mirror{E}\else
-        \ifx\fontalternative\c!it\syst_logos_xetex_e\else
-        \ifx\fontalternative\c!sl\syst_logos_xetex_e\else
-        \ifx\fontalternative\c!bi\syst_logos_xetex_e\else
-        \ifx\fontalternative\c!bs\syst_logos_xetex_e\else
+        \ifx\fontalternative\s!bf         \mirror{E}\else
+        \ifx\fontalternative\s!it\syst_logos_xetex_e\else
+        \ifx\fontalternative\s!sl\syst_logos_xetex_e\else
+        \ifx\fontalternative\s!bi\syst_logos_xetex_e\else
+        \ifx\fontalternative\s!bs\syst_logos_xetex_e\else
                                           \mirror{E}\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
       \fi}%
    \kern-.1667em\TeX}
@@ -231,10 +231,10 @@
 %
 % a further iteration from the list, patched again
 
-% \ifx\fontalternative\c!it -\else
-% \ifx\fontalternative\c!sl -\else
-% \ifx\fontalternative\c!bi -\else
-% \ifx\fontalternative\c!bs -\fi\fi\fi\fi
+% \ifx\fontalternative\s!it -\else
+% \ifx\fontalternative\s!sl -\else
+% \ifx\fontalternative\s!bi -\else
+% \ifx\fontalternative\s!bs -\fi\fi\fi\fi
 
 \unexpanded\def\LuaTeX
   {\dontleavehmode
diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkii b/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkii
index cdaa6555b..48c6cd4ea 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkii
+++ b/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkii
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
 %C details.
 
-\newcontextversion{2012.01.02 21:59}
+\newcontextversion{2012.01.09 10:08}
 
 %D This file is loaded at runtime, thereby providing an
 %D excellent place for hacks, patches, extensions and new
diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkiv b/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkiv
index f15350801..7c4855dcf 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkiv
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
 %C details.
 
-\newcontextversion{2012.01.02 21:59}
+\newcontextversion{2012.01.09 10:08}
 
 %D This file is loaded at runtime, thereby providing an
 %D excellent place for hacks, patches, extensions and new
diff --git a/tex/context/base/context-version.pdf b/tex/context/base/context-version.pdf
index 2b75912ca..538e5983c 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/context-version.pdf
+++ b/tex/context/base/context-version.pdf
diff --git a/tex/context/base/context-version.png b/tex/context/base/context-version.png
index 3f70be95d..105c08445 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/context-version.png
+++ b/tex/context/base/context-version.png
diff --git a/tex/context/base/context.mkii b/tex/context/base/context.mkii
index e6112b831..d5978661a 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/context.mkii
+++ b/tex/context/base/context.mkii
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 %D your styles an modules.
 
 \edef\contextformat {\jobname}
-\edef\contextversion{2012.01.02 21:59}
+\edef\contextversion{2012.01.09 10:08}
 
 %D For those who want to use this:
 
diff --git a/tex/context/base/context.mkiv b/tex/context/base/context.mkiv
index b9b1a545d..08671380f 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/context.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/context.mkiv
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 %D up and the dependencies are more consistent.
 
 \edef\contextformat {\jobname}
-\edef\contextversion{2012.01.02 21:59}
+\edef\contextversion{2012.01.09 10:08}
 
 %D For those who want to use this:
 
@@ -228,6 +228,7 @@
 \loadmarkfile{spac-ali}
 \loadmarkfile{spac-hor}
 \loadmarkfile{spac-ver}
+\loadmarkfile{spac-lin}
 \loadmarkfile{spac-pag}
 \loadmarkfile{spac-fnt}
 \loadmarkfile{spac-par}
@@ -279,8 +280,6 @@
 \loadmarkfile{typo-pag}
 \loadmarkfile{typo-mar}
 
-% \loadmkvifile{file-job} % why so late?
-
 \loadmarkfile{buff-ini}
 \loadmarkfile{buff-ver}
 \loadmarkfile{buff-par}
@@ -324,11 +323,13 @@
 \loadmkvifile{scrn-hlp}
 
 \loadmarkfile{char-enc} % will move up
-\loadmarkfile{font-ini} % will move up
+\loadmkvifile{font-ini} % will move up
+\loadmkvifile{font-emp}
+\loadmarkfile{font-pre}
 \loadmarkfile{font-unk}
 \loadmarkfile{font-tra}
 \loadmarkfile{font-uni}
-\loadmarkfile{font-col}
+\loadmkvifile{font-col}
 \loadmarkfile{font-gds}
 
 \loadmarkfile{lxml-css}
@@ -349,10 +350,8 @@
 \loadmkvifile{typo-txt}
 \loadmarkfile{typo-par}
 
-\loadmarkfile{type-ini}
+\loadmkvifile{type-ini}
 \loadmarkfile{type-set}
-\loadmarkfile{type-def}
-\loadmarkfile{type-lua}
 
 \loadmarkfile{scrp-ini}
 
diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-def.mkiv b/tex/context/base/core-def.mkiv
index 13cfd5bc4..03d0ffa74 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/core-def.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/core-def.mkiv
@@ -26,10 +26,12 @@
 
 % initialization order:
 
-\ifdefined\firststagepreloadfonts  \else \let\firststagepreloadfonts \relax \fi
-\ifdefined\secondstagepreloadfonts \else \let\secondstagepreloadfonts\relax \fi
-\ifdefined\thirdstagepreloadfonts  \else \let\thirdstagepreloadfonts \relax \fi
-\ifdefined\fourthstagepreloadfonts \else \let\fourthstagepreloadfonts\relax \fi
+\ifdefined\font_preloads_at_every_job  \else \let\font_preloads_at_every_job \relax \fi
+\ifdefined\font_preloads_at_start_text \else \let\font_preloads_at_start_text\relax \fi
+\ifdefined\font_preloads_at_stop_text  \else \let\font_preloads_at_stop_text \relax \fi
+
+\appendtoks  \font_preloads_at_start_text          \to \everystarttext
+\appendtoks  \font_preloads_at_stop_text           \to \everystoptext
 
 %prependtoks \preloadtypescript                    \to \everyjob
 \appendtoks  \showcontextbanner                    \to \everyjob
@@ -37,7 +39,7 @@
 \appendtoks  \calculatecurrenttime                 \to \everyjob
 \appendtoks  \loadsystemfiles                      \to \everyjob
 \appendtoks  \loadoptionfile                       \to \everyjob % can load files !
-\appendtoks  \firststagepreloadfonts               \to \everyjob
+\appendtoks  \font_preloads_at_every_job           \to \everyjob
 \appendtoks  \settopskip                           \to \everyjob
 \appendtoks  \initializemainlanguage               \to \everyjob
 %appendtoks  \MPLIBregister                        \to \everyjob
@@ -62,9 +64,6 @@
 
 \prependtoks \lefttoright                          \to \everybeforeoutput
 
-\appendtoks  \secondstagepreloadfonts              \to \everystarttext
-\appendtoks  \fourthstagepreloadfonts              \to \everystoptext
-
 % temporary here:
 
 \unexpanded\def\arg{\mathortext\normalmatharg\normaltextarg}
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-col.lua b/tex/context/base/font-col.lua
index b5437e249..f8add1e4e 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/font-col.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/font-col.lua
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ end
 
 -- todo: provide a lua variant (like with definefont)
 
-function collections.clone_one(name)
+function collections.registermain(name)
     local last = font.current()
     if trace_collecting then
         report_fonts("def: registering font %s with name %s",last,name)
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ function collections.clone_one(name)
     list[#list+1] = last
 end
 
-function collections.clone_two(name)
+function collections.clonevector(name)
     statistics.starttiming(fonts)
     local d = definitions[name]
     local t = { }
@@ -169,27 +169,29 @@ function collections.prepare(name)
             report_fonts("def: applying collection %s to %s (file: %s)",name,current,filename)
         end
         list = { }
-        context.dostartcloningfonts() -- move this to tex \dostart...
+        context.pushcatcodes("prt") -- context.unprotect()
+        context.font_fallbacks_start_cloning()
         for i=1,#d do
             local f = d[i]
             local name = f.font
             local scale = f.rscale or 1
             if lpegmatch(okay,name) then
-                context.doclonefonta(name,scale)  -- define with unique specs
+                context.font_fallbacks_clone_unique(name,scale)
             else
-                context.doclonefontb(name,scale)  -- define with inherited specs
+                context.font_fallbacks_clone_inherited(name,scale)
             end
-            context.doclonefontstageone(name) -- registering main font
+            context.font_fallbacks_register_main(name)
         end
-        context.doclonefontstagetwo(name) -- preparing clone vectors
-        context.dostopcloningfonts()
+        context.font_fallbacks_prepare_clone_vectors(name)
+        context.font_fallbacks_stop_cloning()
+        context.popcatcodes() -- context.protect()
     elseif trace_collecting then
         local filename = file.basename(fontdata[current].properties.filename or "?")
         report_fonts("def: error in applying collection %s to %s (file: %s)",name,current,filename)
     end
 end
 
-function collections.message(message)
+function collections.report(message)
     if trace_collecting then
         report_fonts("tex: %s",message)
     end
@@ -226,9 +228,9 @@ end
 
 -- interface
 
-commands.definefontcollection    = collections.define
-commands.resetfontcollection     = collections.reset
-commands.preparefontcollection   = collections.prepare
-commands.fontcollectionmessage   = collections.message
-commands.clonefontcollection_one = collections.clone_one
-commands.clonefontcollection_two = collections.clone_two
+commands.fontcollectiondefine   = collections.define
+commands.fontcollectionreset    = collections.reset
+commands.fontcollectionprepare  = collections.prepare
+commands.fontcollectionreport   = collections.report
+commands.fontcollectionregister = collections.registermain
+commands.fontcollectionclone    = collections.clonevector
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-col.mkiv b/tex/context/base/font-col.mkvi
index cbe183868..d78c082e3 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/font-col.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/font-col.mkvi
@@ -29,72 +29,67 @@
 
 \unprotect
 
-\unexpanded\def\definefontfallback
-  {\doquadrupleempty\dodefinefontfallback}
+\unexpanded\def\definefontfallback{\doquadrupleempty\font_fallbacks_define}
+\unexpanded\def\resetfontfallback {\dodoubleempty   \font_fallbacks_reset }
 
-\def\dodefinefontfallback[#1][#2][#3][#4]%
-  {\ctxcommand{definefontcollection("#1","#2",\!!bs#3\!!es,\!!bs#4\!!es)}}
+\def\font_fallbacks_define[#name][#font][#ranges][#settings]%
+  {\ctxcommand{fontcollectiondefine("#name","#font",\!!bs#ranges\!!es,\!!bs#settings\!!es)}}
 
-\def\resetfontfallback
-  {\dodoubleempty\doresetfontfallback}
+\def\font_fallbacks_reset[#name][#font]%
+  {\ctxcommand{fontcollectionreset("#name","#font")}}
 
-\def\doresetfontfallback[#1][#2]%
-  {\ctxcommand{resetfontcollection("#1","#2")}}
-
-% add fallbacks to last font
-
-\def\dodefinefontfallbacks#1%
-  {\ctxcommand{preparefontcollection("#1")}}
+\def\font_fallbacks_prepare#name%
+  {\ctxcommand{fontcollectionprepare("#name")}} % add fallbacks to last font
 
 % we might as well move the handling to lua but then we need to pass the
 % fallbacks, skewchar etc.
 
-\setfalse\doingfontfallbacks
+\newconditional\c_font_fallbacks_in_progress
 
-\def\dodefinefontfallbacksindeed#1%
+\def\font_fallbacks_prepare_indeed#fallbacks%
   {\begingroup
-     \settrue\doingfontfallbacks
+     \settrue\c_font_fallbacks_in_progress
      \lastrawfontcall % sets current font id
-     \dodefinefontfallbacks#1%
+     \font_fallbacks_prepare#fallbacks%
    \endgroup}
 
+\let\m_font_fallbacks\empty % set in the font-ini
+
 \appendtoks
-    \ifconditional\doingfontfallbacks\else
-        \ifx\@@fontfallbacks\empty
-            \ifx\@@fontclassfallbacks\empty
+    \ifconditional\c_font_fallbacks_in_progress\else
+        \ifx\m_font_fallbacks\empty
+            \ifx\m_font_class_fallbacks\empty
             \else
-                \dodefinefontfallbacksindeed\@@fontclassfallbacks
+                \font_fallbacks_prepare_indeed\m_font_class_fallbacks
             \fi
         \else
-            \dodefinefontfallbacksindeed\@@fontfallbacks
+            \font_fallbacks_prepare_indeed\m_font_fallbacks
         \fi
    \fi
 \to\everydefinefont
 
-\def\dostartcloningfonts
-  {\bgroup
+\def\font_fallbacks_start_cloning
+  {\begingroup
    \let\savedfontspec\somefontspec}
 
-\def\dostopcloningfonts
-  {\egroup}
+\def\font_fallbacks_stop_cloning
+  {\endgroup}
 
-\def\doclonefonta#1#2% kind of dododefinefont
-  {\ctxcommand{fontcollectionmessage("defining #1 (relative scale: #2)")}% brrr
-   \autofontsizefalse
+\def\font_fallbacks_clone_unique#specification#scale% kind of dododefinefont
+  {\ctxcommand{fontcollectionreport("defining #specification (relative scale: #scale)")}% brrr
+   \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
    \let\lastfontidentifier\s!dummy
-   \def\localrelativefontsize{#2}%
-   \let\localabsolutefontsize\fontbody
-   \lowleveldefinefont{#1}\rawfontidentifier
-   \csname\rawfontidentifier\endcsname
-   \autofontsizefalse
-   %\setfontcharacteristics
-   }%\the\everyfontswitch}
-
-\def\doclonefontb#1% #2
-  {\doclonefonta{#1 \savedfontspec}}
-
-\def\doclonefontstageone#1{\ctxcommand{clonefontcollection_one("#1")}}
-\def\doclonefontstagetwo#1{\ctxcommand{clonefontcollection_two("#1")}}
+   \def\v_font_size_relative{#scale}%
+   \let\v_font_size_absolute\fontbody
+   \font_helpers_low_level_define{#specification}\v_font_identifier_basic
+   \csname\v_font_identifier_basic\endcsname
+   \setfalse\font_auto_font_size} % no \setfontcharacteristics and \the\everyfontswitch needed
+
+\def\font_fallbacks_clone_inherited#font% also a secod argument
+  {\font_fallbacks_clone_unique{#font \savedfontspec}}
+
+\def\font_fallbacks_register_main        #name{\ctxcommand{fontcollectionregister("#name")}}
+\def\font_fallbacks_prepare_clone_vectors#name{\ctxcommand{fontcollectionclone("#name")}}
 
 % check : only replace when present in replacement font (default: no)
 % force : force replacent even when basefont has glyph  (default: yes)
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ctx.lua b/tex/context/base/font-ctx.lua
index 6a7e0f5d3..2684c4851 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/font-ctx.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/font-ctx.lua
@@ -1489,3 +1489,11 @@ to scale virtual characters.</p>
 function commands.setfontofid(id)
     context.getvalue(csnames[id])
 end
+
+-- more interfacing:
+
+commands.definefontfeature = fonts.specifiers.presetcontext
+
+function commands.featurelist(...)
+    context(fonts.specifiers.contexttostring(...))
+end
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-emp.mkvi b/tex/context/base/font-emp.mkvi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..65aa7a520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tex/context/base/font-emp.mkvi
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+%D \module
+%D   [       file=font-emp,
+%D        version=20120106, % (moved from font-ini)
+%D          title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros,
+%D       subtitle=Emphasis,
+%D         author=Hans Hagen,
+%D           date=\currentdate,
+%D      copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}]
+%C
+%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is
+%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
+%C details.
+
+\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Font Macros / Emphasis}
+
+\unprotect
+
+%D \macros
+%D  {em,emphasistypeface,emphasisboldface}
+%D
+%D The next macro started as a copy of Donald Arseneau's
+%D \type{\em} (\TUGNEWS\ Vol.~3, no.~1, 1994). His
+%D implementation was a bit more sophisticated version of the
+%D standard \LATEX\ one. We further enhanced the macro, so now
+%D it also adapts itself to boldface mode. Because we favor
+%D {\sl slanted} type over {\it italic}, we made the emphasis
+%D adaptable, for instance:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \def\emphasistypeface {\it}
+%D \def\emphasisboldface {\bi}
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D But we prefer:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \unexpanded\def\emphasistypeface{\sl}
+%D \unexpanded\def\emphasisboldface{\bs}
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D or even better:
+
+\let\m_font_emphasized_typeface\empty
+
+\def\font_emphasis_checked_typeface#slanted#italic%
+  {\edef\m_font_emphasized_typeface{\bodyfontvariable\s!em}%
+   \ifx\m_font_emphasized_typeface\v!slanted
+     #slanted%
+   \else\ifx\m_font_emphasized_typeface\v!italic
+     #italic%
+   \else\ifx\m_font_emphasized_typeface\empty
+     #slanted%
+   \else
+     \csname\m_font_emphasized_typeface\endcsname
+   \fi\fi\fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\emphasistypeface{\font_emphasis_checked_typeface\sl\it}
+\unexpanded\def\emphasisboldface{\font_emphasis_checked_typeface\bs\bi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\normalboldface % public
+  {\relax\ifx\fontalternative\s!it\bi
+   \else \ifx\fontalternative\s!sl\bs
+   \else                          \bf\fi\fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\normaltypeface % public
+  {\relax
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bi \it \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bs \sl \else
+                             \tf \fi\fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\swaptypeface % public
+  {\relax
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!it \tf               \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!sl \tf               \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bf \emphasisboldface \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bs \bf               \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bi \bf               \else
+                             \emphasistypeface \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+\let\typeface\normaltypeface % public
+\let\boldface\normalboldface % public
+\let\swapface\swaptypeface   % public
+
+%D To be set with the default body font environment: \type
+%D {em} being \type {slanted} or \type {italic}.
+
+% maybe a \csname...\fontalternative\endcsname
+
+\newconditional\c_font_emphasis_needed
+
+\unexpanded\def\em
+  {\relax
+   \ifdim\slantperpoint>\zeropoint
+     \settrue\c_font_emphasis_needed
+   \else
+     \setfalse\c_font_emphasis_needed
+   \fi
+   \font_emphasis_set_emphasis_boldface % new
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!it
+     \unexpanded\def\emphasistypeface{\it}\tf
+   \else\ifx\fontalternative\s!sl
+     \unexpanded\def\emphasistypeface{\sl}\tf
+   \else\ifx\fontalternative\s!bf
+     \emphasisboldface
+   \else\ifx\fontalternative\s!bs
+     \unexpanded\def\emphasisboldface{\bs}\bf
+   \else\ifx\fontalternative\s!bi
+     \unexpanded\def\emphasisboldface{\bi}\bf
+   \else
+     \emphasistypeface
+   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+   \ifconditional\c_font_emphasis_needed\else
+     \expandafter\aftergroup
+   \fi
+   \emphasiscorrection}
+
+%D The next feature was not present in previous versions. It
+%D takes care of \type {\em \bf ...} situations.
+
+\def\font_emphasis_set_emphasis_boldface
+  {\let\font_emphasis_saved_emphasis_boldface\bf
+   \let\font_emphasis_set_emphasis_boldface\relax
+   \let\bf\font_emphasis_bold_bold}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_emphasis_bold_bold
+  {%\relax
+   \let\bf\relax % new
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!it
+     \bi
+   \else\ifx\fontalternative\s!sl
+     \bs
+   \else
+     \font_emphasis_saved_emphasis_boldface
+   \fi\fi
+   \let\bf\font_emphasis_saved_emphasis_boldface}
+
+%D Donald's (adapted) macros take the next character into
+%D account when placing italic correction. As a bonus we also
+%D look for something that looks like a dash, in which case we
+%D don't correct.
+
+\let\italiccorrection=\/ % tex primitive
+
+\def\emphasiscorrection % public, not in raw alignment groups, else omit problem
+  {\ifhmode\ifnum\currentgrouptype=\aligngroupcode\else
+     \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\font_emphasis_look
+   \fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_emphasis_look
+  {\begingroup
+   \futurelet\nexttoken\font_emphasis_test}
+
+\def\font_emphasis_test
+  {\ifcat\noexpand\nexttoken,% still ok?
+     \expandafter\font_emphasis_a
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_emphasis_b
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_emphasis_a
+  {\futurelet\nexttoken\font_emphasis_correction}
+
+\def\font_emphasis_correction
+   {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\nexttoken}% tricky as next can be a macro
+    \ifdim\ht\scratchbox=\zeropoint % probably a space
+      \expandafter\font_emphasis_b
+    \else\ifdim\ht\scratchbox<.3\exheight
+      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+    \else
+      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\font_emphasis_b
+    \fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_emphasis_b
+  {\scratchskip\lastskip
+   \ifdim\scratchskip=\zeropoint\relax % == \ifzeropt\scratchskip
+     \italiccorrection\relax
+   \else
+     \unskip\italiccorrection\hskip\scratchskip
+   \fi
+   \endgroup}
+
+%D We end with some examples which show the behavior when
+%D some punctuation is met. We also show how the mechanism
+%D adapts itself to bold, italic and slanted typing.
+%D
+%D \startbuffer
+%D test {test}test       \par
+%D test {\sl test}test   \par
+%D test {\em test}test   \par
+%D test {\em test}--test \par
+%D
+%D test {test}, test     \par
+%D test {\em test}, test \par
+%D
+%D test {\em test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par
+%D test {\bf test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par
+%D test {\sl test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par
+%D test {\it test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par
+%D \stopbuffer
+%D
+%D \typebuffer
+%D
+%D We get:
+%D
+%D \startpacked
+%D \getbuffer
+%D \stoppacked
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {emphbf,emphit,emphsl,emphtf}
+%D
+%D The next emphasis alternatives are for \THANH. They adapt
+%D their style as good as possible. These macros are obsolete
+%D in \MKIV.
+
+\unexpanded\def\emphbf{\groupedcommand{\bf\def\emphit{\bi}\def\emphsl{\bs}}{}}
+\unexpanded\def\emphit{\groupedcommand{\it\def\emphbf{\bi}\def\emphsl{\sl}}{}}
+\unexpanded\def\emphsl{\groupedcommand{\sl\def\emphbf{\bs}\def\emphit{\it}}{}}
+\unexpanded\def\emphtf{\groupedcommand{\tf\def\emphbf{\bf}\def\emphit{\it}\def\emphsl{\sl}}{}}
+
+%D \startbuffer
+%D TEXT {\emphbf text \emphit text  \emphtf text  \emphsl text}  TEXT
+%D TEXT  \emphbf{text \emphit{text} \emphtf{text} \emphsl{text}} TEXT
+%D \stopbuffer
+%D
+%D \typebuffer
+%D \startlines
+%D \getbuffer
+%D \stoplines
+
+\protect \endinput
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ext.lua b/tex/context/base/font-ext.lua
index fc255d395..331ffbdfa 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/font-ext.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/font-ext.lua
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ local function showboundingbox(tfmdata,key,value)
     end
 end
 
-fonts.constructors.newfeatures("otf").register {
+registerotffeature {
     name        = "boundingbox",
     description = "show boundingbox",
     manipulators = {
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-gds.mkiv b/tex/context/base/font-gds.mkiv
index d0c5be17d..2305a0edd 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/font-gds.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/font-gds.mkiv
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 \unexpanded\def\setfontcolorscheme % will move to the lua end
   {\ctxcommand{enablefontcolorschemes()}%
-   \xdef\setfontcolorscheme[##1]{\attribute\colorschemeattribute##1\relax}%
+   \unexpanded\xdef\setfontcolorscheme[##1]{\attribute\colorschemeattribute##1\relax}%
    \setfontcolorscheme}
 
 \unexpanded\def\resetfontcolorscheme
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/font-ini.mkiv
deleted file mode 100644
index a76418478..000000000
--- a/tex/context/base/font-ini.mkiv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4691 +0,0 @@
-%D \module
-%D   [       file=font-ini,
-%D        version=1998.09.11, % (second)
-%D        version=2001.02.20, % (third)
-%D          title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros,
-%D       subtitle=Initialization,
-%D         author=Hans Hagen,
-%D           date=\currentdate,
-%D      copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}]
-%C
-%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is
-%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
-%C details.
-
-% runtime commands will move to modules
-
-% at some point fontclass will always have a value so that quite some
-% code can go away
-
-% todo: reconsider design sizes ... kick 'm out which removes the size
-% code and simplifies things considerably. After all, there will be no
-% lm math in sizes.
-
-% todo: (so that we can delay font loading to \starttext
-
-% simplification ... we no longer deal with specific mmtfa specifications
-
-% todo: always fontclass, then less testing
-% todo: bodyfontvariable: parent
-
-% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][smcp=yes,script=latn]
-% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][SmallCapitals=yes,script=latn]
-% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][Small Capitals=yes,script=latn]
-% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][small capitals=yes,script=latn]
-% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][smallcapitals=yes,script=latn]
-%
-% \definedfont[cambria*smallcaps] test
-
-% \starttext
-% \definefontfeature[basekerned][default][mode=base]
-% \definefontfeature[nodekerned][default][mode=node]
-% \definefontfeature[nonekerned][default][mode=base,kern=no]
-% \setupcolors[state=start]
-% \startoverlay
-%     {\vbox{\red  \definedfont[Serif*nonekerned at 12pt]\input tufte }}
-%     {\vbox{\blue \definedfont[Serif*basekerned at 12pt]\input tufte }}
-%     {\vbox{\green\definedfont[Serif*nodekerned at 12pt]\input tufte }}
-% \stopoverlay
-% \stoptext
-
-% \enabletrackers[otf.kerns]
-%
-% \definefontfeature[withkern][default][mode=node]
-% \definefontfeature[nokern]  [default][mode=node,kern=no]
-% \definefontfeature[single]  [default][mode=node,cpsp=yes]
-% \definefontfeature[simple]  [default][mode=node,cpsp=yes,kern=no]
-%
-% {\definedfont[Serif*default] [FGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFG ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ] \par}
-% {\definedfont[Serif*nokern]  [FGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFG ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ] \par}
-% {\definedfont[Serif*single]  [FGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFG ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ] \par}
-% {\definedfont[Serif*simple]  [FGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFG ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ] \par}
-
-% figure out why \fontbody is not expanded
-
-\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Font Macros / Initialization}
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-ini}{1.001}
-\registerctxluafile{font-log}{1.001}
-\registerctxluafile{font-con}{1.001}
-\registerctxluafile{font-enc}{1.001}
-%registerctxluafile{font-agl}{1.001} % loaded when needed, saves 100K in format
-\registerctxluafile{font-cid}{1.001} % cid maps
-\registerctxluafile{font-map}{1.001}
-\registerctxluafile{font-syn}{1.001}
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-tfm}{1.001}
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-afm}{1.001}
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-oti}{1.001} % otf initialization
-\registerctxluafile{font-ott}{1.001} % otf tables (first)
-\registerctxluafile{font-otf}{1.001} % otf main
-\registerctxluafile{font-otb}{1.001} % otf main base
-\registerctxluafile{node-inj}{1.001} % we might split it off
-\registerctxluafile{font-otn}{1.001} % otf main node
-\registerctxluafile{font-otd}{1.001} % otf dynamics (does an overload)
-\registerctxluafile{font-ota}{1.001} % otf analyzers (needs dynamics)
-\registerctxluafile{font-otp}{1.001} % otf pack
-\registerctxluafile{font-otc}{1.001} % otf context
-\registerctxluafile{font-oth}{1.001} % otf helpers
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-pat}{1.001} % patchers
-
-\registerctxluafile{node-fnt}{1.001} % here
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-lua}{1.001}
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-vf} {1.001}
-\registerctxluafile{font-enh}{1.001}
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-gds}{1.001} % currently only otf
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-def}{1.001}
-\registerctxluafile{font-ctx}{1.001} % after def as it overloads
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-ext}{1.001}
-\registerctxluafile{font-fbk}{1.001}
-\registerctxluafile{font-chk}{1.001}
-
-\registerctxluafile{font-aux}{1.001}
-
-\unprotect
-
-% \def\fontrange#1%
-%   {\dofontrange{#1 =\bodyfontsize}}
-%
-% \def\dofontrange#1%
-%   {\dodofontrange#1 \relax}% \fontstringA
-%
-% \def\dodofontrange#1 #2 %
-%   {\ifdim\bodyfontsize#2%
-%      #1\expandafter\gobbleuntilrelax
-%    \else
-%      \expandafter\dodofontrange
-%    \fi}
-%
-% \definefont
-%   [crap]
-%   [\fontrange
-%      {Regular        <10pt
-%       RegularBold    <12pt
-%       RegularSlanted <15pt
-%       Regular} sa 1]
-%
-% may be better:
-%
-% \definefontrange
-%   [crap]
-%   [Regular        <10pt
-%    RegularBold    <12pt
-%    RegularSlanted <15pt]
-%   [Regular sa 1]
-%
-%
-% \dostepwiserecurse{2}{15}{1}
-%   {{\switchtobodyfont[\recurselevel pt]\crap test}\endgraf}
-
-% adapted, else wrong interlinespace
-
-\unexpanded\def\setfontparameters
-  {\synchronizefontsfalse
-   \the\everybodyfont
-   \synchronizefontstrue}
-
-% handy
-
-\newcounter\pushedfont
-
-\unexpanded\def\savefont
-  {\edef\savedfont{\the\font}%
-   \pushmacro\savedfont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\restorefont
-  {\popmacro\savedfont
-   \savedfont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\pushcurrentfont
-  {\edef\popcurrentfont
-     {\def\noexpand\fontbody       {\fontbody}%
-      \def\noexpand\fontstyle      {\fontstyle}%
-      \def\noexpand\fontalternative{\fontalternative}%
-      \def\noexpand\fontsize       {\fontsize}%
-      \checkbigmathsynchronization
-      \synchronizefont}}
-
-% \definetypeface[one][rm][serif][computer-roman][default]
-% \definetypeface[two][rm][serif][computer-roman][default][rscale=.9]
-%
-% {\one \bf test \two test}
-% {\one \bf test \pushcurrentfont \two \popcurrentfont test}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {definedfont,startfont,doiffontcharelse}
-%D
-%D A couple of relatively new macros:
-
-% \newtoks \everydefinedfont % not ot be confused with \everydefinefont
-
-\let\thedefinedfont\relax
-
-\def\dodefinedfont[#1]%
-  {\featureinheritancemode\featureinheritancefontonly
-   \iffirstargument\definefont[thedefinedfont][#1]\fi % we can speed this one up
-   \thedefinedfont
-   \the\everydefinedfont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\definedfont
-  {\dosingleempty\dodefinedfont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\startfont
-  {\begingroup\definedfont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\stopfont
-  {\endgroup}
-
-\def\doiffontcharelse#1#2%
-  {\begingroup
-   \definedfont[#1]%
-   \iffontchar\font#2\relax
-     \endgroup\expandafter\firstoftwoarguments
-   \else
-     \endgroup\expandafter\secondoftwoarguments
-   \fi}
-
-%D For more detailed (and historic information) we refer to the file
-%D \type {font-ini.mkii}. Here we have a much simplified lower level
-%D implementation due to a different approach to math. Also the chapter
-%D on fonts in the reference manual explains a lot.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {rm,ss,tt,hw,cg}
-%D
-%D Fonts are defined in separate files. When we define a font,
-%D we distinguish between several styles. In most cases we will
-%D use:
-%D
-%D \startlinecorrection
-%D \starttable[|l||]
-%D \HL
-%D \NC roman regular serif    \NC \type{\rm} \NC\FR
-%D \NC sansserif sans support \NC \type{\ss} \NC\MR
-%D \NC type teletype mono     \NC \type{\tt} \NC\LR
-%D \HL
-%D \stoptable
-%D \stoplinecorrection
-%D
-%D The number of styles is not limited to these three. When
-%D using Lucida Bright we can for instance also define:
-%D
-%D \startlinecorrection
-%D \starttable[|l||]
-%D \HL
-%D \NC handwritten  \NC \type{\hw} \NC\FR
-%D \NC calligraphic \NC \type{\cg} \NC\LR
-%D \HL
-%D \stoptable
-%D \stoplinecorrection
-%D
-%D Within such a font set (\type{cmr}) and style (\type{\rm})
-%D we can define a number of text font alternatives:
-%D
-%D \startlinecorrection
-%D \starttable[|l||]
-%D \HL
-%D \NC typeface    \NC \type{\tf} \NC\FR
-%D \NC boldface    \NC \type{\bf} \NC\MR
-%D \NC slanted     \NC \type{\sl} \NC\MR
-%D \NC italic      \NC \type{\it} \NC\MR
-%D \NC boldslanted \NC \type{\bs} \NC\MR
-%D \NC bolditalic  \NC \type{\bi} \NC\MR
-%D \NC smallcaps   \NC \type{\sc} \NC\LR
-%D \HL
-%D \stoptable
-%D \stoplinecorrection
-%D
-%D Internally fonts are stored as combination of size, style
-%D and alternative, e.g. \type{12pt}+\type{\ss}+\type{\bf}.
-%D Users are not confronted with sizes, but use the style or
-%D style+alternative to activate them.
-%D
-%D During the definition of a bodyfont one can also declare the
-%D available larger alternatives:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \tf \tfa \tfb \tfc ...
-%D \bf \bfa \bfb \bfc ...
-%D \sl \sla \slb \slc ...
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D The smaller ones are automatically supplied and derived from
-%D the the bodyfont environment.
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \tfx \tfxx
-%D \bfx \bfxx
-%D \slx \slxx
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D There are only two smaller alternatives per style. The
-%D larger alternatives on the other hand have no limitations.
-%D
-%D These larger alternatives are mostly used in chapter and
-%D section titles or on title pages. When one switches to a
-%D larger alternative, the bold an other ones automatically
-%D adapt themselves:
-%D
-%D \startbuffer
-%D \tfd Hi \bf there\sl, here \tfb I \bf am
-%D \stopbuffer
-%D
-%S \startnarrower
-%D \typebuffer
-%S \stopnarrower
-%D
-%D therefore becomes:
-%D
-%D \startexample
-%D \getbuffer
-%D \stopexample
-%D
-%D Maybe this mechanism isn't always as logic, but as said
-%D before, we tried to make it as intuitive as possible.
-%D
-%D So a specific kind of glyph can be characterized by:
-%D
-%D \startnarrower
-%D family (cmr) + bodyfont (12pt) + style (rm) + alternative (bf) + size (a)
-%D \stopnarrower
-%D
-%D The last component (the size) is optional.
-%D
-%D We introduced \type{\tf} as command to call for the current
-%D normally sized typeface. This commands results in roman,
-%D sans serif, teletype or whatever style is in charge. Such
-%D rather massive switches of style sometimes take more
-%D processing time than comfortable. Of course there is a
-%D workaround for this: we can call fonts directly by means of
-%D commands like:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \rmtf \sssl \tttf \rmbsa
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D One should realize that this fast calls have limitations,
-%D they lack for instance automatic super- and subscript
-%D support.
-%D
-%D This leaves us two more commands: \type{\tx} and
-%D \type{\txx}. These activate a smaller and even more smaller
-%D font than the current one and adapt themselves to the
-%D current alternative, so when \type{\bf} is active,
-%D \type{\tx} gives a smaller boldface, which in turn can be
-%D called directly by \type{\bfx}.
-%D
-%D These two smaller alternatives are specified by the bodyfont
-%D environment and therefore not necessarily have similar sizes
-%D as \type{\scriptsize} and \type{\scriptscriptsize}. The main
-%D reason for this incompatibility (which can easily be undone)
-%D lays in the fact that we often want a bit bigger characters
-%D than in math mode. In \CONTEXT\ for instance the \type{\tx}
-%D and \type{\txx} commands are used for surrogate
-%D \cap{smallcaps} which support both nesting and alternatives,
-%D like in {\bf\cap{a \cap{small} world}}, which was typeset by
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \bf\cap{a \cap{small} world}
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D And compare $\rm \scriptstyle THIS$ with the slightly larger
-%D \cap{THIS}: \ruledhbox{$\rm \scriptstyle scriptstyle: THIS$}
-%D or \ruledhbox{\cap{x style: THIS}} makes a big difference.
-%D
-%D The \type{x..d} sizes should be used grouped. If you
-%D don't group them, i.e. call them in a row, \CONTEXT\ will
-%D not be able to sort out your intention (\type {x} inside
-%D \type {d} inside \type {x}. etc.). The following table
-%D demonstrates this:
-%D
-%D \def\FontState{\setstrut\ruledhbox{\strut Hello}}
-%D
-%D \starttabulate[|||||]
-%D \HL
-%D \NC \rlap{\quad\bf grouped} \NC \NC \type {\tx} \NC \type {\txx} \NC \NR
-%D \HL
-%D \NC \type{\tfx}  \NC \tfx  \FontState \NC \tfx \tx \FontState \NC \tfx \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfxx} \NC \tfxx \FontState \NC \tfxx\tx \FontState \NC \tfxx\txx \FontState  \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tf}   \NC \tf   \FontState \NC \tf  \tx \FontState \NC \tf  \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfa}  \NC \tfa  \FontState \NC \tfa \tx \FontState \NC \tfa \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfb}  \NC \tfb  \FontState \NC \tfb \tx \FontState \NC \tfb \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfc}  \NC \tfc  \FontState \NC \tfc \tx \FontState \NC \tfc \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfd}  \NC \tfd  \FontState \NC \tfd \tx \FontState \NC \tfd \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfx}  \NC \tfx  \FontState \NC \tfx \tx \FontState \NC \tfx \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfxx} \NC \tfxx \FontState \NC \tfxx\tx \FontState \NC \tfxx\txx \FontState  \NC \NR
-%D \HL
-%D \stoptabulate
-%D
-%D \blank
-%D
-%D \starttabulate[|||||]
-%D \HL
-%D \NC \rlap{\quad\bf stacked} \NC \NC \type {\tx} \NC \type {\txx} \NC \NR
-%D \HL
-%D \NC \type{\tfx}
-%D \NC \tfx                                   \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx                              \tx  \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx                              \txx \FontState
-%D \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfxx}
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx                              \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx                         \tx  \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx                         \txx \FontState
-%D \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tf}
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf                           \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf                      \tx  \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf                      \txx \FontState
-%D \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfa}
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa                       \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa                  \tx  \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa                  \txx \FontState
-%D \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfb}
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb                   \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb              \tx  \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb              \txx \FontState
-%D \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfc}
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc               \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc          \tx  \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc          \txx \FontState
-%D \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfd}
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfd               \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfd          \tx  \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfd          \txx \FontState
-%D \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfx}
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx           \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx      \tx  \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx      \txx \FontState
-%D \NC \NR
-%D \NC \type{\tfxx}
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx\tfxx      \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx\tfxx \tx  \FontState
-%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx\tfxx \txx \FontState
-%D \NC \NR
-%D \HL
-%D \stoptabulate
-%D
-%D Remark: math support has changed a bit.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {uchar}
-%D
-%D This macro prepares \CONTEXT\ for \UNICODE\ support. By
-%D defining it here, we have at least an safeguard for utility
-%D file reading.
-
-\ifdefined\uchar\else \unexpanded\def\uchar#1#2{[#1,#2]} \fi
-
-%D We define some (very private) constants to improve speed,
-%D memory usage and consistency.
-
-\installcorenamespace {fontfile}       % file synonyms
-\installcorenamespace {fontsize}       % bodyfont size prefix (12pt etc)
-\installcorenamespace {fontstyle}      % full style prefix (roman etc)
-\installcorenamespace {fontshortstyle} % short style prefix (rm etc)
-\installcorenamespace {fontclassyes}   % fontclass
-\installcorenamespace {fontclassnop}   % nofontclass
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {fontclass, defaultfontclass}
-%D
-%D The fontclass model was introduced a while after we implement
-%D the basic font model and at that time we still defaulted to
-%D no model at all. Nowadays we default to the \type {modern}
-%D fontclass.
-
-\let\fontclass       \empty
-\let\defaultfontclass\empty
-
-\def\fontclassname#1#2%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile#1#2\endcsname
-     \fontclassname{#1}{\csname\??fontfile#1#2\endcsname}%
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#2\endcsname
-     \fontclassname{#1}{\csname\??fontfile#2\endcsname}%
-   \else
-     #2%
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\def\defineclassfontsynonym
-  {\dotripleargument\dodefineclassfontsynonym}
-
-\def\dodefineclassfontsynonym[#1][#2][#3]%
-  {\definefontsynonym[#1][\fontclassname{#2}{#3}]}
-
-%\definefontsynonym [KopFont] [\fontclassname{officina}{SerifBold}]
-%
-%\defineclassfontsynonym [KopFont] [officina] [SerifBold]
-%D \macros
-%D   {textonly}
-%D
-%D Traditionally math has a big impact on font definitions, mainly
-%D because we need to define alphabet variants using families and
-%D fonts. This means that one can easily get 10 fonts loaded per
-%D math size. In \MKIV\ we use a different approach: one family
-%D which has either a virtual font made of traditional fonts, or
-%D an \OPENTYPE\ font that has it all.
-%D
-%D We currently use only one math family but in the future we
-%D might consider using a second one for bold math. For the
-%D moment we keep the \MKII\ method of using a token register
-%D for definitions but we already dropped the text and symbols
-%D ones since they now live in the same family.
-
-\newtoks \mathstrategies
-
-\newif\ifsynchronizemathfonts \synchronizemathfontstrue
-
-\def\synchronizemath % math stuff in mmode
-  {\ifsynchronizemathfonts\the\mathstrategies\fi}
-
-\def\textonly{\synchronizemathfontsfalse} % document this
-
-%D The main math font definer. We have removed some optimized
-%D code simply because we now always have a fontclass. We could
-%D check for fontclass being default or empty and save a few
-%D tests but it does not help us when no math is defined.
-
-%D Because we want to keep mr=.. and mb=... settings (read: not
-%D break downward compatibility by enforcing mrlr etc) we need a
-%D bit more code that optimal.
-
-\let\mrfam  \zerocount  % math regular
-\let\mrfamlr\plusone    % math regular l2r
-\let\mrfamrl\plustwo    % math regular r2l
-
-\let\mbfam  \plusthree  % math bold
-\let\mbfamlr\plusfour   % math bold l2r
-\let\mbfamrl\plusfive   % math bold r2l
-
-\definesystemattribute[mathfamily][public]
-
-\newconditional\bidirectionalmathstrategy  % can be default, not that much overhead: \settrue\bidirectionalmathstrategy
-\newconditional\completeboldmathstrategy   \settrue\completeboldmathstrategy
-
-\def\mathtextsuffix        {-text}
-\def\mathscriptsuffix      {-script}
-\def\mathscriptscriptsuffix{-scriptscript}
-
-\let\currentmathsize\empty
-
-\def\mathsizesuffix{\ifcase0\currentmathsize\or\mathtextsuffix\or\mathscriptsuffix\or\mathscriptscriptsuffix\fi}
-
-% Beware: truefontname also does a fallback on defaultfontclass so there
-% can be some interference here, which is why we use a different method
-% for bold.
-
-\def\dodosetmathfamily
-  {\ifcsname\fontclass       \fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \autofontsizefalse
-     \csname\fontclass       \fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \else
-   \ifcsname\fontclass       \fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\fontclass       \fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \else
-     \dodosetmathfamilyx
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\def\dodosetmathfamilyx
-  {\ifcsname\defaultfontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \autofontsizefalse
-     \csname\defaultfontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \else
-   \ifcsname\defaultfontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\defaultfontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \else
-     \dodosetmathfamilyxx
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\def\dodosetmathfamilyxx
-  {\ifcsname                 \fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \autofontsizefalse
-     \csname                 \fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \else
-   \ifcsname                 \fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname                 \fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \else
-     \nullfont                                                                            \autofontsizetrue
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\def\dosetmathfamilyindeed#1#2% \currentmathsize etc are also used later on
-  {\let\savedfontbody\fontbody
-   \let\fontfamily#2%
-   \let\currentmathsize\!!plusthree\let\fontbody\scriptscriptface\dodosetmathfamily\scriptscriptfont#1\font
-   \let\currentmathsize\!!plustwo  \let\fontbody\scriptface      \dodosetmathfamily\scriptfont      #1\font
-   \let\currentmathsize\!!plusone  \let\fontbody\textface        \dodosetmathfamily\textfont        #1\font
-   \let\currentmathsize\empty
-   \let\fontbody\savedfontbody
-   \autofontsizefalse}
-
-\def\dodosetboldmathfamily#1#2#3%
-  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \autofontsizefalse
-     \csname\fontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname #1#2\font \else
-   \ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\fontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname #1#2\font \else
-     #1#2#1#3%
-   \fi\fi}
-
-% \def\dodosetboldmathfamily#1#2#3%
-%   {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \autofontsizefalse
-%      \csname\fontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \else
-%    \ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \autofontsizetrue
-%      \csname\fontclass\fontbody\c!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \else
-%      \the#1#3%
-%    \fi\fi
-%    #1#2\font}
-
-\def\dosetboldmathfamilyindeed#1#2#3% \mbfam \c!mb \mrfam
-  {\let\savedfontclass\defaultfontclass
-   \let\defaultfontclass\fontclass % else truefontname falls back on the wrong one
-   \let\savedfontbody\fontbody
-   \let\fontfamily#2%
-   \let\currentmathsize\!!plusthree\let\fontbody\scriptscriptface\dodosetboldmathfamily\scriptscriptfont#1#3%
-   \let\currentmathsize\!!plustwo  \let\fontbody\scriptface      \dodosetboldmathfamily\scriptfont      #1#3%
-   \let\currentmathsize\!!plusone  \let\fontbody\textface        \dodosetboldmathfamily\textfont        #1#3%
-   \let\currentmathsize\empty
-   \let\fontbody\savedfontbody
-   \let\defaultfontclass\savedfontclass
-   \autofontsizefalse}
-
-% optimized: math fonts are never changed (10K \bfa $x$: 3.2 => 2.5 (baseline 1.0))
-%
-% sort of tricky: we cannot reset in \everybeforedefinetypeface as we don't know
-% all sizes so we postpone the optimization to the first starttext
-%
-% pitfall: we should reset 'm when a fontclass name is reused
-
-\newconditional\optimizemathfontdefinitions \settrue\optimizemathfontdefinitions
-
-\def\dosetmathfamily#1#2% fam tag
-  {\ifconditional\optimizemathfontdefinitions
-     \ifcsname*\fontclass\textface\c!mm#21\fontsize1*\endcsname
-       \dopresetmathfamilyindeed#1#2%
-     \else
-       \dosetmathfamilyindeed#1#2%
-     \fi
-   \else
-     \dosetmathfamilyindeed#1#2%
-   \fi}
-
-\def\dosetboldmathfamily#1#2#3% fam tag
-  {\ifconditional\optimizemathfontdefinitions
-     \ifcsname*\fontclass\textface\c!mm#21\fontsize1*\endcsname
-       \dopresetmathfamilyindeed#1#2%
-     \else
-       \dosetboldmathfamilyindeed#1#2#3%
-     \fi
-   \else
-     \dosetboldmathfamilyindeed#1#2#3%
-   \fi}
-
-\def\dopresetmathfamilyindeed#1#2%
-  {\scriptscriptfont#1\csname*\fontclass\scriptscriptface\c!mm#23\fontsize3*\endcsname
-   \scriptfont      #1\csname*\fontclass\scriptface      \c!mm#22\fontsize2*\endcsname
-   \textfont        #1\csname*\fontclass\textface        \c!mm#21\fontsize1*\endcsname}
-
-\let\resetfontclassmathfamilies\gobbleoneargument
-\let\dosavefontclassmathfamily \gobbletwoarguments
-
-% \appendtoks
-%     \glet\dosavefontclassmathfamily\dosavefontclassmathfamilyindeed
-% \to \everystarttext
-
-% It would be nice if characters could be defined in a neutral way (say fam 255) and
-% be mapped to a real family during noad list construction. However, this changes
-% tex in critical places so for the moment we simulate this using manipulation.
-
-\appendtoks
-   % new per 20100817
-   \checkbodyfontenvironment[\scriptscriptface]% pretty slow when many switches
-   \checkbodyfontenvironment[\scriptface]%
-   \checkbodyfontenvironment[\textface]%
-\to \mathstrategies
-
-% For tracing purposes we use three families but in l2r mode 1 and 2 are copies of 0
-% while in rl mode 0 is a copy of 1. There is no real overhead involved in this. This
-% also permits different font definitions for normal and mixed.
-
-\appendtoks % can be analyzed once
-    % why here ..
-    \edef\@@fontclassdirection{\ifcsname\fontclass\c!mm\s!direction\endcsname\csname\fontclass\c!mm\s!direction\endcsname\fi}%
-    % ...
-    \ifx\@@fontclassdirection\v!both
-      \settrue\bidirectionalmathstrategy
-    \else
-      \setfalse\bidirectionalmathstrategy
-    \fi
-\to \mathstrategies
-
-\def\bidirectionalmathstrategyyes
-  {\dosetmathfamily \mrfamlr\c!mrlr
-   \dosetmathfamily \mrfamrl\c!mrrl
-   \textfont        \mrfam  \textfont        \mrfamlr
-   \scriptfont      \mrfam  \scriptfont      \mrfamlr
-   \scriptscriptfont\mrfam  \scriptscriptfont\mrfamlr}
-
-\def\bidirectionalmathstrategynop
-  {\dosetmathfamily \mrfam  \c!mr
-   \textfont        \mrfamrl\textfont        \mrfam
-   \scriptfont      \mrfamrl\scriptfont      \mrfam
-   \scriptscriptfont\mrfamrl\scriptscriptfont\mrfam
-   \textfont        \mrfamlr\textfont        \mrfam
-   \scriptfont      \mrfamlr\scriptfont      \mrfam
-   \scriptscriptfont\mrfamlr\scriptscriptfont\mrfam}
-
-\appendtoks
-    \ifconditional\bidirectionalmathstrategy
-      \bidirectionalmathstrategyyes
-    \else
-      \bidirectionalmathstrategynop
-    \fi
-\to \mathstrategies
-
-\def\completeboldmathstrategyyesbidi
-  {\dosetboldmathfamily\mbfamlr\c!mblr\mrfamlr
-   \dosetboldmathfamily\mbfamrl\c!mbrl\mrfamrl
-   \textfont        \mbfam  \textfont        \mbfamlr
-   \scriptfont      \mbfam  \scriptfont      \mbfamlr
-   \scriptscriptfont\mbfam  \scriptscriptfont\mbfamlr}
-
-\def\completeboldmathstrategyyes
-  {\dosetboldmathfamily\mbfam\c!mb\mrfam
-   \textfont        \mbfamrl\textfont        \mbfam
-   \scriptfont      \mbfamrl\scriptfont      \mbfam
-   \scriptscriptfont\mbfamrl\scriptscriptfont\mbfam
-   \textfont        \mbfamlr\textfont        \mbfam
-   \scriptfont      \mbfamlr\scriptfont      \mbfam
-   \scriptscriptfont\mbfamlr\scriptscriptfont\mbfam}
-
-\def\completeboldmathstrategynop
-  {\textfont        \mbfam  \textfont        \mrfam
-   \scriptfont      \mbfam  \scriptfont      \mrfam
-   \scriptscriptfont\mbfam  \scriptscriptfont\mrfam
-   \textfont        \mbfamrl\textfont        \mrfamrl
-   \scriptfont      \mbfamrl\scriptfont      \mrfamrl
-   \scriptscriptfont\mbfamrl\scriptscriptfont\mrfamrl
-   \textfont        \mbfamlr\textfont        \mrfamlr
-   \scriptfont      \mbfamlr\scriptfont      \mrfamlr
-   \scriptscriptfont\mbfamlr\scriptscriptfont\mrfamlr}
-
-\def\applycompleteboldmathstrategy
-  {\ifconditional\completeboldmathstrategy
-     \ifconditional\bidirectionalmathstrategy
-       \completeboldmathstrategyyesbidi
-     \else
-       \completeboldmathstrategyyes
-     \fi
-   \else
-     \completeboldmathstrategynop
-   \fi}
-
-\appendtoks
-    \applycompleteboldmathstrategy
-\to \mathstrategies
-
-\appendtoks
-    \fam\defaultmathfamily % all characters and symbols are in this family
-\to \everymathematics
-
-\unexpanded\def\synchronizemathfamilymr
-  {\attribute\mathfamilyattribute\ifconditional\bidirectionalmathstrategy
-     \ifconditional\c_math_right_to_left
-       \plustwo
-     \else
-       \plusone
-     \fi
-   \else
-     \zerocount
-   \fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\synchronizemathfamilymb
-  {\attribute\mathfamilyattribute\ifconditional\bidirectionalmathstrategy
-     \ifconditional\c_math_right_to_left
-       \ifconditional\pseudoboldmathstate\pluseight\else\plusfive\fi
-     \else
-       \ifconditional\pseudoboldmathstate\plusseven\else\plusfour\fi
-     \fi
-   \else
-     \ifconditional\pseudoboldmathstate\plussix\else\plusthree\fi
-   \fi}
-
-\installcorenamespace{fontmathsynchronizer}
-\installcorenamespace{fontmathstoredstrategy}
-
-\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\c!tf }\synchronizemathfamilymr
-\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\c!sl }\synchronizemathfamilymr
-\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\c!it }\synchronizemathfamilymr
-\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\c!bf }\synchronizemathfamilymb
-\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\c!bs }\synchronizemathfamilymb
-\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\c!bi }\synchronizemathfamilymb
-\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\empty}\synchronizemathfamilymr
-
-\def\synchronizemathfamily
-  {\csname\??fontmathsynchronizer\ifcsname\??fontmathsynchronizer\fontalternative\endcsname\fontalternative\fi\endcsname}
-
-\ifdefined \fontid
-
-    \appendtoks
-        \ifnum\fontid\textfont\zerocount=\fontid\textfont\plusthree
-            \letvalue{\??fontmathstoredstrategy\fontclass}\dosetmathpartialboldstrategy % enables partial bold math
-        \else
-            \letvalue{\??fontmathstoredstrategy\fontclass}\dosetmathfullboldstrategy    % enables full    bold math
-        \fi
-    \to \mathstrategies
-
-\else
-
-    \appendtoks
-        \edef\currentmathfontmr{\fontname\textfont\zerocount}%
-        \edef\currentmathfontmb{\fontname\textfont\plusthree}%
-        \ifx\currentmathfontmr\currentmathfontmb
-            \letvalue{\??fontmathstoredstrategy\fontclass}\dosetmathpartialboldstrategy % enables partial bold math
-        \else
-            \letvalue{\??fontmathstoredstrategy\fontclass}\dosetmathfullboldstrategy    % enables full    bold math
-        \fi
-    \to \mathstrategies
-
-\fi
-
-\def\synchronizemathboldstrategy {\csname\??fontmathstoredstrategy\fontclass\endcsname}
-
-\newconditional\pseudoboldmathstate
-
-\def\dosetmathpartialboldstrategy{\settrue \pseudoboldmathstate}
-\def\dosetmathfullboldstrategy   {\setfalse\pseudoboldmathstate}
-
-\appendtoks
-    \synchronizemathboldstrategy
-\to \everymathematics
-
-% Bold is somewhat special as we might want both full-bold-math mixed
-% regular-math, as well as automatic adaption to outer bold (in titles
-% and inline text bold) so we will need explicit switches as well as
-% an automatic one. (We will use lucida as an example.)
-
-\unexpanded\def\mr
-  {\ifmmode
-     \synchronizemathfamilymr
-   \else
-     \setcurrentfontalternative\c!mr
-   \fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\mb
-  {\ifmmode
-     \synchronizeboldfamilymb
-   \else
-     \setcurrentfontalternative\c!mb
-   \fi}
-
-\appendtoks
-    \synchronizemathfamily % auto bold
-\to \everymathematics
-
-%D All used styles, like rm, ss and tt, are saved in a comma
-%D separated list. Appart from practical limitations one can
-%D define as many styles as needed.
-
-\def\fontrelativesizelist{\s!text,\s!script,\s!scriptscript,\c!x,\c!xx,\c!big,\c!small}
-
-%D There are several ways to specify a font. Three of them are
-%D pure \TeX\ ones, the fourth one is new:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \font\name=cmr12
-%D \font\name=cmr12 at 10pt
-%D \font\name=cmr12 scaled 2
-%D \font\name=cmr12 sa 1.440
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D The non||\TEX\ alternative \type{sa} stands for {\em scaled
-%D at}. This means as much as: scale the bodyfontsize with this
-%D factor. The scaled option is not that useful as one needs to
-%D know the design size.
-%D
-%D Because \type {sa} (scaled at) and \type {mo} (mapped on)
-%D are not low level \TEX\ supported alternatives, we have to
-%D test for it ourselves. In doing so, we need an auxiliary
-%D \DIMENSION. We cannot use \type{\scratchdimen} because font
-%D loading can happen at any moment due to postponed loading.
-%D We could instead have used dirty grouping tricks, but this
-%D one works too.
-
-% \enableexperiments[fonts.autorscale]
-%
-% \starttypescript[mscore]
-%     \definetypeface [mscore] [rm] [serif] [mscoretimes]   [default]
-%     \definetypeface [mscore] [ss] [sans]  [mscorearial]   [default] [rscale=auto] % 0.860]
-%     \definetypeface [mscore] [tt] [mono]  [mscorecourier] [default] [rscale=auto] % 1.065]
-%     \definetypeface [mscore] [mm] [math]  [times]         [default] [rscale=auto] % 1.020]
-% \stoptypescript
-%
-% \starttext
-%    \setupbodyfont[mscore,12pt]
-%    \startTEXpage
-%        test \ss test \tt test
-%    \stopTEXpage
-% \stoptext
-
-\let\defaultrelativefontsize \plusone
-\let\localrelativefontsize   \plusone
-\def\localabsolutefontsize  {\fontbody}
-
-\let\relativefontsize \defaultrelativefontsize
-
-% \def\saverelativefontsize#1#2% #1=rm|ss|.. #2=waarde
-%   {\setxvalue{\fontclass#1\s!rscale}{#2}}
-
-\def\checkrelativefontid
-  {\ifcsname\??tf\fontclass\s!rname\endcsname
-     \@EA\let\@EA\relativefontid\csname\??tf\fontclass\s!rname\endcsname
-   \else
-     \@EA\xdef\csname\??tf\fontclass\s!rname\endcsname{\the\lastfontid}%
-      \let\relativefontid\empty
-   \fi}
-
-\def\checkrelativefontid % not yet supported as we then need to trigger \rm\tf or so first
-  {\let\relativefontsize\minusone
-   \let\relativefontsize\defaultrelativefontsize}
-
-\def\checkrelativefontsize#1%
-  {\edef\relativefontsize
-     {\ifcsname\fontclass#1\s!rscale\endcsname
-        \csname\fontclass#1\s!rscale\endcsname
-      \else\ifcsname\defaultfontclass#1\s!rscale\endcsname
-        \csname\defaultfontclass#1\s!rscale\endcsname
-      \else
-        \defaultrelativefontsize
-      \fi\fi}%
-   \ifx\relativefontsize\v!auto
-     \let\relativefontsize\plusone
-     \checkrelativefontid
-   \else
-     \let\relativefontid\minusone
-   \fi}
-
-%D Scaling macros:
-%D
-%D This system is somewhat complicated by two (possible conflicting)
-%D demands:
-%D
-%D \startitemize
-%D \item We support wildcards like \type {sa *} which will adapt
-%D       to the current size. This is also the default specification.
-%D \item We support named scales like \type {sa d}; beware: \type
-%D       {x} and \type {xx} are valid scales but they are not alway
-%D       the same as the ones used in for instance \type {\bfx} because
-%D       there the sized come from the bodyfont environment. In the
-%D       future there maybe a switch that also honors the environment
-%D       in named scales.
-%D \stopitemize
-
-%D Keep in mind that the smaller sizes are just for text super and
-%D subscripts while larger sizes can be used in titles where for
-%D instance math follows the size.
-
-% b:x{\definedfont[SerifBold sa  b]x}{\bfb  x $x^x$}\par
-% 1:x{\definedfont[SerifBold sa  1]x}{\bf   x $x^x$}\par
-% x:x{\definedfont[SerifBold sa  x]x}{\bfx  x $x^x$}\par
-% xx:x{\definedfont[SerifBold sa xx]x}{\bfxx x $x^x$}\par
-%
-% *:x{\definedfont[Serif sa *]x}\par
-% 1:x{\definedfont[Serif sa 1]x}\par
-% 2:x{\definedfont[Serif sa 2]x}\par
-% 3:x{\definedfont[Serif sa 3]x}\par
-% 4:x{\definedfont[Serif sa 4]x}\par
-% 5:x{\definedfont[Serif sa 5]x}\par
-%
-% {\definedfont[cmbx10 at 10pt]x\definedfont[cmbx8 at 10pt]x}
-
-\def\safontscale{\number\dimexpr\localabsolutefontsize\relax}
-\def\mofontscale{\number\dimexpr\setmappedfontsize\localabsolutefontsize\relax}
-
-\let\somefontname\s!unknown
-\let\somefontspec\s!unknown
-\let\somefontsize\zerocount
-
-\newcount\scaledfontmode
-\newdimen\scaledfontsize
-\newtoks \everydefinefont
-\newcount\lastfontid
-
-\def\currentfontbodysize
-  {\ifcsname\??ft\s!default\somefontsize\endcsname
-     \csname\??ft\s!default\somefontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \somefontsize
-   \fi}
-
-\let\relativefontid\empty
-
-% 0 = none
-% 1 = fontonly
-% 2 = classonly
-% 3 = fontfirst
-% 4 = classfirst
-
-\setnewconstant\featureinheritancefontnone  \zerocount
-\setnewconstant\featureinheritancefontonly  \plusone
-\setnewconstant\featureinheritanceclassonly \plustwo
-\setnewconstant\featureinheritancefontfirst \plusthree
-\setnewconstant\featureinheritanceclassfirst\plusfour
-
-\setnewconstant\featureinheritancedefault   \featureinheritancefontfirst
-\setnewconstant\featureinheritancemode      \featureinheritancedefault
-
-\newdimen\scaledtextface
-
-\unexpanded\def\lowleveldefinefont#1#2% #2 = cs
-  {% we can now set more at the lua end
-   \ctxcommand{definefont_one(\!!bs\luaescapestring{#1}\!!es)}% the escapestring catches at \somedimen
-   % sets \scaledfontmode and \somefontname and \somefontsize
-   \ifcase\scaledfontmode\relax
-     % none, avoid the designsize if possible
-     \scaledfontsize-\plusthousand\scaledpoint
-   \or
-     % at
-     \scaledfontsize\somefontsize
-   \or
-     % sa
-     \scaledfontsize\localabsolutefontsize\relax
-     \scaledfontsize\currentfontbodysize\scaledfontsize
-   \or
-     % mo
-     \scaledfontsize\setmappedfontsize\localabsolutefontsize
-     \scaledfontsize\currentfontbodysize\scaledfontsize
-   \or
-     % scaled, don't use this one as it's unpredictable
-     \scaledfontsize-\somefontsize\scaledpoint
-   \fi
-   \relax
-   \scaledfontsize\localrelativefontsize\scaledfontsize
-   \ifautofontsize
-     \scaledfontsize\currentfontbodyscale\scaledfontsize
-     \scaledtextface\currentfontbodyscale\dimexpr\textface\relax
-   \else
-     \scaledtextface\textface
-   \fi
-   \edef\somefontspec{at \number\scaledfontsize sp}%
-   \edef\somefontfile{\truefontname\somefontname}%
-   \ifx\somefontfile\s!unknown
-     \edef\somefontfile{\defaultfontfile}%
-   \fi
-   \ifx\somefontfile\s!unknown
-     \edef\somefontfile{\defaultfontfile}%
-   \fi
-   \updatefontparameters
-   \updatefontclassparameters
-   \ctxcommand{definefont_two(
-      \ifx\fontclass\empty false\else true\fi,
-      "#2", % cs, trailing % is gone
-      \!!bs\somefontfile\!!es,
-      \number\scaledfontsize,
-      \number\featureinheritancemode,
-      "\@@fontclassfeatures",
-      "\@@fontfeatures",
-      "\@@fontclassfallbacks",
-      "\@@fontfallbacks",
-      0\currentmathsize,
-      \number\scaledtextface,
-      "\relativefontid", % experiment
-      "\@@fontclassgoodies", % experiment (not yet used)
-      "\@@fontgoodies" % experiment
-   )}%
-   \edef\somefontspec{at \number\scaledfontsize sp}% we need the resolved designsize (for fallbacks)
-   \expandafter\let\expandafter\lastrawfontcall\csname#2\endcsname
-   \the\everydefinefont
-   \featureinheritancemode\featureinheritancedefault}
-
-% Why these expanded and rscale not ... maybe not worth the trouble (delayed
-% expansion actually would be better i.e. macros in feature specs). Test
-% without pre-expansion.
-
-\def\updatefontclassparameters
-  {\edef\@@fontclassdirection{\ifcsname\fontclass\fontstyle\s!direction\endcsname\csname\fontclass\fontstyle\s!direction\endcsname\fi}%
-   \edef\@@fontclassfeatures {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontstyle\s!features \endcsname\csname\fontclass\fontstyle\s!features \endcsname\fi}%
-   \edef\@@fontclassfallbacks{\ifcsname\fontclass\fontstyle\s!fallbacks\endcsname\csname\fontclass\fontstyle\s!fallbacks\endcsname\fi}%
-   \edef\@@fontclassgoodies  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontstyle\s!goodies  \endcsname\csname\fontclass\fontstyle\s!goodies  \endcsname\fi}}
-
-% resolve
-
-\def\@@thefeaturesyes#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\s!features \endcsname\@EA\let\@EA\@@fontfeatures   \csname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\s!features \endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile          #1\s!features \endcsname\@EA\let\@EA\@@fontfeatures   \csname\??fontfile          #1\s!features \endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass            #1\endcsname\@EA        \@@thefeaturesyes \csname\??fontfile\fontclass            #1\endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile                      #1\endcsname\@EA        \@@thefeaturesyes \csname\??fontfile                      #1\endcsname\else
-                                                              \let    \@@fontfeatures   \empty                                        \fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-\def\@@thefallbacksyes#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\s!fallbacks\endcsname\@EA\let\@EA\@@fontfallbacks  \csname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\s!fallbacks\endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile          #1\s!fallbacks\endcsname\@EA\let\@EA\@@fontfallbacks  \csname\??fontfile          #1\s!fallbacks\endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass            #1\endcsname\@EA        \@@thefallbacksyes\csname\??fontfile\fontclass            #1\endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile                      #1\endcsname\@EA        \@@thefallbacksyes\csname\??fontfile                      #1\endcsname\else
-                                                              \let    \@@fontfallbacks  \empty                                        \fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-\def\@@thegoodiesyes#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\s!goodies  \endcsname\@EA\let\@EA\@@fontgoodies    \csname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\s!goodies  \endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile          #1\s!goodies  \endcsname\@EA\let\@EA\@@fontgoodies    \csname\??fontfile          #1\s!goodies  \endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass            #1\endcsname\@EA        \@@thegoodiesyes  \csname\??fontfile\fontclass            #1\endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile                      #1\endcsname\@EA        \@@thegoodiesyes  \csname\??fontfile                      #1\endcsname\else
-                                                             \let    \@@fontgoodies    \empty                                        \fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-\def\@@thefeaturesnop#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile#1\s!features \endcsname\@EA\let\@EA\@@fontfeatures   \csname\??fontfile#1\s!features \endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile            #1\endcsname\@EA        \@@thefeaturesnop \csname\??fontfile            #1\endcsname\else
-                                                   \let    \@@fontfeatures   \empty                              \fi\fi}
-
-\def\@@thefallbacksnop#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile#1\s!fallbacks\endcsname\@EA\let\@EA\@@fontfallbacks  \csname\??fontfile#1\s!fallbacks\endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile            #1\endcsname\@EA        \@@thefallbacksnop\csname\??fontfile            #1\endcsname\else
-                                                   \let    \@@fontfallbacks  \empty                              \fi\fi}
-
-\def\@@thegoodiesnop#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile#1\s!goodies  \endcsname\@EA\let\@EA\@@fontgoodies    \csname\??fontfile#1\s!goodies  \endcsname\else
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile            #1\endcsname\@EA        \@@thegoodiesnop  \csname\??fontfile            #1\endcsname\else
-                                                   \let    \@@fontgoodies    \empty                              \fi\fi}
-
-\def\updatefontparametersyes
- {\@@thefeaturesyes \somefontname
-  \@@thefallbacksyes\somefontname
-  \@@thegoodiesyes  \somefontname}
-
-\def\updatefontparametersnop
- {\@@thefeaturesnop \somefontname
-  \@@thefallbacksnop\somefontname
-  \@@thegoodiesnop  \somefontname}
-
-\def\updatefontparameters
- {\ifx\fontclass\empty\updatefontparametersnop\else\updatefontparametersyes\fi}
-
-\let\@@fontclassfeatures \empty
-\let\@@fontclassfallbacks\empty
-
-\let\@@fontfallbacks\empty
-\let\@@fontfeatures \empty
-\let\@@fontgoodies  \empty
-
-\let\@@hyphenchar   \empty % todo, will go to encoding
-
-%D This brings down maps processing from 466 to 309 seconds
-%D ($-33$\%) and mfonts from 42 to 34 seconds ($-15$\%).
-
-\newif\ifskipfontcharacteristics \skipfontcharacteristicstrue
-
-%D When fontclasses are used, we define the font global,
-%D since namespaces are used. Otherwise we parse the specs
-%D each time.
-
-\let\fontfile\s!unknown
-
-% \definefontfeature[slanted]  [default][slant=.25]
-% \definefontfeature[stretched][default][stretch=2]
-%
-% \start \definedfont[SerifBold*slanted   at 20pt] \ruledhbox{Test!} \stop
-% \start \definedfont[SerifBold*stretched at 20pt] \ruledhbox{Test!} \stop
-
-% \definefontfeature[default]     [liga=yes,texligatures=yes,texquotes=yes]
-% \definefontfeature[default-caps][liga=yes,texligatures=yes,texquotes=yes,smcp=yes,script=latn]
-%
-% \starttypescript [serif] [palatino-nova-regular] [name]
-%     \definefontsynonym[Serif]    [palatinonova-regular][features=default]
-%     \definefontsynonym[SerifCaps][palatinonova-regular][features=default-caps] % also sets Serif
-% \stoptypescript
-%
-% \starttypescript [serif] [palatino-nova-regular] [name]
-%     \definefontsynonym[Serif]          [palatinonova-regular*default]
-%     \definefontsynonym[SerifCaps]      [palatinonova-regular*default-caps]
-% \stoptypescript
-
-% \definetypeface[mainface][rm][serif][palatino-nova-regular][default] \setupbodyfont[mainface]
-%
-% \starttext
-%   ``Test'' -- --- ff fi fl \sc ``Test'' -- --- ff fi fl
-% \stoptext
-
-% \starttext
-%     \definefont
-%         [blabla]
-%         [name:Latin Modern Something]
-%     \definefont
-%         [blabla]
-%         [file:texnansi-lmr10]
-%     \blabla test
-%     \definefont
-%         [blabla]
-%         [texnansi-lmtt10]
-%     \blabla test
-% \stoptext
-
-% \starttext
-%
-% \setupcolors[state=start]
-%
-% \definefontfeature
-%   [default-base]
-%   [script=latn,language=dflt,liga=yes,kern=yes,tlig=yes,trep=yes]
-% \definefontfeature
-%   [default-node]
-%   [script=latn,language=dflt,liga=yes,kern=yes,tlig=yes,trep=yes,mode=node]
-% \definefontfeature
-%   [default-none]
-%   [script=latn,language=dflt,liga=yes,kern=no, tlig=yes,trep=yes]
-%
-% \startoverlay
-%     {\vtop{\color[red]  {\font\test=name:lmroman12regular*default-node \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-%     {\vtop{\color[green]{\font\test=name:lmroman12regular*default-base \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-%     {\vtop{\color[blue] {\font\test=name:lmroman12regular*default-none \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-% \stopoverlay
-%
-% \blank
-%
-% \startoverlay
-%     {\vtop{\color[red]  {\font\test=name:texgyrepagella*default-node \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-%     {\vtop{\color[green]{\font\test=name:texgyrepagella*default-base \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-%     {\vtop{\color[blue] {\font\test=name:texgyrepagella*default-none \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-% \stopoverlay
-%
-% \blank
-%
-% \startoverlay
-%     {\vtop{\color[red]  {\font\test=name:palatinonovaregular*default-node \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-%     {\vtop{\color[green]{\font\test=name:palatinonovaregular*default-base \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-%     {\vtop{\color[blue] {\font\test=name:palatinonovaregular*default-none \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-% \stopoverlay
-%
-% \startoverlay
-%     {\vtop{\color[red]  {\font\test=name:OfficinaSerifBookITC*default-node \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-%     {\vtop{\color[green]{\font\test=name:OfficinaSerifBookITC*default-base \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-%     {\vtop{\color[blue] {\font\test=name:OfficinaSerifBookITC*default-none \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
-% \stopoverlay
-%
-% \definefontfeature[superdefault][default][compose=yes]
-%
-% {\font\oeps=name:lmroman10regular*default      at 30pt \oeps test \char7683}
-% {\font\oeps=name:lmroman10regular*superdefault at 30pt \oeps test \char7683}
-%
-% \stoptext
-
-\def \defaultfontfile{\truefontname{Normal}} % was cmtt10, but that one is gone
-\edef\nullfontname   {\fontname\nullfont}
-
-%D \macros
-%D  {everyfont,everyfontswitch}
-%D
-%D For special purposes, we provide a hook.
-
-% \newevery \everyfont       \relax
-% \newevery \everyfontswitch \relax
-
-%D We also accept \type{sa a}||\type{sa d} as specification.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {definefontsynonym, doifelsefontsynonym,
-%D    expandfontsynonym, truefontname, truefontdata}
-%D
-%D While looking for fonts, fontsynonyms are used for accessing
-%D the files!
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definefontsynonym[Serif][Lucida-Bright]
-%D \definefontsynonym[Lucida-Bright][lbr][encoding=texnansi]
-%D \stoptyping
-
-\def\classfont#1#2{#1#2} % \definefont[whatever][\classfont{xx}{yy} at 10pt]
-
-% We need to move the feature into the filename else it may be
-% overloaded by another reference. For instance the definition of
-% a regular and caps variant can use the same font.
-
-% We could use an indirect method ... store in 'array' and refer to
-% slot.
-%
-% or nicer .. use parent chain
-
-\unexpanded\def\definefontsynonym[#1]#2[#3]%
-  {\edef\@@fontname{#1}%
-   \edef\@@fontfile{#3}%
-   \ifx\fontclass\empty
-      \expandafter\dodefinefontsynonymnop
-   \else
-      \expandafter\dodefinefontsynonymyes
-   \fi}
-
-\def\dodefinefontsynonymnop
-  {\@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\@@fontname\endcsname\@@fontfile % maybe just #1 #3, saves expansion
-   \doifnextoptionalelse\dododefinefontsynonymnop\nonodefinefontsynonymnop}
-
-\def\dodefinefontsynonymyes
-  {\@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\@@fontname\endcsname\@@fontfile % maybe just #1 #3, saves expansion
-   \doifnextoptionalelse\dododefinefontsynonymyes\nonodefinefontsynonymyes}
-
-\def\dododefinefontsynonymnop[#1]%
-  {\let\@@ff@@features \undefined
-   \let\@@ff@@fallbacks\undefined
-   \let\@@ff@@goodies  \undefined
-   \expandafter\dogetfontparameternop#1,]=,}
-
-\def\dododefinefontsynonymyes[#1]%
-  {\let\@@ff@@features \undefined
-   \let\@@ff@@fallbacks\undefined
-   \let\@@ff@@goodies  \undefined
-   \expandafter\dogetfontparameteryes#1,]=,}
-
-\def\dogetfontparameternop#1=#2,%
-  {\if]#1%
-     \dodododefinefontsynonymnop
-   \else
-     \expandafter\def\csname @@ff@@#1\endcsname{#2}%
-     \expandafter\dogetfontparameternop
-   \fi}
-
-\def\dogetfontparameteryes#1=#2,%
-  {\if]#1%
-     \dodododefinefontsynonymyes
-   \else
-     \expandafter\def\csname @@ff@@#1\endcsname{#2}%
-     \expandafter\dogetfontparameteryes
-   \fi}
-
-% helpers, some day these will be toks and counts
-
-\def\fntsetdefname {\global\let\somefontname\defaultfontfile}
-\def\fntsetsomename{\gdef\somefontname} % {#1}
-\def\fntsetnopsize {\let\somefontsize\empty}
-\def\fntsetsomesize{\def\somefontsize}  % {#1}
-
-% end of helpers
-
-\def\nonodefinefontsynonymnop
-  {\@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\@@fontname\s!features \endcsname\undefined
-   \@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\@@fontname\s!fallbacks\endcsname\undefined
-   \@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\@@fontname\s!goodies  \endcsname\undefined}
-
-\def\nonodefinefontsynonymyes
-  {\global\@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\@@fontname\s!features \endcsname\undefined
-   \global\@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\@@fontname\s!fallbacks\endcsname\undefined
-   \global\@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\@@fontname\s!goodies  \endcsname\undefined}
-
-\def\dodododefinefontsynonymnop
-  {\@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\@@fontname\s!features \endcsname\@@ff@@features
-   \@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\@@fontname\s!fallbacks\endcsname\@@ff@@fallbacks
-   \@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\@@fontname\s!goodies  \endcsname\@@ff@@goodies}
-
-\def\dodododefinefontsynonymyes
-  {\global\@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\@@fontname\s!features \endcsname\@@ff@@features
-   \global\@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\@@fontname\s!fallbacks\endcsname\@@ff@@fallbacks
-   \global\@EA\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\@@fontname\s!goodies  \endcsname\@@ff@@goodies}
-
-\let\definefontfile\definefontsynonym % dedicated to Taco Hoekwater
-
-\unexpanded\def\setupfontsynonym
-  {\dodoubleempty\dosetupfontsynonym}
-
-\def\dosetupfontsynonym[#1][#2]% not yet supported, will do when needed
-  {}
-
-\def\truefontname#1%
-  {\@EA\dotruefontname#1*\empty*\relax}
-
-\def\dotruefontname#1*#2#3*#4\relax
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\endcsname
-     \ifx#2\empty
-       \@EA\truefontname\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\endcsname
-     \else
-       \@EA\redotruefontname\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\endcsname*#2#3%
-     \fi
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#1\endcsname
-     \ifx#2\empty
-       \@EA\truefontname\csname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#1\endcsname
-     \else
-       \@EA\redotruefontname\csname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#1\endcsname*#2#3%
-     \fi
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#1\endcsname
-     \ifx#2\empty
-       \@EA\truefontname\csname\??fontfile#1\endcsname
-     \else
-       \@EA\redotruefontname\csname\??fontfile#1\endcsname*#2#3%
-     \fi
-   \else
-     #1\ifx#2\empty\else*#2#3\fi
-   \fi\fi\fi}
-
-\def\redotruefontname#1%
-  {\@EA\dodotruefontname#1*\relax}
-
-\def\dodotruefontname#1*#2\relax
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\endcsname
-     \@EA\redotruefontname\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\endcsname
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#1\endcsname
-     \@EA\redotruefontname\csname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#1\endcsname
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#1\endcsname
-     \@EA\redotruefontname\csname\??fontfile#1\endcsname
-   \else
-     #1%
-   \fi\fi\fi}
-
-\def\expandfontsynonym#1#2% #2 := onelevelexpansion(#1)
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#2\endcsname
-     \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#2\endcsname}%
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#2\endcsname
-     \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{\csname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#2\endcsname}%
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\def\doifelsefontsynonym#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\endcsname
-     \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#1\endcsname
-     \doubleexpandafter\firstoftwoarguments
-   \else
-     \doubleexpandafter\secondoftwoarguments
-   \fi\fi}
-
-% \definetypeface[palatino][rm][serif][palatino,allbold][default]
-%
-% \startfontclass[palatino]
-%   \definefontsynonym [Serif]        [SerifBold]
-%   \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic]  [SerifBoldItalic]
-%   \definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [SerifBoldSlanted]
-%   \definefontsynonym [SerifCaps]    [SerifBold]
-% \stopfontclass
-%
-% \setupbodyfont[palatino]
-
-\unexpanded\def\startfontclass
-  {\dosingleempty\dostartfontclass}
-
-\def\dostartfontclass[#1]%
-  {\pushmacro\fontclass
-   \doifelse{#1}\v!each
-     {\let\fontclass\empty}
-     {\doifsomething{#1}{\def\fontclass{#1}}}}
-
-\unexpanded\def\stopfontclass
-  {\popmacro\fontclass}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {tracedfontname}
-%D
-%D A goody:
-
-\def\tracedfontname#1%
-  {#1\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\endcsname
-     \@EA\tracedfontname\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#1\endcsname
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#1\endcsname
-     \@EA\tracedfontname\csname\??fontfile#1\endcsname
-   \fi\fi}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {definefont}
-%D
-%D Before we implement the main definition macro, we first show
-%D one for local use:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definefont[Some][LucidaBright at 100pt]    \Some some
-%D \definefont[More][LucidaBright scaled 3000] \More more
-%D \definefont[Nice][LucidaBright mo 2]        \Nice nice
-%D \definefont[Text][LucidaBright sa 5.4]      \Text last
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D The implementation looks as follows:
-
-\unexpanded\def\definefont
-  {\dotripleempty\dodefinefont}
-
-\def\dodefinefont[#1][#2][#3]% [name][spec][1.6 | line=10pt | setup_id]
-  {\ifthirdargument
-     \setuvalue{#1}{\redodefinefont{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
-   \else
-     \setuvalue{#1}{\dododefinefont{#1}{#2}}%
-   \fi}
-
-\def\redodefinefont#1#2#3%
-  {\dododefinefont{#1}{#2}%
-   \doifsetupselse{#3}
-     {\setups[#3]} % don't forget to document this !
-     {\setuplocalinterlinespace[#3]%
-      \setupspacing}} % needed ?
-
-\unexpanded\def\definefrozenfont
-  {\dotripleempty\dodefinefrozenfont}
-
-\def\dodefinefrozenfont[#1][#2][#3]%
-  {\dodefinefont[#1][#2][#3]%
-   \expandafter\let\csname\lastfontidentifier\expandafter\endcsname\csname\rawfontidentifier\endcsname}
-
-%D The \type {*} makes the switch local, so that we can redefine a
-%D logical name and/or change the size in between.
-
-%D todo: now mathsize twice in name (so it can go here)
-
-\newif\ifautofontsize \autofontsizetrue
-
-\let\lastfontidentifier\empty
-
-\def\rawfontidentifier{**\lastfontidentifier\fontsize\currentmathsize**}
-\def\newfontidentifier{*\fontclass\lastfontidentifier\fontsize\currentmathsize*}
-
-\let\oldrawfontidentifier\rawfontidentifier
-\let\oldnewfontidentifier\newfontidentifier
-
-\def\newfontidentifier{*\fontclass\lastfontidentifier\fontstyle\fontsize*} % no \currentmathsize
-
-\def\dododefinefont#1#2%
-  {\featureinheritancemode\featureinheritancefontonly
-   \edef\lastfontidentifier{#1}%
-   \let\localrelativefontsize\defaultrelativefontsize
-   \let\localabsolutefontsize\fontbody
-   \lowleveldefinefont{#2}\rawfontidentifier
-   \csname\rawfontidentifier\endcsname
-   \autofontsizefalse
-   \setfontcharacteristics
-   \the\everyfontswitch
-   \let\rawfontidentifier\oldrawfontidentifier}
-
-\unexpanded\def\xxdododefinefont#1%
-  {\edef\lastfontidentifier{#1}%
-   \ifcsname\newfontidentifier\endcsname
-     \expandafter\xxdododefinefontnop
-   \else
-     \expandafter\xxdododefinefontyes
-   \fi}
-
-\def\xxdododefinefontyes#1#2#3% \autofontsizetrue is set by calling routine
-  {\def\localrelativefontsize{#1}%
-   \def\localabsolutefontsize{#2}%
-   \lowleveldefinefont{#3}\newfontidentifier
-   \csname\newfontidentifier\endcsname
-   \autofontsizefalse
-   \ifskipfontcharacteristics \else
-     \setfontcharacteristics
-     \the\everyfontswitch
-   \fi
-   \let\newfontidentifier\oldnewfontidentifier}
-
-\def\xxdododefinefontnop#1#2#3% \autofontsizetrue is set by calling routine
-  {\csname\newfontidentifier\endcsname
-   \autofontsizefalse
-   \ifskipfontcharacteristics \else
-     \setfontcharacteristics
-     \the\everyfontswitch
-   \fi
-   \let\newfontidentifier\oldnewfontidentifier}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {mapfontsize}
-%D
-%D For special purposes, like in math, you may want to use
-%D slightly different sizes than the ones given. This happens
-%D for instance with the Math Times fonts. Mapped font sizes
-%D can be specified by using the \type {mo} key instead of
-%D \type {sa} in font definitions.
-%D
-%D \startbuffer
-%D \mapfontsize[10pt][11pt]
-%D \mapfontsize[11pt][12pt]
-%D \mapfontsize[12pt][13pt]
-%D
-%D \definefont[test][Serif]\test TEST \par
-%D \definefont[test][Serif sa 5]\test TEST \par
-%D \definefont[test][Serif mo 5]\test TEST \par
-%D \definefont[test][Serif sa d]\test TEST \par
-%D \definefont[test][Serif at 60pt]\test TEST \par
-%D \definefont[test][Serif scaled 6000]\test TEST \par
-%D \stopbuffer
-%D
-%D \typebuffer
-%D
-%D \startpacked
-%D \getbuffer
-%D \stoppacked
-
-\def\mapfontsize
-  {\dodoubleargument\domapfontsize}
-
-\def\domapfontsize[#1][#2]%
-  {\setvalue{\??ft*\the\dimexpr#1\relax}{#2}}
-
-\def\setmappedfontsize#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??ft*#1\endcsname
-     \csname\??ft*#1\endcsname
-   \else
-     #1%
-   \fi}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {getfontname}
-%D
-%D The names of the fonts can be called with the rather simple
-%D macro \type{\getfontname}. When for instance we pass
-%D \type{12ptrmtf} as argument, we get \getfontname{12ptrmtf}.
-
-\def\getfontname#1%
-  {\csname\??ft#1\endcsname}
-
-%D To be documented.
-
-\let\fontsizelist       \empty
-\let\fontalternativelist\empty
-\let\fontstylelist      \empty
-
-\def\docheckfontnamecombinations#1%
-  {\def\dodocheckfontnamecombinations##1%
-     {\def\dododocheckfontnamecombinations####1{\checkbodyfont{####1}{##1}{#1}}%
-      \processcommacommand[\fontstylelist]\dododocheckfontnamecombinations}%
-   \processcommacommand[\fontalternativelist]\dodocheckfontnamecombinations}
-
-\def\checkfontnamecombinations % we need to split math and text here ... todo (math only has mr and mb)
-  {\processcommacommand[\fontsizelist]\docheckfontnamecombinations}
-
-\unexpanded\def\definefontsize[#1]% sneller met toks
-  {\addtocommalist{#1}\fontsizelist
-   \checkfontnamecombinations}
-
-\unexpanded\def\definefontalternative[#1]%
-  {\addtocommalist{#1}\fontalternativelist
-   \checkfontnamecombinations}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {currentfontscale,currentfontbodyscale}
-%D
-%D Sometimes we need to have access to the font scale
-%D including the \type{a}||\type{d} sizes. The next macro
-%D returns the current scaling factor. Take a look at
-%D \type {cont-log.tex} for an example of its use.
-
-\def\currentfontscale
-  {\csname\??ft\s!default
-     \ifcsname\??ft\s!default\xfontsize\endcsname \xfontsize \else
-     \ifcsname\??ft\s!default\s!text   \endcsname \s!text    \fi\fi
-   \endcsname}
-
-\def\currentfontbodyscale
-  {\csname\??ft\s!default
-     \ifcsname\??ft\s!default\fontsize\endcsname  \fontsize  \else
-     \ifcsname\??ft\s!default\s!text  \endcsname  \s!text    \fi\fi
-   \endcsname}
-
-\setvalue{\??ft\s!default}{1}
-
-%D Both alternatives use \type {\xfontsize}, a macro that
-%D expands to the current size in terms of \type {a} \unknown
-%D \type {d}, nothing, or \type {x} \unknown \type {xx}.
-
-%D In the following macros we use \type{\currentxfontsize} to
-%D hold the current x||size of the font. This enables us to
-%D support for instance \type{\sl} inside a \type{\tx} switch.
-
-\newconstant\currentxfontsize
-
-\def\xfontsize{\ifcase\currentxfontsize\fontsize\or\c!x\else\c!xx\fi}
-
-%D A typical use of this command is in commands that switch
-%D to another font bypassing the font mechanism:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \font\myfont=\truefontname{MyFont} at \the\dimexpr\currentfontscale\bodyfontsize\relax
-%D \stoptyping
-
-%D Now we enter the area of font switching. The switching
-%D mechanism has to take care of several situations, like:
-%D
-%D \startitemize[packed]
-%D \item  changing the overal document fonts (including margins,
-%D       headers and footers)
-%D \item  changing local fonts (only the running text)
-%D \item  smaller and even more smaller alternatives (super-
-%D       and subscripts)
-%D \stopitemize
-%D
-%D \TEX\ offers a powerfull family mechanism for super- and
-%D subscripts in math mode. In text mode however, we don't use
-%D families for the smaller alternatives, and therefore have
-%D to take care of it otherwise.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {definebodyfontenvironment,setupbodyfontenvironment}
-%D
-%D The relationship between the several sizes of a font, is
-%D defined by:
-%D
-%D \showsetup{definebodyfontenvironment}
-%D
-%D Later on we will see how these parameters are used, so for
-%D the moment we stick with an example:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definebodyfontenvironment
-%D   [12pt]
-%D   [        text=12pt,
-%D          script=9pt,
-%D    scriptscript=7pt,
-%D               x=10pt,
-%D              xx=8pt,
-%D             big=12pt,
-%D           small=10pt]
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D The first argument specifies the bodyfont size to which the
-%D settings apply. All second parameters are specified in
-%D dimensions and tell us more about related sizes.
-%D
-%D Afterwards, one can change values with
-%D
-%D \showsetup{setupbodyfontenvironment}
-%D
-%D Due to the fact that \type{\c!text} and \type{\s!text} can
-%D have a similar meaning, and therefore can lead to an
-%D unwanted loop, we temporary redefine \type{\c!text}. For
-%D the moment this in only place that some trickery is needed
-%D to fool the multilingual interface. However, long ago
-%D we decided to stick to \type {\s!text} in definitions as it closely
-%D relates to the math model where text, script and scriptscript
-%D are used untranslated. Also, we are now english at the low
-%D level so it cannot go wrong anymore.
-%D
-%D When instead of a size the keyword \type{unknown} is
-%D passed, fractions (relations) are used instead of fixed
-%D sizes.
-
-\let\bodyfontenvironmentlist\empty
-
-\newcount\@@fontdefhack % check if this is still needed
-
-% \def\@@beginfontdef
-%   {\ifcase\@@fontdefhack
-%      \let\k!savedtext     \k!text      \let\k!text      \s!text
-%      \let\k!saveddefault  \k!default   \let\k!default   \s!default
-%    \fi
-%    \advance\@@fontdefhack \plusone }
-
-% \def\@@endfontdef
-%   {\advance\@@fontdefhack \minusone
-%    \ifcase\@@fontdefhack
-%      \let\k!default  \k!saveddefault
-%      \let\k!text     \k!savedtext
-%    \fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% The problem is that the key in a getparameters is resolved
-% to the underlying interface language (english). But values
-% are kept as they are. However, some of the keys in a font
-% definition are used as values later on.
-%
-% The only place where this happens (for historical reason mostly)
-% is in the bodyfont definitions and setup, so we can use a limited
-% case.
-%
-% \let \c!big          \v!big              : expansion time (user)
-% \let \c!small        \v!small            : expansion time (user)
-% \let \c!text         \s!text             : definition time
-%    % \c!script       \s!script           : definition time
-%    % \c!scriptscript \s!scriptscript     : definition time
-%    % \c!em                               : definition time
-%    % \c!interlineskip                    : definition time
-% \let \c!default      \s!default          : definition time
-% \let \k!default      \s!default          : definition time
-%
-% Doing the k! definitions local will save us 500 has entries.
-
-\letvalue{\k!prefix!\v!big    }\c!big
-\letvalue{\k!prefix!\v!small  }\c!small
-\letvalue{\k!prefix!\v!text   }\s!text
-\letvalue{\k!prefix!\v!default}\s!default
-
-\let\normalc!big     \c!big
-\let\normalc!small   \c!small
-\let\normalc!text    \c!text  % should not happen as we expect text
-\let\normalc!default \c!default
-\let\normalk!default \k!default
-
-\newtoks\everybeginfontdef
-\newtoks\everyendfontdef
-
-\appendtoks
-    \let\c!text   \s!text
-    \let\c!default\s!default
-\to \everybeginfontdef
-
-\appendtoks
-    \let\c!text   \normalc!text
-    \let\c!default\normalc!default
-\to \everyendfontdef
-
-\def\@@beginfontdef
-  {\ifcase\@@fontdefhack
-     \the\everybeginfontdef
-   \fi
-   \advance\@@fontdefhack\plusone}
-
-\def\@@endfontdef
-  {\advance\@@fontdefhack \minusone
-   \ifcase\@@fontdefhack
-     \the\everyendfontdef
-   \fi}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% todo: inheritance with parent
-
-\unexpanded\def\definebodyfontenvironment
-  {\dotripleempty\dodefinebodyfontenvironment}
-
-\def\dodefinebodyfontenvironment[#1][#2][#3]% class size settings
-  {\ifthirdargument
-     \@@beginfontdef
-     \doifelse{#2}\s!default
-       {\getparameters[\??ft\s!default][#3]}
-       {\edef\tempbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize{#2}}%
-        \addtocommalist\tempbodyfontsize\bodyfontenvironmentlist
-        \@EA\dododefinebodyfontenvironment\@EA[\tempbodyfontsize][#1][#3]}%
-     \@@endfontdef
-   \else
-     \ifx\fontclass\empty\else
-       \writestatus\m!fonts{beware: fontclass ignored (if needed use: [fontclass][size][settings])}%
-     \fi
-     \pushmacro\fontclass
-     \let\fontclass\empty
-     \definebodyfontenvironment[\fontclass][#1][#2]% change */*
-     \popmacro\fontclass
-   \fi}
-
-\def\dododefinebodyfontenvironment[#1][#2][#3]% size class settings
-  {%\@@beginfontdef % \s!text goes wrong in testing because the 12pt alternative will called when typesetting the test (or so)
-   \ifcsname\??ft#2#1\c!em\endcsname
-      % we test for em as we assume it to be set
-   \else
-     % speeding this up saves 0.01 sec on a run (tested 20100817)
-     % but some day we will clean this up anyway
-     \def\dodododefinebodyfontenvironment##1%
-       {\scratchdimen\csname\??ft\s!default##1\endcsname\dimexpr#1\relax
-        \edef\tempbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\scratchdimen}%
-        \letvalue{\??ft#2#1##1}\tempbodyfontsize}%
-     \processcommacommand[\fontrelativesizelist]\dodododefinebodyfontenvironment
-     \copyparameters
-       [\??ft#2#1][\??ft\s!default]%
-       [\c!interlinespace,\c!em]%
-   \fi
-   \getparameters[\??ft#2#1][#3]%
-   %\@@endfontdef
-   % new code, see remark
-   \ifproductionrun
-     \ifcsname\??fontsize#1\endcsname
-       % only once
-     \else
-       % prevent loop (hence \empty)
-       \letvalueempty{\??fontsize#1}%
-       \pushmacro\fontclass     % new per 26102009
-       \edef\fontclass{#2}%     % new per 26102009
-       \defineunknownfont{#1}%
-       \popmacro\fontclass      % new per 26102009
-     \fi
-   \fi
-   % so far
-   \setvalue{\??fontsize#1}{\docompletefontswitch[#1]}}
-
-%D {\bf Remark:} We need to cover the following cases,
-%D otherwise users can get confused:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \setupbodyfont[23pt]
-%D
-%D \definebodyfontenvironment[23pt]
-%D \setupbodyfont[23pt]
-%D
-%D \definebodyfontenvironment[23pt]
-%D \definebodyfont[23pt][rm,ss,tt][default]
-%D \setupbodyfont[23pt]
-%D \stoptyping
-
-%D Beware: while some font defs can be global, the bodyfont
-%D environment checks local. This means that multiple local
-%D checks resulting in definitions are not that efficient.
-%D So, apart from an occasional switch, one should define an
-%D environment at the outer level.
-
-% \def\checkbodyfontenvironment[#1]%
-%   {\definebodyfontenvironment[\fontclass][#1][]}
-%
-% \def\checkbodyfontenvironment[#1]%
-%   {\ifcsname\??ft\fontclass#1\c!em\endcsname
-%       % we test for em as we assume it to be set
-%    \else
-%       \definebodyfontenvironment[\fontclass][#1][]%
-%    \fi}
-%
-% will be adapted with parent chain:
-
-\def\checkbodyfontenvironment[#1]%
-  {\ifcsname\??ft          #1\c!em\endcsname\else\docheckbodyfontenvironment\empty    {#1}\fi
-   \ifcsname\??ft\fontclass#1\c!em\endcsname\else\docheckbodyfontenvironment\fontclass{#1}\fi}
-
-\def\dodocheckbodyfontenvironment#1#2% text script scriptscript x xx big small
-  {\setevalue{\??ft#1\tempbodyfontsize#2}%
-     {\thenormalizedbodyfontsize{\csname\??ft\s!default#2\endcsname\dimexpr\tempbodyfontsize\relax}}}
-
-\def\docheckbodyfontenvironment#1#2% class size (simplified version of definebodyfontenvironment)
-   {\@@beginfontdef
-    \edef\tempbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize{#2}}%
-    \addtocommalist\tempbodyfontsize\bodyfontenvironmentlist
-    \processcommacommand[\fontrelativesizelist]{\dodocheckbodyfontenvironment{#1}}%
-    \copyparameters % can inherit
-      [\??ft#1\tempbodyfontsize][\??ft\s!default]
-      [\c!interlinespace,\c!em]%
-   %\ifproductionrun
-      \ifcsname\??fontsize\tempbodyfontsize\endcsname \else
-        \letvalueempty{\??fontsize\tempbodyfontsize}% prevent loop
-        \pushmacro\fontclass
-        \edef\fontclass{#1}%
-        \normalexpanded{\defineunknownfont{\tempbodyfontsize}}% we can also inherit here
-        \popmacro\fontclass
-      \fi
-   %\fi
-    \setevalue{\??fontsize#1}{\noexpand\docompletefontswitch[#1]}%
-    \@@endfontdef}
-
-% this one already catches both define/setup
-
-\let\setupbodyfontenvironment\definebodyfontenvironment
-
-%D Just a couple of interface macros:
-
-% todo:
-%
-% \letvalueempty{\??ft\s!empty}
-%
-% \def\currentbodyfontvariable#1%
-%   {\csname\??ft
-%      \ifcsname\??ft\fontclass#1\endcsname\fontclass#1\else
-%      \ifcsname\??ft          #1\endcsname          #1\else \s!empty \fi
-%    \fi}
-
-\def\bodyfontvariable#1%
-  {\??ft\ifcsname\??ft\fontclass#1\endcsname\fontclass\fi#1}
-
-\def\bodyfontinterlinespecs
-  {\bodyfontvariable{\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!interlinespace}}
-
-\def\bodyfontinterlinespace
-  {\csname\bodyfontinterlinespecs\endcsname}
-
-%D We default all parameters to the main bodyfont size (begin
-%D \type{#1}), so the next setup is valid too:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definebodyfontenvironment[24pt]
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D All parameters can be redefined when needed, so one does
-%D not have to stick to the default ones.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {definebodyfont}
-%D
-%D The next step in defining a bodyfont involves the actual font
-%D files, which can be recognized by their extension
-%D \type{tfm}. Installing those file is often beyond the
-%D scope of the user and up to the system administrator.
-%D
-%D \showsetup{definebodyfont}
-%D
-%D This commands takes three arguments: a (series of) bodyfont
-%D size(s), the style group to which the definitions belong,
-%D and an alternative, as specified by the \TEX\ (math) families,
-%D extended with~a, b~\unknown.
-%D
-%D We show two examples, that show all the alternative
-%D scaling options. The \type{\tfa} alternatives can be
-%D extended with \type{\bfa}, \type{\slb}, etc. or even
-%D \type{e} and higher alternatives. The magic scaled
-%D values are derived from plain \TEX's \type {\magstep}:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definebodyfont [12pt] [rm]
-%D   [tf=cmr12,
-%D    bf=cmbx12,
-%D    it=cmti12,
-%D    sl=cmsl12,
-%D    bi=cmbxti10 at 12pt,
-%D    bs=cmbxsl10 at 12pt,
-%D   tfa=cmr12    scaled 1.200,
-%D   tfb=cmr12    scaled 1.440,
-%D   tfc=cmr12    scaled 1.728,
-%D   tfd=cmr12    scaled 2.074,
-%D    sc=cmcsc10  at 12pt]
-%D
-%D \definebodyfont [12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [rm]
-%D   [tf=lbr  sa 1,
-%D    bf=lbd  sa 1,
-%D    it=lbi  sa 1,
-%D    sl=lbsl sa 1,
-%D    bi=lbdi sa 1,
-%D    bs=lbdi sa 1,
-%D   tfa=lbr  sa 1.200,
-%D   tfb=lbr  sa 1.440,
-%D   tfc=lbr  sa 1.728,
-%D   tfd=lbr  sa 2.074,
-%D    sc=lbr  sa 0.833]
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D The second example shows that we can define more sizes at
-%D once. The main difference between these examples is that the
-%D Computer Modern Roman come in many design sizes. This means
-%D that there we cannot define them in bulk using \type{sa}.
-%D Instead of \type{rm} (roman) one can define \type{ss} (sans
-%D serif), \type{tt} (teletype), \type{hw} (hand written),
-%D \type{cg} (calygraphic) and whatever styles.
-%D
-%D The first argument may be a comma separated list. This,
-%D combined with specifications using \type{sa} can save a lot
-%D of typing. Although all arguments should be specified, we
-%D treat the second argument as optional.
-%D
-%D Defining a bodyfont involves two actions: defining the
-%D specific style related alternatives, like \type{\rma},
-%D \type{\bfa} and \type{\rmsla}, and storing the definitions
-%D of their bodyfont size related fonts. The first step is
-%D bodyfont independant but executed every time. This permits
-%D user definitions like \type{\tfw} or \type{\bfq} for real
-%D large alternatives.
-
-%D If we move design size info to the lfg file (after all only lm
-%D has design sizes) we can get rid of much code .. 2012 or so.
-
-% todo: \s!parent
-
-\unexpanded\def\definebodyfont
-  {\doquadrupleempty\redefinebodyfont}
-
-\def\redefinebodyfont[#1][#2][#3][#4]%
-  {\iffourthargument
-     \processcommacommand[#1]{\reredefinebodyfont[#2][#3][#4]}%
-   \else
-     \dodefinebodyfont[#1][#2][#3]%
-   \fi}
-
-\def\reredefinebodyfont[#1][#2][#3]#4%
-  {\pushmacro\fontclass
-   \doifelse{#4}\s!default
-     {\let\fontclass\empty}
-     {\def\fontclass{#4}}%
-   \definebodyfont[#1][#2][#3]%
-   \popmacro\fontclass}
-
-\def\dodefinebodyfont[#1][#2][#3]% body|identifier style defs|identifier
-  {\ifthirdargument
-     \doifnumberelse{#1}
-       {\doifassignmentelse{#3}
-          {% [12pt] [style] [settings]
-           \ifcsname#2\endcsname\else\normalexpanded{\noexpand\definefontstyle[#2][#2]}\fi % new
-           \processcommalist[#1]{\dododefinebodyfont{#2}{#3}}}
-          {% [12pt] [style] [identifier]
-           \dodefinedefaultbodyfont[#1][#2][#3]}} % body style identifier
-       {% [identifier] [style] [settings] % see ***
-        \setvalue{\s!default#1#2}##1##2{\normalexpanded{\noexpand\xdodefinebodyfont[##1][##2][#3]}}}%
-   \else\ifsecondargument
-     \definebodyfont[#1][\c!rm][#2]%
-   \else
-     % Maybe there are default dependencies defined which we can use ([unknown]) and
-     % if not, then we have at least to make sure some basics are set up.
-     \ifcsname\??fontsize#1\endcsname \else
-       \defineunknownfont{#1}%
-     \fi
-     \ifcsname\??fontsize#1\endcsname \else
-       \definebodyfont[#1][\c!rm][]%
-     \fi
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\def\xdodefinebodyfont[#1][#2][#3]% body|identifier style defs|identifier
-  {\checkrelativefontsize{#2}% rather new, inherit from other defs
-   \ifcsname#2\endcsname\else\normalexpanded{\noexpand\definefontstyle[#2][#2]}\fi % new
-   \processcommalist[#1]{\dododefinebodyfont{#2}{#3}}%
-   \let\relativefontsize\defaultrelativefontsize}
-
-\def\dododefinebodyfont#1#2#3% style defs body
-  {\checkbodyfontenvironment[#3]% just to be sure; can probably be omited now
-   \processcommalist[#2]{\dodododefinebodyfont{#1}{#3}}}
-
-\def\dodododefinebodyfont#1#2#3% style body def
-  {\dododododefinebodyfont{#1}{#2}[#3]}
-
-\def\dododododefinebodyfont
-  {\ifx\fontclass\empty
-     \expandafter\dododododefinebodyfontnop
-   \else
-     \expandafter\dododododefinebodyfontyes
-   \fi}
-
-\def\dododododefinebodyfontyes#1% style body def
-  {\edef\askedbodyfontstyle{#1}%
-   \ifx\askedbodyfontstyle\c!mm
-     \expandafter\dodefinebodyfontyesmm
-   \else
-     \expandafter\dodefinebodyfontyesxx
-   \fi\askedbodyfontstyle} % we can get rid of #1
-
-\def\dododododefinebodyfontnop#1% style body def
-  {\edef\askedbodyfontstyle{#1}%
-   \ifx\askedbodyfontstyle\c!mm
-     \expandafter\dodefinebodyfontnopmm
-   \else
-     \expandafter\dodefinebodyfontnopxx
-   \fi\askedbodyfontstyle} % we can get rid of #1
-
-\def\dodefinebodyfontnopxx#1#2[#3#4#5=#6]% style body def
-  {\ifcsname#1#3#4#5\endcsname\else\checkbodyfont{#1}{#3#4}{#5}\fi% not \definefontsize[#5]
-   \@EA\let\csname*#2#1#3#4#5*\endcsname\undefined
-   \unexpanded\@EA\edef\csname#2#1#3#4#5\endcsname{\xxdododefinefont{#2#1#3#4#5}{\number\relativefontsize}{#2}{\normalunexpanded{#6}}}}
-
-\def\dodefinebodyfontyesxx#1#2[#3#4#5=#6]% style body def
-  {\ifcsname#1#3#4#5\endcsname\else\checkbodyfont{#1}{#3#4}{#5}\fi% not \definefontsize[#5]
-   \global\@EA\let\csname*\fontclass#2#1#3#4#5*\endcsname\undefined
-   \unexpanded\@EA\xdef\csname\fontclass#2#1#3#4#5\endcsname{\xxdododefinefont{#2#1#3#4#5}{\number\relativefontsize}{#2}{\normalunexpanded{#6}}}}
-
-\def\dodefinebodyfontnopmm#1#2[#3#4#5=#6]% style body def
-  {\ifcsname#1#3#4#5\endcsname\else\checkbodyfont{#1}{#3#4}{#5}\fi% not \definefontsize[#5]
-   \@EA\let\csname*#2#1#3#4#51*\endcsname\undefined
-   \@EA\let\csname*#2#1#3#4#52*\endcsname\undefined
-   \@EA\let\csname*#2#1#3#4#53*\endcsname\undefined
-   \unexpanded\@EA\edef\csname#2#1#3#4#51\endcsname{\xxdododefinefont{#2#1#3#4#51}{\number\relativefontsize}{#2}{\normalunexpanded{#6}}}%
-   \unexpanded\@EA\edef\csname#2#1#3#4#52\endcsname{\xxdododefinefont{#2#1#3#4#52}{\number\relativefontsize}{#2}{\normalunexpanded{#6}}}%
-   \unexpanded\@EA\edef\csname#2#1#3#4#53\endcsname{\xxdododefinefont{#2#1#3#4#53}{\number\relativefontsize}{#2}{\normalunexpanded{#6}}}}
-
-\def\dodefinebodyfontyesmm#1#2[#3#4#5=#6]% style body def
-  {\ifcsname#1#3#4#5\endcsname\else\checkbodyfont{#1}{#3#4}{#5}\fi% not \definefontsize[#5]
-   \global\@EA\let\csname*\fontclass#2#1#3#4#51*\endcsname\undefined
-   \global\@EA\let\csname*\fontclass#2#1#3#4#52*\endcsname\undefined
-   \global\@EA\let\csname*\fontclass#2#1#3#4#53*\endcsname\undefined
-   \unexpanded\@EA\xdef\csname\fontclass#2#1#3#4#51\endcsname{\xxdododefinefont{#2#1#3#4#51}{\number\relativefontsize}{#2}{\normalunexpanded{#6}}}%
-   \unexpanded\@EA\xdef\csname\fontclass#2#1#3#4#52\endcsname{\xxdododefinefont{#2#1#3#4#52}{\number\relativefontsize}{#2}{\normalunexpanded{#6}}}%
-   \unexpanded\@EA\xdef\csname\fontclass#2#1#3#4#53\endcsname{\xxdododefinefont{#2#1#3#4#53}{\number\relativefontsize}{#2}{\normalunexpanded{#6}}}}
-
-\def\checkbodyfont#1% tests for ttsl mmbf
-  {\edef\c!!mm{#1}%
-   \ifx\c!!mm\c!mm % prevents \max and alike (re)defs
-     \expandafter\checkmathbodyfont
-   \else
-     \expandafter\checktextbodyfont
-   \fi{#1}} % no \c!!mm, not expanded later on
-
-\def\checkmathbodyfont#1#2#3% style alt size / gdef % #3 can be empty (checking needed as \bf is already defined)
-  {%\message{!m #1 #2 #3!}%  #1 #2 #3 = signal
-   %setugvalue     {#2}{\setcurrentfontalternative                 {#2}}%  % \mr \mb
-   \setugvalue     {#1}{\setcurrentfontstyle                       {#1}}}  % \mm
-
-\def\checktextbodyfont#1#2#3% style alt size / gdef % #3 can be empty (checking needed as \bf is already defined)
-  {%\message{!t #1 #2 #3!}% % beware, some can be defined already
-   \setugvalue   {#1#3}{\setcurrentfontstylesize               {#1}{#3}}%  % \rma
-   \setugvalue   {#2#3}{\setcurrentfontalternativesize         {#2}{#3}}%  % \sla
-   \setugvalue {#1#2#3}{\setcurrentfontstylealternativesize{#1}{#2}{#3}}%  % \rmsla
-   \ifcsname\s!normal#1\endcsname % text/math check
-     \expandafter\let\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname\s!normal#1\endcsname
-   \else
-     \setugvalue   {#1}{\setcurrentfontstyle                       {#1}}%  % \rm
-   \fi
-   \ifcsname\s!normal#2\endcsname % text/math check
-     \expandafter\let\csname#2\expandafter\endcsname\csname\s!normal#2\endcsname
-   \else
-     \setugvalue   {#2}{\setcurrentfontalternative                 {#2}}%  % \sl
-   \fi
-   \setugvalue {#1\c!x}{\setcurrentfontxstylealternative           {#1}}%  % \rmx
-   \setugvalue{#1\c!xx}{\setcurrentfontxxstylealternative          {#1}}%  % \rmxx
-   \setugvalue {#2\c!x}{\setcurrentfontxalternative                {#2}}%  % \slx
-   \setugvalue{#2\c!xx}{\setcurrentfontxxalternative               {#2}}%  % \slxx
-   \setugvalue   {#1#2}{\setcurrentfontstylealternative        {#1}{#2}}}  % \rmsl
-
-\def\dodefinedefaultbodyfont[#1][#2][#3]% sizes styles identifier
-  {\def\dododefinedefaultbodyfont##1%
-     {\def\dodododefinedefaultbodyfont####1%
-        {\def\dododododefinedefaultbodyfont########1%
-           {\ifcsname\s!default########1####1\endcsname
-              % [12pt] [style] [identifier]
-              \csname\s!default########1####1\endcsname{##1}{####1}%
-            \fi}%
-         \processcommalist[#3]\dododododefinedefaultbodyfont}%
-      \processcommalist[#2]\dodododefinedefaultbodyfont}%
-   \processcommalist[#1]\dododefinedefaultbodyfont}
-
-%D Unknown families are added to the family list! For the
-%D moment we also set the direct calls here. Some day a better
-%D solution will be implemented. The good news is that unknown
-%D fonts are defined automatically.
-
-\newif\ifdefiningunknownfont
-
-\def\dodefineunknownfont#1#2%
-  {\ifcsname\??ft\s!default#2\endcsname
-     \donetrue
-     \edef\tempbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize{\csname\??ft\s!default#2\endcsname\dimexpr#1\relax}}%
-     \letvalue{\??ft#1#2}\tempbodyfontsize
-   \fi}
-
-\def\dodefineunknownbodyfont#1#2% see ***
-  {\ifcsname\s!default\s!default#2\endcsname % somehow related to */*
-     \donetrue
-     \csname\s!default\s!default#2\endcsname{#1}{#2}%
-   \fi}
-
-\def\dodefineunknownsubfont#1#2%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontsize\csname\??ft#1#2\endcsname\endcsname
-   \else
-     \donetrue
-     \defineunknownfont{\csname\??ft#1#2\endcsname}%
-   \fi}
-
-\let\c!savedtext\c!text
-
-\unexpanded\def\defineunknownfont#1%
-  {\let\c!text\s!text
-   \donefalse
-   \processcommacommand[\fontrelativesizelist]{\dodefineunknownfont{#1}}%
-   \let\c!text\c!savedtext
-   \ifdone
-     \donefalse
-     \processcommacommand
-       [\fontstylelist]
-       {\dodefineunknownbodyfont{#1}}%
-     \ifdone
-       \donefalse
-       \setvalue{\??fontsize#1}{\docompletefontswitch[#1]}%
-       \ifdefiningunknownfont \else
-         \definingunknownfonttrue
-         \processcommacommand[\fontrelativesizelist]{\dodefineunknownsubfont{#1}}%
-         \definingunknownfontfalse
-       \fi
-     \fi
-     \ifdone
-       \showmessage\m!fonts{14}{#1}%
-     \fi
-   \fi}
-
-%D These macros show that quite some definitions take place.
-%D Fonts are not loaded yet! This means that at format
-%D generation time, no font files are preloaded.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {everybodyfont,Everybodyfont,everyglobalbodyfont}
-%D
-%D Every change in bodyfont size has conseqences for the baseline
-%D distance and skips between paragraphs. These are initialized
-%D in other modules. Here we only provide the hooks that
-%D garantees their handling.
-
-%D At the system level one can initialize thing like:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \appendtoks \setupspacing \to \everybodyfont
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D While users can add their own non standard commands like:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \EveryBodyFont{\message{changing to bodyfont \the\bodyfontsize}}
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D Personnaly I never felt the need for such extensions, but
-%D at least its possible.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {globalbodyfontsize,localbodyfontsize}
-%D
-%D Next we'll do the tough job of font switching. Here we
-%D have to distinguish between the global (overal) bodyfont
-%D size and the local (sometimes in the textflow) size. We
-%D store these dimensions in two \DIMENSION\ registers.
-
-\ifdefined\globalbodyfontsize\else \newdimen\globalbodyfontsize \fi \globalbodyfontsize=12pt
-\ifdefined\localbodyfontsize \else \newdimen\localbodyfontsize  \fi \localbodyfontsize =\globalbodyfontsize
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {bodyfontsize}
-%D
-%D These two registers are not to be misused in calculations.
-%D For this purpose we keep a copy:
-
-\newdimen\bodyfontsize  \bodyfontsize=\globalbodyfontsize
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {bodyfontfactor,bodyfontpoints}
-%D
-%D For multiplication purposes we keep an auxiliary counter
-%D and macro (here the expansion is not explicitly needed):
-
-\newcount\bodyfontpoints \dimensiontocount\bodyfontsize\bodyfontpoints
-
-\edef\bodyfontfactor{\withoutpt\the\bodyfontsize}
-
-%D When we assign for instance 12pt to a \DIMENSION\ register
-%D the \type{\the}'d value comes out as 12.0pt, which is
-%D often not the way users specify the bodyfont size. Therefore
-%D we also store the normalized value.
-
-\setnewconstant\fontdigits\plustwo % was 1
-
-\def\normalizebodyfontsize#1\to#2%
-  {\edef#2{\ctxcommand{nbfs(\number\dimexpr#1\relax,\number\fontdigits)}}}
-
-\def\thenormalizedbodyfontsize#1%
-  {\ctxcommand{nbfs(\number\dimexpr#1\relax,\number\fontdigits)}}
-
-\edef\normalizedglobalbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\bodyfontsize}
-\edef\normalizedlocalbodyfontsize {\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\bodyfontsize}
-\edef\normalizedbodyfontsize      {\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\bodyfontsize}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {fontstyle,fontalternative,fontsize}
-%D
-%D Within a bodyfont, fonts can come in different sizes. For
-%D instance \type{\tf} is accompanied by \type{\tfa},
-%D \type{\tfb} etc. The first two characters denote the
-%D alternative, while the third character in these sequences
-%D represents the size. The actual size is saved in a macro
-%D
-%D The style, being roman (\type{\rm}), sans serif (\type{\ss})
-%D etc. is also available in a macro in \type{rm}, \type{ss}
-%D etc. form:
-
-\let\defaultfontalternative = \c!tf
-\let\defaultfontstyle       = \empty
-\let\defaultfontsize        = \empty
-
-\let\fontalternative = \defaultfontalternative
-\let\fontstyle       = \defaultfontstyle
-\let\fontsize        = \defaultfontsize
-
-%D When \type {\loadfontfileoncetrue}, such files are
-%D only loaded once! This permits redundant loading, but at
-%D the same time forced grouping when we want continuously mix
-%D all kind of font, which of course is a kind of
-%D typographically sin. The \type{"} is made inactive if
-%D needed to prevent problems with loading files that use this
-%D character in numbers.
-
-% can be made faster (only used internally now)
-
-\def\doswitchpoints[#1]%
-  {\normalexpanded{\dodoswitchpoints{#1}}}
-
-\unexpanded\def\dodoswitchpoints#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontsize#1\endcsname \else
-     \defineunknownfont{#1}%
-   \fi%
-  %\defineunknownfontstyles{#1}%
-   \ifcsname\??fontsize#1\endcsname
-     \csname\??fontsize#1\endcsname
-     \localbodyfontsize#1\relax
-   % \edef\fontbody{\fontbody}% to be tested but we can clean up mkiv further
-     \edef\normalizedbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\localbodyfontsize}%
-     \checkbodyfontenvironment[\normalizedbodyfontsize]%
-   \else
-     \showmessage\m!fonts4{#1}%
-   \fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\doswitchstyle[#1]%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontstyle#1\endcsname
-     \csname\??fontstyle#1\endcsname
-     \edef\fontstyle{#1}%
-     \ifmmode\mr\fi % in order to be compatible with \rm in math mode
-     % \the\everybodyfont % cleaner, in setting size as well as style
-   \else
-     \showmessage\m!fonts5{#1}%
-   \fi}
-
-%D \TEX\ loads font metric files like \type{cmr10.tfm} and
-%D \type{tir.tfm} only once. In \PLAIN\ \TEX\ some font files
-%D are {\em preloaded}. This means that the font files are
-%D loaded, but not accessible yet by name. This is accomplished
-%D by saying:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \font\preloaded=cmr10 at 11pt
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D and using the name \type{\preloaded} again and again, so
-%D fonts are indeed loaded, but unnamed, and therefore
-%D unaccessible. In \CONTEXT\ we don't preload fonts, not even
-%D the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ ones, although users can access them. Now
-%D why is this done?
-
-%D Defining fonts using \type{\definebodyfont} takes time, so we
-%D prefer to predefine at least the Computer Modern Roman
-%D fonts. However, loading all those fonts at definition time
-%D would take both time and space. But even worse, once fonts
-%D are loaded into memory, their encoding vector is fixed,
-%D which is a handicap when we want to distribute the compact
-%D \type{fmt} files. So what we want to do is defining fonts in
-%D a way that postpones the loading. We accomplish this by only
-%D loading the fonts when we switch to another bodyfont size.
-%D Among the other alternatives, such as loading the font at
-%D the moment of activation and redefining the activation
-%D macro afterwards, this proved to be the most efficient
-%D alternative.
-%D
-%D The next few macros take care of the one exeption on this
-%D scheme. When at format generation time we load the default
-%D font file, the one that defines the Computer Modern Fonts,
-%D we don't want the fonts metrics to end up in the format
-%D file, so we temporary prohibit loading. This means that at
-%D runtime we have to load the default bodyfont size just before
-%D we start typesetting.
-%D
-%D Therefore we have to signal the font switching macros that
-%D we are preloading fonts.
-%D
-%D \macros
-%D   {preloadfonts}
-%D
-%D Preloading is only called for once, during the startup
-%D sequence of a session. After the loading job is done, the
-%D macro relaxes itself and reset the signal.
-
-\fontslantperpoint   \nullfont      0\scaledpoint
-\fontinterwordspace  \nullfont 256377\scaledpoint
-\fontinterwordstretch\nullfont 128188\scaledpoint
-\fontinterwordshrink \nullfont  85459\scaledpoint
-\fontexheight        \nullfont 338952\scaledpoint
-\fontemwidth         \nullfont 786432\scaledpoint
-\fontextraspace      \nullfont  85459\scaledpoint
-
-\fetchruntimecommand \showfontparameters  {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-
-\def\resetnullfont % this is needed because some macro packages (tikz) misuse \nullfont
-  {\dorecurse7{\fontdimen\recurselevel\nullfont\zeropoint}% keep en eye on this as:
-   \ctxcommand{resetnullfont()}% in luatex 0.70 this will also do the previous
-   \globallet\resetnullfont\relax}
-
-\def\preloaddefaultfonts
-  {\resetpreloadfonts
-   \setupbodyfont[modern,\fontstyle,\fontbody]%
-   \showmessage\m!fonts6{fallback modern \fontstyle\normalspace\normalizedbodyfontsize}}
-
-\def\preloaddefaultfontsmm
-  {\writestatus\m!fonts{preloading latin modern fonts (math)}%
-   \definetypeface[\fontclass][\c!mm][\s!math][modern][\s!default]%
-   \showmessage\m!fonts6{fallback modern mm \normalizedbodyfontsize}}
-
-\def\preloaddefaultfontstt
-  {\writestatus\m!fonts{preloading latin modern fonts (mono)}%
-   \definetypeface[\fontclass][\c!tt][\s!mono][modern][\s!default]%
-   \showmessage\m!fonts6{fallback modern tt \normalizedbodyfontsize}}
-
-\def\resetpreloadfonts
-  {\glet\preloaddefaultfonts    \relax
-  %\glet\preloaddefaultfontstt  \relax
-  %\glet\preloaddefaultfontsmm  \relax
-   \glet\zerostagepreloadfonts  \relax
-   \glet\firststagepreloadfonts \relax
-   \glet\secondstagepreloadfonts\relax
-  %\glet\thirdstagepreloadfonts \relax
-   \glet\fourthstagepreloadfonts\relax
-   \global\everyhbox\emptytoks
-   \global\everyvbox\emptytoks
-   \resetnullfont}
-
-\def\resetcheckedfonts
-  {\glet\preloaddefaultfontstt  \relax
-   \glet\preloaddefaultfontsmm  \relax
-   \glet\thirdstagepreloadfonts \relax}
-
-\def\dozerostagepreloadfonts
-  {\definedfont[\s!file:lmmono10-regular sa 1]}
-
-\def\zerostagepreloadfonts
-  {\writestatus\m!fonts{beware: no fonts are loaded yet, using 'lm mono' in box}%
-   \glet\zerostagepreloadfonts\dozerostagepreloadfonts
-   \zerostagepreloadfonts}
-
-\appendtoks
-    \everyhbox{\zerostagepreloadfonts}
-    \everyvbox{\zerostagepreloadfonts}
-\to \everydump
-
-\def\firststagepreloadfonts % *nofonts -> *preloadfonts
-  {\doifmodeelse{*preloadfonts}
-     {\preloaddefaultfonts
-      \writestatus\m!fonts{preloading latin modern fonts (first stage)}}
-     {\writestatus\m!fonts{latin modern fonts are not preloaded}}}
-
-\def\secondstagepreloadfonts
-  {\writestatus\m!fonts{preloading latin modern fonts (second stage)}%
-   \preloaddefaultfonts}
-
-\def\thirdstagepreloadfonts % always
-  {\ifx\fontclass\empty
-     \writestatus\m!fonts{preloading latin modern fonts (third stage)}%
-     \preloaddefaultfonts
-   \else
-     \resetpreloadfonts
-     \pushmacro\fontstyle
-     \ifcsname\fontclass\c!mm\s!features\endcsname \else
-       \preloaddefaultfontsmm
-     \fi
-     \ifcsname\fontclass\c!tt\s!features\endcsname \else
-       \preloaddefaultfontstt
-     \fi
-     \popmacro\fontstyle
-     \resetcheckedfonts % reset third, mm and tt
-     \setupbodyfont[\fontstyle]%
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fourthstagepreloadfonts
-  {\begingroup
-   %ifzeropt\fontcharwd\font\number`!\relax
-   \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{context}%
-   \ifzeropt\wd\scratchbox
-     \writeline
-     \writestatus\m!fonts{!! No bodyfont has been defined and no defaults have been}%
-     \writestatus\m!fonts{!! loaded (maybe due to a missing \string\starttext).}%
-     \writeline
-   \fi
-   \resetpreloadfonts
-   \endgroup}
-
-%D Here comes the main font switching macros. These macros
-%D handle changes in size as well as returning to the global
-%D bodyfont size.
-
-\def\dosetfont#1#2%  #1 = set/switch state
-  {\doifelse{#2}\v!global
-     {\restoreglobalbodyfont}
-     {\processcommacommand[#2]{\dodocheckfontsize}%
-      \processcommacommand[#2]{\dodosetfont{#1}}%
-      \ifproductionrun
-        \thirdstagepreloadfonts
-        \doswitchpoints[\normalizedbodyfontsize]%
-        \doswitchstyle[\fontstyle]%
-        \ifx\defaultfontclass\empty
-          \let\defaultfontclass\fontclass
-        \fi
-      \fi}%
-   \currentxfontsize\zerocount}
-
-\def\dodocheckfontsize#1%
-  {\doifnumberelse{#1}{\checkbodyfontenvironment[#1]}\donothing}
-
-\def\dodosetfont#1#2%  #1 = set/switch state | check fo rempty, else space
-  {\doifsomething{#2}{\dododosetfont{#1}{#2}{\showmessage\m!fonts4{#2}}}}
-
-\def\dododosetfont#1#2#3% #1 = set/switch state
-  {\doifnumberelse{#2}\dodododosetfont\redododosetfont{#1}{#2}{#3}}
-
-\def\redododosetfont#1#2#3% #1 = set/switch state
-  {\edef\expandedfontthing{#2}%
-   \def\interfacedfontsize{\normalizedbodyfontsize\interfaced\expandedfontthing}%
-   \ifcsname\??ft\interfacedfontsize\endcsname
-     \edef\fontstep{\csname\bodyfontvariable\interfacedfontsize\endcsname}%
-     \normalexpanded{\noexpand\dodododosetfont{#1}{\fontstep}}{#3}%
-   \else\ifx\expandedfontthing\v!reset
-     \let\fontstyle\empty % new 31/7/2006
-     \let\fontsize \empty
-   \else
-      \ifcsname\??fontstyle\expandedfontthing\endcsname
-        \let\fontstyle\expandedfontthing
-      \else
-        \setcurrentfontclass\expandedfontthing
-        \ifcase#1\relax
-          \let\globalfontclass\globalfontclass
-        \else
-          \let\globalfontclass\fontclass
-        \fi
-        \ifx\fontclass\empty
-          \let\fontstyle\c!rm
-        \else\ifcsname\??tf\fontclass\s!default\endcsname
-          \edef\fontstyle{\csname\??tf\fontclass\s!default\endcsname}%
-        \else
-          \let\fontstyle\c!rm
-        \fi\fi
-      \fi
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\def\dodododosetfont#1#2#3% #1 = set/switch state
-  {\edef\normalizedsetfont{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize{#2}}%
-   \ifcsname\??fontsize\normalizedsetfont\endcsname \else
-     \defineunknownfont{#2}%
-   \fi
-   \ifcsname\??fontsize\normalizedsetfont\endcsname
-     \localbodyfontsize\normalizedsetfont
-     \let\normalizedbodyfontsize\normalizedsetfont
-   \else
-     #3\dosetsubstitutefont{#1}{#2}%
-   \fi}
-
-%D When users specify for instance a 13 point bodyfont while no
-%D such bodyfont is defined, the system automatically tries to
-%D find a best fit, that is the nearest smaller defined
-%D bodyfontzize. A smaller one is definitely better than a larger
-%D one, simply because otherwise a lot of overfull box messages
-%D are more probable to occur. By taking a value slightly
-%D smaller than half a point, we can use the next method.
-
-\def\dosetsubstitutefont#1#2% #1 = set/switch state
-  {\scratchdimen#2\relax
-   \advance\scratchdimen .499\points
-   \dimensiontocount\scratchdimen\scratchcounter
-   \advance\scratchcounter \minusone
-   \ifnum\scratchcounter>\plusthree
-     \dododosetfont{#1}{\the\scratchcounter\s!pt}{}%
-   \fi}
-
-% The following bunch of macros deals with the (run time)
-% expansion of names onto the definitions made by \type
-% {\definebodyfont}.
-
-% \let\fontbody       \empty % ... 10pt 11pt 12pt ...
-% \let\fontstyle      \empty % rm ss tt mm hw cg ...
-% \let\fontalternative\empty % tf bf sl it bs bi sc ...
-% \let\fontsize       \empty % xy-abcd ...
-
-\def\defaultfontbody{\normalizedbodyfontsize}
-
-\let\fontbody\defaultfontbody
-
-\let\fontclass\empty \let\globalfontclass\fontclass
-
-% we need to check the fontclass
-
-\def\registerfontclass#1%
-  {\letgvalue{\??fontclassyes#1}\v!yes} % global ?
-
-\def\setcurrentfontclass#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??fontclassyes#1\endcsname
-     \edef\fontclass{#1}%
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontclassnop#1\endcsname
-     % already tried
-   \else   % too messy: \ifcase\currentgrouplevel % (unpredictable)
-     \trycurrentfontclass{#1}%
-   \fi\fi} % \fi}
-
-\def\savefontclassparameters#1#2#3#4#5#6% #1=rm|ss|.. rscale features fallbacks goodies direction
-  {\setxvalue{\fontclass#1\s!rscale   }{#2}%
-   \setxvalue{\fontclass#1\s!features }{#3}%
-   \setxvalue{\fontclass#1\s!fallbacks}{#4}%
-   \setxvalue{\fontclass#1\s!goodies  }{#5}%
-   \setxvalue{\fontclass#1\s!direction}{#6}}
-
-\settrue\autotypescripts
-
-\def\trycurrentfontclass#1%
-  {\ifconditional\autotypescripts
-     % try to load typescript #1
-     \usetypescript[#1]%
-     \ifcsname\??fontclassyes#1\endcsname
-       \edef\fontclass{#1}%
-     \else
-       % try to load type-#1.mkiv
-       \usetypescriptfile[\f!typeprefix#1]%
-       % try to load typescript #1
-       \usetypescript[#1]%
-       \ifcsname\??fontclassyes#1\endcsname
-         \edef\fontclass{#1}%
-       \else
-         % todo: message
-         \letvalueempty{\??fontclassnop#1}%
-       \fi
-     \fi
-   \else
-     % todo: message
-     \letvalueempty{\??fontclassnop#1}%
-   \fi}
-
-\let\defaultfontstyle       \c!rm
-\let\defaultfontalternative \c!tf
-\let\defaultfontsize        \empty
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {bigmath,nobigmath}
-%D
-%D We can inhibit this slow||downer with:
-
-% these can best be combined
-
-% 0=never 1=everymath 2=always
-
-\setnewconstant\synchronizebigmathflag\plusone
-
-\appendtoks
-  \ifcase\synchronizebigmathflag
-    % never
-  \or
-    \synchronizebigmath
-  \or
-    % always
-  \fi
-\to \everymathematics
-
-\def\nobigmath  {\synchronizebigmathflag\zerocount}
-\def\autobigmath{\synchronizebigmathflag\plusone\synchronizebigmath}
-\def\bigmath    {\synchronizebigmathflag\plustwo\synchronizebigmath}
-
-\let\bigmathfontsize\empty
-
-\unexpanded\def\synchronizebigmath
-  {\ifx\bigmathfontsize\fontsize
-     % already in sync
-   \else
-     \let\bigmathfontsize\fontsize
-     \synchronizemath
-   \fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\checkbigmathsynchronization
-  {\ifcase\synchronizebigmathflag
-     % never
-   \or
-     \ifmmode \synchronizebigmath \fi
-   \or
-     \synchronizebigmath
-   \fi}
-
-%D So far for synchronisation. (We can inline the following macros.)
-
-\unexpanded\def\dosetcurrentfontsize#1%
-  {\edef\fontsize{#1}%
-   \checkbigmathsynchronization}
-
-\unexpanded\def\dosetcurrentfontalternative#1%
-  {\edef\fontalternative{#1}}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfont#1#2#3#4%
-  {%\message{[1 #1 #2 #3 #4]}%
-   \edef\fontbody       {#1}%
-   \edef\fontstyle      {#2}%
-   \edef\fontalternative{#3}% \dosetcurrentfontalternative
-   \edef\fontsize       {#4}%
-   \checkbigmathsynchronization
-   \synchronizefont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfontbody#1%
-  {%\message{[2 #1]}%
-   \edef\fontbody{#1}%
-   \synchronizefont}
-
-% For Taco: optional fall backs:
-
-\ifdefined\checkfontclass \else \let\checkfontclass\gobbleoneargument \fi % implemented in type-ini
-
-\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfontstyle#1%
-  {%\message{[3 #1]}%
-   \edef\fontstyle{#1}%
-   \checkfontclass\fontstyle
-   \ifmmode\mr\fi % otherwise \rm not downward compatible
-   \synchronizefont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfontbodyalternative#1#2%
-  {%\message{[4 #1 #2]}%
-   \edef\fontbody       {#1}%
-   \edef\fontalternative{#2}%
-   \synchronizefont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfontalternative#1%
-  {%\message{[5 #1]}%
-   \edef\fontalternative{#1}%
-   \synchronizefont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfontsize#1%
-  {%\message{[6 #1]}%
-   \edef\fontsize{#1}%
-   \checkbigmathsynchronization
-   \synchronizefont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfontstylealternative#1#2% \rmsl
-  {%\message{[7 #1 #2]}%
-   \edef\fontstyle      {#1}%
-   \edef\fontalternative{#2}%
-   \synchronizefont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfontstylesize#1#2% \rmsla
-  {%\message{[8 #1 #2]}%
-   \edef\fontstyle{#1}%
-   \edef\fontsize {#2}%
-   \checkbigmathsynchronization
-   \synchronizefont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfontalternativesize#1#2% \sla
-  {%\message{[9 #1 #2]}%
-   \edef\fontalternative{#1}%
-   \edef\fontsize       {#2}%
-   \checkbigmathsynchronization
-   \synchronizefont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfontstylealternativesize#1#2#3% \rmsla
-  {%\message{[10 #1 #2 #3]}%
-   \edef\fontstyle      {#1}%
-   \edef\fontalternative{#2}%
-   \edef\fontsize       {#3}%
-   \checkbigmathsynchronization
-   \synchronizefont}
-
-%D In principle one can assign alternative fallback routines.
-%D Some day we will.
-
-\newtoks\fontstrategies
-\newif\iftryingfont
-
-\let\fontstrategy\relax
-
-\unexpanded\def\synchronizefont % we can have dups i.e. no need to let fontstrategy
-  {\tryingfonttrue
-   \ifx\fontclass\empty
-     \applyfontstrategies
-   \else
-     \applyfontclassstrategies
-   \fi
-   \autofontsizefalse
-   \ifskipfontcharacteristics
-     \setfontcharacteristics
-     \the\everyfontswitch
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontclassstrategiesa % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
-  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizefalse
-     \csname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontclassstrategiesb
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontclassstrategiesb % --- --- --- def % pt tt bf
-  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontclassstrategiesc
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontclassstrategiesc % --- --- def --- % pt tt tf a
-  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontclassstrategiesd
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontclassstrategiesd % --- --- def def % pt tt tf
-  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontclassstrategiese
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontclassstrategiese % --- def def def % pt rm tf
-  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizefalse
-     \csname\fontclass\fontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontclassstrategiesf
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontclassstrategiesf % def def def def % rm tf
-  {\ifcsname\fontclass\defaultfontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\fontclass\defaultfontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontstrategiesa
-   \fi}
-
-% no class
-
-\def\fontstrategiesa % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
-  {\ifcsname\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizefalse
-     \csname\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontstrategiesb
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontstrategiesb % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
-  {\ifcsname\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontstrategiesc
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontstrategiesc % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
-  {\ifcsname\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontstrategiesd
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontstrategiesd % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
-  {\ifcsname\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontstrategiese
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontstrategiese % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
-  {\ifcsname\fontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizefalse
-     \csname\fontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-   \else
-     \expandafter\fontstrategiesf
-   \fi}
-
-\def\fontstrategiesf % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
-  {\ifcsname\defaultfontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-     \autofontsizetrue
-     \csname\defaultfontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
-   \fi}
-
-\let\applyfontstrategies     \fontstrategiesa
-\let\applyfontclassstrategies\fontclassstrategiesa
-
-%D Let's synchronize:
-
-\newif\ifsynchronizefonts \synchronizefontstrue
-
-\prependtoks
-  \ifsynchronizefonts
-    \synchronizemath
-    \synchronizefont % problem: syncs last font
-  \fi
-\to \everybodyfont
-
-%D Setting the normal sizes as well as the x and xx smaller
-%D sizes is accomplished by the next set of macros. When in
-%D math mode, the commands \type{\tx} and \type{\txx} are
-%D just a switch to the script and double script styles, but
-%D in text mode the values defined by the bodyfontenvironment are
-%D used. Here we also set \type{\currentxfontsize}.
-
-\def\dosetcurrentfontxxxalternative#1#2#3#4%
-  {\currentxfontsize#2\relax
-   \ifmmode
-     #4%
-   \else\ifcsname\bodyfontvariable{\normalizedbodyfontsize#3}\endcsname
-     \setcurrentfontbodyalternative{\csname\bodyfontvariable\normalizedbodyfontsize#3\endcsname}{#1}%
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\def\setcurrentfontxalternative#1%
-  {\dosetcurrentfontxxxalternative{#1}1\c!x\scriptstyle
-   \let\tx\txx}
-
-\def\setcurrentfontxxalternative#1%
-  {\dosetcurrentfontxxxalternative{#1}2\c!xx\scriptscriptstyle
-   \let\tx\empty
-   \let\txx\empty}
-
-\def\checknestedxfontsize % option
-  {\ifcase\currentxfontsize\else\ifx\fontsize\empty\else
-     \currentxfontsize\zerocount
-     \let\fontsize\empty
-     \let\tx\normaltx
-     \let\txx\normaltxx
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\def\setcurrentfontxalternative#1%
-  {\checknestedxfontsize
-   \dosetcurrentfontxxxalternative{#1}1\c!x\scriptstyle
-   \let\tx\txx}
-
-\def\setcurrentfontxxalternative#1%
-  {\checknestedxfontsize
-   \dosetcurrentfontxxxalternative{#1}2\c!xx\scriptscriptstyle
-   \let\tx\empty
-   \let\txx\empty}
-
-% This alterative is not really needed, but for old time's sake
-% we keep it there. We can speed it up when needed.
-
-\def\setcurrentfontxstylealternative #1{\csname#1\endcsname\tx}
-\def\setcurrentfontxxstylealternative#1{\csname#1\endcsname\txx}
-
-%D These macros also show us that when we call for \type{\tx},
-%D this macro is redefined to be \type{\txx}. Therefore calls
-%D like:
-%D
-%D \startbuffer
-%D {small \tx  is \tx  beautiful}
-%D {small \tx  is \txx beautiful}
-%D {small \txx is \tx  beautiful}
-%D {small \txx is \txx beautiful}
-%D \stopbuffer
-%D
-%D \typebuffer
-%D
-%D result in:
-%D
-%D \startlines
-%D \getbuffer
-%D \stoplines
-%D
-%D Setting the main size involves the style list and therefore
-%D takes a bit more time. Keep in mind that the fontsize is
-%D represented by a character or empty.
-
-\unexpanded\def\tx {\setcurrentfontxalternative \fontalternative}
-\unexpanded\def\txx{\setcurrentfontxxalternative\fontalternative}
-
-\let\normaltx \tx
-\let\normaltxx\txx
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {definefontstyle}
-%D
-%D When setting of switching the overall style we can use the
-%D short identifier like rm and ss, but when defined we can
-%D also use more verbose names like roman or sansserif. Such
-%D names are defined by:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definefontstyle [serif,rm] [rm]
-%D \definefontstyle [sansserif,ss] [ss]
-%D \stoptyping
-
-\def\dododefinefontstyle#1#2%
-  {\setvalue{\??fontshortstyle#2}{#1}%
-   \setvalue{\??fontstyle     #2}{\csname#1\endcsname}}
-
-\def\dodefinefontstyle[#1][#2]%
-  {\rawdoifinsetelse{#2}{\fontstylelist}{}{\addtocommalist{#2}\fontstylelist}%
-   \processcommalist[#1]{\dododefinefontstyle{#2}}}
-
-\unexpanded\def\definefontstyle
-  {\dodoubleargument\dodefinefontstyle}
-
-\def\setfontstyle#1#2%  #1:name (roman, romaan)  #2:style (rm)
-  {\edef\fontstyle{#1}%
-   \checkfontnamecombinations
-   \setcurrentfontstyle\normalizedbodyfontsize}
-
-%D When asking for a complete font switch, for instance from 10
-%D to 12~points, the next macro does the job. First we
-%D normalize the size, next we define the current range of
-%D text, script and scriptscript sizes, then we set the text
-%D fonts and the math families and finally we activate the
-%D default typeface and also set the font specific parameters
-%D assigned to \type{\everybodyfont}
-
-\def\dosetbodyfontface#1#2%
-  {\edef#1{\csname\bodyfontvariable\normalizedbodyfontsize#2\endcsname}}
-
-\def\docompletefontswitch[#1]%
-  {\bodyfontsize#1\relax
-   \dimensiontocount\bodyfontsize\bodyfontpoints % rounded, still used in m-chart
-   \edef\bodyfontfactor{\withoutpt\the\bodyfontsize}%
-   \edef\normalizedbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\bodyfontsize}%
-   \dosetbodyfontface \textface         \s!text
-   \dosetbodyfontface \scriptface       \s!script
-   \dosetbodyfontface \scriptscriptface \s!scriptscript}
-
-\docompletefontswitch[12pt] % init
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {setupbodyfont,switchtobodyfont}
-%D
-%D The next two macros are user ones. With \type{\setupbodyfont}
-%D one can set the document bodyfont size, font family, style
-%D and/or options defined in files, for example:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \setupbodyfont[modern,12pt,roman]
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D This command affects the document as a whole: text, headers
-%D and footers. The second macro however affects only the text:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \switchtobodyfont[10pt]
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D So we've got:
-%D
-%D \showsetup{setupbodyfont}
-%D \showsetup{switchtobodyfont}
-%D
-%D Both macros look alike. The second one also has to take
-%D all kind of keywords into account.
-
-\ifx\saveinterlinespace   \undefined \let\saveinterlinespace   \relax \fi
-\ifx\restoreinterlinespace\undefined \let\restoreinterlinespace\relax \fi
-
-% \newtoks \everysetupbodyfont
-% \newtoks \everyswitchtobodyfont
-
-\definecomplexorsimple\setupbodyfont
-
-\def\simplesetupbodyfont
-  {\restoreglobalbodyfont
-   \saveinterlinespace}
-
-\def\complexsetupbodyfont[#1]%
-  {\doifsomething{#1}
-     {\dosetfont1{#1}%
-      \globalbodyfontsize\localbodyfontsize
-      \edef\normalizedglobalbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\globalbodyfontsize}%
-      \let\globalfontstyle\fontstyle
-      \ifproductionrun
-        \the\everybodyfont
-        \the\everyglobalbodyfont
-        \saveinterlinespace
-      \fi
-      \the\everysetupbodyfont}}
-
-\unexpanded\def\switchtobodyfont[#1]%
-  {\doifsomething{#1}
-     {\ifcsname\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize\interfaced{#1}\endcsname
-        \setbodyfontstep{#1}% so we have a fast [small] switch
-      \else
-        \dosetfont0{#1}%
-      \fi
-      \the\everybodyfont
-      \the\everyswitchtobodyfont}}
-
-%D The following alternative is meant for math||to||text
-%D switching and will be optimized.
-
-\def\fastswitchtobodyfont#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize#1\endcsname
-     \edef\futurebodyfontsize{\csname\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize#1\endcsname}%
-     \ifcsname\??fontsize\futurebodyfontsize\endcsname
-       \csname\??fontsize\futurebodyfontsize\endcsname
-       \localbodyfontsize\futurebodyfontsize\relax
-     \fi
-   \fi
-   \csname\??fontstyle\fontstyle\endcsname
-   \the\everybodyfont}
-
-%D \starttyping
-%D $\cases{& \ccaron}$ $x=\hbox{\ccaron $x=\hbox{\ccaron}$}$
-%D \stoptyping
-
-\def\setfontcharacteristics
-  {\the\everyfont}
-
-%D Predefined:
-
-% \installfontfeature[otf][tlig]
-% \installfontfeature[otf][trep]
-
-%D Todo:
-
-% \def\os{\groupedcommand{\setfontfeature{oldstyle}}{}}
-
-%D Experimental:
-
-\unexpanded\def\definefontfeature
-  {\dotripleargument\dodefinefontfeature}
-
-\def\dodefinefontfeature[#1][#2][#3]%
-  {\global\expandafter\chardef\csname\??fq=#1\endcsname % beware () needed as we get two values returned
-     \cldcontext{((fonts.specifiers.presetcontext("#1","#2","#3")))}\relax}
-
-\definefontfeature % experiment, this might move to the lua code
-  [always]
-  [mode=auto,
-   script=auto,
-   kern=yes,
-   mark=yes,
-   mkmk=yes,
-   curs=yes]
-
-\definefontfeature
-  [default]
-  [always]
-  [liga=yes,
-   tlig=yes,
-   trep=yes] % texligatures=yes,texquotes=yes
-
-\definefontfeature
-  [smallcaps]
-  [always]
-  [smcp=yes,
-   tlig=yes,
-   trep=yes] % texligatures=yes,texquotes=yes
-
-\definefontfeature
-  [oldstyle]
-  [always]
-  [onum=yes,
-   liga=yes,
-   tlig=yes,
-   trep=yes] % texligatures=yes,texquotes=yes
-
-\definefontfeature % == default unless redefined
-  [ligatures]
-  [always]
-  [liga=yes,
-   tlig=yes,
-   trep=yes]
-
-\definefontfeature % can be used for type1 fonts
-  [complete]
-  [always]
-  [compose=yes,
-   liga=yes,
-   tlig=yes,
-   trep=yes]
-
-\definefontfeature
-  [none]
-  [mode=none,
-   features=no]
-
-\definefontfeature % might move
-  [arabic]
-  [mode=node,language=dflt,script=arab,ccmp=yes,
-   init=yes,medi=yes,fina=yes,isol=yes,
-   liga=yes,dlig=yes,rlig=yes,clig=yes,calt=yes,
-   mark=yes,mkmk=yes,kern=yes,curs=yes]
-
-\definefontfeature % might move
-  [simplearabic]
-  [mode=node,language=dflt,script=arab,
-   init=yes,medi=yes,fina=yes,calt=yes,
-   rlig=yes,curs=yes,mark=yes,mkmk=yes]
-
-% symbols:
-
-\definefontfeature
-  [dingbats]
-  [mode=base,
-   goodies=dingbats,
-   unicoding=yes]
-
-% math:
-
-\definefontfeature
-  [mathematics]
-  [mode=base,
-   liga=yes,
-   kern=yes,
-   tlig=yes,
-   trep=yes,
-   mathalternates=yes,
-   mathitalics=yes,
- % nomathitalics=yes, % don't pass to tex, might become default
-   language=dflt,
-   script=math]
-
-\definefontfeature
-  [mathematics-l2r]
-  [mathematics]
-  []
-
-\definefontfeature
-  [mathematics-r2l]
-  [mathematics]
-  [language=ara,
-   rtlm=yes,
-   locl=yes]
-
-\definefontfeature[virtualmath]              [mathematics]      % downward compatibility
-\definefontfeature[virtualmath-l2r]          [mathematics-l2r]  % downward compatibility
-\definefontfeature[virtualmath-r2l]          [mathematics-r2l]  % downward compatibility
-
-\definefontfeature[math-text]                [mathematics]      [ssty=no]
-\definefontfeature[math-script]              [mathematics]      [ssty=1,mathsize=yes]
-\definefontfeature[math-scriptscript]        [mathematics]      [ssty=2,mathsize=yes]
-
-\definefontfeature[math-text-l2r]            [mathematics-l2r]  [ssty=no]
-\definefontfeature[math-script-l2r]          [mathematics-l2r]  [ssty=1,mathsize=yes]
-\definefontfeature[math-scriptscript-l2r]    [mathematics-l2r]  [ssty=2,mathsize=yes]
-
-\definefontfeature[math-text-r2l]            [mathematics-r2l]  [ssty=no]
-\definefontfeature[math-script-r2l]          [mathematics-r2l]  [ssty=1,mathsize=yes]
-\definefontfeature[math-scriptscript-r2l]    [mathematics-r2l]  [ssty=2,mathsize=yes]
-
-\definefontfeature[math-nostack-text]        [math-text]        [nostackmath=yes]
-\definefontfeature[math-nostack-script]      [math-script]      [nostackmath=yes]
-\definefontfeature[math-nostack-scriptscript][math-scriptscript][nostackmath=yes]
-
-% \definefontfeature[mathtext]         [math-text]
-% \definefontfeature[mathscript]       [math-script]
-% \definefontfeature[mathscriptscript] [math-scriptscript]
-
-%D Also new, handy for manuals:
-
-\unexpanded\def\fontchar#1{\ctxcommand{fontchar("#1")}}
-
-%D: We cannot yet inherit because no colors are predefined.
-
-\definecolor[trace:0][s=.6]
-\definecolor[trace:1][r=.6]
-\definecolor[trace:2][g=.6]
-\definecolor[trace:3][b=.6]
-\definecolor[trace:4][r=.6,g=.6]
-\definecolor[trace:5][r=.6,b=.6]
-\definecolor[trace:6][g=.6,b=.6]
-\definecolor[trace:7][r=.8,g=.4]
-\definecolor[trace:8][r=.8,b=.4]
-\definecolor[trace:9][g=.4,b=.8]
-
-\definecolor[font:init][r=.75]
-\definecolor[font:medi][g=.75]
-\definecolor[font:fina][b=.75]
-\definecolor[font:isol][r=.75,g=.75] % [y=.75]
-\definecolor[font:mark][r=.75,b=.75] % [m=.75]
-\definecolor[font:rest][g=.75,b=.75] % [c=.75]
-
-%D Experimental!
-
-\def\installfontfeature
-  {\dodoubleargument\doinstallfontfeature}
-
-\def\doinstallfontfeature[#1][#2]%
-  {\writestatus\m!fonts{installing font features was experimental}} % \ctxlua{fonts.install_feature("#1","#2")}}
-
-%D Not yet in \MKII.
-
-\def\fontfeatureslist
-  {\dodoubleargument\dofontfeatureslist}
-
-\def\dofontfeatureslist[#1][#2]% todo: arg voor type
-  {\cldcontext{fonts.specifiers.contexttostring("#1","otf","\luaescapestring{#2}","yes","no",true,{"number"})}}
-
-\attribute\zerocount\zerocount % first in list, so fast match
-
-\let\currentfeature\empty
-
-% ! ! ! very experimental, some test code for idris advanced features ! ! !
-%
-% \startbuffer
-% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][smallcaps][script=latn]
-% \definefontfeature[oldstyle] [oldstyle] [script=latn]
-%
-% \definedfont[name:cambria at 15pt]
-%
-% Hello there {\setff{smallcaps}capped 123 \setff{oldstyle}123!}    \blank
-% Hello there {\addff{smallcaps}capped 123 \addff{oldstyle}123!}    \blank
-% Hello there {\addff{smallcaps}capped     \subff{smallcaps}normal} \blank
-% \stopbuffer
-%
-% \typebuffer \getbuffer
-
-\unexpanded\def\featureattribute#1{\ctxcommand{featureattribute("#1")}}
-\unexpanded\def\setfontfeature  #1{\ctxcommand{setfontfeature("#1")}\edef\currentfeature{#1}}
-\unexpanded\def\resetfontfeature#1{\ctxcommand{resetfontfeature()}\let\currentfeature\empty} % initial value
-\unexpanded\def\resetfontfeature#1{\attribute\zerocount\zerocount\let\currentfeature\empty} % initial value
-
-\unexpanded\def\addfontfeaturetoset        #1{\ctxcommand{addfs("#1")}} % merge
-\unexpanded\def\subtractfontfeaturefromset #1{\ctxcommand{subfs("#1")}} % merge
-\unexpanded\def\addfontfeaturetofont       #1{\ctxcommand{addff("#1")}} % overload
-\unexpanded\def\subtractfontfeaturefromfont#1{\ctxcommand{subff("#1")}} % overload
-
-\let\setff\setfontfeature
-\let\addfs\addfontfeaturetoset
-\let\subfs\subtractfontfeaturefromset
-\let\addff\addfontfeaturetofont
-\let\subff\subtractfontfeaturefromfont
-
-%D The next auxilliary macro is an alternative to \type
-%D {\fontname}.
-
-\def\purefontname#1{\ctxlua{file.basename("\fontname#1"}} % will be function using id
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {switchstyleonly}
-%D
-%D For switching a style but keeping the alternative, there
-%D is:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D {\bf text \switchstyleonly\ss text}
-%D {\bf text \switchstyleonly[ss]text}
-%D {\sl text \switchstyleonly[sansserif]text}
-%D \stoptyping
-
-\definecomplexorsimple\switchstyleonly
-
-\def\simpleswitchstyleonly#1% stupid version
-  {\complexswitchstyleonly[\checkedstrippedcsname#1]}
-
-\def\complexswitchstyleonly[#1]% todo : check
-  {\setcurrentfontstyle{\csname\??fontshortstyle#1\endcsname}%
-   \the\everybodyfont} % needed ?
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {os}
-%D
-%D In good old \TEX, the old style numerals were often taken
-%D from the math fonts. No longer.
-
-\definefontfeature
-  [just-os]
-  [mode=node,onum=yes]
-
-% \def\sc{\setfontfeature{smallcaps}}
-\unexpanded\def\os{\setfontfeature{just-os}}
-
-%D Code for switching to fraktur and script has also been
-%D changed. We now have an alphabet switcher.
-
-\ifx\mathtext\undefined \let\mathtext\hbox \fi
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {definebodyfontswitch}
-%D
-%D \PLAIN\ \TEX\ defines some macro's like \type{\tenpoint}
-%D to switch to a specific bodyfontsize. Just for the sake of
-%D compatibility we can define them like:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definebodyfontswitch [twelvepoint] [12pt]
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D We don't support language specific synonyms here, mainly
-%D because \PLAIN\ \TEX\ is english anyway.
-
-\def\dodefinebodyfontswitch[#1][#2]%
-  {\def\dododefinebodyfontswitch##1{\setvalue{##1}{\switchtobodyfont[#2]}}%
-   \processcommalist[#1]\dododefinebodyfontswitch}
-
-\unexpanded\def\definebodyfontswitch
-  {\dodoubleargument\dodefinebodyfontswitch}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {setsmallbodyfont,setmainbodyfont,setbigbodyfont}
-%D
-%D When we're typesetting at for instance 10pt, we can call for
-%D the \type{small} as well as the \type{big} alternative,
-%D related to this main size, using \type{\switchtobodyfont[small]}.
-%D The three alternatives can be activated by the next three
-%D system calls and are defined by the bodyfontenvironment.
-
-\let\fontstep\empty % we can use \fontstep for tracing purposes
-
-\def\setbodyfontstep#1%
-  {\edef\fontstep{\csname\bodyfontvariable\normalizedbodyfontsize\interfaced{#1}\endcsname}%
-   \doswitchpoints[\fontstep]%
-   \doswitchstyle[\fontstyle]}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setsmallbodyfont{\setbodyfontstep\v!small\the\everybodyfont}
-\unexpanded\def\setbigbodyfont  {\setbodyfontstep\v!big  \the\everybodyfont}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setmainbodyfont
-  {\doswitchpoints[\normalizedbodyfontsize]%
-   \doswitchstyle[\fontstyle]%
-   \the\everybodyfont
-   \the\everyglobalbodyfont
-   \saveinterlinespace}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {restoreglobalbodyfont}
-%D
-%D Users can set whatever font available while typesetting text.
-%D Pagenumbers, footers, headers etc. however must be typeset
-%D in the main bodyfont and style of the document. Returning to
-%D the global state can be done with the next macro:
-
-\let\globalfontstyle\c!rm
-
-\def\fullrestoreglobalbodyfont
-  {\let\fontsize\defaultfontsize
-   \let\fontbody\defaultfontbody
-   \currentxfontsize\zerocount
-   \let\fontclass\globalfontclass
-   \doswitchpoints[\normalizedglobalbodyfontsize]%
-   \doswitchstyle[\globalfontstyle]%
-   \redoconvertfont % just in case a pagebreak occurs
-   \tf
-   \the\everybodyfont
-   \the\everyglobalbodyfont
-   \saveinterlinespace}
-
-\def\partialrestoreglobalbodyfont
-  {\let\fontsize\defaultfontsize
-   \let\fontbody\defaultfontbody
-   \currentxfontsize\zerocount
-   \redoconvertfont
-   \tf
-   \the\everybodyfont % indeed needed
-   \the\everyglobalbodyfont % indeed needed
-   \saveinterlinespace}
-
-\def\restoreglobalbodyfont % ook style etc
-  {\ifx\fontclass\globalfontclass
-     \ifx\fontstyle\globalfontstyle
-       \ifx\normalizedbodyfontsize\normalizedglobalbodyfontsize
-         \partialrestoreglobalbodyfont
-       \else
-         \fullrestoreglobalbodyfont
-       \fi
-     \else
-       \fullrestoreglobalbodyfont
-     \fi
-   \else
-     \fullrestoreglobalbodyfont
-   \fi}
-
-% in case of troubles: \let\restorebodyfont\fullrestoreglobalbodyfont
-
-%D This macro has to be called when entering the pagebody
-%D handling routine as well as the footnote insert routine.
-%D Users can access this feature |<|for instance when one wants
-%D to typeset tables and alike in the main bodyfont and style
-%D while the running text is temporary set to a smaller one|>|
-%D by saying \type{\switchtobodyfont[global]}.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {rasterfont}
-%D
-%D There are (at the moment) two situations in which we want to
-%D have fast access to a particular font. When we are using
-%D \TEX\ to typeset rasters, we use small {\rasterfont.}'s
-%D (a rather small period indeed), the same as \PICTEX\ uses
-%D for drawing purposes.
-
-\definefont [rasterfont] [Serif at 5pt] % obsolete
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {infofont}
-%D
-%D The second situation occurs when we enable the info mode,
-%D and put all kind of status information in the margin. We
-%D don't want huge switches to the main bodyfont and style, so
-%D here too we use a direct method.
-
-\let\infofont\relax % satisfy dep checker
-
-\definefont [infofont] [Mono at 6pt] % todo \the\everybodyfont
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {definealternativestyle}
-%D
-%D In the main modules we are going to implement lots of
-%D parameterized commands and one of these parameters will
-%D concern the font to use. To suit consistent use of fonts we
-%D here implement a mechanism for defining the keywords that
-%D present a particular style or alternative.
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definealternativestyle [keywords] [\style] [\nostyle]
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D The first command is used in the normal textflow, while the
-%D second command takes care of headings and alike. Consider
-%D the next two definitions:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definealternativestyle [bold] [\bf]  []
-%D \definealternativestyle [cap]  [\cap] [\cap]
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D A change \type{\bf} in a heading which is to be set in
-%D \type{\tfd} does not look that well, so therefore we leave
-%D the second argument of \type{\definealternativestyle} empty.
-%D When we capatalize characters using the pseudo small cap
-%D command \type{\cap}, we want this to take effect in both
-%D text and headings, which is accomplished by assigning both
-%D arguments.
-
-\setnewconstant \currentalternativestyleindex \plusone
-
-\def\dododefinealternativestyle#1#2#3%
-  {\ifcsname#3\endcsname
-     % no redefinition
-   \else
-     \setuvalue{#3}{\groupedcommand{#1}{}}%
-   \fi
-   \setvalue{\??ft:as:#3}{\doapplyalternativestyle{#1}{#2}}}%
-
-\def\dodefinealternativestyle[#1][#2][#3]%
-  {\processcommalist[#1]{\dododefinealternativestyle{#2}{#3}}} % also gets {##1}
-
-\def\applyalternativestyle#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??ft:as:#1\endcsname\csname\??ft:as:#1\expandafter\endcsname\fi}
-
-\def\doapplyalternativestyle
-  {\ifcase\currentalternativestyleindex
-     \expandafter\gobbletwoarguments
-   \or
-     \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments
-   \or
-     \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments
-   \else
-     \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments
-   \fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\definealternativestyle
-  {\dotripleempty\dodefinealternativestyle}
-
-\let\definestyle\definealternativestyle % later redefined
-
-%D Maybe too geneneric, but probably ok is the following. (Maybe one
-%D day we will use a dedicated grouped command for styles.)
-
-\appendtoks
-  \let\groupedcommand\thirdofthreearguments
-\to \simplifiedcommands
-
-%D This command also defines the keyword as command. This means
-%D that the example definition of \type{bold} we gave before,
-%D results in a command \type{\bold} which can be used as:
-%D
-%D \startbuffer
-%D He's a \bold{bold} man with a {\bold head}.
-%D \stopbuffer
-%D
-%D \typebuffer
-%D
-%D or
-%D
-%D \startexample
-%D \definealternativestyle[bold][\bf][]\getbuffer
-%D \stopexample
-%D
-%D Such definitions are of course unwanted for \type{\cap}
-%D because this would result in an endless recursive call.
-%D Therefore we check on the existance of both the command and
-%D the substitution. The latter is needed because for instance
-%D \type{\type} is an entirely diferent command. That command
-%D handles verbatim, while the style command would just switch
-%D to teletype font. This is just an example of a tricky
-%D naming coincidence.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {doconvertfont,noconvertfont,
-%D    dontconvertfont,redoconvertfont}
-%D
-%D After having defined such keywords, we can call for them by
-%D using
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \doconvertfont{keyword}{text}
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D We deliberately pass an argument. This enables us to
-%D assign converters that handle one argument, like
-%D \type{\cap}.
-%D
-%D By default the first specification is used to set the style,
-%D exept when we say \type{\dontconvertfont}, after which the
-%D second specification is used. We can also directly call for
-%D \type{\noconvertfont}. In nested calls, we can restore the
-%D conversion by saying \type{\redoconvertfont}.
-
-%D These commands are not grouped! Grouping is most probably
-%D done by the calling macro's and would lead to unnecessary
-%D overhead.
-
-\unexpanded\def\doconvertfont#1% #2% we need the protection
-  {\edef\currentconvertfont{#1}%
-   \ifx\currentconvertfont\empty
-    %\expandafter\firstofoneargument
-   \else
-     \expandafter\dodoconvertfont
-   \fi}
-
-\def\dodoconvertfont
-  {\edef\dtcurrentconvertfont{\detokenize\@EA{\currentconvertfont}}%
-   \ifcsname\??ft:as:\dtcurrentconvertfont\endcsname
-     \csname\??ft:as:\dtcurrentconvertfont\expandafter\endcsname
-   \else\ifcsname\dtcurrentconvertfont\endcsname
-     \csname\dtcurrentconvertfont\expandafter\endcsname
-   \else
-     \doubleexpandafter\currentconvertfont
-   \fi\fi}
-
-%D Low level switches (downward compatible):
-
-\unexpanded\def\dontconvertfont{\currentalternativestyleindex\plustwo}
-\unexpanded\def\redoconvertfont{\currentalternativestyleindex\plusone}
-
-%D The new one:
-
-\unexpanded\def\dousestyleparameter#1%
-  {\edef\currentstyleparameter{#1}%
-   \ifx\currentstyleparameter\empty\else
-     \expandafter\dousecurrentstyleparameter
-   \fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\dousestylehashparameter#1#2%
-  {\ifcsname#1#2\endcsname
-     \expandafter\dousestyleparameter\csname#1#2\endcsname
-   \fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\dousecurrentstyleparameter % empty check outside here
-  {\edef\detokenizedstyleparameter{\detokenize\expandafter{\currentstyleparameter}}%
-   \settrue\fontattributeisset % reset is done elsewhere
-   \ifcsname\??ft:as:\detokenizedstyleparameter\endcsname
-     \csname\??ft:as:\detokenizedstyleparameter\endcsname
-   \else\ifcsname\detokenizedstyleparameter\endcsname
-     \csname\detokenizedstyleparameter\endcsname
-   \else
-     \currentstyleparameter
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\let\dosetfontattribute\dousestylehashparameter % for a while
-
-%D \macros
-%D  {em,emphasistypeface,emphasisboldface}
-%D
-%D The next macro started as a copy of Donald Arseneau's
-%D \type{\em} (\TUGNEWS\ Vol.~3, no.~1, 1994). His
-%D implementation was a bit more sophisticated version of the
-%D standard \LATEX\ one. We furter enhanced the macro, so now
-%D it also adapts itself to boldface mode. Because we favor
-%D {\sl slanted} type over {\it italic}, we made the emphasis
-%D adaptable, for instance:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \def\emphasistypeface {\it}
-%D \def\emphasisboldface {\bi}
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D But we prefer:
-
-\def\emphasistypeface {\sl}
-\def\emphasisboldface {\bs}
-
-%D or even better:
-
-\def\doemphasistypeface#1#2%
-  {\edef\emphasizedtypeface{\csname\??ft\fontclass\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!em\endcsname}%
-   \ifx\emphasizedtypeface\v!slanted
-     #1%
-   \else\ifx\emphasizedtypeface\v!italic
-     #2%
-   \else\ifx\emphasizedtypeface\v!empty
-     \edef\emphasizedtypeface{\csname\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!em\endcsname}%
-     \ifx\emphasizedtypeface\v!slanted
-       #1%
-     \else\ifx\emphasizedtypeface\v!italic
-       #2%
-     \else
-       \getvalue\emphasizedtypeface
-     \fi\fi
-   \else
-     \getvalue\emphasizedtypeface
-   \fi\fi\fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\emphasistypeface{\doemphasistypeface\sl\it}
-\unexpanded\def\emphasisboldface{\doemphasistypeface\bs\bi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\normalboldface
-  {\relax\ifx\fontalternative\c!it \bi
-   \else \ifx\fontalternative\c!sl \bs
-   \else                           \bf \fi\fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\normaltypeface
-  {\relax
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bi \it \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bs \sl \else
-                             \tf \fi\fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\swaptypeface
-  {\relax
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!it \tf               \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!sl \tf               \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bf \emphasisboldface \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bs \bf               \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bi \bf               \else
-                             \emphasistypeface \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-\let\typeface\normaltypeface
-\let\boldface\normalboldface
-\let\swapface\swaptypeface
-
-%D To be set with the default body font environment: \type
-%D {em} being \type {slanted} or \type {italic}.
-
-% maybe a \csname...\fontalternative\endcsname
-
-\newconditional\emneeded
-
-\newtoks\everyemphasized
-
-\unexpanded\def\em
-  {\relax
-   \ifdim\slantperpoint>\zeropoint
-     \settrue\emneeded
-   \else
-     \setfalse\emneeded
-   \fi
-   \setemphasisboldface % new
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!it
-     \def\emphasistypeface{\it}\tf
-   \else\ifx\fontalternative\c!sl
-     \def\emphasistypeface{\sl}\tf
-   \else\ifx\fontalternative\c!bf
-     \emphasisboldface
-   \else\ifx\fontalternative\c!bs
-     \def\emphasisboldface{\bs}\bf
-   \else\ifx\fontalternative\c!bi
-     \def\emphasisboldface{\bi}\bf
-   \else
-     \emphasistypeface
-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-   \the\everyemphasized
-   \ifconditional\emneeded\else
-     \expandafter\aftergroup
-   \fi
-   \emphasiscorrection}
-
-% compare ...
-%
-% \appendtoks \red \to \everyemphasized
-% \setupbodyfontenvironment [default] [em={\italic\color[red]}]
-
-%D The next feature was not present in previous versions. It
-%D takes care of \type {\em \bf ...} situations.
-
-\def\setemphasisboldface
-  {\let\savedemphasisboldface\bf
-   \let\setemphasisboldface\relax
-   \let\bf\font_emphasis_bold_bold}
-
-\unexpanded\def\font_emphasis_bold_bold
-  {%\relax
-   \let\bf\relax % new
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!it
-     \bi
-   \else\ifx\fontalternative\c!sl
-     \bs
-   \else
-     \savedemphasisboldface
-   \fi\fi
-   \let\bf\savedemphasisboldface}
-
-%D Donald's (adapted) macros take the next character into
-%D account when placing italic correction. As a bonus we also
-%D look for something that looks like a dash, in which case we
-%D don't correct.
-
-\let\italiccorrection=\/ % tex primitive
-
-\def\emphasiscorrection % not in raw alignment groups, else omit problem
-  {\ifhmode\ifnum\currentgrouptype=\aligngroupcode\else
-     \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\emphasislook
-   \fi\fi}
-
-\def\emphasislook
-  {\begingroup
-   \futurelet\next\emphasistest}
-
-\def\emphasistest
-  {\ifcat\noexpand\next,% still ok?
-     \expandafter\doemphasiscorrection
-   \else
-     \expandafter\dododoemphasiscorrection
-   \fi}
-
-\def\doemphasiscorrection
-  {\futurelet\next\dodoemphasiscorrection}
-
-\def\dodoemphasiscorrection
-   {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\next}%
-    \ifdim\ht\scratchbox=\zeropoint % probably a space
-      \expandafter\dododoemphasiscorrection
-    \else\ifdim\ht\scratchbox<.3ex
-      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
-    \else
-      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\dododoemphasiscorrection
-    \fi\fi}
-
-\def\dododoemphasiscorrection
-  {\scratchskip\lastskip
-   \ifdim\scratchskip=\zeropoint\relax % == \ifzeropt\scratchskip
-     \italiccorrection\relax
-   \else
-     \unskip\italiccorrection\hskip\scratchskip
-   \fi
-   \endgroup}
-
-%D We end with some examples which show the behavior when
-%D some punctuation is met. We also show how the mechanism
-%D adapts itself to bold, italic and slanted typing.
-%D
-%D \startbuffer
-%D test {test}test       \par
-%D test {\sl test}test   \par
-%D test {\em test}test   \par
-%D test {\em test}--test \par
-%D
-%D test {test}, test     \par
-%D test {\em test}, test \par
-%D
-%D test {\em test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par
-%D test {\bf test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par
-%D test {\sl test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par
-%D test {\it test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par
-%D \stopbuffer
-%D
-%D \typebuffer
-%D
-%D We get:
-%D
-%D \startpacked
-%D \getbuffer
-%D \stoppacked
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {emphbf,emphit,emphsl,emphtf}
-%D
-%D The next emphasis alternatives are for \THANH. They adapt
-%D their style as good as possible. These macros are obsolete
-%D in \MKIV.
-
-\unexpanded\def\emphbf{\groupedcommand{\bf\def\emphit{\bi}\def\emphsl{\bs}}{}}
-\unexpanded\def\emphit{\groupedcommand{\it\def\emphbf{\bi}\def\emphsl{\sl}}{}}
-\unexpanded\def\emphsl{\groupedcommand{\sl\def\emphbf{\bs}\def\emphit{\it}}{}}
-\unexpanded\def\emphtf{\groupedcommand{\tf\def\emphbf{\bf}\def\emphit{\it}\def\emphsl{\sl}}{}}
-
-%D \startbuffer
-%D TEXT {\emphbf text \emphit text  \emphtf text  \emphsl text}  TEXT
-%D TEXT  \emphbf{text \emphit{text} \emphtf{text} \emphsl{text}} TEXT
-%D \stopbuffer
-%D
-%D \typebuffer
-%D \startlines
-%D \getbuffer
-%D \stoplines
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {setfont}
-%D
-%D Every now and then we want to define a font directly, for
-%D instance when we typeset title pages. The next macro saves
-%D some typing:
-
-\def\setfont% geen \dosetfont mogelijk
-  {\def\next{\nextfont\setupinterlinespace}% hm, we need to use \setuplocalinterlinespace
-   \afterassignment\next\font\nextfont=}
-
-%D One can call this macro as:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \setfont cmr10 at 60pt
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D After which the font is active and the baselines and
-%D struts are set.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {showbodyfont}
-%D
-%D One can call for a rather simple overview of a bodyfont and the
-%D relations between its alternative fonts.
-%D
-%D \showsetup{showbodyfont}
-%D
-%D The current bodyfont (here we omitted the argument) looks like:
-%D
-%D \showbodyfont
-%D
-%D The implementation is rather straightforward in using
-%D \type{\halign}.
-
-\fetchruntimecommand \showbodyfont  {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {showfontstrip, testminimalbaseline, showminimalbaseline}
-%D
-%D The next command can come in handy when combining
-%D different fonts into a collection (typeface) and
-%D determining optimal baseline distances.
-%D
-%D \showfontstrip \blank \showminimalbaseline
-
-\fetchruntimecommand \showfontstrip       {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-\fetchruntimecommand \testminimalbaseline {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-\fetchruntimecommand \showminimalbaseline {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {showkerning}
-%D
-%D A goody is:
-%D
-%D \showkerning{Can you guess what kerning is?}
-
-\fetchruntimecommand \showkerning         {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {showbodyfontenvironment}
-%D
-%D The current bodyfontenvironment is:
-%D
-%D \showbodyfontenvironment
-%D
-%D This overview is generated using:
-%D
-%D \showsetup{showbodyfontenvironment}
-
-\fetchruntimecommand \showbodyfontenvironment {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {showfont,showfontstyle,showligatures}
-%D
-%D The following command generates a fontmap:
-%D
-%D \startbuffer
-%D \showfont[SansBold at 12pt]
-%D \stopbuffer
-%D
-%D \typebuffer
-%D \getbuffer
-
-% to be internationalized
-
-\fetchruntimecommand \showfont      {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-\fetchruntimecommand \showfontstyle {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-\fetchruntimecommand \showligature  {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-\fetchruntimecommand \showligatures {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-\fetchruntimecommand \showcharratio {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {getglyph, symbolicfont}
-%D
-%D Individual glyphs can be accessed by using
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \getglyph{fontname}{character}
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D This macro is used in for instance the symbol modules and
-%D as one can see, it does obey the small and even smaller
-%D sizes. The \type {\symbolicfont} macro can be used to
-%D switch to a font named \type {fontname} (see \type
-%D {cont-log} and \type {symb-eur} for examples of symbolic
-%D definitions.
-
-\def\fontstringA
-  {\ifx\fontstyle\c!rm \s!Serif \else
-   \ifx\fontstyle\c!ss \s!Sans  \else
-   \ifx\fontstyle\c!tt \s!Mono  \else
-                       \s!Serif \fi\fi\fi}
-
-\def\fontstringB
-  {\ifx\fontstyle\c!rm \s!Regular \else
-   \ifx\fontstyle\c!ss \s!Support \else
-   \ifx\fontstyle\c!tt \s!Type    \else
-                       \s!Serif   \fi\fi\fi}
-
-\def\fontstringC
-  {\ifx\fontalternative\c!bf \s!Bold        \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!sl \s!Slanted     \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!it \s!Italic      \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bs \s!BoldSlanted \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bi \s!BoldItalic  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-\def\fontstringD % default fontstyle
-  {\expandafter\ifx\csname\??tf\fontclass\s!default\endcsname\c!rm \s!Serif \else
-   \expandafter\ifx\csname\??tf\fontclass\s!default\endcsname\c!ss \s!Sans  \else
-   \expandafter\ifx\csname\??tf\fontclass\s!default\endcsname\c!tt \s!Mono  \else
-                                                                   \s!Serif \fi\fi\fi}
-
-% potential generalization:
-%
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:t:\c!rm}\s!Serif
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:t:\c!ss}\s!Sans
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:t:\c!tt}\s!Mono
-%
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:s:\c!bf}\s!Bold
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:s:\c!sl}\s!Slanted
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:s:\c!it}\s!Italic
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:s:\c!bs}\s!BoldSlanted
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:s:\c!bi}\s!BoldItalic
-%
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:a:\c!rm}\s!Regular
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:a:\c!ss}\s!Support
-% \letvalue{\??fontfile:a:\c!tt}\s!Type
-%
-% \def\fontstringA{\executeifdefined{\??fontfile:t:\fontstyle}\s!Serif}
-% \def\fontstringB{\executeifdefined{\??fontfile:a:\fontstyle}\s!Serif}
-% \def\fontstringC{\executeifdefined{\??fontfile:s:\fontstyle}\empty}
-% \def\fontstringD{\executeifdefined{\??fontfile:t:\csname\??tf\fontclass\s!default\endcsname}\s!Serif}
-
-\def\glyphfontfile#1%
-  {#1%
-   \ifcsname\??fontfile#1\fontstringA\fontstringC\endcsname
-     \fontstringA\fontstringC
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#1\fontstringB\fontstringC\endcsname
-     \fontstringB\fontstringC
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#1\fontstringA\endcsname
-     \fontstringA
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#1\fontstringB\endcsname
-     \fontstringB
-   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#1\fontstringC\endcsname
-     \fontstringC
-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-%D The next macro can be used to make decisions based on the shape:
-
-\def\doifitalicelse#1#2%
-  {\ifx\fontalternative\c!sl#1\else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!it#1\else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bs#1\else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bi#1\else#2\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-%D For an example of usage of the following command,
-%D see \type {cont-log.tex}.
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \def\symbolicfont#1{\definedfont[\glyphfontfile{#1} sa *]}
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D Since we know what scaling it to be applied, we can
-%D implement a much faster alternative:
-
-\installcorenamespace {symbolfont}
-
-\let\thedefinedfont\relax
-
-\def\setscaledstyledsymbolicfont#1#2#3% quite a slowdown, glyphfontfile
-  {\edef\askedsymbolfont{\truefontname{\glyphfontfile{#3}} at \the\dimexpr#2\dimexpr\currentfontbodyscale\dimexpr#1}%
-   \ifcsname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
-     \csname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
-   \else
-     \dodefinesymbolicfont
-   \fi}
-
-\def\setscaleddirectsymbolicfont#1#2#3% quite a slowdown, glyphfontfile
-  {\edef\askedsymbolfont{\truefontname{#3} at \the\dimexpr#2\dimexpr\currentfontbodyscale\dimexpr#1}%
-   \ifcsname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
-     \csname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
-   \else
-     \dodefinesymbolicfont
-   \fi}
-
-\def\setstyledsymbolicfont#1% quite a slowdown, glyphfontfile
-  {\edef\askedsymbolfont{\truefontname{\glyphfontfile{#1}} at \the\dimexpr\currentfontbodyscale\dimexpr\fontbody}%
-   \ifcsname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
-     \csname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
-   \else
-     \dodefinesymbolicfont
-   \fi}
-
-\def\setdirectsymbolicfont#1%
-  {\edef\askedsymbolfont{\truefontname{#1} at \the\dimexpr\currentfontbodyscale\dimexpr\fontbody}%
-   \ifcsname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
-     \csname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
-   \else
-     \dodefinesymbolicfont
-   \fi}
-
-\def\dodefinesymbolicfont
-  {\definefont[currentsymbolfont][\askedsymbolfont]%
-   \currentsymbolfont
-   \global\expandafter\let\csname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname\lastrawfontcall}
-
-\unexpanded\def\getnamedglyphstyled#1#2{{\setstyledsymbolicfont{#1}\ctxcommand{fontchar("#2")}}}
-\unexpanded\def\getnamedglyphdirect#1#2{{\setdirectsymbolicfont{#1}\ctxcommand{fontchar("#2")}}}
-\unexpanded\def\getglyphstyled     #1#2{{\setstyledsymbolicfont{#1}\doifnumberelse{#2}\char\donothing#2}}
-\unexpanded\def\getglyphdirect     #1#2{{\setdirectsymbolicfont{#1}\doifnumberelse{#2}\char\donothing#2}}
-\unexpanded\def\getscaledglyph   #1#2#3{{\setscaledstyledsymbolicfont\fontbody{#1}{#2}\doifnumberelse{#3}\char\donothing#3}}
-
-\let\getglyph         \getglyphstyled               % old
-\let\getrawglyph      \getglyphdirect               % old
-\let\symbolicsizedfont\setscaledstyledsymbolicfont  % old
-\let\symbolicfont     \setstyledsymbolicfont        % old
-
-\unexpanded\def\symbolicscaledfont{\setsscaledstyledsymbolicfont\fontbody}
-\unexpanded\def\symbolicscaledfont{\setscaledstyledsymbolicfont\fontbody}
-
-%D The last implementation of \type {\getglyph} permits
-%D definitions like:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSans]            [eurose]
-%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSansBold]        [euroseb]
-%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSansItalic]      [eurosei]
-%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSansSlanted]     [eurosei]
-%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSansBoldItalic]  [eurosebi]
-%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSansBoldSlanted] [eurosebi]
-%D
-%D \definesymbol [euro] [\getglyph{Euro}{\char160}]
-%D
-%D \def\euro{\symbol[euro]}
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D These definitions guarantee that the next calls work okay:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \ss \tf\euro \bf\euro \sla\euro \itd\euro \bs\euro \bic\euro
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D The shape as well as the size is adapted to the current
-%D environment.
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {ss, SS, sz}
-%D
-%D We are going to redefine \type{\ss} but for those wo still
-%D want to have access to the german \SS, we save it's value in
-%D \type{\SS}. Ok, I should have used \type{\sf} instead of
-%D \type{\ss} in the first place.
-
-\ifdefined\SS \else \let\SS=\ss \fi
-\ifdefined\sz \else \let\sz=\ss \fi
-
-%D Personally I think that using \TEX\ macro packages is
-%D complicated by the way fonts are handled. Apart from the
-%D many encodings, we also deal with different naming schemes.
-%D Confronted with this problem, I decided to change the
-%D definitions into:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definebodyfont [12pt] [rm] [tf=Times-Roman at 12pt]
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D combined with for instance:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \definefontsynonym [Times-Roman] [tir]
-%D \stoptyping
-
-%D Now we're up to some definitions.
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\s!default]
-  [        \s!text=1.0,
-         \s!script=0.7,
-   \s!scriptscript=0.5,
-              \c!a=1.200,
-              \c!b=1.440,
-              \c!c=1.728,
-              \c!d=2.074,
-                 *=\currentfontscale, % wildcard
-              \c!x=0.8,
-             \c!xx=0.6,
-            \c!big=1.2,
-          \c!small=0.8,
- \c!interlinespace=,
-             \c!em=\v!slanted]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [20.7pt]
-  [        \s!text=20.7pt,
-         \s!script=\!!fourteenpointfour,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!twelvepoint,
-              \c!x=17.3pt,
-             \c!xx=\!!fourteenpointfour,
-            \c!big=20.7pt,    % !!!!
-          \c!small=17.3pt]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [17.3pt]
-  [        \s!text=17.3pt,
-         \s!script=\!!twelvepoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!tenpoint,
-              \c!x=\!!fourteenpointfour,
-             \c!xx=\!!twelvepoint,
-            \c!big=20.7pt,
-          \c!small=\!!fourteenpointfour]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\!!fourteenpointfour]
-  [        \s!text=\!!fourteenpointfour,
-         \s!script=\!!elevenpoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!ninepoint,
-              \c!x=\!!twelvepoint,
-             \c!xx=\!!tenpoint,
-            \c!big=17.3pt,
-          \c!small=\!!twelvepoint]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\!!twelvepoint]
-  [        \s!text=\!!twelvepoint,
-         \s!script=\!!ninepoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!sevenpoint,
-              \c!x=\!!tenpoint,
-             \c!xx=\!!eightpoint,
-            \c!big=\!!fourteenpointfour,
-          \c!small=\!!tenpoint]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\!!elevenpoint]
-  [        \s!text=\!!elevenpoint,
-         \s!script=\!!eightpoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!sixpoint,
-              \c!x=\!!ninepoint,
-             \c!xx=\!!sevenpoint,
-            \c!big=\!!twelvepoint,
-          \c!small=\!!ninepoint]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\!!tenpoint]
-  [        \s!text=\!!tenpoint,
-         \s!script=\!!sevenpoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
-              \c!x=\!!eightpoint,
-             \c!xx=\!!sixpoint,
-            \c!big=\!!twelvepoint,
-          \c!small=\!!eightpoint]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\!!ninepoint]
-  [        \s!text=\!!ninepoint,
-         \s!script=\!!sevenpoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
-              \c!x=\!!sevenpoint,
-             \c!xx=\!!fivepoint,
-            \c!big=\!!elevenpoint,
-          \c!small=\!!sevenpoint]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\!!eightpoint]
-  [        \s!text=\!!eightpoint,
-         \s!script=\!!sixpoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
-              \c!x=\!!sixpoint,
-             \c!xx=\!!fivepoint,
-            \c!big=\!!tenpoint,
-          \c!small=\!!sixpoint]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\!!sevenpoint]
-  [        \s!text=\!!sevenpoint,
-         \s!script=\!!sixpoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
-              \c!x=\!!sixpoint,
-             \c!xx=\!!fivepoint,
-            \c!big=\!!ninepoint,
-          \c!small=\!!fivepoint]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\!!sixpoint]
-  [        \s!text=\!!sixpoint,
-         \s!script=\!!fivepoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
-              \c!x=\!!fivepoint,
-             \c!xx=\!!fivepoint,
-            \c!big=\!!eightpoint,
-          \c!small=\!!fivepoint]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\!!fivepoint]
-  [        \s!text=\!!fivepoint,
-         \s!script=\!!fivepoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
-              \c!x=\!!fivepoint,
-             \c!xx=\!!fivepoint,
-            \c!big=\!!sevenpoint,
-          \c!small=\!!fivepoint]
-
-\definebodyfontenvironment
-  [\!!fourpoint]
-  [        \s!text=\!!fourpoint,
-         \s!script=\!!fourpoint,
-   \s!scriptscript=\!!fourpoint,
-              \c!x=\!!fourpoint,
-             \c!xx=\!!fourpoint,
-            \c!big=\!!sixpoint,
-          \c!small=\!!fourpoint]
-
-\definebodyfontswitch [fourteenpointfour] [\!!fourteenpointfour]
-\definebodyfontswitch [twelvepoint]       [\!!twelvepoint]
-\definebodyfontswitch [elevenpoint]       [\!!elevenpoint]
-\definebodyfontswitch [tenpoint]          [\!!tenpoint]
-\definebodyfontswitch [ninepoint]         [\!!ninepoint]
-\definebodyfontswitch [eightpoint]        [\!!eightpoint]
-\definebodyfontswitch [sevenpoint]        [\!!sevenpoint]
-\definebodyfontswitch [sixpoint]          [\!!sixpoint]
-\definebodyfontswitch [fivepoint]         [\!!fivepoint]
-\definebodyfontswitch [fourpoint]         [\!!fourpoint]
-
-% \definebodyfontswitch [xii]  [\!!twelvepoint]
-% \definebodyfontswitch [xi]   [\!!elevenpoint]
-% \definebodyfontswitch [x]    [\!!tenpoint]
-% \definebodyfontswitch [ix]   [\!!ninepoint]
-% \definebodyfontswitch [viii] [\!!eightpoint]
-% \definebodyfontswitch [vii]  [\!!sevenpoint]
-% \definebodyfontswitch [vi]   [\!!sixpoint]
-
-%D So far.
-
-\definefontstyle [\c!mm]                                 [\c!mm]
-\definefontstyle [\c!rm,\v!roman,\v!serif,\v!regular]    [\c!rm]
-\definefontstyle [\c!ss,\v!sansserif,\v!sans,\v!support] [\c!ss]
-\definefontstyle [\c!tt,\v!teletype,\v!type,\v!mono]     [\c!tt]
-\definefontstyle [\c!hw,\v!handwritten]                  [\c!hw]
-\definefontstyle [\c!cg,\v!calligraphic]                 [\c!cg]
-
-\definefontalternative[\c!tf]
-\definefontalternative[\c!bf]
-\definefontalternative[\c!it]
-\definefontalternative[\c!sl]
-\definefontalternative[\c!bs]
-\definefontalternative[\c!bi]
-\definefontalternative[\c!sc]
-
-\definefontsize[\c!a] \definefontsize[\c!b]
-\definefontsize[\c!c] \definefontsize[\c!d]
-
-\definealternativestyle [\v!mediaeval]                              [\os] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!normal]                                 [\tf] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!bold]                                   [\bf] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!type]                                   [\tt] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!mono]                                   [\tt] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!slanted]                                [\sl] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!italic]                                 [\it] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!boldslanted,\v!slantedbold]             [\bs] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!bolditalic,\v!italicbold]               [\bi] []
-
-\definealternativestyle [\v!small,\v!smallnormal]                   [\setsmallbodyfont\tf] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!smallbold]                              [\setsmallbodyfont\bf] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!smalltype]                              [\setsmallbodyfont\tt] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!smallslanted]                           [\setsmallbodyfont\sl] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!smallboldslanted,\v!smallslantedbold]   [\setsmallbodyfont\bs] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!smallbolditalic,\v!smallitalicbold]     [\setsmallbodyfont\bi] []
-
-\definealternativestyle [\v!bigger]                                 [\setbigbodyfont  \tf] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!smaller]                                [\setsmallbodyfont\tf] []
-
-\definealternativestyle [\v!sans,\v!sansserif]                      [\ss]    []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!sansbold]                               [\ss\bf] []
-
-% % maybe we need interface neutral as well (for use in cld):
-%
-% \letcscsname\mediaeval       \csname\v!mediaeval       \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\normal          \csname\v!normal          \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\bold            \csname\v!bold            \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\mono            \csname\v!mono            \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\slanted         \csname\v!slanted         \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\italic          \csname\v!italic          \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\boldslanted     \csname\v!boldslanted     \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\slantedbold     \csname\v!slantedbold     \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\bolditalic      \csname\v!bolditalic      \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\italicbold      \csname\v!italicbold      \endcsname
-%
-% \letcscsname\small           \csname\v!small           \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\smallnormal     \csname\v!smallnormal     \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\smallbold       \csname\v!smallbold       \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\smalltype       \csname\v!smalltype       \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\smallslanted    \csname\v!smallslanted    \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\smallboldslanted\csname\v!smallboldslanted\endcsname
-% \letcscsname\smallslantedbold\csname\v!smallslantedbold\endcsname
-% \letcscsname\smallbolditalic \csname\v!smallbolditalic \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\smallitalicbold \csname\v!smallitalicbold \endcsname
-%
-% \letcscsname\bigger          \csname\v!bigger          \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\smaller         \csname\v!smaller         \endcsname
-%
-% \letcscsname\sans            \csname\v!sans            \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\sansserif       \csname\v!sansserif       \endcsname
-% \letcscsname\sansbold        \csname\v!sansbold        \endcsname
-
-%D We can go on and on and on:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \setupbodyfontenvironment[default][p=0.8,q=0.6]
-%D \definefontsize[p]
-%D \definefontsize[q]
-%D \stoptyping
-
-%D Slow but handy:
-
-\definealternativestyle [\v!smallbodyfont] [\setsmallbodyfont] []
-\definealternativestyle [\v!bigbodyfont]   [\setbigbodyfont]   []
-
-%D We treat {\sc Small Caps} and \cap {Pseudo Caps} a bit
-%D different. We also provide an \WORD {uppercase} style.
-
-\definealternativestyle [\v!cap,\v!capital] [\smallcapped] [\smallcapped]
-\definealternativestyle [\v!smallcaps]      [\sc]          [\sc]
-\definealternativestyle [\v!WORD]           [\WORD]        [\WORD]
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {fontstylesuffix}
-%D
-%D The next macro is used to map non latin fontnames on
-%D fonts. See \type {font-uni} for an example of its use.
-
-\def\fontstylesuffix% why the \s!Regular ? see \getglyph
-  {\ifx\fontalternative\c!tf     \s!Regular \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bf        \s!Bold \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!sl     \s!Slanted \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!it      \s!Italic \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bs \s!BoldSlanted \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!bi  \s!BoldItalic \else
-   \ifx\fontalternative\c!sc        \s!Caps \else
-                                 \s!Regular \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {definefontvariant,fontvariant,variant}
-%D
-%D This command is obsolete in \MKIV\ as we have features. It might
-%D come back using the local features handlers.
-
-\unexpanded\def\definefontvariant{\dotripleargument\dodefinefontvariant}
-
-\def\dodefinefontvariant[#1][#2][#3]{}
-\def\variant                    [#1]{}
-
-\ifdefined\Var\else \let\Var\variant \fi
-
-%D By default we load the Computer Modern Roman fonts (but
-%D not yet at this moment) and activate the 12pt roman
-%D bodyfont. Sans serif and teletype are also available and
-%D can be called for by \type{\ss} and \type{\tt}. Loading
-%D takes place elsewhere.
-%D
-%D For tracing purposes we define:
-
-\definefont[tinyfont][Mono at 1ex]
-
-% \tracinglostchars=1
-
-% this needs some interfacing
-%
-% \setupfonts[check=...]
-
-\def\checkcharactersinfont  {\ctxcommand{checkcharactersinfont  }}
-\def\removemissingcharacters{\ctxcommand{removemissingcharacters}}
-
-%D New commands (not yet interfaced):
-%D
-%D \startbuffer
-%D \definestyle[one][style=bold,color=darkblue]
-%D
-%D test \one{test} test
-%D test \style[one]{test} test
-%D test \style[color=red]{test} test
-%D test \style[Serif at 20pt]{test} test
-%D \stopbuffer
-%D
-%D \typebuffer \startlines \getbuffer \stoplines
-
-% definitions .. no tagging here
-
-\installcorenamespace{style}
-\installcorenamespace{stylecheck}
-
-\installcommandhandler \??style {style} \??style
-
-\appendtoks
-    \letvalue{\??stylecheck\currentstyle}\relax
-    \setuevalue{\e!start\currentstyle}{\font_styles_apply_start{\currentstyle}}%
-    \setuevalue{\e!stop \currentstyle}{\font_styles_apply_stop}%
-    \setuevalue        {\currentstyle}{\font_styles_apply_grouped{\currentstyle}}% no longer groupedcommand here
-\to \everydefinestyle
-
-\unexpanded\def\font_styles_apply_start#1%
-  {\begingroup
-   \font_styles_use_defined{#1}}
-
-\unexpanded\def\font_styles_apply_stop
-  {\endgroup}
-
-\unexpanded\def\font_styles_apply_grouped#1% assumes that the next is { or \bgroup
-  {\bgroup
-   \def\g_style{\font_styles_use_defined{#1}}%
-   \afterassignment\g_style
-   \let\nexttoken}
-
-\unexpanded\def\font_styles_use_defined#1%
-  {\edef\currentstyle{#1}%
-   \usestylestyleandcolor\c!style\c!color}
-
-\unexpanded\def\font_styles_use_generic#1%
-  {\let\currentstyle\s!unknown % reasonable generic tag
-   \setupcurrentstyle[\c!style=,\c!color=,#1]%
-   \usestylestyleandcolor\c!style\c!color}
-
-% commands
-
-\installcorenamespace{styleargument}
-
-\unexpanded\def\style[#1]% as this is can be a switch we use groupedcommand
-  {\csname\??styleargument
-     \ifcsname#1\endcsname1\else\ifcsname\??stylecheck#1\endcsname2\else3\fi\fi
-   \endcsname{#1}}
-
-\setvalue{\??styleargument1}#1{\csname#1\endcsname}
-\setvalue{\??styleargument2}#1{\groupedcommand{\font_styles_use_defined{#1}}{}}
-\setvalue{\??styleargument3}#1{\doifassignmentelse{#1}\font_styles_assignment\font_styles_direct{#1}}
-
-\def\font_styles_assignment#1{\groupedcommand{\font_styles_use_generic{#1}}{}}
-\def\font_styles_direct    #1{\groupedcommand{\definedfont[#1]}{}}
-
-% environments
-
-\installcorenamespace{styleenvironment}
-
-\unexpanded\def\startstyle[#1]%
-  {\begingroup
-   \csname\??styleenvironment
-     \ifcsname#1\endcsname1\else\ifcsname\??stylecheck#1\endcsname2\else3\fi\fi
-   \endcsname{#1}}
-
-\unexpanded\def\stopstyle
-  {\endgroup
-   \autoinsertnextspace} % will be configurable, maybe also in \definestartstop
-
-\setvalue{\??styleenvironment1}#1{\csname#1\endcsname}
-\setvalue{\??styleenvironment2}#1{\font_styles_use_defined{#1}}
-\setvalue{\??styleenvironment3}#1{\doifassignmentelse{#1}\font_styles_start_assignment\font_styles_start_direct{#1}}
-
-\def\font_styles_start_assignment#1{\usegenericstyle{#1}}
-\def\font_styles_start_direct    #1{\definedfont[#1]\relax}
-
-%D Still experimental (might even go away).
-
-% \definestylecollection[mine]
-
-% \definestyleinstance[mine][default][sorry]
-% \definestyleinstance[mine][tt][bs][ttbs:\rm\sl]
-% \definestyleinstance[mine][tt][bf][ttbf:\rm\sl]
-% \definestyleinstance[mine][bf][\sl]
-% \definestyleinstance[mine][sl][\tt]
-
-% {\bf test \mine test \sl test \mine test \bs oeps \mine oeps {\tt test \mine \bf test}}
-
-\installcorenamespace{stylecollection}
-
-\unexpanded\def\definestylecollection
-  {\dosingleargument\font_styles_define_style_collection}
-
-\def\font_styles_define_style_collection[#1]%
-  {\iffirstargument
-     \setuvalue{#1}{\styleinstance[#1]}%
-     \def\font_styles_define_style_collection_do##1%
-       {\def\font_styles_define_style_collection_do_do####1{\letbeundefined{\??stylecollection#1:##1:####1}}%
-        \processcommacommand[\fontalternativelist,\s!default]\font_styles_define_style_collection_do_do}%
-     \processcommacommand[\fontstylelist,\s!default]\font_styles_define_style_collection_do
-   \fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\definestyleinstance
-  {\doquadrupleargument\font_styles_define_style_instance}
-
-\def\font_styles_define_style_instance[#1][#2][#3][#4]% [name] [rm|ss|tt|..] [sl|bf|...] [whatever]
-  {\iffirstargument
-     \ifcsname#1\endcsname\else\font_styles_define_style_collection[#1]\fi
-   \fi
-   \iffourthargument
-     \setvalue{\??stylecollection#1:#2:#3}{#4}%
-   \else\ifthirdargument
-     \setvalue{\??stylecollection#1::#2}{#3}%
-   \else\ifsecondargument
-     \letvalueempty{\??stylecollection#1::#2}%
-   \fi\fi\fi}
-
-\unexpanded\def\styleinstance[#1]% will be made faster
-  {%\begingroup\normalexpanded{\noexpand\infofont[#1:\fontstyle:\fontalternative]}\endgroup
-   \executeifdefined{\??stylecollection#1:\fontstyle:\fontalternative}%
-  {\executeifdefined{\??stylecollection#1:\fontstyle:\s!default}%
-  {\executeifdefined{\??stylecollection#1::\fontalternative}
-  {\getvalue        {\??stylecollection#1::\s!default}}}}}
-
-% \unexpanded\def\styleinstance[#1]%
-%   {\csname\??stylecollection#1%
-%       \ifcsname:\fontstyle:\fontalternative\endcsname
-%         :\fontstyle:\fontalternative
-%       \else\ifcsname:\fontstyle:\s!default\endcsname
-%         :\fontstyle:\s!default
-%       \else\ifcsname::\fontalternative\endcsname
-%         ::\fontalternative
-%       \else\ifcsname::\s!default\endcsname
-%         ::\s!default
-%       \else
-%         % nothing, \relax
-%       \fi\fi\fi\fi
-%     \endcsname}
-
-%D goodies:
-
-\unexpanded\def\showchardata#1{\ctxcommand{showchardata("#1")}}
-\unexpanded\def\showfontdata  {\ctxcommand{showfontparameters()}}
-
-%D some low level helpers
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \def\TestLookup#1%
-%D   {\dolookupfontbyspec{#1}
-%D     pattern: #1, found: \dolookupnoffound
-%D    \blank
-%D    \dorecurse {\dolookupnoffound} {%
-%D      \recurselevel:~\dolookupgetkeyofindex{fontname}{\recurselevel}\quad
-%D    }%
-%D    \blank}
-%D
-%D \TestLookup{familyname=helveticaneue}
-%D \TestLookup{familyname=helveticaneue,weight=bold}
-%D \TestLookup{familyname=helveticaneue,weight=bold,style=italic}
-%D \stoptyping
-
-% we can also move the lookups to the fonts.namespace (of commands)
-
-\def\dolookupfontbyspec     #1{\ctxcommand{fontlookupinitialize("#1")}}
-\def\dolookupnoffound         {\ctxcommand{fontlookupnoffound()}}
-\def\dolookupgetkeyofindex#1#2{\ctxcommand{fontlookupgetkeyofindex("#1",#2)}}
-\def\dolookupgetkey         #1{\ctxcommand{fontlookupgetkey("#1")}}
-\def\cleanfontname          #1{\ctxcommand{cleanfontname("#1")}}
-
-% \doifelsecurrentfonthasfeature{smcp}{YES}{NO}
-% \doifelsecurrentfonthasfeature{crap}{YES}{NO}
-% \doifelsecurrentfonthasfeature{kern}{YES}{NO}
-
-\def\doifelsecurrentfonthasfeature#1%
-  {\ctxcommand{doifelsecurrentfonthasfeature("#1")}}
-
-% variant selectors
-%
-% \mathematics {\vsone{\utfchar{"2229}}}
-% \mathematics {\utfchar{"2229}\vsone{}}
-
-\unexpanded\edef\vsone#1{#1\utfchar{"FE00}} % used
-\unexpanded\edef\vstwo#1{#1\utfchar{"FE01}} % not used but handy for testing
-
-% new:
-
-\unexpanded\def\setfontofid#1{\ctxcommand{setfontofid(#1)}}
-
-\protect \endinput
-
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ini.mkvi b/tex/context/base/font-ini.mkvi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3e9660cf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tex/context/base/font-ini.mkvi
@@ -0,0 +1,4014 @@
+%D \module
+%D   [       file=font-ini,
+%D        version=1998.09.11, % (second)
+%D        version=2001.02.20, % (third)
+%D          title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros,
+%D       subtitle=Initialization,
+%D         author=Hans Hagen,
+%D           date=\currentdate,
+%D      copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}]
+%C
+%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is
+%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
+%C details.
+
+%D Watch out: as we define inside macros in sometimes special ways,
+%D an occasional \type {\normaldef} is used in order to please the
+%D \MKVI\ parser.
+
+%D The \type {type-ini} and \type {font-ini} modules come as a pair
+%D and have mutual dependencies.
+
+%D Beware, we use s special set of parameters here:
+%D
+%D \starttabulate[|l|l|]
+%D \NC system variable (fixed) \NC \type {\s!text}           \NC \NR
+%D \NC system variable (fixed) \NC \type {\s!script}         \NC \NR
+%D \NC system variable (fixed) \NC \type {\s!scriptscript}   \NC \NR
+%D \NC system variable (fixed) \NC \type {\s!x}              \NC \NR
+%D \NC system variable (fixed) \NC \type {\s!xx}             \NC \NR
+%D \NC variable (value)        \NC \type {\v!big}            \NC \NR
+%D \NC variable (value)        \NC \type {\v!small}          \NC \NR
+%D \NC constant (regular key)  \NC \type {\c!interlinespace} \NC \NR
+%D \NC constant (regular key)  \NC \type {\c!em}             \NC \NR
+%D \stoptabulate
+%D
+%D The math related ones are similar to the ones used in \TEX\ itself,
+%D the size related ones show up as keywords in the user interface
+%D when switching sizes, and the two constants are used in key|/|value
+%D situations.
+
+% a few more names need to be _'d but best first make all mkvi so
+% that we can come up with more meaningful names
+
+% at some point fontclass will always have a value so that quite some
+% code can go away
+
+% todo: reconsider design sizes ... kick 'm out which removes the size
+% code and simplifies things considerably. After all, there will be no
+% lm math in sizes.
+
+% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][smcp=yes,script=latn]
+% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][SmallCapitals=yes,script=latn]
+% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][Small Capitals=yes,script=latn]
+% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][small capitals=yes,script=latn]
+% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][smallcapitals=yes,script=latn]
+%
+% \definedfont[cambria*smallcaps] test
+
+% \starttext
+% \definefontfeature[basekerned][default][mode=base]
+% \definefontfeature[nodekerned][default][mode=node]
+% \definefontfeature[nonekerned][default][mode=base,kern=no]
+% \setupcolors[state=start]
+% \startoverlay
+%     {\vbox{\red  \definedfont[Serif*nonekerned at 12pt]\input tufte }}
+%     {\vbox{\blue \definedfont[Serif*basekerned at 12pt]\input tufte }}
+%     {\vbox{\green\definedfont[Serif*nodekerned at 12pt]\input tufte }}
+% \stopoverlay
+% \stoptext
+
+% \enabletrackers[otf.kerns]
+%
+% \definefontfeature[withkern][default][mode=node]
+% \definefontfeature[nokern]  [default][mode=node,kern=no]
+% \definefontfeature[single]  [default][mode=node,cpsp=yes]
+% \definefontfeature[simple]  [default][mode=node,cpsp=yes,kern=no]
+%
+% {\definedfont[Serif*default] [FGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFG ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ] \par}
+% {\definedfont[Serif*nokern]  [FGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFG ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ] \par}
+% {\definedfont[Serif*single]  [FGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFG ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ] \par}
+% {\definedfont[Serif*simple]  [FGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFGFG ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ] \par}
+
+% figure out why \fontbody is not expanded
+
+\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Font Macros / Initialization}
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-ini}{1.001}
+\registerctxluafile{font-log}{1.001}
+\registerctxluafile{font-con}{1.001}
+\registerctxluafile{font-enc}{1.001}
+%registerctxluafile{font-agl}{1.001} % loaded when needed, saves 100K in format
+\registerctxluafile{font-cid}{1.001} % cid maps
+\registerctxluafile{font-map}{1.001}
+\registerctxluafile{font-syn}{1.001}
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-tfm}{1.001}
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-afm}{1.001}
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-oti}{1.001} % otf initialization
+\registerctxluafile{font-ott}{1.001} % otf tables (first)
+\registerctxluafile{font-otf}{1.001} % otf main
+\registerctxluafile{font-otb}{1.001} % otf main base
+\registerctxluafile{node-inj}{1.001} % we might split it off
+\registerctxluafile{font-otn}{1.001} % otf main node
+\registerctxluafile{font-otd}{1.001} % otf dynamics (does an overload)
+\registerctxluafile{font-ota}{1.001} % otf analyzers (needs dynamics)
+\registerctxluafile{font-otp}{1.001} % otf pack
+\registerctxluafile{font-otc}{1.001} % otf context
+\registerctxluafile{font-oth}{1.001} % otf helpers
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-pat}{1.001} % patchers
+
+\registerctxluafile{node-fnt}{1.001} % here
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-lua}{1.001}
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-vf} {1.001}
+\registerctxluafile{font-enh}{1.001}
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-gds}{1.001} % currently only otf
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-def}{1.001}
+\registerctxluafile{font-ctx}{1.001} % after def as it overloads
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-ext}{1.001}
+\registerctxluafile{font-fbk}{1.001}
+\registerctxluafile{font-chk}{1.001}
+
+\registerctxluafile{font-aux}{1.001}
+
+\unprotect
+
+% \def\fontrange#criteria%
+%   {\font_basics_fontrange{#criteria =\bodyfontsize}}
+%
+% \def\font_basics_fontrange#criteria%
+%   {\font_basics_fontrange_grab#criteria \relax}% \v_font_string_a
+%
+% \def\font_basics_fontrange_grab#specification #criterium %
+%   {\ifdim\bodyfontsize#criterium%
+%      #specification\expandafter\gobbleuntilrelax
+%    \else
+%      \expandafter\font_basics_fontrange_grab
+%    \fi}
+%
+% \definefont
+%   [crap]
+%   [\fontrange
+%      {Regular        <10pt
+%       RegularBold    <12pt
+%       RegularSlanted <15pt
+%       Regular} sa 1]
+%
+% may be better:
+%
+% \definefontrange
+%   [crap]
+%   [Regular        <10pt
+%    RegularBold    <12pt
+%    RegularSlanted <15pt]
+%   [Regular sa 1]
+%
+%
+% \dostepwiserecurse{2}{15}{1}
+%   {{\switchtobodyfont[\recurselevel pt]\crap test}\endgraf}
+
+% adapted, else wrong interlinespace
+
+\unexpanded\def\setfontparameters
+  {\setfalse\c_font_synchronize
+   \the\everybodyfont
+   \settrue\c_font_synchronize}
+
+% handy
+
+\unexpanded\def\savefont
+  {\edef\savedfont{\the\font}% gives \csname
+   \pushmacro\savedfont}
+
+\unexpanded\def\restorefont
+  {\popmacro\savedfont
+   \savedfont}
+
+\unexpanded\def\pushcurrentfont
+  {\edef\popcurrentfont
+     {\def\noexpand\fontbody       {\fontbody}%
+      \def\noexpand\fontstyle      {\fontstyle}%
+      \def\noexpand\fontalternative{\fontalternative}%
+      \def\noexpand\fontsize       {\fontsize}%
+      \font_helpers_check_big_math_synchronization
+      \font_helpers_synchronize_font}}
+
+% \definetypeface[one][rm][serif][computer-roman][default]
+% \definetypeface[two][rm][serif][computer-roman][default][rscale=.9]
+%
+% {\one \bf test \two test}
+% {\one \bf test \pushcurrentfont \two \popcurrentfont test}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {definedfont,startfont,doiffontcharelse}
+%D
+%D A couple of relatively new macros:
+
+% \newtoks \everydefinedfont % not ot be confused with \everydefinefont
+
+\let\thedefinedfont\relax
+
+\unexpanded\def\definedfont
+  {\doifnextoptionalelse\font_basics_defined_font_yes\font_basics_defined_font_nop}
+
+\def\font_basics_defined_font_yes[#specification]%
+  {\c_font_feature_inheritance_mode\c_font_feature_inheritance_fontonly
+  %\definefont[thedefinedfont][#specification]%
+   \font_basics_define_font_without_parameters{thedefinedfont}{#specification}%
+   \thedefinedfont
+   \the\everydefinedfont}
+
+\def\font_basics_defined_font_nop
+  {\c_font_feature_inheritance_mode\c_font_feature_inheritance_fontonly
+   \thedefinedfont
+   \the\everydefinedfont}
+
+\unexpanded\def\startfont
+  {\begingroup\definedfont}
+
+\unexpanded\def\stopfont
+  {\endgroup}
+
+\unexpanded\def\doiffontcharelse#specification#unicode% this could be a direct lua call
+  {\begingroup
+  %\definedfont[#specification]%
+   \font_basics_define_font_without_parameters{thedefinedfont}{#specification}%
+   \iffontchar\font#unicode\relax
+     \endgroup\expandafter\firstoftwoarguments
+   \else
+     \endgroup\expandafter\secondoftwoarguments
+   \fi}
+
+%D For more detailed (and historic information) we refer to the file
+%D \type {font-ini.mkii}. Here we have a much simplified lower level
+%D implementation due to a different approach to math. Also the chapter
+%D on fonts in the reference manual explains a lot.
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {rm,ss,tt,hw,cg}
+%D
+%D Fonts are defined in separate files. When we define a font,
+%D we distinguish between several styles. In most cases we will
+%D use:
+%D
+%D \startlinecorrection
+%D \starttable[|l||]
+%D \HL
+%D \NC roman regular serif    \NC \type{\rm} \NC\FR
+%D \NC sansserif sans support \NC \type{\ss} \NC\MR
+%D \NC type teletype mono     \NC \type{\tt} \NC\LR
+%D \HL
+%D \stoptable
+%D \stoplinecorrection
+%D
+%D The number of styles is not limited to these three. When
+%D using Lucida Bright we can for instance also define:
+%D
+%D \startlinecorrection
+%D \starttable[|l||]
+%D \HL
+%D \NC handwritten  \NC \type{\hw} \NC\FR
+%D \NC calligraphic \NC \type{\cg} \NC\LR
+%D \HL
+%D \stoptable
+%D \stoplinecorrection
+%D
+%D Within such a font set (\type{cmr}) and style (\type{\rm})
+%D we can define a number of text font alternatives:
+%D
+%D \startlinecorrection
+%D \starttable[|l||]
+%D \HL
+%D \NC typeface    \NC \type{\tf} \NC\FR
+%D \NC boldface    \NC \type{\bf} \NC\MR
+%D \NC slanted     \NC \type{\sl} \NC\MR
+%D \NC italic      \NC \type{\it} \NC\MR
+%D \NC boldslanted \NC \type{\bs} \NC\MR
+%D \NC bolditalic  \NC \type{\bi} \NC\MR
+%D \NC smallcaps   \NC \type{\sc} \NC\LR
+%D \HL
+%D \stoptable
+%D \stoplinecorrection
+%D
+%D Internally fonts are stored as combination of size, style
+%D and alternative, e.g. \type{12pt}+\type{\ss}+\type{\bf}.
+%D Users are not confronted with sizes, but use the style or
+%D style+alternative to activate them.
+%D
+%D During the definition of a bodyfont one can also declare the
+%D available larger alternatives:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \tf \tfa \tfb \tfc ...
+%D \bf \bfa \bfb \bfc ...
+%D \sl \sla \slb \slc ...
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D The smaller ones are automatically supplied and derived from
+%D the the bodyfont environment.
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \tfx \tfxx
+%D \bfx \bfxx
+%D \slx \slxx
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D There are only two smaller alternatives per style. The
+%D larger alternatives on the other hand have no limitations.
+%D
+%D These larger alternatives are mostly used in chapter and
+%D section titles or on title pages. When one switches to a
+%D larger alternative, the bold an other ones automatically
+%D adapt themselves:
+%D
+%D \startbuffer
+%D \tfd Hi \bf there\sl, here \tfb I \bf am
+%D \stopbuffer
+%D
+%S \startnarrower
+%D \typebuffer
+%S \stopnarrower
+%D
+%D therefore becomes:
+%D
+%D \startexample
+%D \getbuffer
+%D \stopexample
+%D
+%D Maybe this mechanism isn't always as logic, but as said
+%D before, we tried to make it as intuitive as possible.
+%D
+%D So a specific kind of glyph can be characterized by:
+%D
+%D \startnarrower
+%D family (cmr) + bodyfont (12pt) + style (rm) + alternative (bf) + size (a)
+%D \stopnarrower
+%D
+%D The last component (the size) is optional.
+%D
+%D We introduced \type{\tf} as command to call for the current
+%D normally sized typeface. This commands results in roman,
+%D sans serif, teletype or whatever style is in charge. Such
+%D rather massive switches of style sometimes take more
+%D processing time than comfortable. Of course there is a
+%D workaround for this: we can call fonts directly by means of
+%D commands like:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \rmtf \sssl \tttf \rmbsa
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D One should realize that this fast calls have limitations,
+%D they lack for instance automatic super- and subscript
+%D support.
+%D
+%D This leaves us two more commands: \type{\tx} and
+%D \type{\txx}. These activate a smaller and even more smaller
+%D font than the current one and adapt themselves to the
+%D current alternative, so when \type{\bf} is active,
+%D \type{\tx} gives a smaller boldface, which in turn can be
+%D called directly by \type{\bfx}.
+%D
+%D These two smaller alternatives are specified by the bodyfont
+%D environment and therefore not necessarily have similar sizes
+%D as \type{\scriptsize} and \type{\scriptscriptsize}. The main
+%D reason for this incompatibility (which can easily be undone)
+%D lays in the fact that we often want a bit bigger characters
+%D than in math mode. In \CONTEXT\ for instance the \type{\tx}
+%D and \type{\txx} commands are used for surrogate
+%D \cap{smallcaps} which support both nesting and alternatives,
+%D like in {\bf\cap{a \cap{small} world}}, which was typeset by
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \bf\cap{a \cap{small} world}
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D And compare $\rm \scriptstyle THIS$ with the slightly larger
+%D \cap{THIS}: \ruledhbox{$\rm \scriptstyle scriptstyle: THIS$}
+%D or \ruledhbox{\cap{x style: THIS}} makes a big difference.
+%D
+%D The \type{x..d} sizes should be used grouped. If you
+%D don't group them, i.e. call them in a row, \CONTEXT\ will
+%D not be able to sort out your intention (\type {x} inside
+%D \type {d} inside \type {x}. etc.). The following table
+%D demonstrates this:
+%D
+%D \def\FontState{\setstrut\ruledhbox{\strut Hello}}
+%D
+%D \starttabulate[|||||]
+%D \HL
+%D \NC \rlap{\quad\bf grouped} \NC \NC \type {\tx} \NC \type {\txx} \NC \NR
+%D \HL
+%D \NC \type{\tfx}  \NC \tfx  \FontState \NC \tfx \tx \FontState \NC \tfx \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfxx} \NC \tfxx \FontState \NC \tfxx\tx \FontState \NC \tfxx\txx \FontState  \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tf}   \NC \tf   \FontState \NC \tf  \tx \FontState \NC \tf  \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfa}  \NC \tfa  \FontState \NC \tfa \tx \FontState \NC \tfa \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfb}  \NC \tfb  \FontState \NC \tfb \tx \FontState \NC \tfb \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfc}  \NC \tfc  \FontState \NC \tfc \tx \FontState \NC \tfc \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfd}  \NC \tfd  \FontState \NC \tfd \tx \FontState \NC \tfd \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfx}  \NC \tfx  \FontState \NC \tfx \tx \FontState \NC \tfx \txx \FontState  \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfxx} \NC \tfxx \FontState \NC \tfxx\tx \FontState \NC \tfxx\txx \FontState  \NC \NR
+%D \HL
+%D \stoptabulate
+%D
+%D \blank
+%D
+%D \starttabulate[|||||]
+%D \HL
+%D \NC \rlap{\quad\bf stacked} \NC \NC \type {\tx} \NC \type {\txx} \NC \NR
+%D \HL
+%D \NC \type{\tfx}
+%D \NC \tfx                                   \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx                              \tx  \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx                              \txx \FontState
+%D \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfxx}
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx                              \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx                         \tx  \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx                         \txx \FontState
+%D \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tf}
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf                           \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf                      \tx  \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf                      \txx \FontState
+%D \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfa}
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa                       \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa                  \tx  \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa                  \txx \FontState
+%D \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfb}
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb                   \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb              \tx  \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb              \txx \FontState
+%D \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfc}
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc               \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc          \tx  \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc          \txx \FontState
+%D \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfd}
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfd               \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfd          \tx  \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfd          \txx \FontState
+%D \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfx}
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx           \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx      \tx  \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx      \txx \FontState
+%D \NC \NR
+%D \NC \type{\tfxx}
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx\tfxx      \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx\tfxx \tx  \FontState
+%D \NC \tfx\tfxx\tf\tfa\tfb\tfc\tfx\tfxx \txx \FontState
+%D \NC \NR
+%D \HL
+%D \stoptabulate
+%D
+%D Remark: math support has changed a bit.
+
+\installcorenamespace {fontfile}       % file synonyms
+\installcorenamespace {fontsize}       % bodyfont size prefix (12pt etc)
+\installcorenamespace {fontstyle}      % full style prefix (roman etc)
+\installcorenamespace {fontshortstyle} % short style prefix (rm etc)
+\installcorenamespace {fontclassyes}   % fontclass
+\installcorenamespace {fontclassnop}   % nofontclass
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {fontclass, defaultfontclass}
+%D
+%D The fontclass model was introduced a while after we implement
+%D the basic font model and at that time we still defaulted to
+%D no model at all. Nowadays we default to the \type {modern}
+%D fontclass.
+
+\let\fontclass       \empty
+\let\defaultfontclass\empty
+
+\def\fontclassname#class#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile#class#name\endcsname
+     \fontclassname{#class}{\csname\??fontfile#class#name\endcsname}%
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#name\endcsname
+     \fontclassname{#class}{\csname\??fontfile#name\endcsname}%
+   \else
+     #2%
+   \fi\fi}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {textonly}
+%D
+%D Traditionally math has a big impact on font definitions, mainly
+%D because we need to define alphabet variants using families and
+%D fonts. This means that one can easily get 10 fonts loaded per
+%D math size. In \MKIV\ we use a different approach: one family
+%D which has either a virtual font made of traditional fonts, or
+%D an \OPENTYPE\ font that has it all.
+%D
+%D We currently use only one math family but in the future we
+%D might consider using a second one for bold math. For the
+%D moment we keep the \MKII\ method of using a token register
+%D for definitions but we already dropped the text and symbols
+%D ones since they now live in the same family.
+
+\newtoks       \t_font_math_strategies
+\newconditional\c_font_synchronize_math_fonts \settrue\c_font_synchronize_math_fonts
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_synchronize_math % math stuff in mmode
+  {\ifconditional\c_font_synchronize_math_fonts\the\t_font_math_strategies\fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\textonly{\setfalse\c_font_synchronize_math_fonts} % document this
+
+%D The main math font definer. We have removed some optimized
+%D code simply because we now always have a fontclass. We could
+%D check for fontclass being default or empty and save a few
+%D tests but it does not help us when no math is defined.
+
+%D Because we want to keep mr=.. and mb=... settings (read: not
+%D break downward compatibility by enforcing mrlr etc) we need a
+%D bit more code that optimal.
+
+% todo: \c_font_fam_mr
+
+\let\c_font_fam_mr   \zerocount  % math regular
+\let\c_font_fam_mr_lr\plusone    % math regular l2r
+\let\c_font_fam_mr_rl\plustwo    % math regular r2l
+
+\let\c_font_fam_mb   \plusthree  % math bold
+\let\c_font_fam_mb_lr\plusfour   % math bold l2r
+\let\c_font_fam_mb_rl\plusfive   % math bold r2l
+
+\definesystemattribute[mathfamily][public]
+
+\newconditional\c_font_bidirectional_math_strategy  % can be default, not that much overhead: \settrue\c_font_bidirectional_math_strategy
+\newconditional\c_font_complete_bold_math_strategy  \settrue\c_font_complete_bold_math_strategy
+
+\def\mathtextsuffix        {-text}
+\def\mathscriptsuffix      {-script}
+\def\mathscriptscriptsuffix{-scriptscript}
+
+\let\currentmathsize\empty
+
+\def\mathsizesuffix{\ifcase0\currentmathsize\or\mathtextsuffix\or\mathscriptsuffix\or\mathscriptscriptsuffix\fi}
+
+% Beware: truefontname also does a fallback on defaultfontclass so there
+% can be some interference here, which is why we use a different method
+% for bold.
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_math_family_a
+  {\ifcsname\fontclass       \fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontclass       \fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \else
+   \ifcsname\fontclass       \fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontclass       \fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \else
+     \font_helpers_set_math_family_b
+   \fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_math_family_b
+  {\ifcsname\defaultfontclass\fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\defaultfontclass\fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \else
+   \ifcsname\defaultfontclass\fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\defaultfontclass\fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \else
+     \font_helpers_set_math_family_c
+   \fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_math_family_c
+  {\ifcsname                 \fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname                 \fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \else
+   \ifcsname                 \fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname                 \fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \else
+     \nullfont                                                                            \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+   \fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_math_family_indeed#mrtag#family% \currentmathsize etc are also used later on
+  {\let\savedfontbody\fontbody
+   \let\fontfamily#family%
+   \let\currentmathsize\!!plusthree\let\fontbody\scriptscriptface\font_helpers_set_math_family_a\scriptscriptfont#mrtag\font
+   \let\currentmathsize\!!plustwo  \let\fontbody\scriptface      \font_helpers_set_math_family_a\scriptfont      #mrtag\font
+   \let\currentmathsize\!!plusone  \let\fontbody\textface        \font_helpers_set_math_family_a\textfont        #mrtag\font
+   \let\currentmathsize\empty
+   \let\fontbody\savedfontbody
+   \setfalse\font_auto_font_size}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_math_family_bold_a#font#mbfam#mrfam%
+  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontclass\fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily\fontsize\currentmathsize\endcsname #font#mbfam\font \else
+   \ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontclass\fontbody\s!mm\fontfamily         \currentmathsize\endcsname #font#mbfam\font \else
+     #font#mbfam#font#mrfam%
+   \fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_math_family_bold_indeed#mbfam#familytag#mrfam% \c_font_fam_mb \s!mb \c_font_fam_mr
+  {\let\savedfontclass\defaultfontclass
+   \let\defaultfontclass\fontclass % else truefontname falls back on the wrong one
+   \let\savedfontbody\fontbody
+   \let\fontfamily#familytag%
+   \let\currentmathsize\!!plusthree\let\fontbody\scriptscriptface\font_helpers_set_math_family_bold_a\scriptscriptfont#mbfam#mrfam%
+   \let\currentmathsize\!!plustwo  \let\fontbody\scriptface      \font_helpers_set_math_family_bold_a\scriptfont      #mbfam#mrfam%
+   \let\currentmathsize\!!plusone  \let\fontbody\textface        \font_helpers_set_math_family_bold_a\textfont        #mbfam#mrfam%
+   \let\currentmathsize\empty
+   \let\fontbody\savedfontbody
+   \let\defaultfontclass\savedfontclass
+   \setfalse\font_auto_font_size}
+
+% optimized: math fonts are never changed (10K \bfa $x$: 3.2 => 2.5 (baseline 1.0))
+%
+% sort of tricky: we cannot reset in \everybeforedefinetypeface as we don't know
+% all sizes so we postpone the optimization to the first starttext
+%
+% pitfall: we should reset 'm when a fontclass name is reused
+
+\newconditional\optimizemathfontdefinitions \settrue\optimizemathfontdefinitions
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_math_family#mrfam#familytag%
+  {\ifconditional\optimizemathfontdefinitions
+     \ifcsname*\fontclass\textface\s!mm#familytag1\fontsize1*\endcsname
+       \font_helpers_preset_math_family_indeed#mrfam#familytag%
+     \else
+       \font_helpers_set_math_family_indeed#mrfam#familytag%
+     \fi
+   \else
+     \font_helpers_set_math_family_indeed#mrfam#familytag%
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_math_family_bold#mbfam#familytag#mrfam%
+  {\ifconditional\optimizemathfontdefinitions
+     \ifcsname*\fontclass\textface\s!mm#familytag1\fontsize1*\endcsname
+       \font_helpers_preset_math_family_indeed#mbfam#familytag%
+     \else
+       \font_helpers_set_math_family_bold_indeed#mbfam#familytag#mrfam%
+     \fi
+   \else
+     \font_helpers_set_math_family_bold_indeed#mbfam#familytag#mrfam%
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_preset_math_family_indeed#fam#familytag%
+  {\scriptscriptfont#fam\csname*\fontclass\scriptscriptface\s!mm#familytag3\fontsize3*\endcsname
+   \scriptfont      #fam\csname*\fontclass\scriptface      \s!mm#familytag2\fontsize2*\endcsname
+   \textfont        #fam\csname*\fontclass\textface        \s!mm#familytag1\fontsize1*\endcsname}
+
+\let\font_helpers_reset_fontclass_math_families\gobbleoneargument
+
+% It would be nice if characters could be defined in a neutral way (say fam 255) and
+% be mapped to a real family during noad list construction. However, this changes
+% tex in critical places so for the moment we simulate this using manipulation.
+
+% \appendtoks
+%    \font_helpers_check_bodyfont_environment[\scriptscriptface]% pretty slow when many switches
+%    \font_helpers_check_bodyfont_environment[\scriptface]%
+%    \font_helpers_check_bodyfont_environment[\textface]%
+% \to \t_font_math_strategies
+
+% For tracing purposes we use three families but in l2r mode 1 and 2 are copies of 0
+% while in rl mode 0 is a copy of 1. There is no real overhead involved in this. This
+% also permits different font definitions for normal and mixed.
+
+\let\m_font_class_direction\empty
+\let\m_font_class_features \empty
+\let\m_font_class_fallbacks\empty
+\let\m_font_class_goodies  \empty
+
+\let\m_font_direction\empty
+\let\m_font_features \empty
+\let\m_font_fallbacks\empty
+\let\m_font_goodies  \empty
+
+\appendtoks % can be analyzed once
+    % why here ..
+    \edef\m_font_class_direction{\ifcsname\??fontclass\fontclass\s!mm\s!direction\endcsname\csname\??fontclass\fontclass\s!mm\s!direction\endcsname\fi}%
+    % ...
+    \ifx\m_font_class_direction\v!both
+      \settrue\c_font_bidirectional_math_strategy
+    \else
+      \setfalse\c_font_bidirectional_math_strategy
+    \fi
+\to \t_font_math_strategies
+
+\def\font_helpers_bidirectional_mathstrategy_yes
+  {\font_helpers_set_math_family\c_font_fam_mr_lr\s!mrlr
+   \font_helpers_set_math_family\c_font_fam_mr_rl\s!mrrl
+   \textfont        \c_font_fam_mr\textfont        \c_font_fam_mr_lr
+   \scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mr\scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mr_lr
+   \scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mr\scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mr_lr}
+
+\def\font_helpers_bidirectional_mathstrategy_nop
+  {\font_helpers_set_math_family\c_font_fam_mr\s!mr
+   \textfont        \c_font_fam_mr_rl\textfont        \c_font_fam_mr
+   \scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mr_rl\scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mr
+   \scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mr_rl\scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mr
+   \textfont        \c_font_fam_mr_lr\textfont        \c_font_fam_mr
+   \scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mr_lr\scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mr
+   \scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mr_lr\scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mr}
+
+\appendtoks
+    \ifconditional\c_font_bidirectional_math_strategy
+      \font_helpers_bidirectional_mathstrategy_yes
+    \else
+      \font_helpers_bidirectional_mathstrategy_nop
+    \fi
+\to \t_font_math_strategies
+
+\def\font_helpers_complete_bold_math_strategy_yes_bidi
+  {\font_helpers_set_math_family_bold\c_font_fam_mb_lr\s!mblr\c_font_fam_mr_lr
+   \font_helpers_set_math_family_bold\c_font_fam_mb_rl\s!mbrl\c_font_fam_mr_rl
+   \textfont        \c_font_fam_mb\textfont        \c_font_fam_mb_lr
+   \scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mb\scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mb_lr
+   \scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mb\scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mb_lr}
+
+\def\font_helpers_complete_bold_math_strategy_yes
+  {\font_helpers_set_math_family_bold\c_font_fam_mb\s!mb\c_font_fam_mr
+   \textfont        \c_font_fam_mb_rl\textfont        \c_font_fam_mb
+   \scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mb_rl\scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mb
+   \scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mb_rl\scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mb
+   \textfont        \c_font_fam_mb_lr\textfont        \c_font_fam_mb
+   \scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mb_lr\scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mb
+   \scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mb_lr\scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mb}
+
+\def\font_helpers_complete_bold_math_strategy_nop
+  {\textfont        \c_font_fam_mb   \textfont        \c_font_fam_mr
+   \scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mb   \scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mr
+   \scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mb   \scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mr
+   \textfont        \c_font_fam_mb_rl\textfont        \c_font_fam_mr_rl
+   \scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mb_rl\scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mr_rl
+   \scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mb_rl\scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mr_rl
+   \textfont        \c_font_fam_mb_lr\textfont        \c_font_fam_mr_lr
+   \scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mb_lr\scriptfont      \c_font_fam_mr_lr
+   \scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mb_lr\scriptscriptfont\c_font_fam_mr_lr}
+
+\def\font_helpers_apply_complete_bold_math_strategy
+  {\ifconditional\c_font_complete_bold_math_strategy
+     \ifconditional\c_font_bidirectional_math_strategy
+       \font_helpers_complete_bold_math_strategy_yes_bidi
+     \else
+       \font_helpers_complete_bold_math_strategy_yes
+     \fi
+   \else
+     \font_helpers_complete_bold_math_strategynop
+   \fi}
+
+\appendtoks
+    \font_helpers_apply_complete_bold_math_strategy
+\to \t_font_math_strategies
+
+\ifdefined\defaultmathfamily \else
+    \setnewconstant\defaultmathfamily\zerocount
+\fi
+
+\appendtoks
+    \fam\defaultmathfamily % all characters and symbols are in this family
+\to \everymathematics
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mr
+  {\attribute\mathfamilyattribute\ifconditional\c_font_bidirectional_math_strategy
+     \ifconditional\c_math_right_to_left
+       \plustwo
+     \else
+       \plusone
+     \fi
+   \else
+     \zerocount
+   \fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mb
+  {\attribute\mathfamilyattribute\ifconditional\c_font_bidirectional_math_strategy
+     \ifconditional\c_math_right_to_left
+       \ifconditional\c_font_pseudo_bold_math_state\pluseight\else\plusfive\fi
+     \else
+       \ifconditional\c_font_pseudo_bold_math_state\plusseven\else\plusfour\fi
+     \fi
+   \else
+     \ifconditional\c_font_pseudo_bold_math_state\plussix\else\plusthree\fi
+   \fi}
+
+\installcorenamespace{fontmathsynchronizer}
+\installcorenamespace{fontmathstoredstrategy}
+
+\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\s!tf }\font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mr
+\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\s!sl }\font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mr
+\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\s!it }\font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mr
+\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\s!bf }\font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mb
+\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\s!bs }\font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mb
+\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\s!bi }\font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mb
+\letvalue{\??fontmathsynchronizer\empty}\font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mr
+
+\def\font_helpers_synchronize_math_family
+  {\csname\??fontmathsynchronizer\ifcsname\??fontmathsynchronizer\fontalternative\endcsname\fontalternative\fi\endcsname}
+
+\ifdefined \fontid % we need to keep this test for a while
+    \appendtoks
+        \ifnum\fontid\textfont\zerocount=\fontid\textfont\plusthree
+            \letvalue{\??fontmathstoredstrategy\fontclass}\font_helpers_set_math_partial_bold_strategy
+        \else
+            \letvalue{\??fontmathstoredstrategy\fontclass}\font_helpers_set_math_full_bold_strategy
+        \fi
+    \to \t_font_math_strategies
+\else
+    \appendtoks
+        \edef\currentmathfontmr{\fontname\textfont\zerocount}%
+        \edef\currentmathfontmb{\fontname\textfont\plusthree}%
+        \ifx\currentmathfontmr\currentmathfontmb
+            \letvalue{\??fontmathstoredstrategy\fontclass}\font_helpers_set_math_partial_bold_strategy
+        \else
+            \letvalue{\??fontmathstoredstrategy\fontclass}\font_helpers_set_math_full_bold_strategy
+        \fi
+    \to \t_font_math_strategies
+\fi
+
+\def\font_helpers_synchronize_math_bold_strategy{\csname\??fontmathstoredstrategy\fontclass\endcsname}
+
+\newconditional\c_font_pseudo_bold_math_state
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_math_partial_bold_strategy{\settrue \c_font_pseudo_bold_math_state}
+\def\font_helpers_set_math_full_bold_strategy   {\setfalse\c_font_pseudo_bold_math_state}
+
+\appendtoks
+    \font_helpers_synchronize_math_bold_strategy
+\to \everymathematics
+
+% Bold is somewhat special as we might want both full-bold-math mixed
+% regular-math, as well as automatic adaption to outer bold (in titles
+% and inline text bold) so we will need explicit switches as well as
+% an automatic one. (We will use lucida as an example.)
+
+\unexpanded\def\mr
+  {\ifmmode
+     \font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mr
+   \else
+     \font_helpers_set_current_font_alternative\s!mr
+   \fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\mb
+  {\ifmmode
+     \font_helpers_synchronize_math_family_mb
+   \else
+     \font_helpers_set_current_font_alternative\s!mb
+   \fi}
+
+\appendtoks
+    \font_helpers_synchronize_math_family % auto bold
+\to \everymathematics
+
+%D All used styles, like rm, ss and tt, are saved in a comma
+%D separated list. Appart from practical limitations one can
+%D define as many styles as needed.
+
+\def\font_helpers_process_relative_size_list#command%
+  {#command\s!text
+   #command\s!script
+   #command\s!scriptscript
+   #command\s!x
+   #command\s!xx
+   #command\v!big
+   #command\v!small}
+
+%D There are several ways to specify a font. Three of them are
+%D pure \TeX\ ones, the fourth one is new:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \font\name=cmr12
+%D \font\name=cmr12 at 10pt
+%D \font\name=cmr12 scaled 2
+%D \font\name=cmr12 sa 1.440
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D The non||\TEX\ alternative \type{sa} stands for {\em scaled
+%D at}. This means as much as: scale the bodyfontsize with this
+%D factor. The scaled option is not that useful as one needs to
+%D know the design size.
+%D
+%D Because \type {sa} (scaled at) and \type {mo} (mapped on)
+%D are not low level \TEX\ supported alternatives, we have to
+%D test for it ourselves. In doing so, we need an auxiliary
+%D \DIMENSION. We cannot use \type{\scratchdimen} because font
+%D loading can happen at any moment due to postponed loading.
+%D We could instead have used dirty grouping tricks, but this
+%D one works too.
+
+% \enableexperiments[fonts.autorscale]
+%
+% \starttypescript[mscore]
+%     \definetypeface [mscore] [rm] [serif] [mscoretimes]   [default]
+%     \definetypeface [mscore] [ss] [sans]  [mscorearial]   [default] [rscale=auto] % 0.860]
+%     \definetypeface [mscore] [tt] [mono]  [mscorecourier] [default] [rscale=auto] % 1.065]
+%     \definetypeface [mscore] [mm] [math]  [times]         [default] [rscale=auto] % 1.020]
+% \stoptypescript
+%
+% \starttext
+%    \setupbodyfont[mscore,12pt]
+%    \startTEXpage
+%        test \ss test \tt test
+%    \stopTEXpage
+% \stoptext
+
+\let\v_font_size_relative  \plusone
+\def\v_font_size_absolute {\fontbody}
+
+\let\v_font_rscale_default\plusone
+\let\p_font_rscale        \v_font_rscale_default
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_relative_font_id % can be plugged in later
+  {\let\p_font_rscale\minusone
+   \let\p_font_rscale\v_font_rscale_default}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_relative_font_size#scale%
+  {\edef\p_font_rscale
+     {\ifcsname\??fontclass\fontclass#scale\s!rscale\endcsname
+        \csname\??fontclass\fontclass#scale\s!rscale\endcsname
+      \else\ifcsname\??fontclass\defaultfontclass#scale\s!rscale\endcsname
+        \csname\??fontclass\defaultfontclass#scale\s!rscale\endcsname
+      \else
+        \v_font_rscale_default
+      \fi\fi}%
+   \ifx\p_font_rscale\v!auto
+     \let\p_font_rscale\plusone
+     \font_helpers_check_relative_font_id
+   \else
+     \let\relativefontid\minusone
+   \fi}
+
+%D Scaling macros:
+%D
+%D This system is somewhat complicated by two (possible conflicting)
+%D demands:
+%D
+%D \startitemize
+%D \item We support wildcards like \type {sa *} which will adapt
+%D       to the current size. This is also the default specification.
+%D \item We support named scales like \type {sa d}; beware: \type
+%D       {x} and \type {xx} are valid scales but they are not alway
+%D       the same as the ones used in for instance \type {\bfx} because
+%D       there the sized come from the bodyfont environment. In the
+%D       future there maybe a switch that also honors the environment
+%D       in named scales.
+%D \stopitemize
+
+%D Keep in mind that the smaller sizes are just for text super and
+%D subscripts while larger sizes can be used in titles where for
+%D instance math follows the size.
+
+% b:x{\definedfont[SerifBold sa  b]x}{\bfb  x $x^x$}\par
+% 1:x{\definedfont[SerifBold sa  1]x}{\bf   x $x^x$}\par
+% x:x{\definedfont[SerifBold sa  x]x}{\bfx  x $x^x$}\par
+% xx:x{\definedfont[SerifBold sa xx]x}{\bfxx x $x^x$}\par
+%
+% *:x{\definedfont[Serif sa *]x}\par
+% 1:x{\definedfont[Serif sa 1]x}\par
+% 2:x{\definedfont[Serif sa 2]x}\par
+% 3:x{\definedfont[Serif sa 3]x}\par
+% 4:x{\definedfont[Serif sa 4]x}\par
+% 5:x{\definedfont[Serif sa 5]x}\par
+%
+% {\definedfont[cmbx10 at 10pt]x\definedfont[cmbx8 at 10pt]x}
+
+\installcorenamespace{fonts}
+
+\def\safontscale{\number\dimexpr\v_font_size_absolute\relax}
+\def\mofontscale{\number\dimexpr\font_basics_set_mapped_fontsize\v_font_size_absolute\relax}
+
+\let\somefontname\s!unknown
+\let\somefontspec\s!unknown
+\let\somefontsize\zerocount
+
+\newcount\scaledfontmode  % also used at the lua end
+\newcount\lastfontid      % also used at the lua end / tex end
+\newtoks \everydefinefont
+
+\def\currentfontbodysize
+  {\ifcsname\??fonts\s!default\somefontsize\endcsname
+     \csname\??fonts\s!default\somefontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \somefontsize
+   \fi}
+
+\let\relativefontid\empty
+
+% 0 = none
+% 1 = fontonly
+% 2 = classonly
+% 3 = fontfirst
+% 4 = classfirst
+
+\let\c_font_feature_inheritance_fontnone  \zerocount
+\let\c_font_feature_inheritance_fontonly  \plusone
+\let\c_font_feature_inheritance_classonly \plustwo
+\let\c_font_feature_inheritance_fontfirst \plusthree
+\let\c_font_feature_inheritance_classfirst\plusfour
+
+\let\c_font_feature_inheritance_default   \c_font_feature_inheritance_fontfirst
+
+\setnewconstant\c_font_feature_inheritance_mode \c_font_feature_inheritance_default
+
+\newdimen\d_font_scaled_text_face
+\newdimen\d_font_scaled_font_size
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_low_level_define#specification#csname%
+  {% we can now set more at the lua end
+   \ctxcommand{definefont_one(\!!bs\luaescapestring{#specification}\!!es)}% the escapestring catches at \somedimen
+   % sets \scaledfontmode and \somefontname and \somefontsize
+   \ifcase\scaledfontmode\relax
+     % none, avoid the designsize if possible
+     \d_font_scaled_font_size-\plusthousand\scaledpoint
+   \or
+     % at
+     \d_font_scaled_font_size\somefontsize
+   \or
+     % sa
+     \d_font_scaled_font_size\v_font_size_absolute\relax
+     \d_font_scaled_font_size\currentfontbodysize\d_font_scaled_font_size
+   \or
+     % mo
+     \d_font_scaled_font_size\font_basics_set_mapped_fontsize\v_font_size_absolute
+     \d_font_scaled_font_size\currentfontbodysize\d_font_scaled_font_size
+   \or
+     % scaled, don't use this one as it's unpredictable
+     \d_font_scaled_font_size-\somefontsize\scaledpoint
+   \fi
+   \relax
+   \d_font_scaled_font_size\v_font_size_relative\d_font_scaled_font_size
+   \ifconditional\font_auto_font_size
+     \d_font_scaled_font_size\currentfontbodyscale\d_font_scaled_font_size
+     \d_font_scaled_text_face\currentfontbodyscale\dimexpr\textface\relax
+   \else
+     \d_font_scaled_text_face\textface
+   \fi
+   \edef\somefontspec{at \number\d_font_scaled_font_size sp}%
+   \edef\somefontfile{\truefontname\somefontname}%
+   \ifx\somefontfile\s!unknown
+     \edef\somefontfile{\defaultfontfile}%
+   \fi
+   \ifx\somefontfile\s!unknown
+     \edef\somefontfile{\defaultfontfile}%
+   \fi
+   \font_helpers_update_font_parameters
+   \font_helpers_update_font_class_parameters
+   \ctxcommand{definefont_two(
+      \ifx\fontclass\empty false\else true\fi,
+      "#csname",
+      \!!bs\somefontfile\!!es,
+      \number\d_font_scaled_font_size,
+      \number\c_font_feature_inheritance_mode,
+      "\m_font_class_features",
+      "\m_font_features",
+      "\m_font_class_fallbacks",
+      "\m_font_fallbacks",
+      0\currentmathsize,
+      \number\d_font_scaled_text_face,
+      "\relativefontid", % experiment
+      "\m_font_class_goodies", % experiment (not yet used)
+      "\m_font_goodies" % experiment
+   )}%
+   \edef\somefontspec{at \number\d_font_scaled_font_size sp}% we need the resolved designsize (for fallbacks)
+   \expandafter\let\expandafter\lastrawfontcall\csname#csname\endcsname
+   \the\everydefinefont
+   \c_font_feature_inheritance_mode\c_font_feature_inheritance_default}
+
+% Why these expanded and rscale not ... maybe not worth the trouble (delayed
+% expansion actually would be better i.e. macros in feature specs). Test
+% without pre-expansion.
+
+\def\font_helpers_update_font_class_parameters
+  {\edef\m_font_class_direction{\ifcsname\??fontclass\fontclass\fontstyle\s!direction\endcsname\csname\??fontclass\fontclass\fontstyle\s!direction\endcsname\fi}%
+   \edef\m_font_class_features {\ifcsname\??fontclass\fontclass\fontstyle\s!features \endcsname\csname\??fontclass\fontclass\fontstyle\s!features \endcsname\fi}%
+   \edef\m_font_class_fallbacks{\ifcsname\??fontclass\fontclass\fontstyle\s!fallbacks\endcsname\csname\??fontclass\fontclass\fontstyle\s!fallbacks\endcsname\fi}%
+   \edef\m_font_class_goodies  {\ifcsname\??fontclass\fontclass\fontstyle\s!goodies  \endcsname\csname\??fontclass\fontclass\fontstyle\s!goodies  \endcsname\fi}}
+
+% resolve
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_features_yes#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\s!features \endcsname\expandafter\let\expandafter\m_font_features
+     \csname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\s!features \endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile          #name\s!features \endcsname\expandafter\let\expandafter\m_font_features
+     \csname\??fontfile          #name\s!features \endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass            #name\endcsname\expandafter\font_helpers_set_features_yes
+     \csname\??fontfile\fontclass            #name\endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile                      #name\endcsname\expandafter\font_helpers_set_features_yes
+     \csname\??fontfile                      #name\endcsname\else
+   \let\m_font_features\empty\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_fallbacks_yes#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\s!fallbacks\endcsname\expandafter\let\expandafter\m_font_fallbacks
+     \csname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\s!fallbacks\endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile          #name\s!fallbacks\endcsname\expandafter\let\expandafter\m_font_fallbacks
+     \csname\??fontfile          #name\s!fallbacks\endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass            #name\endcsname\expandafter\font_helpers_set_fallbacks_yes
+     \csname\??fontfile\fontclass            #name\endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile                      #name\endcsname\expandafter\font_helpers_set_fallbacks_yes
+     \csname\??fontfile                      #name\endcsname\else
+   \let\m_font_fallbacks\empty\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_goodies_yes#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\s!goodies  \endcsname\expandafter\let\expandafter\m_font_goodies
+     \csname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\s!goodies  \endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile          #name\s!goodies  \endcsname\expandafter\let\expandafter\m_font_goodies
+     \csname\??fontfile          #name\s!goodies  \endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass            #name\endcsname\expandafter\font_helpers_set_goodies_yes
+     \csname\??fontfile\fontclass            #name\endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile                      #name\endcsname\expandafter\font_helpers_set_goodies_yes
+     \csname\??fontfile                      #name\endcsname\else
+   \let\m_font_goodies\empty\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_features_nop#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile#name\s!features \endcsname\expandafter\let\expandafter\m_font_features
+     \csname\??fontfile#name\s!features \endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile            #name\endcsname\expandafter\font_helpers_set_features_nop
+     \csname\??fontfile            #name\endcsname\else
+   \let\m_font_features\empty\fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_fallbacks_nop#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile#name\s!fallbacks\endcsname\expandafter\let\expandafter\m_font_fallbacks
+     \csname\??fontfile#name\s!fallbacks\endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile            #name\endcsname\expandafter\font_helpers_set_fallbacks_nop
+     \csname\??fontfile            #name\endcsname\else
+   \let\m_font_fallbacks\empty\fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_goodies_nop#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile#name\s!goodies  \endcsname\expandafter\let\expandafter\m_font_goodies
+     \csname\??fontfile#name\s!goodies  \endcsname\else
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile            #name\endcsname\expandafter\font_helpers_set_goodies_nop
+     \csname\??fontfile            #name\endcsname\else
+   \let\m_font_goodies\empty\fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_update_font_parameters_yes
+  {\font_helpers_set_features_yes \somefontname
+   \font_helpers_set_fallbacks_yes\somefontname
+   \font_helpers_set_goodies_yes  \somefontname}
+
+\def\font_helpers_update_font_parameters_nop
+  {\font_helpers_set_features_nop \somefontname
+   \font_helpers_set_fallbacks_nop\somefontname
+   \font_helpers_set_goodies_nop  \somefontname}
+
+\def\font_helpers_update_font_parameters
+ {\ifx\fontclass\empty\font_helpers_update_font_parameters_nop\else\font_helpers_update_font_parameters_yes\fi}
+
+\newif\ifskipfontcharacteristics \skipfontcharacteristicstrue
+
+%D When fontclasses are used, we define the font global,
+%D since namespaces are used. Otherwise we parse the specs
+%D each time.
+
+\let\fontfile\s!unknown
+
+% \definefontfeature[slanted]  [default][slant=.25]
+% \definefontfeature[stretched][default][stretch=2]
+%
+% \start \definedfont[SerifBold*slanted   at 20pt] \ruledhbox{Test!} \stop
+% \start \definedfont[SerifBold*stretched at 20pt] \ruledhbox{Test!} \stop
+
+% \definefontfeature[default]     [liga=yes,texligatures=yes,texquotes=yes]
+% \definefontfeature[default-caps][liga=yes,texligatures=yes,texquotes=yes,smcp=yes,script=latn]
+%
+% \starttypescript [serif] [palatino-nova-regular] [name]
+%     \definefontsynonym[Serif]    [palatinonova-regular][features=default]
+%     \definefontsynonym[SerifCaps][palatinonova-regular][features=default-caps] % also sets Serif
+% \stoptypescript
+%
+% \starttypescript [serif] [palatino-nova-regular] [name]
+%     \definefontsynonym[Serif]          [palatinonova-regular*default]
+%     \definefontsynonym[SerifCaps]      [palatinonova-regular*default-caps]
+% \stoptypescript
+
+% \definetypeface[mainface][rm][serif][palatino-nova-regular][default] \setupbodyfont[mainface]
+%
+% \starttext
+%   ``Test'' -- --- ff fi fl \sc ``Test'' -- --- ff fi fl
+% \stoptext
+
+% \starttext
+%     \definefont
+%         [blabla]
+%         [name:Latin Modern Something]
+%     \definefont
+%         [blabla]
+%         [file:texnansi-lmr10]
+%     \blabla test
+%     \definefont
+%         [blabla]
+%         [texnansi-lmtt10]
+%     \blabla test
+% \stoptext
+
+% \starttext
+%
+% \setupcolors[state=start]
+%
+% \definefontfeature
+%   [default-base]
+%   [script=latn,language=dflt,liga=yes,kern=yes,tlig=yes,trep=yes]
+% \definefontfeature
+%   [default-node]
+%   [script=latn,language=dflt,liga=yes,kern=yes,tlig=yes,trep=yes,mode=node]
+% \definefontfeature
+%   [default-none]
+%   [script=latn,language=dflt,liga=yes,kern=no, tlig=yes,trep=yes]
+%
+% \startoverlay
+%     {\vtop{\color[red]  {\font\test=name:lmroman12regular*default-node \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+%     {\vtop{\color[green]{\font\test=name:lmroman12regular*default-base \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+%     {\vtop{\color[blue] {\font\test=name:lmroman12regular*default-none \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+% \stopoverlay
+%
+% \blank
+%
+% \startoverlay
+%     {\vtop{\color[red]  {\font\test=name:texgyrepagella*default-node \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+%     {\vtop{\color[green]{\font\test=name:texgyrepagella*default-base \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+%     {\vtop{\color[blue] {\font\test=name:texgyrepagella*default-none \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+% \stopoverlay
+%
+% \blank
+%
+% \startoverlay
+%     {\vtop{\color[red]  {\font\test=name:palatinonovaregular*default-node \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+%     {\vtop{\color[green]{\font\test=name:palatinonovaregular*default-base \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+%     {\vtop{\color[blue] {\font\test=name:palatinonovaregular*default-none \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+% \stopoverlay
+%
+% \startoverlay
+%     {\vtop{\color[red]  {\font\test=name:OfficinaSerifBookITC*default-node \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+%     {\vtop{\color[green]{\font\test=name:OfficinaSerifBookITC*default-base \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+%     {\vtop{\color[blue] {\font\test=name:OfficinaSerifBookITC*default-none \test \input ward \input zapf \input linden }}}
+% \stopoverlay
+%
+% \definefontfeature[superdefault][default][compose=yes]
+%
+% {\font\oeps=name:lmroman10regular*default      at 30pt \oeps test \char7683}
+% {\font\oeps=name:lmroman10regular*superdefault at 30pt \oeps test \char7683}
+%
+% \stoptext
+
+\def \defaultfontfile{\truefontname{Normal}} % was cmtt10, but that one is gone
+\edef\nullfontname   {\fontname\nullfont}
+
+%D \macros
+%D  {everyfont,everyfontswitch}
+%D
+%D For special purposes, we provide a hook.
+
+% \newevery \everyfont       \relax
+% \newevery \everyfontswitch \relax
+
+%D We also accept \type{sa a}||\type{sa d} as specification.
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {definefontsynonym, doifelsefontsynonym,
+%D    expandfontsynonym, truefontname, truefontdata}
+%D
+%D While looking for fonts, fontsynonyms are used for accessing
+%D the files!
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definefontsynonym[Serif][Lucida-Bright]
+%D \definefontsynonym[Lucida-Bright][lbr][encoding=texnansi]
+%D \stoptyping
+
+\def\classfont#class#name{#class#name} % \definefont[whatever][\classfont{xx}{yy} at 10pt]
+
+% We need to move the feature into the filename else it may be
+% overloaded by another reference. For instance the definition of
+% a regular and caps variant can use the same font.
+
+% We could use an indirect method ... store in 'array' and refer to
+% slot.
+%
+% or nicer .. use parent chain
+
+\let\m_font_name\empty
+\let\m_font_file\empty
+
+\unexpanded\def\definefontsynonym[#name]#crap[#file]%
+  {\edef\m_font_name{#name}%
+   \edef\m_font_file{#file}%
+   \ifx\fontclass\empty
+      \expandafter\font_basics_define_font_synonym_nop
+   \else
+      \expandafter\font_basics_define_font_synonym_yes
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_synonym_nop
+  {\expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\m_font_name\endcsname\m_font_file
+   \doifnextoptionalelse\font_basics_define_font_synonym_nop_opt\font_basics_define_font_synonym_nop_nil}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_synonym_yes
+  {\expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\m_font_name\endcsname\m_font_file
+   \doifnextoptionalelse\font_basics_define_font_synonym_yes_opt\font_basics_define_font_synonym_yes_nil}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_synonym_nop_opt[#specification]%
+  {\let\p_features \undefined
+   \let\p_fallbacks\undefined
+   \let\p_goodies  \undefined
+   \expandafter\font_basics_get_font_parameter_nop#specification,]=,}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_synonym_yes_opt[#specification]%
+  {\let\p_features \undefined
+   \let\p_fallbacks\undefined
+   \let\p_goodies  \undefined
+   \expandafter\font_basics_get_font_parameter_yes#specification,]=,}
+
+\def\font_basics_get_font_parameter_nop#key=#value,%
+  {\if]#key%
+     \font_basics_get_font_parameter_nop_finish
+   \else
+     \expandafter\normaldef\csname p_#key\endcsname{#value}%
+     \expandafter\font_basics_get_font_parameter_nop
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_basics_get_font_parameter_yes#key=#value,%
+  {\if]#key%
+     \font_basics_get_font_parameter_yes_finish
+   \else
+     \expandafter\normaldef\csname p_#key\endcsname{#value}%
+     \expandafter\font_basics_get_font_parameter_yes
+   \fi}
+
+% helpers, some day these will be toks and counts
+
+% \def\fntsetdefname {\global\let\somefontname\defaultfontfile}
+% \def\fntsetsomename{\gdef\somefontname} % takes argument
+% \def\fntsetnopsize {\let\somefontsize\empty}
+% \def\fntsetsomesize{\def\somefontsize}  % takes argument
+
+% happens later, else mkvi parsing gets into troubles
+
+% end of helpers
+
+% we could collect them in one macro (but no expansion)
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_synonym_nop_nil
+  {\expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\m_font_name\s!features \endcsname\undefined
+   \expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\m_font_name\s!fallbacks\endcsname\undefined
+   \expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\m_font_name\s!goodies  \endcsname\undefined}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_synonym_yes_nil
+  {\global\expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\m_font_name\s!features \endcsname\undefined
+   \global\expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\m_font_name\s!fallbacks\endcsname\undefined
+   \global\expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\m_font_name\s!goodies  \endcsname\undefined}
+
+\def\font_basics_get_font_parameter_nop_finish
+  {\expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\m_font_name\s!features \endcsname\p_features
+   \expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\m_font_name\s!fallbacks\endcsname\p_fallbacks
+   \expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\m_font_name\s!goodies  \endcsname\p_goodies}
+
+\def\font_basics_get_font_parameter_yes_finish
+  {\global\expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\m_font_name\s!features \endcsname\p_features
+   \global\expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\m_font_name\s!fallbacks\endcsname\p_fallbacks
+   \global\expandafter\let\csname\??fontfile\fontclass\m_font_name\s!goodies  \endcsname\p_goodies}
+
+%\definefontsynonym [KopFont] [\fontclassname{officina}{SerifBold}]
+%
+%\defineclassfontsynonym [KopFont] [officina] [SerifBold]
+
+\unexpanded\def\defineclassfontsynonym
+  {\dotripleargument\font_basics_define_class_font_synonym}
+
+%\definefontsynonym[#tag][\fontclassname{#class}{#fileortag}]}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_class_font_synonym[#tag][#class][#fileortag]% needs testing
+  {\expandafter\normaldef\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#tag\endcsname{\fontclassname{#class}{#fileortag}}%
+   \font_basics_define_font_synonym_yes_nil}
+
+\let\definefontfile\definefontsynonym % dedicated to Taco Hoekwater
+
+\unexpanded\def\setupfontsynonym
+  {\dodoubleempty\dosetupfontsynonym}
+
+\def\dosetupfontsynonym[#name][#settings]% not yet supported, will do when needed
+  {}
+
+% todo: replace * by ... less messy with features
+
+\def\truefontname#name%
+  {\expandafter\font_helpers_true_fontname#name*\empty*\relax}
+
+\def\font_helpers_true_fontname#name*#first#rest*#crap\relax
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\endcsname
+     \ifx#first\empty
+       \expandafter\truefontname\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\endcsname
+     \else
+       \expandafter\font_helpers_true_fontname_check\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\endcsname*#first#rest%
+     \fi
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#name\endcsname
+     \ifx#first\empty
+       \expandafter\truefontname\csname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#name\endcsname
+     \else
+       \expandafter\font_helpers_true_fontname_check\csname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#name\endcsname*#first#rest%
+     \fi
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#name\endcsname
+     \ifx#first\empty
+       \expandafter\truefontname\csname\??fontfile#name\endcsname
+     \else
+       \expandafter\font_helpers_true_fontname_check\csname\??fontfile#name\endcsname*#first#rest%
+     \fi
+   \else
+     #name\ifx#first\empty\else*#first#rest\fi
+   \fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_true_fontname_check#name%
+  {\expandafter\font_helpers_true_fontname_check_indeed#name*\relax}
+
+\def\font_helpers_true_fontname_check_indeed#name*#crap\relax
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\endcsname
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_true_fontname_check\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\endcsname
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#name\endcsname
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_true_fontname_check\csname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#name\endcsname
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#name\endcsname
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_true_fontname_check\csname\??fontfile#name\endcsname
+   \else
+     #name%
+   \fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\expandfontsynonym#command#name% one level expansion
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\endcsname
+     \expandafter\normaldef\expandafter#command\expandafter{\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\endcsname}%
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#2\endcsname
+     \expandafter\normaldef\expandafter#command\expandafter{\csname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#name\endcsname}%
+   \fi\fi}
+
+\def\doifelsefontsynonym#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\endcsname
+     \singleexpandafter\firstoftwoarguments
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile\defaultfontclass#name\endcsname
+     \doubleexpandafter\firstoftwoarguments
+   \else
+     \doubleexpandafter\secondoftwoarguments
+   \fi\fi}
+
+% \definetypeface[palatino][rm][serif][palatino,allbold][default]
+%
+% \startfontclass[palatino]
+%   \definefontsynonym [Serif]        [SerifBold]
+%   \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic]  [SerifBoldItalic]
+%   \definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [SerifBoldSlanted]
+%   \definefontsynonym [SerifCaps]    [SerifBold]
+% \stopfontclass
+%
+% \setupbodyfont[palatino]
+
+\unexpanded\def\startfontclass
+  {\dosingleempty\font_basics_start_font_class}
+
+\def\font_basics_start_font_class[#class]%
+  {\pushmacro\fontclass
+   \doifelse{#class}\v!each
+     {\let\fontclass\empty}
+     {\doifsomething{#class}{\def\fontclass{#class}}}}
+
+\unexpanded\def\stopfontclass
+  {\popmacro\fontclass}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {tracedfontname}
+%D
+%D A goody:
+
+\def\tracedfontname#name%
+  {#name\ifcsname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\endcsname
+     \expandafter\tracedfontname\csname\??fontfile\fontclass#name\endcsname
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#name\endcsname
+     \expandafter\tracedfontname\csname\??fontfile#name\endcsname
+   \fi\fi}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {definefont}
+%D
+%D Before we implement the main definition macro, we first show
+%D one for local use:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definefont[Some][LucidaBright at 100pt]    \Some some
+%D \definefont[More][LucidaBright scaled 3000] \More more
+%D \definefont[Nice][LucidaBright mo 2]        \Nice nice
+%D \definefont[Text][LucidaBright sa 5.4]      \Text last
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D The implementation looks as follows:
+
+% \unexpanded\def\definefont
+%   {\dotripleempty\font_basics_define_font}
+%
+% \def\font_basics_define_font[#name][#specification][#settings]% [name][spec][1.6 | line=10pt | setup_id]
+%   {\ifthirdargument
+%      \setuvalue{#name}{\font_basics_define_font_with_parameters{#name}{#specification}{#settings}}%
+%    \else
+%      \setuvalue{#name}{\font_basics_define_font_without_parameters{#name}{#specification}}%
+%    \fi}
+%
+% \def\font_basics_define_font_with_parameters#name#specification#settings%
+%   {\font_basics_define_font_without_parameters{#name}{#specification}%
+%    \doifsetupselse{#settings}
+%      {\setups[#settings]} % don't forget to document this !
+%      {\setuplocalinterlinespace[#settings]%
+%       \setupspacing}} % needed ?
+
+\unexpanded\def\definefont % [name][spec][1.6 | line=10pt | setup_id]
+  {\dotripleempty\font_basics_define_font}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font
+  {\ifthirdargument
+     \expandafter\font_basics_define_font_a
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_basics_define_font_b
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_a[#name][#specification][#settings]% [name][spec][1.6 | line=10pt | setup_id]
+  {\doifsetupselse{#settings}%
+     {\setuvalue{#name}{\font_basics_define_font_with_setups    {#name}{#specification}{#settings}}}
+     {\setuvalue{#name}{\font_basics_define_font_with_parameters{#name}{#specification}{#settings}}}}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_b[#name][#specification][#dummy]%
+  {\setuvalue{#name}{\font_basics_define_font_without_parameters{#name}{#specification}}}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_with_parameters#name#specification#settings%
+  {\font_basics_define_font_without_parameters{#name}{#specification}%
+   \setuplocalinterlinespace[#settings]%
+   \setupspacing\relax} % is this really needed ?
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_with_setups#name#specification#settings%
+  {\font_basics_define_font_without_parameters{#name}{#specification}%
+   \setups[#settings]}
+
+% Beware, currently no settings are supported ... might happen some day
+
+\unexpanded\def\definefrozenfont
+  {\dotripleempty\font_basics_define_frozen_font}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_frozen_font[#name][#specification][#settings]%
+  {\begingroup
+   \font_basics_define_font[#name][#specification][#settings]%
+   \csname#name\endcsname
+   \expandafter\endgroup\expandafter\let\csname#name\endcsname\lastrawfontcall}
+
+%D The \type {*} makes the switch local, so that we can redefine a
+%D logical name and/or change the size in between.
+
+% todo: now mathsize twice in name (so it can go here)
+% todo: check when mathsize is needed
+
+\installcorenamespace {fontsbasic}
+\installcorenamespace {fontsclass}
+
+\newconditional\font_auto_font_size \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+
+\let\lastfontidentifier\empty
+
+\def\v_font_identifier_basic{\??fontsbasic          \lastfontidentifier\fontsize\currentmathsize}
+\def\v_font_identifier_class{\??fontsclass\fontclass\lastfontidentifier\fontsize\currentmathsize}
+
+\def\v_font_identifier_basic{\??fontsbasic          \lastfontidentifier\fontsize\currentmathsize}
+\def\v_font_identifier_class{\??fontsclass\fontclass\lastfontidentifier\fontsize\currentmathsize}
+
+\let\v_font_identifier_basic_saved\v_font_identifier_basic
+\let\v_font_identifier_class_saved\v_font_identifier_class
+
+% \def\v_font_identifier_class{*\fontclass\lastfontidentifier\fontstyle\fontsize*} % no \currentmathsize
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_without_parameters#identifier#2%
+  {\c_font_feature_inheritance_mode\c_font_feature_inheritance_fontonly
+   \edef\lastfontidentifier{#identifier}%
+   \let\v_font_size_relative\v_font_rscale_default
+   \let\v_font_size_absolute\fontbody
+   \font_helpers_low_level_define{#2}\v_font_identifier_basic
+   \csname\v_font_identifier_basic\endcsname
+   \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+   \setfontcharacteristics
+   \the\everyfontswitch
+   \let\v_font_identifier_basic\v_font_identifier_basic_saved}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_trigger#identifier%
+  {\edef\lastfontidentifier{#identifier}%
+   \ifcsname\v_font_identifier_class\endcsname
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_trigger_reuse
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_trigger_define
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_trigger_define#relative#absolute#specification%
+  {\def\v_font_size_relative{#relative}%
+   \def\v_font_size_absolute{#absolute}%
+   \font_helpers_low_level_define{#specification}\v_font_identifier_class
+   \csname\v_font_identifier_class\endcsname
+   \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+   \ifskipfontcharacteristics \else
+     \setfontcharacteristics
+     \the\everyfontswitch
+   \fi
+   \let\v_font_identifier_class\v_font_identifier_class_saved}
+
+\def\font_helpers_trigger_reuse#relative#absolute#specification%
+  {\csname\v_font_identifier_class\endcsname
+   \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+   \ifskipfontcharacteristics \else
+     \setfontcharacteristics
+     \the\everyfontswitch
+   \fi
+   \let\v_font_identifier_class\v_font_identifier_class_saved}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {mapfontsize}
+%D
+%D For special purposes, like in math, you may want to use
+%D slightly different sizes than the ones given. This happens
+%D for instance with the Math Times fonts. Mapped font sizes
+%D can be specified by using the \type {mo} key instead of
+%D \type {sa} in font definitions.
+%D
+%D \startbuffer
+%D \mapfontsize[10pt][11pt]
+%D \mapfontsize[11pt][12pt]
+%D \mapfontsize[12pt][13pt]
+%D
+%D \definefont[test][Serif]\test TEST \par
+%D \definefont[test][Serif sa 5]\test TEST \par
+%D \definefont[test][Serif mo 5]\test TEST \par
+%D \definefont[test][Serif sa d]\test TEST \par
+%D \definefont[test][Serif at 60pt]\test TEST \par
+%D \definefont[test][Serif scaled 6000]\test TEST \par
+%D \stopbuffer
+%D
+%D \typebuffer
+%D
+%D \startpacked
+%D \getbuffer
+%D \stoppacked
+
+\installcorenamespace{mappedfontsize}
+
+\unexpanded\def\mapfontsize
+  {\dodoubleargument\font_basics_map_fontsize}
+
+\def\font_basics_map_fontsize[#from][#to]%
+  {\setvalue{\??mappedfontsize\the\dimexpr#from\relax}{#to}}
+
+\def\font_basics_set_mapped_fontsize#from%
+  {\ifcsname\??mappedfontsize\the\dimexpr#from\relax\endcsname
+     \csname\??mappedfontsize\the\dimexpr#from\relax\endcsname\else#from%
+   \fi}
+
+%D To be documented.
+
+\let\fontsizelist       \empty
+\let\fontalternativelist\empty
+\let\fontstylelist      \empty
+
+% if we really need it we can make a toks
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_fontname_combinations_indeed#size%
+  {\def\font_helpers_check_fontname_combinations_indeed_a#alternative%
+     {\def\font_helpers_check_fontname_combinations_indeed_b#style{\font_basics_check_bodyfont{#style}{#alternative}{#size}}%
+      \processcommacommand[\fontstylelist]\font_helpers_check_fontname_combinations_indeed_b}%
+   \processcommacommand[\fontalternativelist]\font_helpers_check_fontname_combinations_indeed_a}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_check_fontname_combinations % we need to split math and text here ... todo (math only has mr and mb)
+  {\processcommacommand[\fontsizelist]\font_helpers_check_fontname_combinations_indeed}
+
+\unexpanded\def\definefontsize[#size]% sneller met toks
+  {\addtocommalist{#size}\fontsizelist
+   \font_helpers_check_fontname_combinations}
+
+\unexpanded\def\definefontalternative[#alternative]%
+  {\addtocommalist{#alternative}\fontalternativelist
+   \font_helpers_check_fontname_combinations}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {currentfontscale,currentfontbodyscale}
+%D
+%D Sometimes we need to have access to the font scale
+%D including the \type{a}||\type{d} sizes. The next macro
+%D returns the current scaling factor. Take a look at
+%D \type {cont-log.tex} for an example of its use.
+
+\def\currentfontscale
+  {\csname\??fonts\s!default
+     \ifcsname\??fonts\s!default\xfontsize\endcsname \xfontsize \else
+     \ifcsname\??fonts\s!default\s!text   \endcsname \s!text    \fi\fi
+   \endcsname}
+
+\def\currentfontbodyscale
+  {\csname\??fonts\s!default
+     \ifcsname\??fonts\s!default\fontsize\endcsname  \fontsize  \else
+     \ifcsname\??fonts\s!default\s!text  \endcsname  \s!text    \fi\fi
+   \endcsname}
+
+\setvalue{\??fonts\s!default}{1}
+
+%D Both alternatives use \type {\xfontsize}, a macro that
+%D expands to the current size in terms of \type {a} \unknown
+%D \type {d}, nothing, or \type {x} \unknown \type {xx}.
+
+%D In the following macros we use \type{\currentxfontsize} to
+%D hold the current x||size of the font. This enables us to
+%D support for instance \type{\sl} inside a \type{\tx} switch.
+
+\newconstant\currentxfontsize
+
+\def\xfontsize{\ifcase\currentxfontsize\fontsize\or\s!x\else\s!xx\fi}
+
+%D A typical use of this command is in commands that switch
+%D to another font bypassing the font mechanism:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \font\myfont=\truefontname{MyFont} at \the\dimexpr\currentfontscale\bodyfontsize\relax
+%D \stoptyping
+
+%D Now we enter the area of font switching. The switching
+%D mechanism has to take care of several situations, like:
+%D
+%D \startitemize[packed]
+%D \item  changing the overal document fonts (including margins,
+%D       headers and footers)
+%D \item  changing local fonts (only the running text)
+%D \item  smaller and even more smaller alternatives (super-
+%D       and subscripts)
+%D \stopitemize
+%D
+%D \TEX\ offers a powerfull family mechanism for super- and
+%D subscripts in math mode. In text mode however, we don't use
+%D families for the smaller alternatives, and therefore have
+%D to take care of it otherwise.
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {definebodyfontenvironment,setupbodyfontenvironment}
+%D
+%D The relationship between the several sizes of a font, is
+%D defined by:
+%D
+%D \showsetup{definebodyfontenvironment}
+%D
+%D Later on we will see how these parameters are used, so for
+%D the moment we stick with an example:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definebodyfontenvironment
+%D   [12pt]
+%D   [        text=12pt,
+%D          script=9pt,
+%D    scriptscript=7pt,
+%D               x=10pt,
+%D              xx=8pt,
+%D             big=12pt,
+%D           small=10pt]
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D The first argument specifies the bodyfont size to which the
+%D settings apply. All second parameters are specified in
+%D dimensions and tell us more about related sizes.
+%D
+%D Afterwards, one can change values with
+%D
+%D \showsetup{setupbodyfontenvironment}
+%D
+%D When instead of a size the keyword \type{unknown} is
+%D passed, fractions (relations) are used instead of fixed
+%D sizes.
+
+%D {\bf Remark:} We need to cover the following cases, otherwise users can
+%D get confused:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \setupbodyfont[23pt]
+%D
+%D \definebodyfontenvironment[23pt]
+%D \setupbodyfont[23pt]
+%D
+%D \definebodyfontenvironment[23pt]
+%D \definebodyfont[23pt][rm,ss,tt][default]
+%D \setupbodyfont[23pt]
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D Beware: while some font defs can be global, the bodyfont
+%D environment checks local. This means that multiple local
+%D checks resulting in definitions are not that efficient.
+%D So, apart from an occasional switch, one should define an
+%D environment at the outer level.
+
+\letvalue\??fonts\empty % so we default to empty
+
+\def\bodyfontvariable#parameter%
+  {\csname\??fonts
+     \ifcsname\??fonts\fontclass\normalizedbodyfontsize#parameter\endcsname\fontclass\normalizedbodyfontsize#parameter\else
+     \ifcsname\??fonts\fontclass                       #parameter\endcsname\fontclass                       #parameter\else
+     \ifcsname\??fonts          \normalizedbodyfontsize#parameter\endcsname          \normalizedbodyfontsize#parameter\else
+     \ifcsname\??fonts\s!default                       #parameter\endcsname\s!default                       #parameter\fi\fi\fi\fi
+   \endcsname}
+
+\def\bodyfontsizevariable#size#parameter%
+  {\csname\??fonts
+     \ifcsname\??fonts\fontclass#size#parameter\endcsname\fontclass#size#parameter\else
+     \ifcsname\??fonts\fontclass     #parameter\endcsname\fontclass     #parameter\else
+     \ifcsname\??fonts          #size#parameter\endcsname          #size#parameter\else
+     \ifcsname\??fonts\s!default     #parameter\endcsname\s!default     #parameter\fi\fi\fi\fi
+   \endcsname}
+
+\def\bodyfontinterlinespace{\bodyfontvariable\c!interlinespace} % used elsewhere
+
+\def\bodyfontdimension#class#size#parameter#body%
+  {\the\dimexpr
+     \ifcsname\??fonts#class     #size#parameter\endcsname
+       \csname\??fonts#class     #size#parameter\endcsname                    \else
+     \ifcsname\??fonts#class\s!default#parameter\endcsname
+       \csname\??fonts#class\s!default#parameter\endcsname\dimexpr#body\relax \else     % factor
+     \ifcsname\??fonts           #size#parameter\endcsname
+       \csname\??fonts           #size#parameter\endcsname                    \else
+       \csname\??fonts      \s!default#parameter\endcsname\dimexpr#body\relax \fi\fi\fi % factor
+   \relax}
+
+\let\bodyfontenvironmentlist\empty % used in font-run
+
+\unexpanded\def\definebodyfontenvironment
+  {\dotripleempty\font_basics_define_body_font_environment}
+
+\let\setupbodyfontenvironment\definebodyfontenvironment
+
+% the lookup order is:
+%
+% [class] [dimension] [parameters]
+% [class] [default]   [parameters] % factors
+%         [dimension] [parameters]
+%         [default]   [parameters] % factors
+%
+% with defaults providing factors
+
+% todo: class:size
+% todo: make assignments global
+
+\installcorenamespace{fontsteps} % fast cache
+
+\let\m_font_body           \empty
+\let\m_font_body_normalized\empty
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_environment
+  {\ifthirdargument
+     \singleexpandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_class
+   \else\ifsecondargument
+     \doubleexpandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_empty
+   \fi\fi}
+
+% First we handle the class specific case. Beware: you can change values before
+% a bodyfont is loaded but changing them afterwards can be sort of tricky as
+% values are not consulted afterwards.
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_class[#class][#body][#settings]%
+  {\edef\m_font_body{#body}%
+   \ifx\m_font_body\s!default
+     % these are the last resort within a class
+     \getrawparameters[\??fonts#class\s!default][#settings]%
+   \else
+     \edef\m_font_body_normalized{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\m_font_body}%
+     \addtocommalist\m_font_body_normalized\bodyfontenvironmentlist
+     \font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size[#class][\m_font_body_normalized][#settings]%
+     \letvalue{\??fonts#class#body\s!check}\empty % a signal that we have defined this one
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size[#class][#body][#settings]% normalized body
+  {\getrawparameters[\??fonts#class#body][#settings]%
+   % don't check too soon as we can refer to later definitions
+   % \font_helpers_process_relative_size_list{\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size_step{#class}{#body}{#body}}%
+   \ifproductionrun
+     \ifcsname\??fontsize#body\endcsname
+       % only once
+     \else
+       % \empty prevents loop
+       \letvalueempty{\??fontsize#body}%
+       \pushmacro\fontclass
+       \edef\fontclass{#class}%
+       \font_helpers_define_unknown_font{#body}%
+       \popmacro\fontclass
+     \fi
+   \fi
+   % so far
+   \setevalue{\??fontsize#body}{\font_basics_complete_switch[#body]}}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size_step_normal#class#size#body#step%
+  {\expandafter\normaledef\csname\??fontsteps#class#size#step\endcsname
+     {\thenormalizedbodyfontsize{\bodyfontdimension{#class}{#size}{#step}{#body}}}}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size_step_traced#class#size#body#step%
+  {\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size_step_normal{#class}{#size}{#body}{#step}%
+   \writestatus{size mapping}{#class #size #step => \csname\??fontsteps#class#size#step\endcsname}}
+
+\let\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size_step\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size_step_normal
+
+\unexpanded\def\tracefontsizemapping % todo, \enabletextracker
+  {\let\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size_step\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size_step_traced}
+
+% \tracefontsizemapping
+
+% The empty case uses the same code but needs to ignore the current class
+% settings (just to be sure, as it's not really needed).
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_empty[#body][#settings][#dummy]%
+  {\pushmacro\fontclass
+   \let\fontclass\empty
+   \font_basics_define_body_font_environment_class[][#body][#settings]%
+   \popmacro\fontclass}
+
+% Checking
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_bodyfont_environment[#size]%
+  {\ifcsname\??fonts\fontclass#size\s!check\endcsname \else
+     \font_helpers_check_bodyfont_environment_indeed{#size}%
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_bodyfont_environment_indeed#size% class size (simplified version of definebodyfontenvironment)
+   {\edef\m_font_body_normalized{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize{#size}}%
+    \addtocommalist\m_font_body_normalized\bodyfontenvironmentlist
+    \font_helpers_process_relative_size_list{\font_basics_define_body_font_environment_size_step\fontclass\m_font_body_normalized\fontbody}%
+    \letvalue{\??fonts\fontclass#size\s!check}\empty
+    \ifcsname\??fontsize\m_font_body_normalized\endcsname \else
+      \letvalue{\??fontsize\m_font_body_normalized}\empty % prevent loop
+      \normalexpanded{\font_helpers_define_unknown_font{\m_font_body_normalized}}% we can also inherit here
+    \fi
+    \setevalue{\??fontsize\fontclass}{\font_basics_complete_switch[\fontclass]}}
+
+%D We default all parameters to the main bodyfont size, so the
+%D next setup is valid too:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definebodyfontenvironment[24pt]
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D All parameters can be redefined when needed, so one does
+%D not have to stick to the default ones.
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {definebodyfont}
+%D
+%D The next step in defining a bodyfont involves the actual font
+%D files, which can be recognized by their extension
+%D \type{tfm}. Installing those file is often beyond the
+%D scope of the user and up to the system administrator.
+%D
+%D \showsetup{definebodyfont}
+%D
+%D This commands takes three arguments: a (series of) bodyfont
+%D size(s), the style group to which the definitions belong,
+%D and an alternative, as specified by the \TEX\ (math) families,
+%D extended with~a, b~\unknown.
+%D
+%D We show two examples, that show all the alternative
+%D scaling options. The \type{\tfa} alternatives can be
+%D extended with \type{\bfa}, \type{\slb}, etc. or even
+%D \type{e} and higher alternatives. The magic scaled
+%D values are derived from plain \TEX's \type {\magstep}:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definebodyfont [12pt] [rm]
+%D   [tf=cmr12,
+%D    bf=cmbx12,
+%D    it=cmti12,
+%D    sl=cmsl12,
+%D    bi=cmbxti10 at 12pt,
+%D    bs=cmbxsl10 at 12pt,
+%D   tfa=cmr12    scaled 1.200,
+%D   tfb=cmr12    scaled 1.440,
+%D   tfc=cmr12    scaled 1.728,
+%D   tfd=cmr12    scaled 2.074,
+%D    sc=cmcsc10  at 12pt]
+%D
+%D \definebodyfont [12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [rm]
+%D   [tf=lbr  sa 1,
+%D    bf=lbd  sa 1,
+%D    it=lbi  sa 1,
+%D    sl=lbsl sa 1,
+%D    bi=lbdi sa 1,
+%D    bs=lbdi sa 1,
+%D   tfa=lbr  sa 1.200,
+%D   tfb=lbr  sa 1.440,
+%D   tfc=lbr  sa 1.728,
+%D   tfd=lbr  sa 2.074,
+%D    sc=lbr  sa 0.833]
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D The second example shows that we can define more sizes at
+%D once. The main difference between these examples is that the
+%D Computer Modern Roman come in many design sizes. This means
+%D that there we cannot define them in bulk using \type{sa}.
+%D Instead of \type{rm} (roman) one can define \type{ss} (sans
+%D serif), \type{tt} (teletype), \type{hw} (hand written),
+%D \type{cg} (calygraphic) and whatever styles.
+%D
+%D The first argument may be a comma separated list. This,
+%D combined with specifications using \type{sa} can save a lot
+%D of typing. Although all arguments should be specified, we
+%D treat the second argument as optional.
+%D
+%D Defining a bodyfont involves two actions: defining the
+%D specific style related alternatives, like \type{\rma},
+%D \type{\bfa} and \type{\rmsla}, and storing the definitions
+%D of their bodyfont size related fonts. The first step is
+%D bodyfont independant but executed every time. This permits
+%D user definitions like \type{\tfw} or \type{\bfq} for real
+%D large alternatives.
+
+%D If we move design size info to the lfg file (after all only lm
+%D has design sizes) we can get rid of much code .. 2012 or so.
+
+\installcorenamespace{fontdefaults}
+
+\unexpanded\def\definebodyfont
+  {\doquadrupleempty\font_basics_define_body_font}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font[#1][#2][#3][#4]%
+  {\iffourthargument
+     \processcommacommand[#1]{\font_basics_define_body_font_by_class[#2][#3][#4]}%
+   \else
+     \font_basics_define_body_font_indeed[#1][#2][#3]%
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_by_class[#1][#2][#3]#4%
+  {\pushmacro\fontclass
+   \doifelse{#4}\s!default
+     {\let\fontclass\empty}
+     {\def\fontclass{#4}}%
+   \definebodyfont[#1][#2][#3]%
+   \popmacro\fontclass}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_indeed
+  {\ifthirdargument
+     \singleexpandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_indeed_a
+   \else\ifsecondargument
+     \doubleexpandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_indeed_b
+   \else
+     \doubleexpandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_indeed_c
+   \fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_indeed_a[#body][#style][#specification]% body|identifier style defs|identifier
+  {\doifnumberelse{#body}
+     {\doifassignmentelse{#specification}
+        {% [12pt] [style] [settings]
+         \ifcsname#style\endcsname\else\normalexpanded{\definefontstyle[#style][#style]}\fi % new
+         \processcommalist[#1]{\font_basics_define_body_font_styles{#style}{#specification}}}
+        {% [12pt] [style] [identifier]
+         \font_basics_define_default_bodyfont[#body][#style][#specification]}} % body style identifier
+     {% [identifier] [style] [settings] % see *** ... normalexpanded
+      \setevalue{\??fontdefaults#body#style}{\font_basics_define_body_font_default{#specification}}}} % takes two extra arguments
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_indeed_b[#body][#specification][#dummy]% body|identifier defs|identifier
+  {\font_basics_define_body_font_indeed_a[#body][\s!rm][#specification]}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_indeed_c[#body][#dummya][#dummyb]% body|identifier
+  {% Maybe there are default dependencies defined which we can use ([unknown]) and
+   % if not, then we have at least to make sure some basics are set up.
+   \ifcsname\??fontsize#1\endcsname \else
+     \font_helpers_define_unknown_font{#body}%
+   \fi
+   \ifcsname\??fontsize#1\endcsname \else
+     \font_basics_define_body_font_indeed_a[#body][\s!rm][]%
+   \fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_basics_define_body_font_default#specification#body#style%
+  {\font_helpers_check_relative_font_size{#style}% rather new, inherit from other defs
+   \ifcsname#style\endcsname\else\normalexpanded{\definefontstyle[#style][#style]}\fi % new
+   \processcommalist[#body]{\font_basics_define_body_font_styles{#style}{#specification}}%
+   \let\p_font_rscale\v_font_rscale_default}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_styles#1#2#3% style defs body
+  {\font_helpers_check_bodyfont_environment[#3]% just to be sure; can probably be omited now
+   \processcommalist[#2]{\font_basics_define_body_font_defs{#1}{#3}}}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_defs#1#2#3% style body def
+  {\font_basics_define_body_font_defs_indeed{#1}{#2}[#3]}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_defs_indeed
+  {\ifx\fontclass\empty
+     \expandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_defs_nop
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_defs_yes
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_defs_yes#style% style body def
+  {\edef\askedbodyfontstyle{#style}%
+   \ifx\askedbodyfontstyle\s!mm
+     \expandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_yes_mm
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_yes_xx
+   \fi\askedbodyfontstyle}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_defs_nop#style% style body def
+  {\edef\askedbodyfontstyle{#style}%
+   \ifx\askedbodyfontstyle\s!mm
+     \expandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_nop_mm
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_basics_define_body_font_nop_xx
+   \fi\askedbodyfontstyle}
+
+% we split into two characters (first part of spec) and the rest
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_nop_xx#style#body[#one#two#rest=#value]%
+  {\ifcsname#style#one#two#rest\endcsname\else\font_basics_check_bodyfont{#style}{#one#two}{#rest}\fi
+   \expandafter\let\csname*#body#style#one#two#rest*\endcsname\undefined
+   \unexpanded\expandafter\normaledef\csname#body#style#one#two#rest\endcsname{\font_helpers_trigger{#body#style#one#two#rest}{\number\p_font_rscale}{#body}{\normalunexpanded{#value}}}}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_yes_xx#style#body[#one#two#rest=#value]%
+  {\ifcsname#style#one#two#rest\endcsname\else\font_basics_check_bodyfont{#style}{#one#two}{#rest}\fi
+   \global\expandafter\let\csname*\fontclass#body#style#one#two#rest*\endcsname\undefined
+   \unexpanded\expandafter\normalxdef\csname\fontclass#body#style#one#two#rest\endcsname{\font_helpers_trigger{#body#style#one#two#rest}{\number\p_font_rscale}{#body}{\normalunexpanded{#value}}}}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_nop_mm#style#body[#one#two#rest=#value]%
+  {\ifcsname#style#one#two#rest\endcsname\else\font_basics_check_bodyfont{#style}{#one#two}{#rest}\fi
+   \expandafter\let\csname*#body#style#one#two#rest1*\endcsname\undefined
+   \expandafter\let\csname*#body#style#one#two#rest2*\endcsname\undefined
+   \expandafter\let\csname*#body#style#one#two#rest3*\endcsname\undefined
+   \unexpanded\expandafter\normaledef\csname#body#style#one#two#rest1\endcsname{\font_helpers_trigger{#body#style#one#two#rest1}{\number\p_font_rscale}{#body}{\normalunexpanded{#value}}}%
+   \unexpanded\expandafter\normaledef\csname#body#style#one#two#rest2\endcsname{\font_helpers_trigger{#body#style#one#two#rest2}{\number\p_font_rscale}{#body}{\normalunexpanded{#value}}}%
+   \unexpanded\expandafter\normaledef\csname#body#style#one#two#rest3\endcsname{\font_helpers_trigger{#body#style#one#two#rest3}{\number\p_font_rscale}{#body}{\normalunexpanded{#value}}}}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_body_font_yes_mm#style#body[#one#two#rest=#value]%
+  {\ifcsname#style#one#two#rest\endcsname\else\font_basics_check_bodyfont{#style}{#one#two}{#rest}\fi
+   \global\expandafter\let\csname*\fontclass#body#style#one#two#rest1*\endcsname\undefined
+   \global\expandafter\let\csname*\fontclass#body#style#one#two#rest2*\endcsname\undefined
+   \global\expandafter\let\csname*\fontclass#body#style#one#two#rest3*\endcsname\undefined
+   \unexpanded\expandafter\normalxdef\csname\fontclass#body#style#one#two#rest1\endcsname{\font_helpers_trigger{#body#style#one#two#rest1}{\number\p_font_rscale}{#body}{\normalunexpanded{#value}}}%
+   \unexpanded\expandafter\normalxdef\csname\fontclass#body#style#one#two#rest2\endcsname{\font_helpers_trigger{#body#style#one#two#rest2}{\number\p_font_rscale}{#body}{\normalunexpanded{#value}}}%
+   \unexpanded\expandafter\normalxdef\csname\fontclass#body#style#one#two#rest3\endcsname{\font_helpers_trigger{#body#style#one#two#rest3}{\number\p_font_rscale}{#body}{\normalunexpanded{#value}}}}
+
+\let\m_font_mm\empty
+
+\def\font_basics_check_bodyfont#style% tests for ttsl mmbf
+  {\edef\m_font_mm{#style}%
+   \ifx\m_font_mm\s!mm % prevents \max and alike (re)defs
+     \expandafter\font_basics_check_math_bodyfont
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_basics_check_text_bodyfont
+   \fi{#style}} % no \m_font_mm, not expanded later on
+
+% nb: We define the commands globally in the next two macros. After
+% all they are part of the formal font interface once defined.
+%
+% The size can be empty (so checking is needed as \bf is already
+% defined)
+
+\def\font_basics_check_math_bodyfont#style#alternative#size%
+  {%setugvalue{#alternative}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_alternative{#alternative}}% \mr \mb
+   \setugvalue{#style}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_style{#style}}}% \mm
+
+\def\font_basics_check_text_bodyfont#style#alternative#size% nb: gdef % size can be empty (checking needed as \bf is already defined)
+  {\setugvalue{#style#size}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_style_size{#style}{#size}}% \rma
+   \setugvalue{#alternative#size}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_alternative_size{#alternative}{#size}}% \sla
+   \setugvalue{#style#alternative#size}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_style_alternative_size{#style}{#alternative}{#size}}% \rmsla
+   \ifcsname\s!normal#style\endcsname % text/math check
+     \expandafter\let\csname#style\expandafter\endcsname\csname\s!normal#style\endcsname
+   \else
+     \setugvalue{#style}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_style{#style}}% \rm
+   \fi
+   \ifcsname\s!normal#alternative\endcsname % text/math check
+     \expandafter\let\csname#alternative\expandafter\endcsname\csname\s!normal#alternative\endcsname
+   \else
+     \setugvalue{#alternative}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_alternative{#alternative}}% \sl
+   \fi
+   \setugvalue{#style\s!x}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_x_style_alternative{#style}}% \rmx
+   \setugvalue{#style\s!xx}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_xx_style_alternative{#style}}% \rmxx
+   \setugvalue{#alternative\s!x}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_x_alternative{#alternative}}% \slx
+   \setugvalue{#alternative\s!xx}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_xx_alternative{#alternative}}% \slxx
+   \setugvalue{#style#alternative}{\font_helpers_set_current_font_style_alternative{#style}{#alternative}}}% \rmsl
+
+\def\font_basics_define_default_bodyfont[#sizes][#styles][#specification]%
+  {\def\font_basics_define_default_bodyfont_a#size%
+     {\def\font_basics_define_default_bodyfont_b#style%
+        {\def\font_basics_define_default_bodyfont_c#spec%
+           {\ifcsname\??fontdefaults#spec#style\endcsname
+              % [12pt] [style] [identifier]
+              \csname\??fontdefaults#spec#style\endcsname{#size}{#style}%
+            \fi}%
+         \processcommalist[#specification]\font_basics_define_default_bodyfont_c}%
+      \processcommalist[#styles]\font_basics_define_default_bodyfont_b}%
+   \processcommalist[#sizes]\font_basics_define_default_bodyfont_a}
+
+\newconditional\c_font_defining_unknown
+\newconditional\c_font_defining_state
+
+\def\font_helpers_define_unknown_font_indeed#body#relativesize%
+  {\ifcsname\??fonts\s!default#relativesize\endcsname
+     \settrue\c_font_defining_state
+     \edef\m_font_body_normalized{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize{\csname\??fonts\s!default#relativesize\endcsname\dimexpr#body\relax}}%
+     \letvalue{\??fonts#body#relativesize}\m_font_body_normalized
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_define_unknown_bodyfont_indeed#body#style% see ***
+  {\ifcsname\??fontdefaults\s!default#style\endcsname % somehow related to */*
+     \settrue\c_font_defining_state
+     \csname\??fontdefaults\s!default#style\endcsname{#body}{#style}%
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_define_unknown_sub_font#body#relativesize%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontsize\csname\??fonts#body#relativesize\endcsname\endcsname \else
+     \settrue\c_font_defining_state
+     \font_helpers_define_unknown_font{\csname\??fonts#body#relativesize\endcsname}%
+   \fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_define_unknown_font#body%
+  {\setfalse\c_font_defining_state
+   \font_helpers_process_relative_size_list{\font_helpers_define_unknown_font_indeed{#body}}%
+   \ifconditional\c_font_defining_state
+     \setfalse\c_font_defining_state
+     \processcommacommand
+       [\fontstylelist]
+       {\font_helpers_define_unknown_bodyfont_indeed{#body}}%
+     \ifconditional\c_font_defining_state
+       \setfalse\c_font_defining_state
+       \setevalue{\??fontsize#body}{\font_basics_complete_switch[#body]}%
+       \ifconditional\c_font_defining_unknown \else
+         \settrue\c_font_defining_unknown
+         \font_helpers_process_relative_size_list{\font_helpers_define_unknown_sub_font{#body}}%
+         \setfalse\c_font_defining_unknown
+       \fi
+     \fi
+     \ifconditional\c_font_defining_state
+       \showmessage\m!fonts{14}{#body}%
+     \fi
+   \fi}
+
+%D These macros show that quite some definitions take place.
+%D Fonts are not loaded yet! This means that at format
+%D generation time, no font files are preloaded.
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {everybodyfont,Everybodyfont,everyglobalbodyfont}
+%D
+%D Every change in bodyfont size has conseqences for the baseline
+%D distance and skips between paragraphs. These are initialized
+%D in other modules. Here we only provide the hooks that
+%D garantees their handling.
+
+%D At the system level one can initialize thing like:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \appendtoks \setupspacing \to \everybodyfont
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D While users can add their own non standard commands like:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \EveryBodyFont{\message{changing to bodyfont \the\bodyfontsize}}
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D Personnaly I never felt the need for such extensions, but
+%D at least its possible.
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {globalbodyfontsize,localbodyfontsize}
+%D
+%D Next we'll do the tough job of font switching. Here we
+%D have to distinguish between the global (overal) bodyfont
+%D size and the local (sometimes in the textflow) size. We
+%D store these dimensions in two \DIMENSION\ registers.
+
+\ifdefined\globalbodyfontsize\else \newdimen\globalbodyfontsize \fi \globalbodyfontsize=12pt
+\ifdefined\localbodyfontsize \else \newdimen\localbodyfontsize  \fi \localbodyfontsize =\globalbodyfontsize
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {bodyfontsize}
+%D
+%D These two registers are not to be misused in calculations.
+%D For this purpose we keep a copy:
+
+\newdimen\bodyfontsize  \bodyfontsize=\globalbodyfontsize
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {bodyfontfactor,bodyfontpoints}
+%D
+%D For multiplication purposes we keep an auxiliary counter
+%D and macro (here the expansion is not explicitly needed):
+
+\newcount\bodyfontpoints \dimensiontocount\bodyfontsize\bodyfontpoints
+
+\edef\bodyfontfactor{\withoutpt\the\bodyfontsize}
+
+%D When we assign for instance 12pt to a \DIMENSION\ register
+%D the \type{\the}'d value comes out as 12.0pt, which is
+%D often not the way users specify the bodyfont size. Therefore
+%D we also store the normalized value.
+
+\setnewconstant\fontdigits\plustwo % was 1
+
+\def\normalizebodyfontsize#body\to#macro%
+  {\edef#macro{\ctxcommand{nbfs(\number\dimexpr#body\relax,\number\fontdigits)}}}
+
+\def\thenormalizedbodyfontsize#body%
+  {\ctxcommand{nbfs(\number\dimexpr#body\relax,\number\fontdigits)}}
+
+\edef\normalizedglobalbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\bodyfontsize}
+\edef\normalizedlocalbodyfontsize {\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\bodyfontsize}
+\edef\normalizedbodyfontsize      {\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\bodyfontsize}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {fontstyle,fontalternative,fontsize}
+%D
+%D Within a bodyfont, fonts can come in different sizes. For
+%D instance \type{\tf} is accompanied by \type{\tfa},
+%D \type{\tfb} etc. The first two characters denote the
+%D alternative, while the third character in these sequences
+%D represents the size. The actual size is saved in a macro
+%D
+%D The style, being roman (\type{\rm}), sans serif (\type{\ss})
+%D etc. is also available in a macro in \type{rm}, \type{ss}
+%D etc. form:
+
+\let\defaultfontalternative = \s!tf
+\let\defaultfontstyle       = \empty
+\let\defaultfontsize        = \empty
+
+\let\fontalternative = \defaultfontalternative
+\let\fontstyle       = \defaultfontstyle
+\let\fontsize        = \defaultfontsize
+
+%D When \type {\loadfontfileoncetrue}, such files are
+%D only loaded once! This permits redundant loading, but at
+%D the same time forced grouping when we want continuously mix
+%D all kind of font, which of course is a kind of
+%D typographically sin. The \type{"} is made inactive if
+%D needed to prevent problems with loading files that use this
+%D character in numbers.
+
+% can be made faster (only used internally now)
+
+% \def\font_basics_switch_points#body%
+%   {\normalexpanded{\font_basics_switch_points_indeed{#body}}}
+%
+% \unexpanded\def\font_basics_switch_points_indeed#body%
+%
+% is expanded still handy here?
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_basics_switch_points#body%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontsize#body\endcsname \else
+     \font_helpers_define_unknown_font{#body}%
+   \fi%
+   \ifcsname\??fontsize#body\endcsname
+     \csname\??fontsize#body\endcsname
+     \localbodyfontsize#body\relax
+     \edef\normalizedbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\localbodyfontsize}%
+     \font_helpers_check_bodyfont_environment[\normalizedbodyfontsize]%
+   \else
+     \showmessage\m!fonts4{#body}%
+   \fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_basics_switch_style#style%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontstyle#style\endcsname
+     \csname\??fontstyle#style\endcsname
+     \edef\fontstyle{#style}%
+     \ifmmode\mr\fi % in order to be compatible with \rm in math mode
+     % \the\everybodyfont % cleaner, in setting size as well as style
+   \else
+     \showmessage\m!fonts5{#style}%
+   \fi}
+
+%D Defining fonts using \type{\definebodyfont} takes time, so we
+%D prefer to predefine at least the Computer Modern Roman
+%D fonts. However, loading all those fonts at definition time
+%D would take both time and space. But even worse, once fonts
+%D are loaded into memory, their encoding vector is fixed,
+%D which is a handicap when we want to distribute the compact
+%D \type{fmt} files. So what we want to do is defining fonts in
+%D a way that postpones the loading. We accomplish this by only
+%D loading the fonts when we switch to another bodyfont size.
+%D Among the other alternatives, such as loading the font at
+%D the moment of activation and redefining the activation
+%D macro afterwards, this proved to be the most efficient
+%D alternative.
+%D
+%D The next few macros take care of the one exeption on this
+%D scheme. When at format generation time we load the default
+%D font file, the one that defines the Computer Modern Fonts,
+%D we don't want the fonts metrics to end up in the format
+%D file, so we temporary prohibit loading. This means that at
+%D runtime we have to load the default bodyfont size just before
+%D we start typesetting.
+%D
+%D Therefore we have to signal the font switching macros that
+%D we are preloading fonts.
+%D
+%D \macros
+%D   {preloadfonts}
+%D
+%D Preloading is only called for once, during the startup
+%D sequence of a session. After the loading job is done, the
+%D macro relaxes itself and reset the signal.
+
+\fontslantperpoint   \nullfont      0\scaledpoint
+\fontinterwordspace  \nullfont 256377\scaledpoint
+\fontinterwordstretch\nullfont 128188\scaledpoint
+\fontinterwordshrink \nullfont  85459\scaledpoint
+\fontexheight        \nullfont 338952\scaledpoint
+\fontemwidth         \nullfont 786432\scaledpoint
+\fontextraspace      \nullfont  85459\scaledpoint
+
+\fetchruntimecommand \showfontparameters  {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+
+\def\font_preloads_reset_nullfont % this is needed because some macro packages (tikz) misuse \nullfont
+  {%\dorecurse7{\fontdimen\recurselevel\nullfont\zeropoint}% keep en eye on this as:
+   \ctxcommand{resetnullfont()}% in luatex 0.70 this will also do the previous
+   \globallet\font_preloads_reset_nullfont\relax}
+
+\def\font_preload_default_fonts
+  {\font_preloads_reset
+   \setupbodyfont[modern,\fontstyle,\fontbody]%
+   \showmessage\m!fonts6{fallback modern \fontstyle\normalspace\normalizedbodyfontsize}}
+
+\def\font_preload_default_fonts_mm
+  {\writestatus\m!fonts{preloading latin modern fonts (math)}%
+   \definetypeface[\fontclass][\s!mm][\s!math][modern][\s!default]%
+   \showmessage\m!fonts6{fallback modern mm \normalizedbodyfontsize}}
+
+\def\font_preload_default_fonts_tt
+  {\writestatus\m!fonts{preloading latin modern fonts (mono)}%
+   \definetypeface[\fontclass][\s!tt][\s!mono][modern][\s!default]%
+   \showmessage\m!fonts6{fallback modern tt \normalizedbodyfontsize}}
+
+\def\font_preloads_reset
+  {\glet\font_preload_default_fonts   \relax
+  %\glet\font_preload_default_fonts_tt\relax
+  %\glet\font_preload_default_fonts_mm\relax
+   \glet\font_preloads_zero_stage     \relax
+   \glet\font_preloads_first_stage    \relax
+   \glet\font_preloads_second_stage   \relax
+  %\glet\font_preloads_third_stage    \relax
+   \glet\fourthstagepreloadfonts      \relax
+   \global\everyhbox\emptytoks
+   \global\everyvbox\emptytoks
+   \font_preloads_reset_nullfont}
+
+\def\font_preloads_reset_checked
+  {\glet\font_preload_default_fonts_tt\relax
+   \glet\font_preload_default_fonts_mm\relax
+   \glet\font_preloads_third_stage    \relax}
+
+\def\font_preloads_zero_stage_indeed
+  {\definedfont[\s!file:lmmono10-regular sa 1]}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_preloads_zero_stage
+  {\writestatus\m!fonts{beware: no fonts are loaded yet, using 'lm mono' in box}%
+   \glet\font_preloads_zero_stage\font_preloads_zero_stage_indeed
+   \font_preloads_zero_stage}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_preloads_first_stage % % *nofonts -> *preloadfonts
+  {\doifmodeelse{*preloadfonts}
+     {\font_preload_default_fonts
+      \writestatus\m!fonts{preloading latin modern fonts (first stage)}}
+     {\writestatus\m!fonts{latin modern fonts are not preloaded}}}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_preloads_second_stage
+  {\writestatus\m!fonts{preloading latin modern fonts (second stage)}%
+   \font_preload_default_fonts}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_preloads_third_stage % always
+  {\ifx\fontclass\empty
+     \writestatus\m!fonts{preloading latin modern fonts (third stage)}%
+     \font_preload_default_fonts
+   \else
+     \font_preloads_reset
+     \pushmacro\fontstyle
+     \ifcsname\??fontclass\fontclass\s!mm\s!features\endcsname \else
+       \font_preload_default_fonts_mm
+     \fi
+     \ifcsname\??fontclass\fontclass\s!tt\s!features\endcsname \else
+       \font_preload_default_fonts_tt
+     \fi
+     \popmacro\fontstyle
+     \font_preloads_reset_checked % reset third, mm and tt
+     \setupbodyfont[\fontstyle]%
+   \fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_preloads_fourth_stage
+  {\begingroup
+   %ifzeropt\fontcharwd\font\number`!\relax
+   \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{context}%
+   \ifzeropt\wd\scratchbox
+     \writeline
+     \writestatus\m!fonts{!! No bodyfont has been defined and no defaults have been}%
+     \writestatus\m!fonts{!! loaded (maybe due to a missing \string\starttext).}%
+     \writeline
+   \fi
+   \font_preloads_reset
+   \endgroup}
+
+\appendtoks
+    \everyhbox{\font_preloads_zero_stage}
+    \everyvbox{\font_preloads_zero_stage}
+\to \everydump
+
+\def\font_preloads_at_every_job {\font_preloads_first_stage }
+\def\font_preloads_at_start_text{\font_preloads_second_stage}
+\def\font_preloads_at_stop_text {\font_preloads_fourth_stage}
+
+%D Here comes the main font switching macros. These macros
+%D handle changes in size as well as returning to the global
+%D bodyfont size.
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_font#method#specification%
+  {\doifelse{#specification}\v!global
+     {\restoreglobalbodyfont}
+     {\processcommacommand[#specification]{\font_helpers_set_font_check_size}%
+      \processcommacommand[#specification]{\font_helpers_set_font_set_font{#method}}%
+      \ifproductionrun
+        \font_preloads_third_stage
+        \font_basics_switch_points\normalizedbodyfontsize
+        \font_basics_switch_style\fontstyle
+        \ifx\defaultfontclass\empty
+          \let\defaultfontclass\fontclass
+        \fi
+      \fi}%
+   \currentxfontsize\zerocount}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_font_check_size#option%
+  {\doifnumberelse{#option}{\font_helpers_check_bodyfont_environment[#option]}\donothing}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_font_set_font#method#option% method=1: set, method=2: switch
+  {\doifsomething{#option}{\font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option{#method}{#option}}}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option#method#option%
+  {\doifnumberelse{#option}%
+     \font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option_body
+     \font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option_keyword
+     {#method}{#option}{#option}}
+
+\let\m_font_keyword\empty
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option_keyword#method#keyword#message%
+  {\edef\m_font_keyword{#keyword}%
+   \ifcsname\??fonts\normalizedbodyfontsize\m_font_keyword\endcsname
+     \edef\m_font_step{\bodyfontvariable\m_font_keyword}%
+     \normalexpanded{\font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option_body{#method}{\m_font_step}{#message}}%
+   \else\ifx\m_font_keyword\v!reset
+     \let\fontstyle\empty % new 31/7/2006
+     \let\fontsize \empty
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontstyle\m_font_keyword\endcsname
+     \let\fontstyle\m_font_keyword
+   \else
+     \setcurrentfontclass\m_font_keyword
+     \ifcase#method\relax
+       \let\globalfontclass\globalfontclass
+     \else
+       \let\globalfontclass\fontclass
+     \fi
+     \font_helpers_set_fontstyle_of_fontclass
+   \fi\fi\fi}
+
+% \unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option_keyword#method#keyword#message%
+%   {\edef\m_font_keyword{#keyword}%
+%    \ifx\m_font_keyword\v!reset
+%      \let\fontstyle\empty % new 31/7/2006
+%      \let\fontsize \empty
+%    \else\ifcsname\??fontstyle\m_font_keyword\endcsname
+%      \let\fontstyle\m_font_keyword
+%    \else
+%      \edef\m_font_step{\bodyfontvariable\m_font_keyword}%
+%      \ifx\m_font_step\empty
+%        \setcurrentfontclass\m_font_keyword
+%        \ifcase#method\relax
+%          \let\globalfontclass\globalfontclass
+%        \else
+%          \let\globalfontclass\fontclass
+%        \fi
+%        \font_helpers_set_fontstyle_of_fontclass
+%      \else
+%        \normalexpanded{\font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option_body{#method}{\m_font_step}{#message}}% we can have a simple one for this
+%      \fi
+%    \fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_fontstyle_of_fontclass % will be overloaded later
+  {\let\fontstyle\s!rm}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option_body#method#body#message%
+  {\edef\normalizedsetfont{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize{#body}}% redundant for some calls
+   \ifcsname\??fontsize\normalizedsetfont\endcsname \else
+     \font_helpers_define_unknown_font{#body}%
+   \fi
+   \ifcsname\??fontsize\normalizedsetfont\endcsname
+     \localbodyfontsize\normalizedsetfont
+     \let\normalizedbodyfontsize\normalizedsetfont
+   \else
+     \showmessage\m!fonts4{#message}%
+     \font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option_body_fallbacks{#method}{#body}%
+   \fi}
+
+%D When users specify for instance a 13 point bodyfont while no
+%D such bodyfont is defined, the system automatically tries to
+%D find a best fit, that is the nearest smaller defined
+%D bodyfontzize. A smaller one is definitely better than a larger
+%D one, simply because otherwise a lot of overfull box messages
+%D are more probable to occur. By taking a value slightly
+%D smaller than half a point, we can use the next method.
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option_body_fallbacks#method#body%
+  {\scratchdimen#body\relax
+   \advance\scratchdimen .499\points
+   \dimensiontocount\scratchdimen\scratchcounter
+   \advance\scratchcounter \minusone
+   \ifnum\scratchcounter>\plusthree
+    %\font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option{#method}{\the\scratchcounter\s!pt}%
+     \font_helpers_set_font_set_font_option_body{#method}{\the\scratchcounter\s!pt}\empty
+   \fi}
+
+% The following bunch of macros deals with the (run time)
+% expansion of names onto the definitions made by \type
+% {\definebodyfont}.
+
+% \let\fontbody       \empty % ... 10pt 11pt 12pt ...
+% \let\fontstyle      \empty % rm ss tt mm hw cg ...
+% \let\fontalternative\empty % tf bf sl it bs bi sc ...
+% \let\fontsize       \empty % xy-abcd ...
+
+\def\defaultfontbody{\normalizedbodyfontsize}
+
+\let\fontbody\defaultfontbody
+
+\let\fontclass\empty \let\globalfontclass\fontclass
+
+% we need to check the fontclass
+
+\def\registerfontclass#class%
+  {\letgvalue{\??fontclassyes#class}\v!yes} % global ?
+
+\def\setcurrentfontclass#class%
+  {\ifcsname\??fontclassyes#class\endcsname
+     \edef\fontclass{#class}%
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontclassnop#class\endcsname
+     % already tried
+   \else   % too messy: \ifcase\currentgrouplevel % (unpredictable)
+     \trycurrentfontclass{#class}%
+   \fi\fi} % \fi}
+
+% no prefix ?
+
+\installcorenamespace{fontclass}
+
+\unexpanded\def\savefontclassparameters#style#rscale#features#fallbacks#goodies#direction%
+  {\setxvalue{\??fontclass\fontclass#style\s!rscale   }{#rscale}%
+   \setxvalue{\??fontclass\fontclass#style\s!features }{#features}%
+   \setxvalue{\??fontclass\fontclass#style\s!fallbacks}{#fallbacks}%
+   \setxvalue{\??fontclass\fontclass#style\s!goodies  }{#goodies}%
+   \setxvalue{\??fontclass\fontclass#style\s!direction}{#direction}}
+
+\settrue\autotypescripts
+
+\unexpanded\def\trycurrentfontclass#typeface%
+  {\ifconditional\autotypescripts
+     \usetypescript[#typeface]%
+     \ifcsname\??fontclassyes#typeface\endcsname
+       \edef\fontclass{#typeface}%
+     \else
+       \usetypescriptfile[\f!typeprefix#typeface]%
+       \usetypescript[#typeface]%
+       \ifcsname\??fontclassyes#typeface\endcsname
+         \edef\fontclass{#typeface}%
+       \else
+         % todo: message
+         \letvalueempty{\??fontclassnop#typeface}%
+       \fi
+     \fi
+   \else
+     % todo: message
+     \letvalueempty{\??fontclassnop#typeface}%
+   \fi}
+
+\let\defaultfontstyle      \s!rm
+\let\defaultfontalternative\s!tf
+\let\defaultfontsize       \empty
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {bigmath,nobigmath}
+%D
+%D We can inhibit this slow||downer with:
+
+% these can best be combined
+
+% 0=never 1=everymath 2=always
+
+\setnewconstant\synchronizebigmathflag\plusone
+
+\appendtoks
+  \ifcase\synchronizebigmathflag
+    % never
+  \or
+    \synchronizebigmath
+  \or
+    % always
+  \fi
+\to \everymathematics
+
+\unexpanded\def\nobigmath  {\synchronizebigmathflag\zerocount}
+\unexpanded\def\autobigmath{\synchronizebigmathflag\plusone\synchronizebigmath}
+\unexpanded\def\bigmath    {\synchronizebigmathflag\plustwo\synchronizebigmath}
+
+\let\bigmathfontsize\empty
+
+\unexpanded\def\synchronizebigmath
+  {\ifx\bigmathfontsize\fontsize
+     % already in sync
+   \else
+     \let\bigmathfontsize\fontsize
+     \font_helpers_synchronize_math
+   \fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_check_big_math_synchronization
+  {\ifcase\synchronizebigmathflag
+     % never
+   \or
+     \ifmmode \synchronizebigmath \fi
+   \or
+     \synchronizebigmath
+   \fi}
+
+%D So far for synchronisation. (We can inline the following macros.)
+
+\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfont#body#style#alternative#size%
+  {\edef\fontbody       {#body}%
+   \edef\fontstyle      {#style}%
+   \edef\fontalternative{#alternative}%
+   \edef\fontsize       {#size}%
+   \font_helpers_check_big_math_synchronization
+   \font_helpers_synchronize_font}
+
+\unexpanded\def\setcurrentfontbody#body%
+  {\edef\fontbody{#body}%
+   \font_helpers_synchronize_font}
+
+% For Taco: optional fall backs:
+
+\ifdefined\font_typescripts_inherit_check \else
+    \let\font_typescripts_inherit_check\gobbleoneargument % implemented in type-ini
+\fi
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_style#style%
+  {\edef\fontstyle{#style}%
+   \font_typescripts_inherit_check\fontstyle
+   \ifmmode\mr\fi % otherwise \rm not downward compatible ... not adapted yet
+   \font_helpers_synchronize_font}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_current_fontbody_alternative#body#alternative%
+  {\edef\fontbody       {#body}%
+   \edef\fontalternative{#alternative}%
+   \font_helpers_synchronize_font}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_alternative#alternative%
+  {\edef\fontalternative{#alternative}%
+   \font_helpers_synchronize_font}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_size#size%
+  {\edef\fontsize{#size}%
+   \font_helpers_check_big_math_synchronization
+   \font_helpers_synchronize_font}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_style_alternative#style#alternative% \rmsl
+  {\edef\fontstyle      {#style}%
+   \edef\fontalternative{#alternative}%
+   \font_helpers_synchronize_font}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_style_size#style#size% \rma
+  {\edef\fontstyle{#style}%
+   \edef\fontsize {#size}%
+   \font_helpers_check_big_math_synchronization
+   \font_helpers_synchronize_font}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_alternative_size#alternative#size% \sla
+  {\edef\fontalternative{#alternative}%
+   \edef\fontsize       {#size}%
+   \font_helpers_check_big_math_synchronization
+   \font_helpers_synchronize_font}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_style_alternative_size#style#alternative#size% \rmsla
+  {\edef\fontstyle      {#style}%
+   \edef\fontalternative{#alternative}%
+   \edef\fontsize       {#size}%
+   \font_helpers_check_big_math_synchronization
+   \font_helpers_synchronize_font}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_synchronize_font % we can have dups i.e. no need to let fontstrategy
+  {\ifx\fontclass\empty
+     \applyfontstrategies
+   \else
+     \applyfontclassstrategies
+   \fi
+   \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+   \ifskipfontcharacteristics
+     \setfontcharacteristics
+     \the\everyfontswitch
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_a % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
+  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
+     \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_b
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_b % --- --- --- def % pt tt bf
+  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+     \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_c
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_c % --- --- def --- % pt tt tf a
+  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
+     \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_d
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_d % --- --- def def % pt tt tf
+  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+     \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontclass\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_e
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_e % --- def def def % pt rm tf
+  {\ifcsname\fontclass\fontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+     \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontclass\fontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_f
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_f % def def def def % rm tf
+  {\ifcsname\fontclass\defaultfontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+     \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontclass\defaultfontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_a
+   \fi}
+
+% no class
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_a % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
+  {\ifcsname\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
+     \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_b
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_b % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
+  {\ifcsname\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+     \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontbody \fontstyle \fontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_c
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_c % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
+  {\ifcsname\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
+     \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \fontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_d
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_d % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
+  {\ifcsname\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+     \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontbody \fontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_e
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_e % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
+  {\ifcsname\fontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+     \setfalse\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\fontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_check_strategy_f
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_strategy_f % --- --- --- --- % pt tt bf a
+  {\ifcsname\defaultfontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+     \settrue\font_auto_font_size
+     \csname\defaultfontbody \defaultfontstyle \defaultfontalternative \defaultfontsize\endcsname
+   \fi}
+
+\let\applyfontstrategies     \font_helpers_check_strategy_a
+\let\applyfontclassstrategies\font_helpers_check_strategy_class_a
+
+%D Let's synchronize:
+
+\newconditional\c_font_synchronize \settrue\c_font_synchronize
+
+\prependtoks
+    \ifconditional\c_font_synchronize
+        \font_helpers_synchronize_math
+        \font_helpers_synchronize_font % problem: syncs last font
+    \fi
+\to \everybodyfont
+
+%D Setting the normal sizes as well as the x and xx smaller
+%D sizes is accomplished by the next set of macros. When in
+%D math mode, the commands \type{\tx} and \type{\txx} are
+%D just a switch to the script and double script styles, but
+%D in text mode the values defined by the bodyfontenvironment are
+%D used. Here we also set \type{\currentxfontsize}.
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_xxx_alternative#alternative#size#xsize#scriptstyle%
+  {\currentxfontsize#size\relax
+   \ifmmode
+     #scriptstyle%
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontsteps\fontclass\fontbody#xsize\endcsname
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_set_current_fontbody_alternative\csname\??fontsteps\fontclass\fontbody#xsize\endcsname{#alternative}%
+   \else
+     % some error: check is not done correctly
+   \fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_x_alternative#alternative%
+  {\font_helpers_set_current_font_xxx_alternative{#alternative}1\s!x\scriptstyle
+   \let\tx\txx}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_xx_alternative#alternative%
+  {\font_helpers_set_current_font_xxx_alternative{#alternative}2\s!xx\scriptscriptstyle
+   \let\tx\empty
+   \let\txx\empty}
+
+\def\font_helpers_check_nested_x_fontsize % option
+  {\ifcase\currentxfontsize\else\ifx\fontsize\empty\else
+     \currentxfontsize\zerocount
+     \let\fontsize\empty
+     \let\tx\normaltx
+     \let\txx\normaltxx
+   \fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_x_alternative#alternative%
+  {\font_helpers_check_nested_x_fontsize
+   \font_helpers_set_current_font_xxx_alternative{#alternative}1\s!x\scriptstyle
+   \let\tx\txx}
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_xx_alternative#alternative%
+  {\font_helpers_check_nested_x_fontsize
+   \font_helpers_set_current_font_xxx_alternative{#alternative}2\s!xx\scriptscriptstyle
+   \let\tx\empty
+   \let\txx\empty}
+
+% This alterative is not really needed, but for old time's sake
+% we keep it there. We can speed it up when needed.
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_x_style_alternative #alternative{\csname#alternative\endcsname\tx}
+\def\font_helpers_set_current_font_xx_style_alternative#alternative{\csname#alternative\endcsname\txx}
+
+%D These macros also show us that when we call for \type{\tx},
+%D this macro is redefined to be \type{\txx}. Therefore calls
+%D like:
+%D
+%D \startbuffer
+%D {small \tx  is \tx  beautiful}
+%D {small \tx  is \txx beautiful}
+%D {small \txx is \tx  beautiful}
+%D {small \txx is \txx beautiful}
+%D \stopbuffer
+%D
+%D \typebuffer
+%D
+%D result in:
+%D
+%D \startlines
+%D \getbuffer
+%D \stoplines
+%D
+%D Setting the main size involves the style list and therefore
+%D takes a bit more time. Keep in mind that the fontsize is
+%D represented by a character or empty.
+
+\unexpanded\def\tx {\font_helpers_set_current_font_x_alternative \fontalternative}
+\unexpanded\def\txx{\font_helpers_set_current_font_xx_alternative\fontalternative}
+
+\let\normaltx \tx
+\let\normaltxx\txx
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {definefontstyle}
+%D
+%D When setting of switching the overall style we can use the
+%D short identifier like rm and ss, but when defined we can
+%D also use more verbose names like roman or sansserif. Such
+%D names are defined by:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definefontstyle [serif,rm] [rm]
+%D \definefontstyle [sansserif,ss] [ss]
+%D \stoptyping
+
+\unexpanded\def\definefontstyle
+  {\dodoubleargument\font_basics_define_fontstyle}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_fontstyle[#commands][#style]%
+  {\rawdoifinsetelse{#style}{\fontstylelist}{}{\addtocommalist{#style}\fontstylelist}%
+   \processcommalist[#commands]{\font_basics_define_fontstyle_indeed{#style}}}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_fontstyle_indeed#style#command%
+  {\setvalue{\??fontshortstyle#command}{#style}%
+   \setvalue{\??fontstyle     #command}{\csname#style\endcsname}}
+
+%D When asking for a complete font switch, for instance from 10
+%D to 12~points, the next macro does the job. First we
+%D normalize the size, next we define the current range of
+%D text, script and scriptscript sizes, then we set the text
+%D fonts and the math families and finally we activate the
+%D default typeface and also set the font specific parameters
+%D assigned to \type{\everybodyfont}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_basics_complete_switch[#size]%
+  {\bodyfontsize#size\relax
+   \dimensiontocount\bodyfontsize\bodyfontpoints % rounded, still used in m-chart
+   \edef\bodyfontfactor{\withoutpt\the\bodyfontsize}%
+   \edef\normalizedbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\bodyfontsize}%
+   \edef\textface        {\bodyfontvariable\s!text        }%
+   \edef\scriptface      {\bodyfontvariable\s!script      }%
+   \edef\scriptscriptface{\bodyfontvariable\s!scriptscript}}
+
+% \font_basics_complete_switch[12pt] % init
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {setupbodyfont,switchtobodyfont}
+%D
+%D The next two macros are user ones. With \type{\setupbodyfont}
+%D one can set the document bodyfont size, font family, style
+%D and/or options defined in files, for example:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \setupbodyfont[modern,12pt,roman]
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D This command affects the document as a whole: text, headers
+%D and footers. The second macro however affects only the text:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \switchtobodyfont[10pt]
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D So we've got:
+%D
+%D \showsetup{setupbodyfont}
+%D \showsetup{switchtobodyfont}
+%D
+%D Both macros look alike. The second one also has to take
+%D all kind of keywords into account.
+
+\ifx\saveinterlinespace   \undefined \let\saveinterlinespace   \relax \fi
+\ifx\restoreinterlinespace\undefined \let\restoreinterlinespace\relax \fi
+
+% \newtoks \everysetupbodyfont
+% \newtoks \everyswitchtobodyfont
+
+\unexpanded\def\setupbodyfont
+  {\doifnextoptionalelse\font_basics_setupbodyfont_yes\font_basics_setupbodyfont_nop}
+
+\def\font_basics_setupbodyfont_nop
+  {\restoreglobalbodyfont
+   \saveinterlinespace}
+
+\def\font_basics_setupbodyfont_yes[#specification]%
+  {\doifsomething{#specification}
+     {\font_helpers_set_font\plusone{#specification}%
+      \globalbodyfontsize\localbodyfontsize
+      \edef\normalizedglobalbodyfontsize{\thenormalizedbodyfontsize\globalbodyfontsize}%
+      \let\globalfontstyle\fontstyle
+      \ifproductionrun
+        \the\everybodyfont
+        \the\everyglobalbodyfont
+        \saveinterlinespace
+      \fi
+      \the\everysetupbodyfont}}
+
+% \unexpanded\def\switchtobodyfont[#specification]%
+%   {\doifsomething{#specification}
+%      {\ifcsname\??fonts\normalizedbodyfontsize#specification\endcsname
+%         \font_helpers_set_bodyfont_step{#specification}% so we have a fast [small] switch
+%       \else
+%         \font_helpers_set_font\zerocount{#specification}%
+%       \fi
+%       \the\everybodyfont
+%       \the\everyswitchtobodyfont}}
+
+\unexpanded\def\switchtobodyfont[#specification]%
+  {\doifsomething{#specification}
+     {\edef\m_font_step{\bodyfontvariable{#specification}}%
+      \ifx\m_font_step\empty
+        \font_helpers_set_font\zerocount{#specification}%
+      \else
+        \font_helpers_switch_bodyfont_step % so we have a fast [small] switch
+      \fi
+      \the\everybodyfont
+      \the\everyswitchtobodyfont}}
+
+\def\font_helpers_switch_bodyfont_step
+  {\font_basics_switch_points\m_font_step
+   \font_basics_switch_style \fontstyle}
+
+%D The following alternative is meant for math||to||text
+%D switching and will be optimized.
+
+\unexpanded\def\fastswitchtobodyfont#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??fonts\normalizedbodyfontsize#name\endcsname
+     \edef\futurebodyfontsize{\csname\??fonts\normalizedbodyfontsize#name\endcsname}%
+     \ifcsname\??fontsize\futurebodyfontsize\endcsname
+       \csname\??fontsize\futurebodyfontsize\endcsname
+       \localbodyfontsize\futurebodyfontsize\relax
+     \fi
+   \fi
+   \csname\??fontstyle\fontstyle\endcsname
+   \the\everybodyfont}
+
+%D \starttyping
+%D $\cases{& \ccaron}$ $x=\hbox{\ccaron $x=\hbox{\ccaron}$}$
+%D \stoptyping
+
+\def\setfontcharacteristics
+  {\the\everyfont}
+
+%D Handy for manuals:
+
+\unexpanded\def\fontchar#character%
+  {\ctxcommand{fontchar("#character")}}
+
+%D Feature management.
+
+\unexpanded\def\definefontfeature
+  {\dotripleargument\font_basics_define_font_feature}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_font_feature[#featureset][#parent][#settings]%
+  {\ctxcommand{definefontfeature("#featureset","#parent","#settings")}}
+
+\unexpanded\def\fontfeatureslist
+  {\dodoubleargument\font_basics_features_list}
+
+\def\font_basics_features_list[#name][#separator]% todo: arg voor type
+  {\cldcommand{featurelist("#name","otf","\luaescapestring{#separator}","yes","no",true,{"number"})}}
+
+\attribute\zerocount\zerocount % first in list, so fast match
+
+\let\currentfeature\empty
+
+% ! ! ! very experimental, some test code for idris advanced features ! ! !
+%
+% \startbuffer
+% \definefontfeature[smallcaps][smallcaps][script=latn]
+% \definefontfeature[oldstyle] [oldstyle] [script=latn]
+%
+% \definedfont[name:cambria at 15pt]
+%
+% Hello there {\setff{smallcaps}capped 123 \setff{oldstyle}123!}    \blank
+% Hello there {\addff{smallcaps}capped 123 \addff{oldstyle}123!}    \blank
+% Hello there {\addff{smallcaps}capped     \subff{smallcaps}normal} \blank
+% \stopbuffer
+%
+% \typebuffer \getbuffer
+
+\unexpanded\def\featureattribute#feature{\ctxcommand{featureattribute("#feature")}}
+\unexpanded\def\setfontfeature  #feature{\ctxcommand{setfontfeature("#feature")}\edef\currentfeature{#feature}}
+%unexpanded\def\resetfontfeature        {\ctxcommand{resetfontfeature()}\let\currentfeature\empty} % initial value
+\unexpanded\def\resetfontfeature        {\attribute\zerocount\zerocount \let\currentfeature\empty} % initial value
+
+\unexpanded\def\addfontfeaturetoset        #feature{\ctxcommand{addfs("#feature")}} % merge
+\unexpanded\def\subtractfontfeaturefromset #feature{\ctxcommand{subfs("#feature")}} % merge
+\unexpanded\def\addfontfeaturetofont       #feature{\ctxcommand{addff("#feature")}} % overload
+\unexpanded\def\subtractfontfeaturefromfont#feature{\ctxcommand{subff("#feature")}} % overload
+
+\let\setff\setfontfeature
+\let\addfs\addfontfeaturetoset
+\let\subfs\subtractfontfeaturefromset
+\let\addff\addfontfeaturetofont
+\let\subff\subtractfontfeaturefromfont
+
+%D The next auxilliary macro is an alternative to \type
+%D {\fontname}.
+
+\def\purefontname#font{\ctxlua{file.basename("\fontname#font"}} % will be function using id
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {switchstyleonly}
+%D
+%D For switching a style but keeping the alternative, there
+%D is:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D {\bf text \switchstyleonly\ss text}
+%D {\bf text \switchstyleonly[ss]text}
+%D {\sl text \switchstyleonly[sansserif]text}
+%D \stoptyping
+
+\unexpanded\def\switchstyleonly
+  {\doifnextoptionalelse\font_basics_switch_style_only_opt\font_basics_switch_style_only_arg}
+
+\def\font_basics_switch_style_only_arg#name% stupid version
+  {\font_helpers_set_current_font_style{\csname\??fontshortstyle\checkedstrippedcsname#name\endcsname}%
+   \the\everybodyfont} % needed ?
+
+\def\font_basics_switch_style_only_opt[#name]% todo : check
+  {\font_helpers_set_current_font_style{\csname\??fontshortstyle#name\endcsname}%
+   \the\everybodyfont} % needed ?
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {os}
+%D
+%D In good old \TEX, the old style numerals were often taken
+%D from the math fonts. No longer.
+
+\definefontfeature
+  [just-os]
+  [mode=node,onum=yes]
+
+%unexpanded\def\sc{\setfontfeature{smallcaps}}
+\unexpanded\def\os{\setfontfeature{just-os}}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {definebodyfontswitch}
+%D
+%D \PLAIN\ \TEX\ defines some macro's like \type{\tenpoint}
+%D to switch to a specific bodyfontsize. Just for the sake of
+%D compatibility we can define them like:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definebodyfontswitch [twelvepoint] [12pt]
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D We don't support language specific synonyms here, mainly
+%D because \PLAIN\ \TEX\ is english anyway.
+
+\unexpanded\def\definebodyfontswitch
+  {\dodoubleargument\font_basics_define_bodyfont_switch}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_bodyfont_switch[#command][#specification]% no longer a commalist (not useful)
+  {\setvalue{#command}{\switchtobodyfont[#specification]}}%
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {setsmallbodyfont,setmainbodyfont,setbigbodyfont}
+%D
+%D When we're typesetting at for instance 10pt, we can call for
+%D the \type{small} as well as the \type{big} alternative,
+%D related to this main size, using \type{\switchtobodyfont[small]}.
+%D The three alternatives can be activated by the next three
+%D system calls and are defined by the bodyfontenvironment.
+
+\let\m_font_step\empty
+
+\def\font_helpers_set_bodyfont_step#step%
+  {\edef\m_font_step{\bodyfontvariable{#step}}% not always \cs
+   \font_basics_switch_points\m_font_step
+   \font_basics_switch_style \fontstyle}
+
+\unexpanded\def\setsmallbodyfont{\font_helpers_set_bodyfont_step\v!small\the\everybodyfont}
+\unexpanded\def\setbigbodyfont  {\font_helpers_set_bodyfont_step\v!big  \the\everybodyfont}
+
+\unexpanded\def\setmainbodyfont
+  {\font_basics_switch_points\normalizedbodyfontsize
+   \font_basics_switch_style\fontstyle
+   \the\everybodyfont
+   \the\everyglobalbodyfont
+   \saveinterlinespace}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {restoreglobalbodyfont}
+%D
+%D Users can set whatever font available while typesetting text.
+%D Pagenumbers, footers, headers etc. however must be typeset
+%D in the main bodyfont and style of the document. Returning to
+%D the global state can be done with the next macro:
+
+\let\globalfontstyle\s!rm
+
+\def\fullrestoreglobalbodyfont
+  {\let\fontsize\defaultfontsize
+   \let\fontbody\defaultfontbody
+   \currentxfontsize\zerocount
+   \let\fontclass\globalfontclass
+   \font_basics_switch_points\normalizedglobalbodyfontsize
+   \font_basics_switch_style\globalfontstyle
+   \redoconvertfont % just in case a pagebreak occurs
+   \tf
+   \the\everybodyfont
+   \the\everyglobalbodyfont
+   \saveinterlinespace}
+
+\def\partialrestoreglobalbodyfont
+  {\let\fontsize\defaultfontsize
+   \let\fontbody\defaultfontbody
+   \currentxfontsize\zerocount
+   \redoconvertfont
+   \tf
+   \the\everybodyfont % indeed needed
+   \the\everyglobalbodyfont % indeed needed
+   \saveinterlinespace}
+
+\def\restoreglobalbodyfont % ook style etc
+  {\ifx\fontclass\globalfontclass
+     \ifx\fontstyle\globalfontstyle
+       \ifx\normalizedbodyfontsize\normalizedglobalbodyfontsize
+         \partialrestoreglobalbodyfont
+       \else
+         \fullrestoreglobalbodyfont
+       \fi
+     \else
+       \fullrestoreglobalbodyfont
+     \fi
+   \else
+     \fullrestoreglobalbodyfont
+   \fi}
+
+% in case of troubles: \let\restorebodyfont\fullrestoreglobalbodyfont
+
+%D This macro has to be called when entering the pagebody
+%D handling routine as well as the footnote insert routine.
+%D Users can access this feature |<|for instance when one wants
+%D to typeset tables and alike in the main bodyfont and style
+%D while the running text is temporary set to a smaller one|>|
+%D by saying \type{\switchtobodyfont[global]}.
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {definealternativestyle}
+%D
+%D In the main modules we are going to implement lots of
+%D parameterized commands and one of these parameters will
+%D concern the font to use. To suit consistent use of fonts we
+%D here implement a mechanism for defining the keywords that
+%D present a particular style or alternative.
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definealternativestyle [keywords] [\style] [\nostyle]
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D The first command is used in the normal textflow, while the
+%D second command takes care of headings and alike. Consider
+%D the next two definitions:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definealternativestyle [bold] [\bf]  []
+%D \definealternativestyle [cap]  [\cap] [\cap]
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D A change \type{\bf} in a heading which is to be set in
+%D \type{\tfd} does not look that well, so therefore we leave
+%D the second argument of \type{\definealternativestyle} empty.
+%D When we capatalize characters using the pseudo small cap
+%D command \type{\cap}, we want this to take effect in both
+%D text and headings, which is accomplished by assigning both
+%D arguments.
+
+\installcorenamespace{alternativestyles}
+
+\setnewconstant \c_font_current_alternative_style_index \plusone
+
+\unexpanded\def\definealternativestyle
+  {\dotripleempty\font_basics_define_alternative_style}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_alternative_style[#commands][#variantone][#varianttwo]%
+  {\processcommalist[#commands]{\font_basics_define_alternative_style_indeed{#variantone}{#varianttwo}}}
+
+\let\definestyle\definealternativestyle % later redefined
+
+\def\font_basics_define_alternative_style_indeed#variantone#varianttwo#command%
+  {\ifcsname#command\endcsname
+     % no redefinition
+   \else
+     \setuvalue{#command}{\groupedcommand{#variantone}{}}%
+   \fi
+   \setvalue{\??alternativestyles#command}{\font_helpers_apply_alternative_style{#variantone}{#varianttwo}}}%
+
+\def\font_helpers_apply_alternative_style
+  {\ifcase\c_font_current_alternative_style_index
+     \expandafter\gobbletwoarguments
+   \or
+     \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments
+   \or
+     \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments
+   \else
+     \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments
+   \fi}
+
+\def\applyalternativestyle#name% public
+  {\ifcsname\??alternativestyles#name\endcsname\csname\??alternativestyles#name\expandafter\endcsname\fi}
+
+%D Maybe too geneneric, but probably ok is the following. (Maybe one
+%D day we will use a dedicated grouped command for styles.)
+
+% \appendtoks
+%     \let\groupedcommand\thirdofthreearguments
+% \to \simplifiedcommands
+
+%D This command also defines the keyword as command. This means
+%D that the example definition of \type{bold} we gave before,
+%D results in a command \type{\bold} which can be used as:
+%D
+%D \startbuffer
+%D He's a \bold{bold} man with a {\bold head}.
+%D \stopbuffer
+%D
+%D \typebuffer
+%D
+%D or
+%D
+%D \startexample
+%D \definealternativestyle[bold][\bf][]\getbuffer
+%D \stopexample
+%D
+%D Such definitions are of course unwanted for \type{\cap}
+%D because this would result in an endless recursive call.
+%D Therefore we check on the existance of both the command and
+%D the substitution. The latter is needed because for instance
+%D \type{\type} is an entirely diferent command. That command
+%D handles verbatim, while the style command would just switch
+%D to teletype font. This is just an example of a tricky
+%D naming coincidence.
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {doconvertfont,noconvertfont,
+%D    dontconvertfont,redoconvertfont}
+%D
+%D After having defined such keywords, we can call for them by
+%D using
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \doconvertfont{keyword}{text}
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D We deliberately pass an argument. This enables us to
+%D assign converters that handle one argument, like
+%D \type{\cap}.
+%D
+%D By default the first specification is used to set the style,
+%D exept when we say \type{\dontconvertfont}, after which the
+%D second specification is used. We can also directly call for
+%D \type{\noconvertfont}. In nested calls, we can restore the
+%D conversion by saying \type{\redoconvertfont}.
+
+%D These commands are not grouped! Grouping is most probably
+%D done by the calling macro's and would lead to unnecessary
+%D overhead.
+
+\let\m_current_convert_font   \empty
+\let\m_current_convert_font_dt\empty
+
+\unexpanded\def\doconvertfont#specification% takes second argument / this command is obsolete
+  {\edef\m_current_convert_font{#specification}%
+   \ifx\m_current_convert_font\empty
+    %\expandafter\firstofoneargument
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_helpers_do_convert_font
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_helpers_do_convert_font
+  {\edef\m_current_convert_font_dt{\detokenize\expandafter{\m_current_convert_font}}%
+   \ifcsname\??alternativestyles\m_current_convert_font_dt\endcsname
+     \csname\??alternativestyles\m_current_convert_font_dt\expandafter\endcsname
+   \else\ifcsname\m_current_convert_font_dt\endcsname
+     \csname\m_current_convert_font_dt\expandafter\endcsname
+   \else
+     \doubleexpandafter\m_current_convert_font
+   \fi\fi}
+
+%D Low level switches (downward compatible):
+
+\unexpanded\def\dontconvertfont{\c_font_current_alternative_style_index\plustwo} % needs checking in usage
+\unexpanded\def\redoconvertfont{\c_font_current_alternative_style_index\plusone} % needs checking in usage
+
+%D The new one:
+
+\unexpanded\def\dousestyleparameter#value%
+  {\edef\currentstyleparameter{#value}%
+   \ifx\currentstyleparameter\empty\else
+     \expandafter\dousecurrentstyleparameter
+   \fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\dousestylehashparameter#hash#parameter%
+  {\ifcsname#hash#parameter\endcsname
+     \expandafter\dousestyleparameter\csname#hash#parameter\endcsname
+   \fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\dousecurrentstyleparameter % empty check outside here
+  {\edef\detokenizedstyleparameter{\detokenize\expandafter{\currentstyleparameter}}%
+   \settrue\fontattributeisset % reset is done elsewhere
+   \ifcsname\??alternativestyles\detokenizedstyleparameter\endcsname
+     \csname\??alternativestyles\detokenizedstyleparameter\endcsname
+   \else\ifcsname\detokenizedstyleparameter\endcsname
+     \csname\detokenizedstyleparameter\endcsname
+   \else
+     \currentstyleparameter
+   \fi\fi}
+
+\let\dosetfontattribute\dousestylehashparameter % for a while
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {setfont}
+%D
+%D Every now and then we want to define a font directly, for
+%D instance when we typeset title pages. The next macro saves
+%D some typing:
+
+\unexpanded\def\setfont% geen \font_helpers_set_font mogelijk
+  {\afterassignment\font_basics_set_font\font\nextfont=}
+
+\def\font_basics_set_font
+  {\nextfont\setupinterlinespace}% hm, we need to use \setuplocalinterlinespace
+
+%D One can call this macro as:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \setfont cmr10 at 60pt
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D After which the font is active and the baselines and
+%D struts are set.
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {showbodyfont}
+%D
+%D One can call for a rather simple overview of a bodyfont and the
+%D relations between its alternative fonts.
+%D
+%D \showsetup{showbodyfont}
+%D
+%D The current bodyfont (here we omitted the argument) looks like:
+%D
+%D \showbodyfont
+%D
+%D The implementation is rather straightforward in using
+%D \type{\halign}.
+
+\fetchruntimecommand \showbodyfont  {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {showfontstrip, testminimalbaseline, showminimalbaseline}
+%D
+%D The next command can come in handy when combining
+%D different fonts into a collection (typeface) and
+%D determining optimal baseline distances.
+%D
+%D \showfontstrip \blank \showminimalbaseline
+
+\fetchruntimecommand \showfontstrip       {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+\fetchruntimecommand \testminimalbaseline {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+\fetchruntimecommand \showminimalbaseline {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {showkerning}
+%D
+%D A goody is:
+%D
+%D \showkerning{Can you guess what kerning is?}
+
+\fetchruntimecommand \showkerning {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {showbodyfontenvironment}
+%D
+%D The current bodyfontenvironment is:
+%D
+%D \showbodyfontenvironment
+%D
+%D This overview is generated using:
+%D
+%D \showsetup{showbodyfontenvironment}
+
+\fetchruntimecommand \showbodyfontenvironment {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {showfont,showfontstyle,showligatures}
+%D
+%D The following command generates a fontmap:
+%D
+%D \startbuffer
+%D \showfont[SansBold at 12pt]
+%D \stopbuffer
+%D
+%D \typebuffer
+%D \getbuffer
+
+% to be internationalized
+
+\fetchruntimecommand \showfont      {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+\fetchruntimecommand \showfontstyle {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+\fetchruntimecommand \showligature  {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+\fetchruntimecommand \showligatures {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+\fetchruntimecommand \showcharratio {\f!fontprefix\s!run}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {getglyph, symbolicfont}
+%D
+%D Individual glyphs can be accessed by using
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \getglyph{fontname}{character}
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D This macro is used in for instance the symbol modules and
+%D as one can see, it does obey the small and even smaller
+%D sizes. The \type {\symbolicfont} macro can be used to
+%D switch to a font named \type {fontname} (see \type
+%D {cont-log} and \type {symb-eur} for examples of symbolic
+%D definitions.
+
+\def\v_font_string_a
+  {\ifx\fontstyle\s!rm \s!Serif \else
+   \ifx\fontstyle\s!ss \s!Sans  \else
+   \ifx\fontstyle\s!tt \s!Mono  \else
+                       \s!Serif \fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\v_font_string_b
+  {\ifx\fontstyle\s!rm \s!Regular \else
+   \ifx\fontstyle\s!ss \s!Support \else
+   \ifx\fontstyle\s!tt \s!Type    \else
+                       \s!Serif   \fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\v_font_string_c
+  {\ifx\fontalternative\s!bf \s!Bold        \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!sl \s!Slanted     \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!it \s!Italic      \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bs \s!BoldSlanted \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bi \s!BoldItalic  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+\let\v_font_string_d\s!Serif % default fontstyle (will be redefined in type-ini)
+
+% potential generalization:
+%
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:t:\s!rm}\s!Serif
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:t:\s!ss}\s!Sans
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:t:\s!tt}\s!Mono
+%
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:a:\s!rm}\s!Regular
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:a:\s!ss}\s!Support
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:a:\s!tt}\s!Type
+%
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:s:\s!bf}\s!Bold
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:s:\s!sl}\s!Slanted
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:s:\s!it}\s!Italic
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:s:\s!bs}\s!BoldSlanted
+% \letvalue{\??fontfile:s:\s!bi}\s!BoldItalic
+%
+% \def\v_font_string_a{\executeifdefined{\??fontfile:t:\fontstyle}\s!Serif}
+% \def\v_font_string_a{\executeifdefined{\??fontfile:t:\fontstyle}\s!Serif}
+% \def\v_font_string_b{\executeifdefined{\??fontfile:a:\fontstyle}\s!Serif}
+% \def\v_font_string_c{\executeifdefined{\??fontfile:s:\fontstyle}\empty}
+% \def\v_font_string_d{\executeifdefined{\??fontfile:t:\csname\??typescriptdefaultstyles\fontclass\endcsname}\s!Serif}
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {fontstylesuffix}
+%D
+%D The next macro is used to map non latin fontnames on fonts. See \type
+%D {font-uni} for an example of its use.
+
+\def\fontstylesuffix% why the \s!Regular ? see \getglyph
+  {\ifx\fontalternative\s!tf     \s!Regular \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bf        \s!Bold \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!sl     \s!Slanted \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!it      \s!Italic \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bs \s!BoldSlanted \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bi  \s!BoldItalic \else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!sc        \s!Caps \else
+                                 \s!Regular \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
+
+\def\glyphfontfile#base% appends
+  {#base%
+   \ifcsname\??fontfile#base\v_font_string_a\v_font_string_c\endcsname
+     \v_font_string_a\v_font_string_c
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#base\v_font_string_b\v_font_string_c\endcsname
+     \v_font_string_b\v_font_string_c
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#base\v_font_string_a\endcsname
+     \v_font_string_a
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#base\v_font_string_b\endcsname
+     \v_font_string_b
+   \else\ifcsname\??fontfile#base\v_font_string_c\endcsname
+     \v_font_string_c
+   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+%D The next macro can be used to make decisions based on the shape:
+
+\def\doifitalicelse#yes#nop%
+  {\ifx\fontalternative\s!sl#yes\else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!it#yes\else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bs#yes\else
+   \ifx\fontalternative\s!bi#yes\else#nop\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+%D For an example of usage of the following command,
+%D see \type {cont-log.tex}.
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \def\symbolicfont#specification{\definedfont[\glyphfontfile{#specification} sa *]}
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D Since we know what scaling it to be applied, we can
+%D implement a much faster alternative:
+
+\installcorenamespace {symbolfont}
+
+\let\thedefinedfont\relax
+
+\def\setscaledstyledsymbolicfont#1#2#3% quite a slowdown, glyphfontfile
+  {\edef\askedsymbolfont{\truefontname{\glyphfontfile{#3}} at \the\dimexpr#2\dimexpr\currentfontbodyscale\dimexpr#1}%
+   \ifcsname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
+     \csname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
+   \else
+     \font_basics_define_symbolic_font
+   \fi}
+
+\def\setscaleddirectsymbolicfont#1#2#3% quite a slowdown, glyphfontfile
+  {\edef\askedsymbolfont{\truefontname{#3} at \the\dimexpr#2\dimexpr\currentfontbodyscale\dimexpr#1}%
+   \ifcsname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
+     \csname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
+   \else
+     \font_basics_define_symbolic_font
+   \fi}
+
+\def\setstyledsymbolicfont#fontname% quite a slowdown, glyphfontfile
+  {\edef\askedsymbolfont{\truefontname{\glyphfontfile{#fontname}} at \the\dimexpr\currentfontbodyscale\dimexpr\fontbody}%
+   \ifcsname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
+     \csname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
+   \else
+     \font_basics_define_symbolic_font
+   \fi}
+
+\def\setdirectsymbolicfont#fontname%
+  {\edef\askedsymbolfont{\truefontname{#fontname} at \the\dimexpr\currentfontbodyscale\dimexpr\fontbody}%
+   \ifcsname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
+     \csname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname
+   \else
+     \font_basics_define_symbolic_font
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_basics_define_symbolic_font
+  {\definefont[currentsymbolfont][\askedsymbolfont]%
+   \currentsymbolfont
+   \global\expandafter\let\csname\??symbolfont\askedsymbolfont\endcsname\lastrawfontcall}
+
+\unexpanded\def\getnamedglyphstyled#fontname#character{{\setstyledsymbolicfont{#fontname}\ctxcommand{fontchar("#character")}}}
+\unexpanded\def\getnamedglyphdirect#fontname#character{{\setdirectsymbolicfont{#fontname}\ctxcommand{fontchar("#character")}}}
+\unexpanded\def\getglyphstyled     #fontname#character{{\setstyledsymbolicfont{#fontname}\doifnumberelse{#character}\char\donothing#2}}
+\unexpanded\def\getglyphdirect     #fontname#character{{\setdirectsymbolicfont{#fontname}\doifnumberelse{#character}\char\donothing#2}}
+
+% this one is wrong:
+
+\unexpanded\def\getscaledglyph#scale#name#content%
+  {{\setscaledstyledsymbolicfont\fontbody{#scale}{#name}\doifnumberelse{#content}\char\donothing#content}}
+
+\let\getglyph         \getglyphstyled               % old
+\let\getrawglyph      \getglyphdirect               % old
+\let\symbolicsizedfont\setscaledstyledsymbolicfont  % old
+\let\symbolicfont     \setstyledsymbolicfont        % old
+
+\unexpanded\def\symbolicscaledfont{\setsscaledstyledsymbolicfont\fontbody}
+\unexpanded\def\symbolicscaledfont{\setscaledstyledsymbolicfont\fontbody}
+
+%D The last implementation of \type {\getglyph} permits
+%D definitions like:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSans]            [eurose]
+%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSansBold]        [euroseb]
+%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSansItalic]      [eurosei]
+%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSansSlanted]     [eurosei]
+%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSansBoldItalic]  [eurosebi]
+%D \definefontsynonym [EuroSansBoldSlanted] [eurosebi]
+%D
+%D \definesymbol [euro] [\getglyph{Euro}{\char160}]
+%D
+%D \def\euro{\symbol[euro]}
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D These definitions guarantee that the next calls work okay:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \ss \tf\euro \bf\euro \sla\euro \itd\euro \bs\euro \bic\euro
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D The shape as well as the size is adapted to the current
+%D environment.
+
+%D Personally I think that using \TEX\ macro packages is
+%D complicated by the way fonts are handled. Apart from the
+%D many encodings, we also deal with different naming schemes.
+%D Confronted with this problem, I decided to change the
+%D definitions into:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definebodyfont [12pt] [rm] [tf=Times-Roman at 12pt]
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D combined with for instance:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \definefontsynonym [Times-Roman] [tir]
+%D \stoptyping
+
+% this needs some interfacing
+%
+% \setupfonts[check=...]
+
+\unexpanded\def\checkcharactersinfont  {\ctxcommand{checkcharactersinfont  }}
+\unexpanded\def\removemissingcharacters{\ctxcommand{removemissingcharacters}}
+
+%D New commands (not yet interfaced):
+%D
+%D \startbuffer
+%D \definestyle[one][style=bold,color=darkblue]
+%D
+%D test \one{test} test
+%D test \style[one]{test} test
+%D test \style[color=red]{test} test
+%D test \style[Serif at 20pt]{test} test
+%D \stopbuffer
+%D
+%D \typebuffer \startlines \getbuffer \stoplines
+
+% definitions .. no tagging here
+
+\installcorenamespace{style}
+\installcorenamespace{stylecheck}
+
+\installcommandhandler \??style {style} \??style
+
+\appendtoks
+    \letvalue{\??stylecheck\currentstyle}\relax
+    \setuevalue{\e!start\currentstyle}{\font_styles_apply_start{\currentstyle}}%
+    \setuevalue{\e!stop \currentstyle}{\font_styles_apply_stop}%
+    \setuevalue        {\currentstyle}{\font_styles_apply_grouped{\currentstyle}}% no longer groupedcommand here
+\to \everydefinestyle
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_styles_apply_start#name%
+  {\begingroup
+   \font_styles_use_defined{#name}}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_styles_apply_stop
+  {\endgroup}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_styles_apply_grouped#name% assumes that the next is { or \bgroup
+  {\bgroup
+   \def\g_style{\font_styles_use_defined{#name}}%
+   \afterassignment\g_style
+   \let\nexttoken}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_styles_use_defined#name%
+  {\edef\currentstyle{#name}%
+   \usestylestyleandcolor\c!style\c!color}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_styles_use_generic#specification%
+  {\let\currentstyle\s!unknown % reasonable generic tag
+   \setupcurrentstyle[\c!style=,\c!color=,#specification]%
+   \usestylestyleandcolor\c!style\c!color}
+
+% commands
+
+\installcorenamespace{styleargument}
+
+\unexpanded\def\style[#name]% as this is can be a switch we use groupedcommand
+  {\csname\??styleargument
+     \ifcsname#name\endcsname1\else\ifcsname\??stylecheck#name\endcsname2\else3\fi\fi
+   \endcsname{#name}}
+
+\setvalue{\??styleargument1}#name%
+  {\csname#name\endcsname}
+
+\setvalue{\??styleargument2}#name%
+  {\groupedcommand{\font_styles_use_defined{#name}}{}}
+
+\setvalue{\??styleargument3}#specification%
+  {\doifassignmentelse{#specification}\font_styles_assignment\font_styles_direct{#specification}}
+
+\def\font_styles_assignment#specification{\groupedcommand{\font_styles_use_generic{#specification}}{}}
+\def\font_styles_direct    #specification{\groupedcommand{\definedfont[#specification]}{}}
+
+% environments
+
+\installcorenamespace{styleenvironment}
+
+\unexpanded\def\startstyle[#name]%
+  {\begingroup
+   \csname\??styleenvironment
+     \ifcsname#name\endcsname1\else\ifcsname\??stylecheck#name\endcsname2\else3\fi\fi
+   \endcsname{#name}}
+
+\unexpanded\def\stopstyle
+  {\endgroup
+   \autoinsertnextspace} % will be configurable, maybe also in \definestartstop
+
+\setvalue{\??styleenvironment1}#name%
+  {\csname#name\endcsname}
+
+\setvalue{\??styleenvironment2}#name%
+  {\font_styles_use_defined{#name}}
+
+\setvalue{\??styleenvironment3}#specification%
+  {\doifassignmentelse{#specification}\font_styles_start_assignment\font_styles_start_direct{#specification}}
+
+\def\font_styles_start_assignment#specification{\usegenericstyle{#specification}}
+\def\font_styles_start_direct    #specification{\definedfont[#specification]\relax}
+
+%D Still experimental (might even go away).
+
+% \definestylecollection[mine]
+
+% \definestyleinstance[mine][default][sorry]
+% \definestyleinstance[mine][tt][bs][ttbs:\rm\sl]
+% \definestyleinstance[mine][tt][bf][ttbf:\rm\sl]
+% \definestyleinstance[mine][bf][\sl]
+% \definestyleinstance[mine][sl][\tt]
+
+% {\bf test \mine test \sl test \mine test \bs oeps \mine oeps {\tt test \mine \bf test}}
+
+\installcorenamespace{stylecollection}
+
+\unexpanded\def\definestylecollection
+  {\dosingleargument\font_styles_define_style_collection}
+
+\def\font_styles_define_style_collection[#name]%
+  {\iffirstargument
+     \setuvalue{#name}{\styleinstance[#name]}%
+     \def\font_styles_define_style_collection_a#style%
+       {\def\font_styles_define_style_collection_b#alternative{\letbeundefined{\??stylecollection#name:#style:#alternative}}%
+        \processcommacommand[\fontalternativelist,\s!default]\font_styles_define_style_collection_b}%
+     \processcommacommand[\fontstylelist,\s!default]\font_styles_define_style_collection_a
+   \fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\definestyleinstance
+  {\doquadrupleargument\font_styles_define_style_instance}
+
+\def\font_styles_define_style_instance[#instance][#2][#3][#4]% [name] [rm|ss|tt|..] [sl|bf|...] [whatever]
+  {\iffirstargument
+     \ifcsname#1\endcsname\else\font_styles_define_style_collection[#instance]\fi
+   \fi
+   \iffourthargument
+     \setvalue{\??stylecollection#instance:#2:#3}{#4}%
+   \else\ifthirdargument
+     \setvalue{\??stylecollection#instance::#2}{#3}%
+   \else\ifsecondargument
+     \letvalueempty{\??stylecollection#instance::#2}%
+   \fi\fi\fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\styleinstance[#instance]% will be made faster
+  {%\begingroup\normalexpanded{\noexpand\infofont[#1:\fontstyle:\fontalternative]}\endgroup
+   \executeifdefined{\??stylecollection#instance:\fontstyle:\fontalternative}%
+  {\executeifdefined{\??stylecollection#instance:\fontstyle:\s!default}%
+  {\executeifdefined{\??stylecollection#instance::\fontalternative}
+  {\getvalue        {\??stylecollection#instance::\s!default}}}}}
+
+% \unexpanded\def\styleinstance[#instance]%
+%   {\csname\??stylecollection#instance%
+%       \ifcsname\??stylecollection#instance:\fontstyle:\fontalternative\endcsname
+%         :\fontstyle:\fontalternative
+%       \else\ifcsname\??stylecollection#instance:\fontstyle:\s!default\endcsname
+%         :\fontstyle:\s!default
+%       \else\ifcsname\??stylecollection#instance::\fontalternative\endcsname
+%         ::\fontalternative
+%       \else % \ifcsname\??stylecollection#instance::\s!default\endcsname
+%         ::\s!default
+%      % \else
+%      %   % nothing, \relax
+%       \fi\fi\fi % \fi
+%     \endcsname}
+
+%D goodies:
+
+\unexpanded\def\showchardata#character{\ctxcommand{showchardata("#character")}}
+\unexpanded\def\showfontdata          {\ctxcommand{showfontparameters()}}
+
+%D some low level helpers
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \def\TestLookup#specification%
+%D   {\dolookupfontbyspec{#specification}
+%D     pattern: #specification, found: \dolookupnoffound
+%D    \blank
+%D    \dorecurse {\dolookupnoffound} {%
+%D      \recurselevel:~\dolookupgetkeyofindex{fontname}{\recurselevel}\quad
+%D    }%
+%D    \blank}
+%D
+%D \TestLookup{familyname=helveticaneue}
+%D \TestLookup{familyname=helveticaneue,weight=bold}
+%D \TestLookup{familyname=helveticaneue,weight=bold,style=italic}
+%D \stoptyping
+
+% we can also move the lookups to the fonts.namespace (of commands)
+
+% these will be renamed but it needs synchronization with WS
+
+\def\dolookupfontbyspec     #1{\ctxcommand{fontlookupinitialize("#1")}}
+\def\dolookupnoffound         {\ctxcommand{fontlookupnoffound()}}
+\def\dolookupgetkeyofindex#1#2{\ctxcommand{fontlookupgetkeyofindex("#1",#2)}}
+\def\dolookupgetkey         #1{\ctxcommand{fontlookupgetkey("#1")}}
+\def\cleanfontname          #1{\ctxcommand{cleanfontname("#1")}}
+
+% \doifelsecurrentfonthasfeature{smcp}{YES}{NO}
+% \doifelsecurrentfonthasfeature{crap}{YES}{NO}
+% \doifelsecurrentfonthasfeature{kern}{YES}{NO}
+
+\def\doifelsecurrentfonthasfeature#feature%
+  {\ctxcommand{doifelsecurrentfonthasfeature("#feature")}}
+
+%D variant selectors
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \mathematics {\vsone{\utfchar{"2229}}}
+%D \mathematics {\utfchar{"2229}\vsone{}}
+%D \stoptyping
+
+\unexpanded\edef\vsone#character{#character\utfchar{"FE00}} % used
+\unexpanded\edef\vstwo#character{#character\utfchar{"FE01}} % not used but handy for testing
+
+% new:
+
+\unexpanded\def\setfontofid#1{\ctxcommand{setfontofid(#1)}}
+
+%D Watch the \type {\normal} hackery: this makes the mkvi parser happy.
+
+\normaldef\fntsetdefname {\global\let\somefontname\defaultfontfile}
+\normaldef\fntsetsomename{\normalgdef\somefontname} % takes argument
+\normaldef\fntsetnopsize {\let\somefontsize\empty}
+\normaldef\fntsetsomesize{\normaldef\somefontsize}  % takes argument
+
+\protect \endinput
+
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-pre.mkiv b/tex/context/base/font-pre.mkiv
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7769dffb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tex/context/base/font-pre.mkiv
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+%D \module
+%D   [       file=font-pre,
+%D        version=2012.01.04, % moved from font-ini
+%D          title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros,
+%D       subtitle=Predefined,
+%D         author=Hans Hagen,
+%D           date=\currentdate,
+%D      copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}]
+%C
+%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is
+%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
+%C details.
+
+\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Font Macros / Predefined}
+
+\unprotect
+
+%D A basic set of features is defined here.
+
+\definefontfeature
+  [always]
+  [mode=auto,
+   script=auto,
+   kern=yes,
+   mark=yes,
+   mkmk=yes,
+   curs=yes]
+
+\definefontfeature
+  [default]
+  [always]
+  [liga=yes,
+   tlig=yes,
+   trep=yes] % texligatures=yes,texquotes=yes
+
+\definefontfeature
+  [smallcaps]
+  [always]
+  [smcp=yes,
+   tlig=yes,
+   trep=yes] % texligatures=yes,texquotes=yes
+
+\definefontfeature
+  [oldstyle]
+  [always]
+  [onum=yes,
+   liga=yes,
+   tlig=yes,
+   trep=yes] % texligatures=yes,texquotes=yes
+
+\definefontfeature % == default unless redefined
+  [ligatures]
+  [always]
+  [liga=yes,
+   tlig=yes,
+   trep=yes]
+
+\definefontfeature % can be used for type1 fonts
+  [complete]
+  [always]
+  [compose=yes,
+   liga=yes,
+   tlig=yes,
+   trep=yes]
+
+\definefontfeature
+  [none]
+  [mode=none,
+   features=no]
+
+\definefontfeature % might move
+  [arabic]
+  [mode=node,language=dflt,script=arab,ccmp=yes,
+   init=yes,medi=yes,fina=yes,isol=yes,
+   liga=yes,dlig=yes,rlig=yes,clig=yes,calt=yes,
+   mark=yes,mkmk=yes,kern=yes,curs=yes]
+
+\definefontfeature % might move
+  [simplearabic]
+  [mode=node,language=dflt,script=arab,
+   init=yes,medi=yes,fina=yes,calt=yes,
+   rlig=yes,curs=yes,mark=yes,mkmk=yes]
+
+% symbols:
+
+\definefontfeature
+  [dingbats]
+  [mode=base,
+   goodies=dingbats,
+   unicoding=yes]
+
+% math:
+
+\definefontfeature
+  [mathematics]
+  [mode=base,
+   liga=yes,
+   kern=yes,
+   tlig=yes,
+   trep=yes,
+   mathalternates=yes,
+   mathitalics=yes,
+ % nomathitalics=yes, % don't pass to tex, might become default
+   language=dflt,
+   script=math]
+
+\definefontfeature
+  [mathematics-l2r]
+  [mathematics]
+  []
+
+\definefontfeature
+  [mathematics-r2l]
+  [mathematics]
+  [language=ara,
+   rtlm=yes,
+   locl=yes]
+
+\definefontfeature[virtualmath]              [mathematics]      % downward compatibility
+\definefontfeature[virtualmath-l2r]          [mathematics-l2r]  % downward compatibility
+\definefontfeature[virtualmath-r2l]          [mathematics-r2l]  % downward compatibility
+
+\definefontfeature[math-text]                [mathematics]      [ssty=no]
+\definefontfeature[math-script]              [mathematics]      [ssty=1,mathsize=yes]
+\definefontfeature[math-scriptscript]        [mathematics]      [ssty=2,mathsize=yes]
+
+\definefontfeature[math-text-l2r]            [mathematics-l2r]  [ssty=no]
+\definefontfeature[math-script-l2r]          [mathematics-l2r]  [ssty=1,mathsize=yes]
+\definefontfeature[math-scriptscript-l2r]    [mathematics-l2r]  [ssty=2,mathsize=yes]
+
+\definefontfeature[math-text-r2l]            [mathematics-r2l]  [ssty=no]
+\definefontfeature[math-script-r2l]          [mathematics-r2l]  [ssty=1,mathsize=yes]
+\definefontfeature[math-scriptscript-r2l]    [mathematics-r2l]  [ssty=2,mathsize=yes]
+
+\definefontfeature[math-nostack-text]        [math-text]        [nostackmath=yes]
+\definefontfeature[math-nostack-script]      [math-script]      [nostackmath=yes]
+\definefontfeature[math-nostack-scriptscript][math-scriptscript][nostackmath=yes]
+
+% \definefontfeature[mathtext]         [math-text]
+% \definefontfeature[mathscript]       [math-script]
+% \definefontfeature[mathscriptscript] [math-scriptscript]
+
+%D We define some colors that are used in tracing (for instance \OPENTYPE\
+%D features). We cannot yet inherit because no colors are predefined.
+
+\definecolor[trace:0][s=.6]
+\definecolor[trace:1][r=.6]
+\definecolor[trace:2][g=.6]
+\definecolor[trace:3][b=.6]
+\definecolor[trace:4][r=.6,g=.6]
+\definecolor[trace:5][r=.6,b=.6]
+\definecolor[trace:6][g=.6,b=.6]
+\definecolor[trace:7][r=.8,g=.4]
+\definecolor[trace:8][r=.8,b=.4]
+\definecolor[trace:9][g=.4,b=.8]
+
+\definecolor[font:init][r=.75]
+\definecolor[font:medi][g=.75]
+\definecolor[font:fina][b=.75]
+\definecolor[font:isol][r=.75,g=.75] % [y=.75]
+\definecolor[font:mark][r=.75,b=.75] % [m=.75]
+\definecolor[font:rest][g=.75,b=.75] % [c=.75]
+
+%D Now we're up to some definitions.
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\s!default]
+  [        \s!text=1.0,
+         \s!script=0.7,
+   \s!scriptscript=0.5,
+              \s!a=1.200,
+              \s!b=1.440,
+              \s!c=1.728,
+              \s!d=2.074,
+                 *=\currentfontscale, % wildcard
+              \s!x=0.8,
+             \s!xx=0.6,
+            \v!big=1.2,
+          \v!small=0.8,
+ \c!interlinespace=,
+             \s!em=\v!slanted]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [20.7pt]
+  [        \s!text=20.7pt,
+         \s!script=\!!fourteenpointfour,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!twelvepoint,
+              \s!x=17.3pt,
+             \s!xx=\!!fourteenpointfour,
+            \v!big=20.7pt,    % !!!!
+          \v!small=17.3pt]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [17.3pt]
+  [        \s!text=17.3pt,
+         \s!script=\!!twelvepoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!tenpoint,
+              \s!x=\!!fourteenpointfour,
+             \s!xx=\!!twelvepoint,
+            \v!big=20.7pt,
+          \v!small=\!!fourteenpointfour]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\!!fourteenpointfour]
+  [        \s!text=\!!fourteenpointfour,
+         \s!script=\!!elevenpoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!ninepoint,
+              \s!x=\!!twelvepoint,
+             \s!xx=\!!tenpoint,
+            \v!big=17.3pt,
+          \v!small=\!!twelvepoint]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\!!twelvepoint]
+  [        \s!text=\!!twelvepoint,
+         \s!script=\!!ninepoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!sevenpoint,
+              \s!x=\!!tenpoint,
+             \s!xx=\!!eightpoint,
+            \v!big=\!!fourteenpointfour,
+          \v!small=\!!tenpoint]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\!!elevenpoint]
+  [        \s!text=\!!elevenpoint,
+         \s!script=\!!eightpoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!sixpoint,
+              \s!x=\!!ninepoint,
+             \s!xx=\!!sevenpoint,
+            \v!big=\!!twelvepoint,
+          \v!small=\!!ninepoint]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\!!tenpoint]
+  [        \s!text=\!!tenpoint,
+         \s!script=\!!sevenpoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
+              \s!x=\!!eightpoint,
+             \s!xx=\!!sixpoint,
+            \v!big=\!!twelvepoint,
+          \v!small=\!!eightpoint]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\!!ninepoint]
+  [        \s!text=\!!ninepoint,
+         \s!script=\!!sevenpoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
+              \s!x=\!!sevenpoint,
+             \s!xx=\!!fivepoint,
+            \v!big=\!!elevenpoint,
+          \v!small=\!!sevenpoint]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\!!eightpoint]
+  [        \s!text=\!!eightpoint,
+         \s!script=\!!sixpoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
+              \s!x=\!!sixpoint,
+             \s!xx=\!!fivepoint,
+            \v!big=\!!tenpoint,
+          \v!small=\!!sixpoint]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\!!sevenpoint]
+  [        \s!text=\!!sevenpoint,
+         \s!script=\!!sixpoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
+              \s!x=\!!sixpoint,
+             \s!xx=\!!fivepoint,
+            \v!big=\!!ninepoint,
+          \v!small=\!!fivepoint]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\!!sixpoint]
+  [        \s!text=\!!sixpoint,
+         \s!script=\!!fivepoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
+              \s!x=\!!fivepoint,
+             \s!xx=\!!fivepoint,
+            \v!big=\!!eightpoint,
+          \v!small=\!!fivepoint]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\!!fivepoint]
+  [        \s!text=\!!fivepoint,
+         \s!script=\!!fivepoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint,
+              \s!x=\!!fivepoint,
+             \s!xx=\!!fivepoint,
+            \v!big=\!!sevenpoint,
+          \v!small=\!!fivepoint]
+
+\definebodyfontenvironment
+  [\!!fourpoint]
+  [        \s!text=\!!fourpoint,
+         \s!script=\!!fourpoint,
+   \s!scriptscript=\!!fourpoint,
+              \s!x=\!!fourpoint,
+             \s!xx=\!!fourpoint,
+            \v!big=\!!sixpoint,
+          \v!small=\!!fourpoint]
+
+\definebodyfontswitch [fourteenpointfour] [\!!fourteenpointfour]
+\definebodyfontswitch [twelvepoint]       [\!!twelvepoint]
+\definebodyfontswitch [elevenpoint]       [\!!elevenpoint]
+\definebodyfontswitch [tenpoint]          [\!!tenpoint]
+\definebodyfontswitch [ninepoint]         [\!!ninepoint]
+\definebodyfontswitch [eightpoint]        [\!!eightpoint]
+\definebodyfontswitch [sevenpoint]        [\!!sevenpoint]
+\definebodyfontswitch [sixpoint]          [\!!sixpoint]
+\definebodyfontswitch [fivepoint]         [\!!fivepoint]
+\definebodyfontswitch [fourpoint]         [\!!fourpoint]
+
+%D So far.
+
+\definefontstyle [\s!mm]                                 [\s!mm]
+\definefontstyle [\s!rm,\v!roman,\v!serif,\v!regular]    [\s!rm]
+\definefontstyle [\s!ss,\v!sansserif,\v!sans,\v!support] [\s!ss]
+\definefontstyle [\s!tt,\v!teletype,\v!type,\v!mono]     [\s!tt]
+\definefontstyle [\s!hw,\v!handwritten]                  [\s!hw]
+\definefontstyle [\s!cg,\v!calligraphic]                 [\s!cg]
+
+\definefontalternative[\s!tf]
+\definefontalternative[\s!bf]
+\definefontalternative[\s!it]
+\definefontalternative[\s!sl]
+\definefontalternative[\s!bs]
+\definefontalternative[\s!bi]
+\definefontalternative[\s!sc]
+
+\definefontsize[\s!a] \definefontsize[\s!b]
+\definefontsize[\s!c] \definefontsize[\s!d]
+
+\definealternativestyle [\v!mediaeval]                              [\os] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!normal]                                 [\tf] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!bold]                                   [\bf] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!type]                                   [\tt] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!mono]                                   [\tt] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!slanted]                                [\sl] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!italic]                                 [\it] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!boldslanted,\v!slantedbold]             [\bs] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!bolditalic,\v!italicbold]               [\bi] []
+
+\definealternativestyle [\v!small,\v!smallnormal]                   [\setsmallbodyfont\tf] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!smallbold]                              [\setsmallbodyfont\bf] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!smalltype]                              [\setsmallbodyfont\tt] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!smallslanted]                           [\setsmallbodyfont\sl] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!smallboldslanted,\v!smallslantedbold]   [\setsmallbodyfont\bs] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!smallbolditalic,\v!smallitalicbold]     [\setsmallbodyfont\bi] []
+
+\definealternativestyle [\v!bigger]                                 [\setbigbodyfont  \tf] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!smaller]                                [\setsmallbodyfont\tf] []
+
+\definealternativestyle [\v!sans,\v!sansserif]                      [\ss]    []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!sansbold]                               [\ss\bf] []
+
+% % maybe we need interface neutral as well (for use in cld):
+%
+% \letcscsname\mediaeval       \csname\v!mediaeval       \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\normal          \csname\v!normal          \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\bold            \csname\v!bold            \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\mono            \csname\v!mono            \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\slanted         \csname\v!slanted         \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\italic          \csname\v!italic          \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\boldslanted     \csname\v!boldslanted     \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\slantedbold     \csname\v!slantedbold     \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\bolditalic      \csname\v!bolditalic      \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\italicbold      \csname\v!italicbold      \endcsname
+%
+% \letcscsname\small           \csname\v!small           \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\smallnormal     \csname\v!smallnormal     \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\smallbold       \csname\v!smallbold       \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\smalltype       \csname\v!smalltype       \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\smallslanted    \csname\v!smallslanted    \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\smallboldslanted\csname\v!smallboldslanted\endcsname
+% \letcscsname\smallslantedbold\csname\v!smallslantedbold\endcsname
+% \letcscsname\smallbolditalic \csname\v!smallbolditalic \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\smallitalicbold \csname\v!smallitalicbold \endcsname
+%
+% \letcscsname\bigger          \csname\v!bigger          \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\smaller         \csname\v!smaller         \endcsname
+%
+% \letcscsname\sans            \csname\v!sans            \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\sansserif       \csname\v!sansserif       \endcsname
+% \letcscsname\sansbold        \csname\v!sansbold        \endcsname
+
+%D We can go on and on and on:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \setupbodyfontenvironment[default][p=0.8,q=0.6]
+%D \definefontsize[p]
+%D \definefontsize[q]
+%D \stoptyping
+
+%D Slow but handy:
+
+\definealternativestyle [\v!smallbodyfont] [\setsmallbodyfont] []
+\definealternativestyle [\v!bigbodyfont]   [\setbigbodyfont]   []
+
+%D We treat {\sc Small Caps} and \cap {Pseudo Caps} a bit
+%D different. We also provide an \WORD {uppercase} style.
+
+\definealternativestyle [\v!cap,\v!capital] [\smallcapped] [\smallcapped]
+\definealternativestyle [\v!smallcaps]      [\sc]          [\sc]
+\definealternativestyle [\v!WORD]           [\WORD]        [\WORD]
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {tinyfont}
+%D
+%D By default we load the Computer Modern Roman fonts (but
+%D not yet at this moment) and activate the 12pt roman
+%D bodyfont. Sans serif and teletype are also available and
+%D can be called for by \type{\ss} and \type{\tt}. Loading
+%D takes place elsewhere.
+%D
+%D For tracing purposes we define:
+
+\definefont[tinyfont][Mono at 1ex]
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {infofont}
+%D
+%D The second situation occurs when we enable the info mode,
+%D and put all kind of status information in the margin. We
+%D don't want huge switches to the main bodyfont and style, so
+%D here too we use a direct method.
+
+\let\infofont\relax % satisfy dep checker
+
+\definefont [infofont] [Mono at 6pt] % todo \the\everybodyfont
+
+\protect \endinput
+
+% LM math vs CM math (analysis by Taco):
+%
+% Computer Modern Roman : Donald Knuth
+% Latin Modern          : LM Font Revision Team
+%
+% lmex10.tfm  % identical
+% lmmi5.tfm   % identical
+% lmmi6.tfm   % identical
+% lmmi7.tfm   % identical
+% lmmi8.tfm   % identical
+% lmmi9.tfm   % identical
+% lmmi10.tfm  % identical
+% lmmi12.tfm  % identical
+% lmmib10.tfm % identical
+% lmsy5.tfm   % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
+% lmsy6.tfm   % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
+% lmsy7.tfm   % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
+% lmsy8.tfm   % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
+% lmsy9.tfm   % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
+% lmsy10.tfm  % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
+% lmbsy10.tfm % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
+%
+% From the 'AMS' set:
+%
+% lmmib5.tfm  % identical
+% lmmib7.tfm  % identical
+% lmbsy5.tfm  % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
+% lmbsy7.tfm  % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
+%
+% The two extra characters are:
+%
+%   /lessorequalslant
+%   /greaterorequalslant
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-run.mkiv b/tex/context/base/font-run.mkiv
index 537272085..cc72b1b31 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/font-run.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/font-run.mkiv
@@ -77,14 +77,15 @@
    \vbox
      {\dosetshowfonttitle{#1}%
       \def\next##1%
-        {&&\getvalue{\bodyfontvariable{##1\s!text}}%
-         &&\getvalue{\bodyfontvariable{##1\s!script}}%
-         &&\getvalue{\bodyfontvariable{##1\s!scriptscript}}%
-         &&\getvalue{\bodyfontvariable{##1\c!x}}%
-         &&\getvalue{\bodyfontvariable{##1\c!xx}}%
-         &&\getvalue{\bodyfontvariable{##1\interfaced\v!small}}%
-         &&\getvalue{\bodyfontvariable{##1\interfaced\v!big}}%
-         &&\edef\next{\getvalue{\bodyfontvariable{##1\c!interlinespace}}}\ifx\next\empty not set\else\next\fi&\cr
+        {&&\bodyfontsizevariable{##1}\s!text
+         &&\bodyfontsizevariable{##1}\s!script
+         &&\bodyfontsizevariable{##1}\s!scriptscript
+         &&\bodyfontsizevariable{##1}\s!x
+         &&\bodyfontsizevariable{##1}\s!xx
+         &&\bodyfontsizevariable{##1}\v!small
+         &&\bodyfontsizevariable{##1}\v!big
+         &&\bodyfontsizevariable{##1}\c!interlinespace
+         &\cr
          \noalign{\hrule}}
       \halign to \localhsize
         {##&\vrule##\strut
@@ -97,7 +98,7 @@
          &\multispan{17}{\vrule\hfil\tttf\strut\title\hfil}\vrule\cr
          \noalign{\hrule}
          &&\tttf\tx\s!text&&\tttf\tx\s!script&&\tttf\tx\s!scriptscript
-         &&\tttf\tx\c!x&&\tttf\tx\c!xx&&\tttf\tx\v!small&&\tttf\tx\v!big
+         &&\tttf\tx\s!x&&\tttf\tx\s!xx&&\tttf\tx\v!small&&\tttf\tx\v!big
          &&\tttf\tx\c!interlinespace&\cr
          \noalign{\hrule}
          \@EA\globalprocesscommalist\@EA[\bodyfontenvironmentlist]\next}}
@@ -211,9 +212,9 @@
 
 \gdef\dodoshowfontstyle[#1][#2]%
   {\doifelse{#2}\v!all
-     {\dodoshowfontstyle[#1][\c!rm,\c!ss,\c!tt,\c!mm]}
+     {\dodoshowfontstyle[#1][\s!rm,\s!ss,\s!tt,\s!mm]}
      {\doifelsenothing{#2}
-        {\redoshowfontstyle[#1][\c!rm,\c!ss,\c!tt,\c!mm]}
+        {\redoshowfontstyle[#1][\s!rm,\s!ss,\s!tt,\s!mm]}
         {\redoshowfontstyle[#1][#2]}}}
 
 \gdef\dododoshowfontstyle[#1][#2][#3]%
diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-unk.mkiv b/tex/context/base/font-unk.mkiv
index 601f0449f..5bb89b6be 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/font-unk.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/font-unk.mkiv
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@
 %D style (so, Bold may expand to SansBold or SerifBold, depending
 %D on the default style in the typeface).
 
-\definefontsynonym[\s!Normal]     [\noexpand\fontstringD]
-\definefontsynonym[\s!Bold]       [\noexpand\fontstringD\noexpand\s!Bold]
-\definefontsynonym[\s!Italic]     [\noexpand\fontstringD\noexpand\s!Italic]
-\definefontsynonym[\s!Slanted]    [\noexpand\fontstringD\noexpand\s!Slanted]
-\definefontsynonym[\s!BoldItalic] [\noexpand\fontstringD\noexpand\s!BoldItalic]
-\definefontsynonym[\s!BoldSlanted][\noexpand\fontstringD\noexpand\s!BoldSlanted]
-\definefontsynonym[\s!Caps]       [\noexpand\fontstringD\noexpand\s!Caps]
+\definefontsynonym[\s!Normal]     [\noexpand\v_font_string_d]
+\definefontsynonym[\s!Bold]       [\noexpand\v_font_string_d\noexpand\s!Bold]
+\definefontsynonym[\s!Italic]     [\noexpand\v_font_string_d\noexpand\s!Italic]
+\definefontsynonym[\s!Slanted]    [\noexpand\v_font_string_d\noexpand\s!Slanted]
+\definefontsynonym[\s!BoldItalic] [\noexpand\v_font_string_d\noexpand\s!BoldItalic]
+\definefontsynonym[\s!BoldSlanted][\noexpand\v_font_string_d\noexpand\s!BoldSlanted]
+\definefontsynonym[\s!Caps]       [\noexpand\v_font_string_d\noexpand\s!Caps]
 
 %D Also handy:
 
diff --git a/tex/context/base/grph-fig.mkiv b/tex/context/base/grph-fig.mkiv
index acf809ef2..c33949361 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/grph-fig.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/grph-fig.mkiv
@@ -33,13 +33,17 @@
 \setfalse\externalfigurelevel
 \settrue \externalfigureflush
 
+\installcorenamespace{externalfigures}
+
 \def\doplaceexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]%
   {\doifsomething{#2}% catches \defineexternalfigure dummies
-     {\doifundefinedelse{\??ef\??ef#2}
-        {\dodoplaceexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]}
-        {\doifelse{#1}{#2}
-           {\dodoplaceexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]}
-           {\getvalue{\??ef\??ef#2}[#5]}}}}
+     {\ifcsname\??externalfigures#2\endcsname
+        \doifelse{#1}{#2}
+          {\dodoplaceexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]}
+          {\getvalue{\??externalfigures#2}[#5]}%
+      \else
+        \dodoplaceexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]%
+      \fi}}
 
 \ifdefined\dotagfigure \else \let\dotagfigure\relax \fi
 
@@ -96,7 +100,7 @@
   {\dodoubleargument\dodefineexternalfigure}
 
 \def\dodefineexternalfigure[#1][#2]%
-  {\setvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}{\doplaceexternalfigure[#1][][][#2]}}
+  {\setvalue{\??externalfigures#1}{\doplaceexternalfigure[#1][][][#2]}}
 
 % \useexternalfigure[alpha][koe]
 % \useexternalfigure[beta] [koe]       [breedte=1cm]
@@ -147,7 +151,7 @@
            {\dodouseexternalfigure{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}}}
 
 \def\dodouseexternalfigure#1#2#3#4%
-  {\setvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}{\doplaceexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4]}%
+  {\setvalue{\??externalfigures#1}{\doplaceexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4]}%
    \doanalyzeexternalfigurecollection[#2][#4]}
 
 \newconditional\inexternalfigurecollection
@@ -215,49 +219,67 @@
 \def\dosetefparameters#1#2#3% parent_id use_settings current_settings
   {\doifelsenothing{#1} % inherit from parent
      {\getparameters[\??ef][#2,#3]}
-     {\doifdefinedelse{\??ef\??ef#1}
-        {\pushmacro\doplaceexternalfigure
-         \def\doplaceexternalfigure[##1][##2][##3][##4]{\getparameters[\??ef][##4,#2,#3]}%
-         \getvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}%
-         \popmacro\doplaceexternalfigure}
-        {\getparameters[\??ef][#2,#3]}}}
+     {\ifcsname\??externalfigures#1\endcsname
+        \pushmacro\doplaceexternalfigure
+        \def\doplaceexternalfigure[##1][##2][##3][##4]{\getparameters[\??ef][##4,#2,#3]}%
+        \getvalue{\??externalfigures#1}%
+        \popmacro\doplaceexternalfigure
+      \else
+        \getparameters[\??ef][#2,#3]%
+      \fi}}
 
 \unexpanded\def\externalfigure
   {\dotripleempty\doexternalfigure}
 
+% \def\doexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3]% [label][file][settings] | [file][settings] | [file][parent][settings]
+%   {\bgroup
+%    \doifelsenothing{#1}
+%      {\framed[\c!width=\defaultfigurewidth,\c!height=\defaultfigureheight]{external\\figure\\no name}}
+%      {\ifcsname\??externalfigures#1\endcsname
+%         \doifassignmentelse{#2}
+%           {\getvalue{\??externalfigures#1}[#2]}%
+%           {\getvalue{\??externalfigures#1}[#3]}%
+%       \else
+%         \useexternalfigure[\s!dummy][#1][#2][#3]%
+%         \getvalue{\??externalfigures\s!dummy}[]% [] is dummy arg 5
+%       \fi}%
+%    \globallet\currentresourcecomment\empty
+%    \egroup}
+
 \def\doexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3]% [label][file][settings] | [file][settings] | [file][parent][settings]
-  {\bgroup
-   \doifelsenothing{#1}
-     {\framed[\c!width=\defaultfigurewidth,\c!height=\defaultfigureheight]{external\\figure\\no name}}
-     {\doifundefinedelse{\??ef\??ef#1}
-        {\useexternalfigure[\s!dummy][#1][#2][#3]%
-         \getvalue{\??ef\??ef\s!dummy}[]} % [] is dummy arg 5
-        {\doifassignmentelse{#2}
-           {\getvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}[#2]}%
-           {\getvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}[#3]}}}%
+  {\bgroup % also catched #1 == empty ... scales nicer now
+   \ifcsname\??externalfigures#1\endcsname
+     \doifassignmentelse{#2}
+       {\getvalue{\??externalfigures#1}[#2]}%
+       {\getvalue{\??externalfigures#1}[#3]}%
+   \else
+     \useexternalfigure[\s!dummy][#1][#2][#3]%
+     \getvalue{\??externalfigures\s!dummy}[]% [] is dummy arg 5
+   \fi
    \globallet\currentresourcecomment\empty
    \egroup}
 
-\long\def\resourcecomment#1%
-  {\long\gdef\currentresourcecomment{#1}}
+\def\resourcecomment#1%
+  {\gdef\currentresourcecomment{#1}}
 
-\long\unexpanded\def\startresourcecomment#1\stopresourcecomment
-  {\long\gdef\currentresourcecomment{#1}}
+\unexpanded\def\startresourcecomment#1\stopresourcecomment
+  {\gdef\currentresourcecomment{#1}}
 
 \let\currentresourcecomment\empty
 
-\def\showexternalfigures % maybe run time command is better, but no core-run, unless figs-run ...
+\unexpanded\def\showexternalfigures % maybe run time command is better, but no core-run, unless figs-run ...
   {%\writestatus\m!system{for \string\showexternalfigures\space see \truefilename{x-res-20}.tex}
-   \usemodule[res-20]\showexternalfigures} % so for the moment we do it this way
+   \usemodule[res-20]%
+   \showexternalfigures} % so for the moment we do it this way
 
-\def\overlayfigure#1%
+\unexpanded\def\overlayfigure#1%
   {\externalfigure[#1][\c!width=\overlaywidth,\c!height=\overlayheight]}
 
 %D Whatever
 
 \newbox\colorbarbox
 
-\def\makecolorbar[#1]%
+\unexpanded\def\makecolorbar[#1]%
   {\def\docommand##1%
      {\color[##1]
         {\blackrule
@@ -307,7 +329,7 @@
      {\teststartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\teststopfigure
       \let\@@exframes\v!on}
      {\let\@@exframes\v!off}%
-   \setvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}%
+   \setvalue{\??externalfigures#1}%
      {\dosingleempty{\placestartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\placestopfigure}}%
    }% no longer \doifundefined{#1}{\setvalue{#1}{\getexternalfigure{#1}}}}
 
@@ -376,7 +398,7 @@
      {\teststartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\teststopfigure
       \let\@@exframe\v!on}
      {\let\@@exframe\v!off}%
-   \setvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}%
+   \setvalue{\??externalfigures#1}%
      {\def\next{\placestartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\placestopfigure}%
       \dosingleempty\next}%
    }% no longer: \doifundefined{#1}{\setvalue{#1}{\getexternalfigure{#1}}}}
diff --git a/tex/context/base/grph-inc.mkiv b/tex/context/base/grph-inc.mkiv
index c5a41152c..58d1e2b62 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/grph-inc.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/grph-inc.mkiv
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 % \externalfigure[demo.svg]
 % \externalfigure[demo.svg][conversion=png]
 
-\def\calculateexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% \cmd label filename parent_id preset current
+\unexpanded\def\calculateexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% \cmd label filename parent_id preset current
   {\dontcomplain
    \restorecatcodes
    \forgetall
diff --git a/tex/context/base/grph-trf.mkiv b/tex/context/base/grph-trf.mkiv
index 0b603f1ba..b3392a9b7 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/grph-trf.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/grph-trf.mkiv
@@ -152,7 +152,6 @@
    \global\let\finalscaleboxyfactor\!!hundred
    %
    \forgetall
-   \dontshowcomposition
    \dontcomplain
    %
    \setfalse\c_grph_scale_done
@@ -687,8 +686,7 @@
    \dowithnextboxcs\grph_mirror_finish\hbox}
 
 \def\grph_mirror_finish
-  {\dontshowcomposition
-   \scratchdimen\wd\nextbox
+  {\scratchdimen\wd\nextbox
    % better use an hbox (if no \forgetall, leftskip etc may creep in)
    %\setbox\nextbox\vbox{\forgetall\dostartmirroring\hskip-\wd\nextbox\box\nextbox\dostopmirroring}%
    \setbox\nextbox\hbox{\dostartmirroring\hskip-\wd\nextbox\box\nextbox\dostopmirroring}%
@@ -836,9 +834,9 @@
   {\bgroup
    \hbox\bgroup % compatibility hack
      \edef\p_rotation_rotation{#1}%
-     \dowithnextboxcs\grph_rotate_finish}
+     \dowithnextboxcs\grph_rotate_finish_box}
 
-\def\grph_rotate_finish
+\def\grph_rotate_finish_box
   {\getvalue{\??rotatelocation\v!broad}%
    \grph_rotate_finish_indeed
    \egroup
@@ -878,7 +876,6 @@
      \ifcsname\??rotatepreset\p_rotation_rotation\endcsname\p_rotation_rotation\else\v!default\fi
    \endcsname
    \setbox\nextbox\vbox{\box\nextbox}% not really needed
-   \dontshowcomposition
    \dontcomplain
    \ifconditional\c_grph_rotate_center
      \d_grph_rotate_saved_width \wd\nextbox
diff --git a/tex/context/base/lpdf-ano.lua b/tex/context/base/lpdf-ano.lua
index 0769296c8..1777f26de 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/lpdf-ano.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/lpdf-ano.lua
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ if not modules then modules = { } end modules ['lpdf-ano'] = {
 local next, tostring = next, tostring
 local rep, format = string.rep, string.format
 local texcount = tex.count
+local lpegmatch = lpeg.match
 
 local backends, lpdf = backends, lpdf
 
@@ -501,7 +502,7 @@ function specials.order(var,actions) -- references.specials !
     local operation = var.operation
     if operation then
         local kind, name, n = lpegmatch(splitter,operation)
-        local order = lists.ordered[kind]
+        local order = structures.lists.ordered[kind]
         order = order and order[name]
         local v = order[tonumber(n)]
         local r = v and v.references.realpage
diff --git a/tex/context/base/luat-mac.lua b/tex/context/base/luat-mac.lua
index d0543250c..f7ab63045 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/luat-mac.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/luat-mac.lua
@@ -6,6 +6,14 @@ if not modules then modules = { } end modules ['luat-mac'] = {
     license   = "see context related readme files"
 }
 
+-- Sometimes we run into situations like:
+--
+-- \def\foo#1{\expandafter\def\csname#1\endcsname}
+--
+-- As this confuses the parser, the following should be used instead:
+--
+-- \def\foo#1{\expandafter\normaldef\csname#1\endcsname}
+
 local P, V, S, R, C, Cs, Cmt, Carg = lpeg.P, lpeg.V, lpeg.S, lpeg.R, lpeg.C, lpeg.Cs, lpeg.Cmt, lpeg.Carg
 local lpegmatch, patterns = lpeg.match, lpeg.patterns
 
@@ -28,7 +36,7 @@ local function set(s)
             local ns = #stack
             local h = hashes[ns]
             if not h then
-                h = rep("#",ns)
+                h = rep("#",2^(ns-1))
                 hashes[ns] = h
             end
             m = h .. n
@@ -84,8 +92,8 @@ local csname         = (R("AZ","az") + S("@?!_"))^1
 local longname       = (longleft/"") * (nolong^1) * (longright/"")
 local variable       = P("#") * Cs(name + longname)
 local escapedname    = escape * csname
-local definer        = escape * (P("def") + P("egx") * P("def"))                  -- tex
-local setter         = escape * P("set") * (P("u")^-1 * P("egx")^-1) * P("value") -- context specific
+local definer        = escape * (P("def") + S("egx") * P("def"))                  -- tex
+local setter         = escape * P("set") * (P("u")^-1 * S("egx")^-1) * P("value") -- context specific
 ---                  + escape * P("install") * (1-P("handler"))^1 * P("handler")  -- context specific
 local startcode      = P("\\starttexdefinition")                                  -- context specific
 local stopcode       = P("\\stoptexdefinition")                                   -- context specific
diff --git a/tex/context/base/lxml-tex.lua b/tex/context/base/lxml-tex.lua
index eb708782b..22f989805 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/lxml-tex.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/lxml-tex.lua
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ function lxml.convert(id,data,entities,compress)
 end
 
 function lxml.load(id,filename,compress,entities)
-    filename = commands.preparedfile(filename)
+    filename = commands.preparedfile(filename) -- not commands!
     if trace_loading then
         report_lxml("loading file '%s' as '%s'",filename,id)
     end
@@ -1275,8 +1275,9 @@ function finalizers.tag(collected,n)
     if collected then
         local nc = #collected
         if nc > 0 then
+            n = tonumber(n) or 0
             local c
-            if n == 0 or not n then
+            if n == 0 then
                 c = collected[1]
             elseif n > 1 then
                 c = collected[n]
diff --git a/tex/context/base/math-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/math-ini.mkiv
index 561b50a95..581881a9c 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/math-ini.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/math-ini.mkiv
@@ -119,16 +119,16 @@
 
 \let\mathalternate\setmathalternate % obsolete
 
-\unexpanded\def\mr            {\setmathattribute\s!regular\c!tf\setmathstylealterternate\s!tf}
+\unexpanded\def\mr            {\setmathattribute\s!regular\s!tf\setmathstylealterternate\s!tf}
 
-\unexpanded\def\mathdefault   {\setmathattribute\s!regular\c!it\setmathstylealterternate\s!it}
+\unexpanded\def\mathdefault   {\setmathattribute\s!regular\s!it\setmathstylealterternate\s!it}
 \unexpanded\def\mathscript    {\setmathalphabet \s!script      \setmathstylealterternate\s!script}
 \unexpanded\def\mathfraktur   {\setmathalphabet \s!fraktur     \setmathstylealterternate\s!fraktur}
 \unexpanded\def\mathblackboard{\setmathalphabet \s!blackboard  \setmathstylealterternate\s!blackboard}
 
-\unexpanded\def\mathrm        {\setmathattribute\s!rm\c!tf     \setmathstylealterternate\s!tf}
-\unexpanded\def\mathss        {\setmathattribute\s!ss\c!tf     \setmathstylealterternate\s!tf}
-\unexpanded\def\mathtt        {\setmathattribute\s!tt\c!tf     \setmathstylealterternate\s!tf}
+\unexpanded\def\mathrm        {\setmathattribute\s!rm\s!tf     \setmathstylealterternate\s!tf}
+\unexpanded\def\mathss        {\setmathattribute\s!ss\s!tf     \setmathstylealterternate\s!tf}
+\unexpanded\def\mathtt        {\setmathattribute\s!tt\s!tf     \setmathstylealterternate\s!tf}
 
 \unexpanded\def\mathtf        {\setmathstyle\s!tf              \setmathstylealterternate\s!tf}
 \unexpanded\def\mathsl        {\setmathstyle\s!it              \setmathstylealterternate\s!it} % no sl
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 
 \unexpanded\def\mathbf        {\setmathstyle\s!bf              \setmathstylealterternate\s!bf}
 \unexpanded\def\mathbs        {\setmathstyle\s!bi              \setmathstylealterternate\s!bi} % no sl
-\unexpanded\def\mathbi        {\setmathstyle\s!bi              \setmathstylealterternate\c!bi}
+\unexpanded\def\mathbi        {\setmathstyle\s!bi              \setmathstylealterternate\s!bi}
 
 \let\tfmath\mathtf % maybe a grouped command
 \let\slmath\mathsl
diff --git a/tex/context/base/meta-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/meta-ini.mkiv
index 16c56789e..69b717cfe 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/meta-ini.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/meta-ini.mkiv
@@ -837,6 +837,16 @@
 %D In order to communicate conveniently with the \TEX\
 %D engine, we introduce some typesetting variables.
 
+% \setupcolors[state=stop,conversion=never] % quite tricky ... type mismatch
+
+% A temporary hack so that I can test an alternative in cont-loc. See ** in
+% colo-ini.lua (mpcolor).
+
+\def\m_meta_colo_initializations{%
+    OverlayLineColor:=\MPcolor{\overlaylinecolor};
+    OverlayColor:=\MPcolor{\overlaycolor};
+}
+
 \startMPextensions
     color OverlayColor,OverlayLineColor;
 \stopMPextensions
@@ -846,9 +856,13 @@
     OverlayWidth:=\overlaywidth;
     OverlayHeight:=\overlayheight;
     OverlayDepth:=\overlayheight;
-    OverlayColor:=\MPcolor{\overlaycolor};
     OverlayLineWidth:=\overlaylinewidth;
-    OverlayLineColor:=\MPcolor{\overlaylinecolor};
+    %
+    \m_meta_colo_initializations
+%     OverlayLineColor:=\MPcolor{\overlaylinecolor};
+%     OverlayColor:=\MPcolor{\overlaycolor};
+%     vardef OverlayLineColor=\MPcolor{\overlaylinecolor} enddef;
+%     vardef OverlayColor=\MPcolor{\overlaycolor} enddef;
     %
     BaseLineSkip:=\the\baselineskip;
     LineHeight:=\the\baselineskip;
diff --git a/tex/context/base/meta-pag.mkiv b/tex/context/base/meta-pag.mkiv
index 8118b476e..366d69d97 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/meta-pag.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/meta-pag.mkiv
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
 %      \hbox{#1}%
 %    \fi}
 
-\def\globalregisterMPtextarea{\normalexpanded{\global\MPtextareadata{\the\MPtextareadata
+\unexpanded\def\globalregisterMPtextarea{\normalexpanded{\global\MPtextareadata{\the\MPtextareadata
   RegisterTextArea(%
    \MPx\currentMPtextarea,%
    \MPy\currentMPtextarea,%
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
    \MPd\currentMPtextarea%
   );}}}
 
-\def\localregisterMPtextarea{\normalexpanded{\global\MPlocaltextareadata{%
+\unexpanded\def\localregisterMPtextarea{\normalexpanded{\global\MPlocaltextareadata{%
   RegisterLocalTextArea(%
    \MPx\currentMPtextarea,%
    \MPy\currentMPtextarea,%
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
    \MPd\currentMPtextarea%
   );}}}
 
-\def\registerMPtextareaindeed#1#2%
+\unexpanded\def\registerMPtextareaindeed#1#2%
   {\ifpositioning
      \begingroup
      \global\advance\currentMPtextareadata\plusone
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
 \unexpanded\def\registerMPtextarea     {\registerMPtextareaindeed\globalregisterMPtextarea}
 \unexpanded\def\registerMPlocaltextarea{\registerMPtextareaindeed\localregisterMPtextarea }
 
-\expanded\def\resetMPlocaltextarea
+\unexpanded\def\resetMPlocaltextarea
   {\global\MPlocaltextareadata\emptytoks}
 
 \startMPextensions
diff --git a/tex/context/base/meta-tex.mkiv b/tex/context/base/meta-tex.mkiv
index b273c58a5..4defd260c 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/meta-tex.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/meta-tex.mkiv
@@ -68,17 +68,16 @@
 
 \unexpanded\def\definetextext[#1]%
   {\def\currenttextext{#1}%
-   \doifnextoptionalelse\meta_define_textext_one\meta_define_textext_zero}
+   \doifnextoptionalelse\meta_textext_define_one\meta_textext_define_zero}
 
-\def\meta_define_textext_one {\setvalue{\??graphictexarguments1:\currenttextext}}
-\def\meta_define_textext_zero{\setvalue{\??graphictexarguments0:\currenttextext}}
+\def\meta_textext_define_one {\setvalue{\??graphictexarguments1:\currenttextext}}
+\def\meta_textext_define_zero{\setvalue{\??graphictexarguments0:\currenttextext}}
 
 \def\sometxt#1#{\meta_some_txt{#1}}
 
 \def\meta_some_txt#1#2% we need to capture embedded quotes (a bit messy as later on textext is filtered
   {textext.drt("\mpsometxt#1{\ctxlua{metapost.escaped(\!!bs#2\!!es)}}")}
 
-
 \unexpanded\def\mpsometxt % no _ catcode
   {\doifnextoptionalelse\meta_some_txt_indeed_yes\meta_some_txt_indeed_nop}
 
diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-aux.mkiv b/tex/context/base/mult-aux.mkiv
index 66d7add8b..e50a7470c 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/mult-aux.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/mult-aux.mkiv
@@ -138,8 +138,8 @@
         {\noexpand#1}% \??aa
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname current#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname #2parameter\endcsname
-        \expandafter\noexpand\csname do#2parameter\endcsname
-        \expandafter\noexpand\csname do#2parentparameter\endcsname
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname do#2parameter\endcsname           % or : #2_parameter_hash
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname do#2parentparameter\endcsname     % or : #2_parent_parameter_hash
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname named#2parameter\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname detokenized#2parameter\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname strict#2parameter\endcsname       % checked
@@ -173,8 +173,8 @@
         {\noexpand#1}% \??aa
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname current#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname #2parameterhash\endcsname
-        \expandafter\noexpand\csname do#2parameterhash\endcsname
-        \expandafter\noexpand\csname do#2parentparameterhash\endcsname
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname do#2parameterhash\endcsname         % or : #2_parameter_hash
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname do#2parentparameterhash\endcsname   % or : #2_parent_parameter_hash
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname current#2hash\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname named#2hash\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname check#2parent\endcsname
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname define#2\endcsname
         {\noexpand#3}% root
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname current#2\endcsname
-        \expandafter\noexpand\csname d@define#2\endcsname % sort of public
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname define_#2\endcsname % semi-public
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname everypreset#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname everydefine#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname current#2parent\endcsname}}
@@ -290,12 +290,12 @@
    \def#4[##1][##2]% maybe helper
      {\let\savedsetupwhatever#3%
       \ifsecondargument
-        \def\docommand####1% we will have a simple one as well
+        \def\mult_interfaces_with_comma_list_element####1% we will have a simple one as well
           {\edef#3{####1}%
          % \getparameters[#1#3:][##2]%
            \mult_interfaces_get_parameters{#1#3:}[##2]%
            \the#5}%
-        \processcommalist[##1]\docommand
+        \processcommalist[##1]\mult_interfaces_with_comma_list_element
       \else
         \let#3\empty
       % \getparameters[#1:][##1]%
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
         {\noexpand#1}% \??aa
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname setup#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname current#2\endcsname
-        \expandafter\noexpand\csname d@setup#2\endcsname % sort of public
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname setup_#2\endcsname % semi-public
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname everysetup#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname setupcurrent#2\endcsname}}
 
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
         {\noexpand#1}% \??aa
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname setup#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname current#2\endcsname
-        \expandafter\noexpand\csname d@setup#2\endcsname
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname setup_#2\endcsname % semi-public
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname everysetup#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname setupcurrent#2\endcsname}}
 
@@ -362,20 +362,20 @@
    \def#4[##1][##2][##3]%
      {\let\savedsetupwhatever#3%
       \ifthirdargument
-        \def\docommand####1%
+        \def\mult_interfaces_with_comma_list_element####1%
           {\edef#3{####1}%
         %  \getparameters[#1#3:][\s!parent=#1##2,##3]%
            \mult_interfaces_get_parameters{#1#3:}[\s!parent=#1##2,##3]% always sets parent
            \the#5}%
-        \processcommalist[##1]\docommand
+        \processcommalist[##1]\mult_interfaces_with_comma_list_element
       \else\ifsecondargument
-        \def\docommand####1%
+        \def\mult_interfaces_with_comma_list_element####1%
           {\edef#3{####1}%
            #7% checks parent and sets if needed
         %  \getparameters[#1#3:][##2]%
            \mult_interfaces_get_parameters{#1#3:}[##2]%
            \the#5}%
-        \processcommalist[##1]\docommand
+        \processcommalist[##1]\mult_interfaces_with_comma_list_element
       \else
         \let#3\empty
       % \getparameters[#1:][##1]%
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
         {\noexpand#1}% \??aa
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname setup#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname current#2\endcsname
-        \expandafter\noexpand\csname d@setup#2\endcsname % sort of public
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname setup_#2\endcsname % semi-public
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname everysetup#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname setupcurrent#2\endcsname
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname check#2parent\endcsname}}
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
      {\mult_interfaces_install_direct_setup_handler
         {\noexpand#1}% \??aa
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname setup#2\endcsname
-        \expandafter\noexpand\csname d@setup#2\endcsname
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname setup_#2\endcsname % semi-public
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname everysetup#2\endcsname}}
 
 \unexpanded\def\mult_interfaces_install_direct_parameter_set_handler#1#2#3#4#5%
diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/mult-ini.mkiv
index 09f047063..21727f564 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/mult-ini.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/mult-ini.mkiv
@@ -42,7 +42,6 @@
 %D \NC \type{\c!prefix!} \NC  c!         \NC constant (direct)   \NC\FR
 %D \NC \type{\e!prefix!} \NC  e!         \NC element             \NC\MR
 %D \NC \type{\f!prefix!} \NC  f!         \NC file                \NC\MR
-%D \NC \type{\k!prefix!} \NC  k!         \NC constant (indirect) \NC\MR
 %D \NC \type{\m!prefix!} \NC  m!         \NC age             \NC\MR
 %D \NC \type{\s!prefix!} \NC  s!         \NC system              \NC\MR
 %D \NC \type{\v!prefix!} \NC  v!         \NC variable            \NC\MR
@@ -57,7 +56,6 @@
 \def\c!prefix!{c!}
 \def\e!prefix!{e!}
 \def\f!prefix!{f!} % for the moment we keep this one
-\def\k!prefix!{k!}
 \def\m!prefix!{m!}
 \def\s!prefix!{s!}
 \def\v!prefix!{v!}
@@ -760,28 +758,6 @@
 \def\do@siele#1#2{\expandafter\gdef\csname\e!prefix!#1\endcsname{#2}}
 \def\do@sicom#1#2{\expandafter\gdef\csname#2\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter{\csname#1\endcsname}}
 
-%D \macros
-%D   {interfaced}
-%D
-%D The setup commands translate the constants automatically.
-%D When we want to translate 'by hand' we can use the simple
-%D but effective command:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \interfaced {something}
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D Giving \type{\interfaced{breedte}} results in \type{width}
-%D or, when not defined, in \type{breedte} itself. This
-%D macro is used in the font switching mechanism.
-
-\def\interfaced#1%
-  {\ifcsname\k!prefix!#1\endcsname
-     \csname\k!prefix!#1\endcsname
-   \else
-     #1%
-   \fi}
-
 %D So much for the basic multi||lingual interface commands. The
 %D macro's can be enhanced with more testing facilities, but
 %D for the moment they suffice.
diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-low.lua b/tex/context/base/mult-low.lua
index ec865e793..f059faad0 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/mult-low.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/mult-low.lua
@@ -37,6 +37,8 @@ return {
         "bgroup", "egroup",
         "endline",
         --
+        "conditionaltrue", "conditionalfalse",
+        --
         "attributeunsetvalue",
         --
         "uprotationangle", "rightrotationangle", "downrotationangle", "leftrotationangle",
@@ -74,7 +76,12 @@ return {
         "charifcode", "catifcode", "numifcode", "dimifcode", "oddifcode", "vmodeifcode", "hmodeifcode",
         "mmodeifcode", "innerifcode", "voidifcode", "hboxifcode", "vboxifcode", "xifcode", "eofifcode",
         "trueifcode", "falseifcode", "caseifcode", "definedifcode", "csnameifcode", "fontcharifcode",
-      --
+        --
+        "fontslantperpoint", "fontinterwordspace", "fontinterwordstretch", "fontinterwordshrink",
+        "fontexheight", "fontemwidth", "fontextraspace", "slantperpoint",
+        "interwordspace", "interwordstretch", "interwordshrink", "exheight", "emwidth", "extraspace",
+        "mathsupdisplay", "mathsupnormal", "mathsupcramped", "mathsubnormal", "mathsubcombined",  "mathaxisheight",
+        --
         -- maybe a different class
         --
         "startmode", "stopmode", "startnotmode", "stopnotmode", "doifmode", "doifmodeelse", "doifnotmode",
@@ -100,6 +107,8 @@ return {
         "newcount", "newdimen", "newskip", "newmuskip", "newbox", "newtoks", "newread", "newwrite", "newmarks", "newinsert", "newattribute", "newif",
         "newlanguage", "newfamily", "newfam", "newhelp", -- not used
         --
+        "then",
+        --
         "htdp",
         "unvoidbox",
         "vfilll",
diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-sys.mkiv b/tex/context/base/mult-sys.mkiv
index 2d7ad1eed..9f322a960 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/mult-sys.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/mult-sys.mkiv
@@ -170,6 +170,38 @@
 \definesystemconstant {rm}
 \definesystemconstant {ss}
 \definesystemconstant {tt}
+\definesystemconstant {hw}
+\definesystemconstant {cg}
+\definesystemconstant {mm}
+
+\definesystemconstant {x}
+\definesystemconstant {xx}
+\definesystemconstant {em}
+
+\definesystemconstant {a}
+\definesystemconstant {b}
+\definesystemconstant {c}
+\definesystemconstant {d}
+\definesystemconstant {e}
+\definesystemconstant {f}
+
+\definesystemconstant {mr}
+\definesystemconstant {mb}
+\definesystemconstant {mrlr}
+\definesystemconstant {mrrl}
+\definesystemconstant {mblr}
+\definesystemconstant {mbrl}
+
+\definesystemconstant {tf}
+\definesystemconstant {bf}
+\definesystemconstant {bs}
+\definesystemconstant {bi}
+\definesystemconstant {sl}
+\definesystemconstant {it}
+\definesystemconstant {sc}
+
+\definesystemconstant {small}
+\definesystemconstant {big}
 
 %D Net come some \CONTEXT\ constants, used in the definition
 %D of private commands:
@@ -304,6 +336,7 @@
 \definesystemconstant  {gray}
 \definesystemconstant  {spot}
 \definesystemconstant  {all}
+\definesystemconstant  {dtp}
 \definesystemconstant  {none}
 
 \definesystemconstant  {map}
@@ -431,9 +464,7 @@
 \definesystemvariable {fc}   % FramedContent
 \definesystemvariable {fi}   % FIle Once
 \definesystemvariable {fo}   % xml FO (xtag)
-\definesystemvariable {fq}   % Features
 \definesystemvariable {fr}   % Division
-\definesystemvariable {ft}   % FonTs
 \definesystemvariable {fu}   % FontSolution
 \definesystemvariable {fw}   % simpleFonts by Wolfgang
 \definesystemvariable {fx}   % FoXet
@@ -516,12 +547,9 @@
 \definesystemvariable {ta}   % TAb
 \definesystemvariable {tb}   % TekstBlokken
 \definesystemvariable {te}   % TEmplate
-\definesystemvariable {tf}   % TypeFace
 \definesystemvariable {ti}   % TabelInstellingen
 \definesystemvariable {tl}   % TekstLijnen
-\definesystemvariable {tm}   % TypesynonyM
 \definesystemvariable {to}   % TOlerance
-\definesystemvariable {ts}   % TypeScript
 \definesystemvariable {tt}   % TabulaTe
 \definesystemvariable {tx}   % TeXtflow
 \definesystemvariable {ur}   % URl
@@ -644,52 +672,21 @@
 %definefileconstant {beforeprefix}       {b-}
 %definefileconstant {afterprefix}        {a-}
 
-%D \CONTEXT\ follows different strategies for finding files.
-%D The macros that are responsible for this 'clever' searching
-%D make use of two (very important) path specifiers.
-
-%definefileconstant {pathseparator}      {/}
-%definefileconstant {currentpath}        {.}
-%definefileconstant {parentpath}         {..}
-
-%D The way fonts are defined and called upon is language
-%D independant. We follow the scheme laid down by Knuth in
-%D Plain \TEX. We'll explain their meaning later.
-
-\defineinterfaceconstant {tf} {tf}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {bf} {bf}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {bs} {bs}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {bi} {bi}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {sl} {sl}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {it} {it}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {sc} {sc}
-
-\defineinterfaceconstant {rm} {rm}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {ss} {ss}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {tt} {tt}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {hw} {hw}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {cg} {cg}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {mm} {mm}
-
-%defineinterfaceconstant {os} {os}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {i}  {i}  % still used ?
-%defineinterfaceconstant {nn} {nn}
-
-\defineinterfaceconstant {x}  {x}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {xx} {xx}
-
-\defineinterfaceconstant {em} {em}
-
-\defineinterfaceconstant {mr} {mr}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {mb} {mb}
+% for old times sake:
 
-\defineinterfaceconstant {mrlr} {mrlr}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {mrrl} {mrrl}
+% \defineinterfaceconstant {x}  {x}
+% \defineinterfaceconstant {xx} {xx}
+% \defineinterfaceconstant {em} {em} % will go
 
-\defineinterfaceconstant {mblr} {mblr}
-\defineinterfaceconstant {mbrl} {mbrl}
+% \defineinterfaceconstant {tf} {tf}
+% \defineinterfaceconstant {bf} {bf}
+% \defineinterfaceconstant {bs} {bs}
+% \defineinterfaceconstant {bi} {bi}
+% \defineinterfaceconstant {sl} {sl}
+% \defineinterfaceconstant {it} {it}
+% \defineinterfaceconstant {sc} {sc} % keep, used elsewhere (or define in mult-def)
 
-%D For figure inclusion we need:
+%D For figure inclusion we need(ed):
 
 %defineinterfaceconstant {tif}  {tif}
 %defineinterfaceconstant {eps}  {eps}
diff --git a/tex/context/base/pack-box.mkiv b/tex/context/base/pack-box.mkiv
index daf2bb48e..89eb017a3 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/pack-box.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/pack-box.mkiv
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
 %       page=yes, % correct for topskip
 %       location=lt]
 %      {\externalfigure[koe][bleed][frame=on]}}
-
+
 % \setlayerframed[layer id][layer settings][framed setting]{data}
 % \setlayerframed[layer id][combined settings]{data}
 
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@
 
 \def\pack_layers_set_framed
   {\ifthirdargument
-     \expandafter      \pack_layers_set_framed_t
+     \singleexpandafter\pack_layers_set_framed_t
    \else\ifsecondargument
      \doubleexpandafter\pack_layers_set_framed_d
    \else
diff --git a/tex/context/base/pack-mrl.mkiv b/tex/context/base/pack-mrl.mkiv
index 46209d50c..f3f3d11d9 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/pack-mrl.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/pack-mrl.mkiv
@@ -599,8 +599,8 @@
               {\vrule\!!height\dimen4\!!depth\dimen6\!!width\@@tlwidth}%
             \hbox spread 2\dimexpr\@@tldistance\relax
               {\hss
-               \dousestyleparameter\@tlstyle
-               \dousecolorparameter\@tlcolor
+               \dousestyleparameter\@@tlstyle
+               \dousecolorparameter\@@tlcolor
                \strut#1%
                \hss}}}%
       \color[\@@tlrulecolor]
diff --git a/tex/context/base/pack-obj.mkiv b/tex/context/base/pack-obj.mkiv
index c2bc0587a..6c9848a01 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/pack-obj.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/pack-obj.mkiv
@@ -269,7 +269,6 @@
 
 \def\dododosetobject#1#2#3%
   {\begingroup
-   \dontshowcomposition % rather fuzzy in \setxvalue ... \hbox
    \scratchdimen\objectoffset
    \@EA\xdef\csname\??ob:#2::#3\endcsname
      {\noexpand\dohandleobject{#2}{#3}%
@@ -299,7 +298,6 @@
 \def\dogetobject#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% don't change this, should work for dvi & pdf
   {% \initializepaper
    \forgetall
-   \dontshowcomposition
    % todo: if no attr then faster
    \setbox\scratchbox\vbox attr \viewerlayerattribute \attribute\viewerlayerattribute
      {\doinsertobject{#1}{#2}}%
diff --git a/tex/context/base/pack-rul.mkiv b/tex/context/base/pack-rul.mkiv
index adef6aa8a..8248ba67a 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/pack-rul.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/pack-rul.mkiv
@@ -364,8 +364,8 @@
      \pack_framed_background_box_gray_indeed
    \fi}
 
-\def\pack_framed_background_box_gray_indeed
-  {\raster[\p_framed_backgroundscreen]{\pack_framed_filled_box}} % can be more direct but who cares
+\def\pack_framed_background_box_gray_indeed  % can be more direct but who cares, just compatibility
+  {\colored[s=\p_framed_backgroundscreen]{\pack_framed_filled_box}}
 
 %D It won't be a surprise that we not only provide gray boxes,
 %D but also colored ones. Here it is:
@@ -1291,8 +1291,7 @@
    \fi}
 
 \unexpanded\def\pack_framed_finish
-  {\dontshowcomposition
-   \pack_framed_stop_orientation % hm, wrong place ! should rotate the result (after reshape)
+  {\pack_framed_stop_orientation % hm, wrong place ! should rotate the result (after reshape)
    \pack_framed_locator_before\p_framed_location
    \ifconditional\c_framed_has_format
      \ifx\p_framed_autowidth\v!force
diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-imp.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-imp.mkiv
index 1804f9f95..f38033b36 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/page-imp.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/page-imp.mkiv
@@ -89,8 +89,7 @@
   {\page_shipouts_ignore}
 
 \def\page_boxes_shipout#1% or: \page_shipouts_apply
- {\dontshowcomposition % redundant
-  \dontcomplain        % redundant
+ {\dontcomplain        % redundant
   \the\everybeforeshipout
   \ifcase\shipoutfinalizemethod
     \page_shipouts_handle{#1}%
diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-lay.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-lay.mkiv
index ab6633992..e7a4f49d2 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/page-lay.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/page-lay.mkiv
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@
                    \c!lines=0,
                    \c!paper=, % for foxet
                     \c!page=, % for foxet
-                 \c!columns=1,
+                 \c!columns=\plusone,
           \c!columndistance=\zeropoint]
 
 %D First we define a whole range of (DIN) papersizes,
diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-mul.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-mul.mkiv
index 2806586b8..df8d38ee6 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/page-mul.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/page-mul.mkiv
@@ -405,7 +405,6 @@
    \leftskip\zeropoint
    \rightskip\zeropoint
    %
-   \dontshowcomposition
   %\setcolumntextwidth\relax
   %\setcolumntextheight\relax
    \widowpenalty\zerocount % is gewoon beter
@@ -445,9 +444,8 @@
    \let\sethsize\setcolumnhsize
    \let\setvsize\setcolumnvsize
    \sethsize
-   \setvsize
-   \showcomposition}
-
+   \setvsize}
+
 %D When we leave the multi||column mode, we have to process the
 %D not yet shipped out part of the columns. When we don't
 %D balance, we simply force a continuous output, but a balanced
@@ -474,7 +472,6 @@
      \vskip\lineheight
      \vskip-\lineheight % take footnotes into account
    \fi
-   \dontshowcomposition
    \doflushcolumnfloat  % added recently
   %\doflushcolumnfloats % no, since it results in wrong top floats
    \flushnotes          % before start of columns
@@ -585,14 +582,13 @@
    \fi
    \forgetall
    \setmulticolumnsout
-   \showcomposition
    \setmaxcolumndimensions
    \dohandleallcolumns
      {\mkprocesscolumncontents\currentcolumnbox}%
    \dohandleallcolumns
      {\page_marks_synchronize_column\plusone\nofcolumns\mofcolumns\currentcolumnbox}%
    \postprocesscolumns
-   \dohandleallcolumns % \hbox i.v.m. \showcomposition
+   \dohandleallcolumns
      {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox\hbox to \localcolumnwidth
         {\box\currentcolumnbox}%
       \wd\currentcolumnbox\localcolumnwidth
@@ -944,7 +940,6 @@
   {\bgroup
    \forgetall
    \setmulticolumnsout
-   \dontshowcomposition
 %    \dimen0=\columntextheight
 %    \advance\dimen0 -\precolumnboxheight
 %    \settotalinsertionheight
@@ -1016,7 +1011,6 @@
 \def\balancedmulticolumnsout
   {\bgroup
    \setmulticolumnsout
-   \dontshowcomposition
    \widowpenalty\zerocount
    \setbox0\vbox{\unvbox\normalpagebox}%
    \ifdim\ht0>\openlineheight % at least one line
diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-txt.mkvi b/tex/context/base/page-txt.mkvi
index 8d2d9c1d3..d2d996dea 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/page-txt.mkvi
+++ b/tex/context/base/page-txt.mkvi
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 \to \everysetuplayoutelement
 
 \def\page_layouts_reset_element_status#vertical%
-  {\expandafter\gdef\csname\??layouttextsreset#vertical\endcsname{\page_layouts_set_element_status_normal#vertical}}
+  {\expandafter\normalgdef\csname\??layouttextsreset#vertical\endcsname{\page_layouts_set_element_status_normal#vertical}}
 
 \def\page_layouts_set_element_status_normal#vertical%
   {\global\expandafter\let\csname\namedlayoutelementhash#vertical\c!state\endcsname\v!normal
@@ -111,10 +111,10 @@
    \fi}
 
 \def\page_layouts_synchronize_element_indeed#vertical%
-  {\ifx\currenttextstate \v!high \calculatevsizes\recalculatebackgrounds \else
-   \ifx\previoustextstate\v!high \calculatevsizes\recalculatebackgrounds \else
-   \ifx\currenttextstate \v!none \calculatevsizes\recalculatebackgrounds \else
-   \ifx\previoustextstate\v!none \calculatevsizes\recalculatebackgrounds \fi\fi\fi\fi
+  {\ifx\currenttextstate \v!high \calculatevsizes\page_backgrounds_recalculate \else
+   \ifx\previoustextstate\v!high \calculatevsizes\page_backgrounds_recalculate \else
+   \ifx\currenttextstate \v!none \calculatevsizes\page_backgrounds_recalculate \else
+   \ifx\previoustextstate\v!none \calculatevsizes\page_backgrounds_recalculate \fi\fi\fi\fi
    \letgvalue{\??layouttextssynchronize#vertical}\currenttextstate}
 
 \unexpanded\def\setuptop   {\dotripleempty\page_layouts_setup_text[\v!top   ]}
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@
 
 \def\page_layouts_place_page_number_left % historic
   {\begingroup
-   \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\ignorespaces\layoutelementparameter\c!marginedgetext\removeunwantedspaces}%
+   \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\ignorespaces\layoutelementparameter\c!marginedgetext\removeunwantedspaces}%
    \ifzeropt\wd\scratchbox\else
      \doifelsenothing\@@nmwidth
        {\box\scratchbox\tfskip}
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@
 
 \def\page_layouts_place_page_number_right % historic
   {\begingroup
-   \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\ignorespaces\layoutelementparameter\c!marginedgetext\removeunwantedspaces}%
+   \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\ignorespaces\layoutelementparameter\c!marginedgetext\removeunwantedspaces}%
    \ifzeropt\wd\scratchbox\else
      \doifelsenothing\@@nmwidth
        {\tfskip\box\scratchbox}
diff --git a/tex/context/base/prop-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/prop-ini.mkiv
index de259bc59..d8d2ea2f4 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/prop-ini.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/prop-ini.mkiv
@@ -20,41 +20,45 @@
 
 \unprotect
 
-\def\propertyobsoletemessage
+\installcorenamespace{propertytypes}
+\installcorenamespace{propertydefiners}
+\installcorenamespace{propertystarters}
+
+\def\properties_obsolete_message
   {\writestatus\m!system{properties are obsolete, use dedicated commands}%
-   \glet\propertyobsoletemessage\donothing}
+   \glet\properties_obsolete_message\donothing}
 
-\setvalue{\??py:d:\v!layer   }[#1][#2][#3]{\defineviewerlayer[#1][#3]}
-\setvalue{\??py:d:\s!effect  }[#1][#2][#3]{\defineeffect     [#1][#3]}
-\setvalue{\??py:d:\v!negative}[#1][#2][#3]{}
+\setvalue{\??propertydefiners\v!layer   }[#1][#2][#3]{\defineviewerlayer[#1][#3]}
+\setvalue{\??propertydefiners\s!effect  }[#1][#2][#3]{\defineeffect     [#1][#3]}
+\setvalue{\??propertydefiners\v!negative}[#1][#2][#3]{}
 
 \unexpanded\def\defineproperty
-  {\dotripleempty\dodefineproperty}
+  {\dotripleempty\properties_define}
 
-\def\dodefineproperty[#1][#2][#3]%
-  {\propertyobsoletemessage
-   \setevalue{\??py#1\c!type}{#2}%
-   \getvalue{\??py:d:#2}[#1][#2][#3]}
+\def\properties_define[#1][#2][#3]%
+  {\properties_obsolete_message
+   \setevalue{\??propertytypes#1e}{#2}%
+   \getvalue{\??propertydefiners#2}[#1][#2][#3]}
 
-\setvalue{\??py:s:\v!layer   }#1{\let\dostopproperty\stopviewerlayer\startviewerlayer[#1]}
-\setvalue{\??py:s:\s!effect  }#1{\let\dostopproperty\stopeffect     \starteffect     [#1]}
-\setvalue{\??py:s:\v!negative}#1{\let\dostopproperty\stopnegative   \startnegative       }
+\setvalue{\??propertystarters\v!layer   }#1{\let\properties_stop\stopviewerlayer\startviewerlayer[#1]}
+\setvalue{\??propertystarters\s!effect  }#1{\let\properties_stop\stopeffect     \starteffect     [#1]}
+\setvalue{\??propertystarters\v!negative}#1{\let\properties_stop\stopnegative   \startnegative       }
 
 \unexpanded\def\property[#1]%
-  {\groupedcommand{\dostartproperty{#1}}\dostopproperty}
+  {\groupedcommand{\properties_start{#1}}\properties_stop}
 
 \unexpanded\def\startproperty[#1]%
-  {\dostartproperty{#1}}
+  {\properties_start{#1}}
 
 \unexpanded\def\stopproperty
-  {\dostopproperty}
+  {\properties_stop}
 
-\unexpanded\def\dostartproperty#1%
-  {\pushmacro\dostopproperty
-   \getvalue{\??py:s:\getvalue{\??py#1\c!type}}{#1}}
+\unexpanded\def\properties_start#1%
+  {\pushmacro\properties_stop
+   \getvalue{\??propertystarters\getvalue{\??propertytypes#1}}{#1}}
 
-\unexpanded\def\dostopproperty
-  {\dostopproperty
-   \popmacro\dostopproperty}
+\unexpanded\def\properties_stop
+  {\properties_stop
+   \popmacro\properties_stop}
 
 \protect \endinput
diff --git a/tex/context/base/scrn-fld.lua b/tex/context/base/scrn-fld.lua
index 439de13b3..6f45b30d3 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/scrn-fld.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/scrn-fld.lua
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ commands.definefieldset = defineset
 commands.clonefield     = clone
 
 function commands.insertfield(name,specification)
-    tex.box["scrn_field_box_body"] = insert(name,specification)
+    tex.box["b_scrn_field_body"] = insert(name,specification)
 end
 
 -- (for the monent) only tex interface
diff --git a/tex/context/base/scrp-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/scrp-ini.mkiv
index 1c2b1dbaf..b9112a61f 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/scrp-ini.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/scrp-ini.mkiv
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@
     \setuevalue\currentscript{\setscript[\currentscript]}%
 \to \everydefinescript
 
-\unexpanded\def\dosetscript
+\unexpanded\def\scripts_basics_set
   {\ctxlua{scripts.set("\currentscript","\scriptparameter\c!method","\scriptparameter\c!preset")}}
 
 \unexpanded\def\setscript[#1]%
   {\edef\currentscript{#1}%
-   \dosetscript}
+   \scripts_basics_set}
 
 \unexpanded\def\resetscript
   {\ctxlua{scripts.reset()}}
@@ -49,18 +49,18 @@
 \unexpanded\def\startscript[#1]%
   {\begingroup
    \edef\currentscript{#1}%
-   \dosetscript}
+   \scripts_basics_set}
 
 \unexpanded\def\stopscript
   {\endgroup}
 
 % \setscript[hangul] \hangul \startscript[hangul]
 
-\definescript[hangul]   [\c!method=hangul]
-\definescript[hanzi]    [\c!method=hanzi]
+\definescript[hangul]  [\c!method=hangul]
+\definescript[hanzi]   [\c!method=hanzi]
 
-\definescript[ethiopic] [\c!method=ethiopic]
+\definescript[ethiopic][\c!method=ethiopic]
 
-\definescript[latin]    [\c!method=]        %  resets the attribute (also currentscript)
+\definescript[latin]   [\c!method=]        %  resets the attribute (also currentscript)
 
 \protect \endinput
diff --git a/tex/context/base/spac-ali.mkiv b/tex/context/base/spac-ali.mkiv
index 943de1617..01bd565c0 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/spac-ali.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/spac-ali.mkiv
@@ -728,13 +728,11 @@
       \relax}%
    \dontleavehmode
    \begingroup
-   \dontshowcomposition
    \inleftmargin{\vsmash{\infofont\framed[\c!align=\v!right]{\thepardata}}}%
    \endgroup}
 
 \unexpanded\def\startshowpardata
   {\begingroup
-   \showcomposition % all this tracing can go ... if we want it back it will be done in lua
    \showstruts\tracepositionstrue \tracingparagraphs\maxdimen
    \appendtoksonce\showpardata\let\showpardata\relax\to\everypar}
 
diff --git a/tex/context/base/spac-def.mkiv b/tex/context/base/spac-def.mkiv
index cdc45d80e..ae08f4d6e 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/spac-def.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/spac-def.mkiv
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 
 \def\forgetparindent
   {\forgeteverypar
-   \indentfirstparagraphtrue % recently added
+   \settrue\c_spac_indentation_indent_first % recently added
    \ctxparindent\zeropoint
    \parindent\zeropoint
    \let\currentindentation\v!none}
@@ -42,36 +42,41 @@
    \rightskip\zeropoint
    \relax}
 
-\def\forgetspacing
+\def\forgethorizontalstretch
   {\emergencystretch\zeropoint}
 
+\def\forgetverticalstretch
+  {\spacing\plusone}
+
 \newif\ifforgotten % rather good signal for inner
 
-\appendtoks \forgottentrue      \to \everyforgetall
-\appendtoks \forgetragged       \to \everyforgetall
-\appendtoks \forgetparskip      \to \everyforgetall
-\appendtoks \forgetparindent    \to \everyforgetall
-\appendtoks \forgetbothskips    \to \everyforgetall
-\appendtoks \forgetspacing      \to \everyforgetall % i.v.m. funny spacing in pagebody
-\appendtoks \spacing\plusone    \to \everyforgetall % new per 10/08/2004, else problems in otr / !! needed
-\appendtoks \everypar\emptytoks \to \everyforgetall % indeed!
+% This will become better: several resetters that do all in once as currently there is
+% redundant code.
 
+\appendtoks \forgottentrue             \to \everyforgetall
+\appendtoks \forgetragged              \to \everyforgetall
+\appendtoks \forgetparskip             \to \everyforgetall
+\appendtoks \forgetparindent           \to \everyforgetall
+\appendtoks \forgetbothskips           \to \everyforgetall
+\appendtoks \forgethorizontalstretch   \to \everyforgetall % needed in pagebody
+\appendtoks \forgetverticalstretch     \to \everyforgetall % needed in otr
+\appendtoks \everypar\emptytoks        \to \everyforgetall % indeed!
 
-\appendtoks \spacing\plusone           \to \everybodyfont
+\appendtoks \forgetverticalstretch     \to \everybodyfont
 \appendtoks \presetnormallineheight    \to \everybodyfont
-\appendtoks \setnormalbaselines        \to \everybodyfont % check if redundant
-\appendtoks \setstrut                  \to \everybodyfont % check if redundant
-\appendtoks \settopskip                \to \everybodyfont
-\appendtoks \setmaxdepth               \to \everybodyfont
-\appendtoks \simplesetupindenting      \to \everybodyfont
+\appendtoks \setnormalbaselines        \to \everybodyfont % check if redundant (\forgetverticalstretch does it too)
+\appendtoks \setstrut                  \to \everybodyfont % check if redundant (\forgetverticalstretch does it too)
+\appendtoks \settopskip                \to \everybodyfont % factors set in \forgetverticalstretch
+\appendtoks \setmaxdepth               \to \everybodyfont % factors set in \forgetverticalstretch
+\appendtoks \synchronizeindenting      \to \everybodyfont
 \appendtoks \simplesetupblank          \to \everybodyfont
 \appendtoks \simplesetupwhitespace     \to \everybodyfont
-\appendtoks \simplesetupspacing        \to \everybodyfont % nieuw
+\appendtoks \synchronizespacecodes     \to \everybodyfont % not needed, frozen factors
 \appendtoks \setrelativeinterlinespace \to \everybodyfont
 
-\appendtoks  \updateraggedskips        \to \everyfontswitch  % under test
-\prependtoks \let\par\endgraf          \to \everybeforepagebody % see \fillinline
-\appendtoks  \simplesetupspacing       \to \everydefinedfont
+\appendtoks  \updateraggedskips        \to \everyfontswitch     % under test
+\prependtoks \let\par\normalpar        \to \everybeforepagebody % see \fillinline (was endgraf)
+\appendtoks  \synchronizespacecodes    \to \everydefinedfont    % not needed, frozen factors
 
 \setupwhitespace
   [\v!none]
@@ -82,7 +87,7 @@
 \setupindenting
   [\v!none]
 
-\setupvspacing
+\setupvspacing % == \setupblank
   [\v!standard,
    \v!big]
 
@@ -92,22 +97,22 @@
 \definevspacing[\v!after]    [\v!before]
 
 \setupinterlinespace
-  [\c!minheight=0pt, % only special purpose
-   \c!mindepth=0pt, % only special purpose
+  [\c!minheight=\zeropoint, % only special purpose
+   \c!mindepth=\zeropoint, % only special purpose
    \c!height=.72,
    \c!depth=.28,
    \c!top=1.0,
    \c!bottom=0.4,
-   \c!distance=1pt,
-   \c!line=2.8ex,
-   \c!stretch=0]
+   \c!distance=\onepoint,
+   \c!line=2.8\exheight,
+   \c!stretch=\zerocount]
 
 \setupnarrower
   [\c!before=\endgraf,
    \c!after=\endgraf,
-   \c!left=1.5em,
-   \c!right=1.5em,
-   \c!middle=1.5em]
+   \c!left=1.5\emwidth,
+   \c!right=1.5\emwidth,
+   \c!middle=1.5\emwidth]
 
 \setuptolerance
   [\v!horizontal,\v!verystrict]
diff --git a/tex/context/base/spac-hor.mkiv b/tex/context/base/spac-hor.mkiv
index 3001b79bd..4ef39b67a 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/spac-hor.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/spac-hor.mkiv
@@ -23,68 +23,64 @@
 \newdimen \ctxparindent
 \parindent\ctxparindent % for the show
 
-\newif\ifindentfirstparagraph \indentfirstparagraphtrue
-
-\newconstant\indentingtogglestate
+\newconditional\c_spac_indentation_indent_first \settrue\c_spac_indentation_indent_first
+\newconstant   \c_spac_indentation_toggle_state
 
 %D After a blank or comparable situation (left side floats) we
 %D need to check if the next paragraph has to be indented.
 
 \def\presetindentation
-  {\doifoutervmode{\ifindentfirstparagraph\else\spac_indentation_variant_no\fi}}
-
-% we need a better everypar model: for each option a switch, which we
-% set to false with \forgetall and can enable when needed (context 4);
-% that way we can control the order of execution of options
+  {\doifoutervmode{\ifconditional\c_spac_indentation_indent_first\else\spac_indentation_variant_no\fi}}
 
-\def\checkeverypar % currently a hack
-  {\ifzeropt\parindent\else
-     \doifsometokselse\everypar\donothing\docheckupcomingindentation
-   \fi}
+\unexpanded\def\setupindenting
+  {\doifnextoptionalelse\spac_indentation_setup_options\spac_indentation_setup_size}
 
-\def\docheckupcomingindentation % brr
-  {\appendtoks\checkindentation\to\everypar}
+\def\spac_indentation_setup_size
+  {\assigndimension\currentindentation\ctxparindent{1\emwidth}{1.5\emwidth}{2\emwidth}}
 
-\definecomplexorsimple\setupindenting
+\let\synchronizeindenting\spac_indentation_setup_size
 
-\unexpanded\def\complexsetupindenting[#1]%
-  {\edef\currentindenting{#1}%
+\def\spac_indentation_setup_options[#1]%
+  {\edef\currentindenting{#1}% comma separated list
    \ifx\currentindenting\empty \else
-     \doapplycurrentindenting
+     \spac_indentation_setup_indeed
    \fi}
 
-\def\doapplycurrentindenting
-   {% not here: \indentfirstparagraphtrue
-    % not here: \parindent\ctxparindent
-    % not here: \indentingtogglestate\zerocount
-    % we use commacommand in order to catch #1 being a command (expanded parameter)
-    \processcommacommand[\currentindenting]\docomplexsetupindentingA % catch small, medium, etc
-    \processcommacommand[\currentindenting]\docomplexsetupindentingB % catch rest
-    \checkeverypar % only when non-empty #1
-    \ifindentfirstparagraph\else\spac_indentation_variant_no\fi
-    \spac_indentation_check_toggle}
-
-\def\docomplexsetupindentingA#1%
+\def\spac_indentation_setup_indeed
+  {% not here: \settrue\c_spac_indentation_indent_first
+   % not here: \parindent\ctxparindent
+   % not here: \c_spac_indentation_toggle_state\zerocount
+   \processcommacommand[\currentindenting]\spac_indentation_apply_step_one % catch small, medium, etc
+   \processcommacommand[\currentindenting]\spac_indentation_apply_step_two % catch rest
+   \ifzeropt\parindent\else
+     \doifemptytoks\everypar\spac_indentation_set_everypar
+   \fi
+   \ifconditional\c_spac_indentation_indent_first\else
+     \spac_indentation_variant_no
+   \fi
+   \spac_indentation_check_toggle}
+
+\def\spac_indentation_set_everypar
+  {\everypar{\checkindentation}}
+
+\def\spac_indentation_apply_step_one#1%
   {\ifcsname\??indenting#1\endcsname
-     % case b
+     % case two
    \else
-     \edef\currentindentation{#1}%
+     \edef\currentindentation{#1}% single entry in list
      \let\normalindentation\currentindentation
-     \simplesetupindenting
+     \spac_indentation_setup_size
    \fi}
 
-\def\docomplexsetupindentingB#1%
+\def\spac_indentation_apply_step_two#1%
   {\ifcsname\??indenting#1\endcsname
      \csname\??indenting#1\endcsname
    \else
-     % case a
+     % case one
    \fi}
 
-\def\simplesetupindenting % empty case, a it strange, needed this way?
-  {\assigndimension\currentindentation\ctxparindent{1em}{1.5em}{2em}}
-
 \unexpanded\def\indenting % kind of obsolete
-  {\dosingleargument\complexsetupindenting}
+  {\doifnextoptionalelse\spac_indentation_setup_options\relax}
 
 % use \noindentation to suppress next indentation
 
@@ -96,26 +92,26 @@
 \defineindentingmethod [\v!no]     {\parindent\zeropoint}% was: \ctxparindent\noindent}
 \defineindentingmethod [\v!not]    {\parindent\zeropoint}% was: \ctxparindent\noindent}
 
-\defineindentingmethod [\v!first]  {\indentfirstparagraphtrue}
-\defineindentingmethod [\v!next]   {\indentfirstparagraphfalse}
+\defineindentingmethod [\v!first]  {\settrue\c_spac_indentation_indent_first}
+\defineindentingmethod [\v!next]   {\setfalse\c_spac_indentation_indent_first}
 
 \defineindentingmethod [\v!yes]    {\parindent\ctxparindent\relax} % no \indent !
 \defineindentingmethod [\v!always] {\parindent\ctxparindent\relax} % no \indent !
 
 \defineindentingmethod [\v!never]  {\parindent\zeropoint\relax     % no \indent !
-                                    \indentingtogglestate\zerocount}
+                                    \c_spac_indentation_toggle_state\zerocount}
 
-\defineindentingmethod [\v!odd]    {\indentingtogglestate\plusone}
-\defineindentingmethod [\v!even]   {\indentingtogglestate\plustwo}
+\defineindentingmethod [\v!odd]    {\c_spac_indentation_toggle_state\plusone}
+\defineindentingmethod [\v!even]   {\c_spac_indentation_toggle_state\plustwo}
 
 \defineindentingmethod [\v!normal] {\ifx\normalindentation\empty\else
                                       \let\currentindentation\normalindentation
                                       \simplesetupindenting
                                     \fi}
 
-\defineindentingmethod [\v!reset]  {\indentfirstparagraphtrue
+\defineindentingmethod [\v!reset]  {\settrue\c_spac_indentation_indent_first
                                     \parindent\zeropoint
-                                    \indentingtogglestate\zerocount}
+                                    \c_spac_indentation_toggle_state\zerocount}
 
 \defineindentingmethod [\v!toggle] {\parindent\ifdim\parindent=\zeropoint
                                       \ctxparindent
@@ -162,7 +158,7 @@
   {\global\let\checkindentation\spac_indentation_no_toggle_indeed}
 
 \def\spac_indentation_check_toggle
-  {\ifcase\indentingtogglestate
+  {\ifcase\c_spac_indentation_toggle_state
      % nothing
    \or
      \spac_indentation_no_toggle
@@ -239,10 +235,10 @@
      \csname\??indentnext\ifcsname\??indentnext\p_indentnext\endcsname\p_indentnext\fi\endcsname
    \fi}
 
-\letvalue{\??indentnext        }\donothing
-\letvalue{\??indentnext\v!yes  }\spac_indentation_variant_yes
-\letvalue{\??indentnext\v!no   }\spac_indentation_variant_no
-\letvalue{\??indentnext\v!auto }\spac_indentation_variant_auto
+\letvalue{\??indentnext       }\donothing
+\letvalue{\??indentnext\v!yes }\spac_indentation_variant_yes
+\letvalue{\??indentnext\v!no  }\spac_indentation_variant_no
+\letvalue{\??indentnext\v!auto}\spac_indentation_variant_auto
 
 %D An example of usage:
 %D
@@ -293,42 +289,46 @@
 
 %D Hm ... todo:
 
-\sfcode`\)=0
-\sfcode`\'=0
-\sfcode`\]=0
+\installcorenamespace{spacecodemethods}
 
-\unexpanded\def\setfrenchspacing#1%
-  {\sfcode`\.#1 \sfcode`\,#1\relax
-   \sfcode`\?#1 \sfcode`\!#1\relax
-   \sfcode`\:#1 \sfcode`\;#1\relax}
+\sfcode`\)=\zerocount
+\sfcode`\'=\zerocount
+\sfcode`\]=\zerocount
 
-\unexpanded\def\frenchspacing
-  {\setfrenchspacing{1000}}
+\def\spac_spacecodes_set_fixed#1%
+  {\sfcode`\.#1\relax \sfcode`\,#1\relax
+   \sfcode`\?#1\relax \sfcode`\!#1\relax
+   \sfcode`\:#1\relax \sfcode`\;#1\relax}
 
-\unexpanded\def\resetfrenchspacing
+\def\spac_spacecodes_set_stretch
   {\sfcode`\.3000 \sfcode`\,1250
    \sfcode`\?3000 \sfcode`\!3000
    \sfcode`\:2000 \sfcode`\;1500 }
 
-\unexpanded\def\frenchspacing   {\setfrenchspacing{1000}}
-\unexpanded\def\newfrenchspacing{\setfrenchspacing{1050}}
-\unexpanded\def\nonfrenchspacing{\resetfrenchspacing}
+\unexpanded\def\frenchspacing   {\spac_spacecodes_set_fixed\plusthousand}
+\unexpanded\def\newfrenchspacing{\spac_spacecodes_set_fixed{1050}}
+\unexpanded\def\nonfrenchspacing{\spac_spacecodes_set_stretch}
+
+\unexpanded\def\definespacingmethod[#1]#2{\setvalue{\??spacecodemethods#1}{#2}}
 
-\installcorenamespace{spacingmethods}
+\definespacingmethod[\empty]   {}                  % keep values
+\definespacingmethod[\v!fixed] {\frenchspacing   } % equal spaces everywhere
+\definespacingmethod[\v!packed]{\newfrenchspacing} % slighly more after punctuation
+\definespacingmethod[\v!broad ]{\nonfrenchspacing} % more depending on what punctuation
 
-\unexpanded\def\definespacingmethod[#1]#2{\setvalue{\??spacingmethods#1}{#2}}
+\unexpanded\def\setupspacing
+  {\doifnextoptionalelse\spac_spacecodes_setup_yes\spac_spacecodes_setup_nop}
 
-\definespacingmethod[\v!packed]{\newfrenchspacing}
-\definespacingmethod[\v!broad ]{\nonfrenchspacing}
+\def\spac_spacecodes_setup_yes[#1]%
+  {\csname\??spacecodemethods#1\endcsname
+   \updateraggedskips} % not needed, as sf codes are static
 
-\def\complexsetupspacing[#1]%
-  {\executeifdefined{\??spacingmethods#1}\relax
-   \updateraggedskips}
+\def\spac_spacecodes_setup_nop
+  {\updateraggedskips} % not needed, as sf codes are static
 
-\def\simplesetupspacing
-  {\updateraggedskips}
+% This is not needed, as \updateraggedskips is taking care of it:
 
-\definecomplexorsimple\setupspacing
+\let\synchronizespacecodes\spac_spacecodes_setup_nop % \relax
 
 % \dorecurse{100}{\recurselevel\spacefactor 800 \space} \par
 % \dorecurse{100}{\recurselevel\spacefactor1200 \space} \par
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@
 % but, since not all fonts have .5em digits:
 
 \unexpanded\def\fixedspace
-  {\setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\mathortext{0}{0}}%
+  {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\mathortext{0}{0}}%
    \hskip\wd\scratchbox\relax}
 
 \def\fixedspaces
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@
 %D   {\relax\ifmmode
 %D      \copy\strutbox
 %D    \else
-%D      \bgroup\setbox\strutbox=\normalhbox{\box\strutbox}\unhcopy\strutbox\egroup
+%D      \bgroup\setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\box\strutbox}\unhcopy\strutbox\egroup
 %D    \fi}
 %D \stoptyping
 %D
diff --git a/tex/context/base/spac-lin.mkiv b/tex/context/base/spac-lin.mkiv
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..094e18e0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tex/context/base/spac-lin.mkiv
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+%D \module
+%D   [       file=spac-lin,
+%D        version=2012.01.08, % 2009.10.16 (core-ver) 1997.03.31 (core-spa)
+%D          title=\CONTEXT\ Spacing Macros,
+%D       subtitle=Vertical,
+%D         author=Hans Hagen,
+%D           date=\currentdate,
+%D      copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}]
+%C
+%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is
+%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
+%C details.
+
+\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Spacing Macros / Lines}
+
+\unprotect
+
+%D When spacing is active we need to handle commands in
+%D a special way:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \setuplines[space=on]
+%D
+%D \startlines
+%D Let's talk about this{\ttsl\gobbleoneargument or}that.
+%D \stoplines
+%D
+%D \startlines
+%D Let's talk about this{\getvalue{ttsl}or}that.
+%D \stoplines
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D One can indent in several ways:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \setupindenting[medium] \setuplines[indenting=odd] % no yes odd even
+%D
+%D \startlines
+%D first
+%D second
+%D third
+%D fourth
+%D \stoplines
+%D \stoptyping
+
+%D Contrary to \MKII\ we can now define classes of lines (generalized by
+%D Wolfgang). I will probably rewrite bits in \LUA.
+
+\installcorenamespace{lines}
+
+\installcommandhandler \??lines {lines} \??lines
+
+\setuplines
+  [\c!option=,
+   \c!command=,
+   \c!before=\blank,
+   \c!after=\blank,
+   \c!inbetween=\blank,
+   \c!indenting=\v!no,
+   \c!space=\v!default]
+
+\appendtoks
+   \setuevalue{\e!start\currentlines}{\spac_lines_start[\currentlines]}%
+   \setuevalue{\e!stop \currentlines}{\spac_lines_stop}%
+\to \everydefinelines
+
+\unexpanded\def\spac_lines_start[#1]%
+  {\bgroup
+   \edef\currentlines{#1}%
+   \obeylines
+   \dosingleempty\spac_lines_start_indeed}
+
+\let\p_lines_option\empty
+
+\let\spac_lines_break            \relax
+\let\spac_after_first_obeyed_line\relax
+
+\def\spac_lines_start_indeed[#1]% new: optional second argument (WS)
+  {\iffirstargument
+     \setupcurrentlines[#1]%
+   \fi
+   \edef\p_lines_option{\linesparameter\c!option}%
+   \ifx\p_lines_option\v!packed
+     \let\spac_lines_break\nobreak
+   \else
+     \let\spac_lines_break\relax
+   \fi
+   \linesparameter\c!before
+   \pushmacro\checkindentation
+   \whitespace
+   \dostarttagged\t!lines\currentlines
+   \begingroup
+   \uselinesstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color
+   \setupindenting[\linesparameter\c!indenting]%
+   \setupalign[\linesparameter\c!align]%
+   \typesettinglinestrue
+   \setupwhitespace[\v!none]%
+   %\obeylines % move upwards to keep spaces in the first line due to optional argument
+   \ignorespaces
+   \glet\spac_after_first_obeyed_line\spac_lines_after_first_obeyed_line_a
+   \let\obeyedline\spac_lines_obeyed_line
+   \activatespacehandler{\linesparameter\c!space}%
+   \dostarttagged\t!line\empty
+   \GotoPar} % this will become a nice lowercased helper
+
+% we could have states instead and handle option in there
+
+\def\spac_lines_after_first_obeyed_line_a % tzt two pass, like itemize
+  {\linesparameter\c!command
+   \glet\spac_after_first_obeyed_line\spac_lines_after_first_obeyed_line_b}
+
+\def\spac_lines_after_first_obeyed_line_b
+  {\spac_lines_break
+   \linesparameter\c!command}
+
+\def\spac_lines_obeyed_line
+  {\dostoptagged
+   \par
+   \dostarttagged\t!line\empty
+   \futurelet\next\spac_lines_between}
+
+\unexpanded\def\spac_lines_stop
+  {\dostoptagged
+   \endgroup
+   \dostoptagged
+   \popmacro\checkindentation
+   \linesparameter\c!after
+   \egroup}
+
+\def\spac_lines_between
+  {\doifmeaningelse\next\obeyedline % brrr
+     {\linesparameter\c!inbetween}
+     {\spac_after_first_obeyed_line}}
+
+\definelines[\v!lines]
+
+\unexpanded\def\emptylines
+  {\dosingleempty\spac_lines_empty}
+
+\def\spac_lines_empty[#1]%
+  {\endgraf\dorecurse{\iffirstargument#1\else3\fi}\crlf}
+
+\ifdefined\startlines \else
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\startlines\csname\e!start\v!lines\endcsname
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\stoplines \csname\e!stop \v!lines\endcsname
+\fi
+
+\protect \endinput
diff --git a/tex/context/base/spac-ver.mkiv b/tex/context/base/spac-ver.mkiv
index a84b49a18..ee770656f 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/spac-ver.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/spac-ver.mkiv
@@ -17,6 +17,9 @@
 
 \registerctxluafile{spac-ver}{1.001}
 
+% Isn't it about time to get rid of topskip i.e. make it equivalent to
+% \openstrutheight so that we can remove delta code.
+
 %D There are two ways to influence the interline spacing. The
 %D most general and often most consistent way is using
 %D
@@ -46,6 +49,9 @@
 %D arguments) to set the interline space according to the
 %D current font, e.g. a \type{\bfa}.
 
+% will be cleaned up but it will stay messy because we accept so
+% many variants
+
 \newif\iflocalinterlinespace
 
 \newskip\s_spac_vspacing_temp \s_spac_vspacing_temp\bigskipamount
@@ -61,56 +67,21 @@
      \fi \fi
    \relax}
 
-\ifx\bodyfontinterlinespecs\undefined
-
-  \let\bodyfontinterlinespecs\empty
+\ifdefined\bodyfontinterlinespace \else
   \let\bodyfontinterlinespace\empty
-
 \fi
 
 \unexpanded\def\presetnormallineheight % each bodyfont
   {\edef\normallineheight{\interlinespaceparameter\c!line}%
-  %done elsewhere : \spacing\!!plusone % new per 10/08/2004, else problems in otr / !! needed
    \iflocalinterlinespace \else
-     \doifdefined\bodyfontinterlinespecs
-       {\doifsomething\bodyfontinterlinespace
-          {\edef\normallineheight{\bodyfontinterlinespace}}}%
+     \edef\m_spac_normallineheight{\bodyfontinterlinespace}%
+     \ifx\m_spac_normallineheight\empty \else
+       \let\normallineheight\m_spac_normallineheight
+     \fi
    \fi}
 
-% check and test:
-%
-% \let\m_spac_linespacing_asked\empty
-%
-% \unexpanded\def\presetnormallineheight % each bodyfont
-%   {\iflocalinterlinespace
-%      \spac_linespacing_set_lineheight_regular
-%    \else
-%      \spac_linespacing_set_lineheight_checked
-%    \fi}
-%
-% \def\spac_linespacing_set_lineheight_regular
-%   {\edef\normallineheight{\interlinespaceparameter\c!line}}
-%
-% \def\spac_linespacing_set_lineheight_checked
-%   {\edef\m_spac_linespacing_asked{\bodyfontvariable{\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!interlinespace}}%
-%    \ifcsname\m_spac_linespacing_asked\endcsname
-%      \spac_linespacing_set_lineheight_specific
-%    \else
-%      \spac_linespacing_set_lineheight_regular
-%    \fi}
-%
-% \def\spac_linespacing_set_lineheight_specific
-%   {\edef\m_spac_linespacing_asked{\csname\bodyfontinterlinespecs\endcsname}%
-%    \ifx\m_spac_linespacing_asked\empty
-%      \spac_linespacing_set_lineheight_regular
-%    \else
-%      \let\normallineheight\m_spac_linespacing_asked
-%    \fi}
-
-\let\currentrelativeinterlinespace\empty
-
 \unexpanded\def\setupspecifiedinterlinespace[#1]%
-  {\getparameters[\??it\currentinterlinespace][#1]%
+  {\setupcurrentinterlinespace[#1]%
    \spac_linespacing_setup_specified_interline_space}
 
 \def\spac_linespacing_setup_specified_interline_space
@@ -132,7 +103,8 @@
 
 \installcorenamespace{interlinespacerelative}
 
-\let\setrelativeinterlinespace\relax % used elsewhere
+\let\setrelativeinterlinespace    \relax % used elsewhere
+\let\currentrelativeinterlinespace\empty
 
 \setvalue{\??interlinespacerelative\v!on   }{\oninterlineskip}
 \setvalue{\??interlinespacerelative\v!off  }{\offinterlineskip}
@@ -162,49 +134,40 @@
      \spacing\currentrelativeinterlinespace
    \fi}
 
-% todo: use command handler here
-
 \newtoks\everysetupglobalinterlinespace
 \newtoks\everysetuplocalinterlinespace
 
-\def\interlinespaceparameter          #1{\csname\dointerlinespaceparameter{\??it\currentinterlinespace}#1\endcsname}
-\def\dointerlinespaceparameter      #1#2{\ifcsname#1#2\endcsname#1#2\else\expandafter\dointerlinespaceparentparameter\csname#1\s!parent\endcsname#2\fi}
-\def\dointerlinespaceparentparameter#1#2{\ifx#1\relax\s!empty\else\dointerlinespaceparameter#1#2\fi} % \s!empty ?
-
 \newconditional\interlinespaceisset
 
-\let\currentinterlinespace\empty
-
-\unexpanded\def\defineinterlinespace
-  {\dodoubleempty\dodefineinterlinespace}
+\installcorenamespace{interlinespace}
 
-\def\dodefineinterlinespace[#1][#2]%
-  {\getparameters[\??it#1][\s!parent=\??it,#2]}
+\installcommandhandler \??interlinespace {interlinespace} \??interlinespace
 
 \unexpanded\def\setupinterlinespace
-  {\dodoubleempty\dosetupinterlinespace}
+  {\dodoubleempty\spac_linespacing_setup}
 
-\def\dosetupinterlinespace[#1][#2]%
+\def\spac_linespacing_setup[#1][#2]%
   {\settrue\interlinespaceisset % reset has to be done when needed
    \ifsecondargument
-     \getparameters[\??it#1][#2]%
+     \setup_interlinespace[#1][#2]%
    \else\iffirstargument
-     \edef\currentinterlinespace{\ifcsname\??it#1\s!parent\endcsname#1\fi}%
-     \ifx\currentinterlinespace\empty
-       \complexsetupinterlinespace[#1]%
+     \ifcsname\namedinterlinespacehash{#1}\s!parent\endcsname
+        \edef\currentinterlinespace{#1}%
+        \spac_linespacing_setup_specified_interline_space
+       %\dosetupspecifiedinterlinespaceindeed
      \else
-       \dosetupspecifiedinterlinespaceindeed
+       \space_linespacing_setup_specified_or_relative[#1]%
      \fi
    \else
      \let\currentinterlinespace\empty
-     \simplesetupinterlinespace
+     \space_linespacing_synchronize_local
    \fi\fi}
 
-\def\complexsetupinterlinespace[#1]% \commalistelement ipv #1
+\def\space_linespacing_setup_specified_or_relative[#1]%
   {\doifassignmentelse{#1}\setupspecifiedinterlinespace\setuprelativeinterlinespace[#1]%
    \the\iflocalinterlinespace\everysetuplocalinterlinespace\else\everysetupglobalinterlinespace\fi}
 
-\def\simplesetupinterlinespace % adapts to the font
+\def\space_linespacing_synchronize_local % adapts to the font
   {\localinterlinespacetrue
    \setfontparameters
    \updateraggedskips % funny one here
@@ -214,11 +177,11 @@
 \def\dosetupcheckedinterlinespace#1% often a chain
   {\edef\askedinterlinespace{#1}%
    \ifx\askedinterlinespace\empty
-     \simplesetupinterlinespace
-   \else\ifcsname\??it\askedinterlinespace\s!parent\endcsname
+     \space_linespacing_synchronize_local
+   \else\ifcsname\namedinterlinespacehash\askedinterlinespace\s!parent\endcsname % we could have a \s!check
      \pushmacro\currentinterlinespace
      \let\currentinterlinespace\askedinterlinespace
-     \dosetupspecifiedinterlinespaceindeed
+     \spac_linespacing_setup_specified_interline_space % \dosetupspecifiedinterlinespaceindeed
      \iflocalinterlinespace
        \the\everysetuplocalinterlinespace
      \else
@@ -229,8 +192,7 @@
      \popmacro\currentinterlinespace
    \else
      \normalexpanded{\noexpand\doifassignmentelse{\askedinterlinespace}%
-       \noexpand\setupspecifiedinterlinespace
-       \noexpand\setuprelativeinterlinespace[\askedinterlinespace]}%
+       \setupspecifiedinterlinespace\setuprelativeinterlinespace[\askedinterlinespace]}%
      \iflocalinterlinespace
        \the\everysetuplocalinterlinespace
      \else
@@ -249,7 +211,7 @@
 
 \let\switchtointerlinespace\setuplocalinterlinespace
 
-\definecomplexorsimple\setupinterlinespace
+% \definecomplexorsimple\setupinterlinespace
 
 %D Helpers
 
@@ -411,6 +373,8 @@
        \fi
    \fi}
 
+% this will become \installwhitespacemethod{}{}
+
 \unexpanded\def\definewhitespacemethod[#1]#2{\setvalue{\??whitespacemethod#1}{#2}}
 
 \definewhitespacemethod [\v!fix]      {}
@@ -512,8 +476,8 @@
    \flushnextbox
    \stopbaselinecorrection}
 
-\unexpanded\def\verticalstrut  {\normalvbox{\hsize\zeropoint\forgetall\strut}}
-\unexpanded\def\horizontalstrut{\normalhbox                          {\strut}}
+\unexpanded\def\verticalstrut  {\vbox{\hsize\zeropoint\forgetall\strut}}
+\unexpanded\def\horizontalstrut{\hbox                          {\strut}}
 
 % Hieronder volgen enkele instellingen en macro's ten behoeve
 % van de interlinie en \strut. De waarden 2.8, 0.07, 0.72 en
@@ -664,7 +628,7 @@
    \normallineskiplimit\zeropoint\relax
    \normalbaselines}
 
-\unexpanded\def\spacing#1%
+\unexpanded\def\spacing#1% vertical
   {\ifgridsnapping
      \let\spacingfactor\plusone
    \else
@@ -705,7 +669,7 @@
 
 \newbox\strutbox
 
-\setbox\strutbox\normalhbox{\vrule\!!height8.5pt\!!depth3.5pt\!!width\zeropoint} % just a start
+\setbox\strutbox\hbox{\vrule\!!height8.5pt\!!depth3.5pt\!!width\zeropoint} % just a start
 
 \def\strut{\relax\ifmmode\copy\else\unhcopy\fi\strutbox}
 
@@ -755,7 +719,7 @@
    \dosetstrut}
 
 \unexpanded\def\setcharstrut#1%
-  {\setbox\strutbox\normalhbox{#1}%
+  {\setbox\strutbox\hbox{#1}%
    \strutht\ht\strutbox
    \strutdp\dp\strutbox
    \dosetstrut}
@@ -804,15 +768,15 @@
    \fi}
 
 \def\spac_struts_set_hide
-  {\setbox\strutbox\normalhbox
+  {\setbox\strutbox\hbox
      {\vrule
         \!!width \zeropoint
         \!!height\strutht
         \!!depth \strutdp}}
 
 \def\spac_struts_set_vide
-  {\setbox\strutbox\normalhbox
-     {\normalhbox to \zeropoint
+  {\setbox\strutbox\hbox
+     {\hbox to \zeropoint
         {% \hss % new, will be option
          \vrule
            \!!width \strutwidth
@@ -924,14 +888,14 @@
 
 \def\spac_struts_beg_signal
   {\noindent\horizontalstrut
-   \normalpenalty\plustenthousand
-   \normalhskip-\strutsignal
-   \normalhskip\strutsignal}
+   \penalty\plustenthousand
+   \hskip-\strutsignal
+   \hskip\strutsignal}
 
 \def\spac_struts_beg_normal
   {\strut
-   \normalpenalty\plustenthousand
-   \normalhskip\zeropoint}
+   \penalty\plustenthousand
+   \hskip\zeropoint}
 
 \unexpanded\def\endstrut
   {\relax\ifhmode
@@ -956,15 +920,15 @@
      \unpenalty
      \setbox\scratchbox\lastbox
    \else
-     \normalpenalty\plustenthousand
-     \normalhskip\zeropoint
+     \penalty\plustenthousand
+     \hskip\zeropoint
      \strut
    \fi}
 
 \def\spac_struts_end_normal
   {\removeunwantedspaces
-   \normalpenalty\plustenthousand
-   \normalhskip\zeropoint
+   \penalty\plustenthousand
+   \hskip\zeropoint
    \strut}
 
 % unsave:
@@ -1729,116 +1693,4 @@
      \relax
    \fi}
 
-%D When spacing is active we need to handle commands in
-%D a special way:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \setuplines[space=on]
-%D
-%D \startlines
-%D Let's talk about this{\ttsl\gobbleoneargument or}that.
-%D \stoplines
-%D
-%D \startlines
-%D Let's talk about this{\getvalue{ttsl}or}that.
-%D \stoplines
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D One can indent in several ways:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \setupindenting[medium] \setuplines[indenting=odd] % no yes odd even
-%D
-%D \startlines
-%D first
-%D second
-%D third
-%D fourth
-%D \stoplines
-%D \stoptyping
-
-%D Contrary to \MKII\ we can now define classes of lines (generalized by
-%D Wolfgang). I will probably rewrite bits in \LUA.
-
-\installcorenamespace{lines}
-
-\installcommandhandler \??lines {lines} \??lines
-
-\setuplines
-  [\c!option=,
-   \c!command=,
-   \c!before=\blank,
-   \c!after=\blank,
-   \c!inbetween=\blank,
-   \c!indenting=\v!no,
-   \c!space=\v!default]
-
-\appendtoks
-   \setuevalue{\e!start\currentlines}{\dostartlines[\currentlines]}%
-   \setuevalue{\e!stop \currentlines}{\dostoplines}%
-\to \everydefinelines
-
-\unexpanded\def\dostartlines[#1]%
-  {\bgroup
-   \edef\currentlines{#1}%
-   \obeylines
-   \dosingleempty\dodostartlines}
-
-\def\dodostartlines[#1]% new: optional second argument (WS)
-  {\iffirstargument
-     \setupcurrentlines[#1]%
-   \fi
-   \edef\linesoption{\linesparameter\c!option}%
-   \linesparameter\c!before
-   \pushmacro\checkindentation
-   \whitespace
-   \dostarttagged\t!lines\currentlines
-   \begingroup
-   \uselinesstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color
-   \setupindenting[\linesparameter\c!indenting]%
-   \setupalign[\linesparameter\c!align]%
-   \typesettinglinestrue
-   \setupwhitespace[\v!none]%
-   %\obeylines % move upwards to keep spaces in the first line due to optional argument
-   \ignorespaces
-   \gdef\afterfirstobeyedline % tzt two pass, net als opsomming
-     {\linesparameter\c!command
-      \gdef\afterfirstobeyedline
-        {\ifx\linesoption\v!packed\nobreak\fi
-         \linesparameter\c!command}}%
-   \def\obeyedline
-     {\dostoptagged
-      \par
-      \dostarttagged\t!line\empty
-      \futurelet\next\dobetweenthelines}%
-   \activatespacehandler{\linesparameter\c!space}%
-   \dostarttagged\t!line\empty
-   \GotoPar}
-
-\unexpanded\def\dostoplines
-  {\dostoptagged
-   \endgroup
-   \dostoptagged
-   \popmacro\checkindentation
-   \linesparameter\c!after
-   \egroup}
-
-\def\dobetweenthelines
-  {\doifmeaningelse\next\obeyedline
-     {\linesparameter\c!inbetween}
-     {\afterfirstobeyedline}}
-
-\definelines[\v!lines]
-
-\def\emptylines
-  {\dosingleempty\doemptylines}
-
-\def\doemptylines[#1]%
-  {\endgraf\dorecurse{\iffirstargument#1\else3\fi}\crlf}
-
-\ifdefined\startlines \else
-    \expandafter\let\expandafter\startlines\csname\e!start\v!lines\endcsname
-    \expandafter\let\expandafter\stoplines \csname\e!stop \v!lines\endcsname
-\fi
-
 \protect \endinput
diff --git a/tex/context/base/status-files.pdf b/tex/context/base/status-files.pdf
index 2450c93b4..f248eb5ac 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/status-files.pdf
+++ b/tex/context/base/status-files.pdf
diff --git a/tex/context/base/status-lua.pdf b/tex/context/base/status-lua.pdf
index 5c297c1ff..1a5956dcc 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/status-lua.pdf
+++ b/tex/context/base/status-lua.pdf
diff --git a/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.lua b/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.lua
index 27e65c475..d742d8736 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.lua
@@ -281,11 +281,13 @@ return {
             filename = "supp-vis",
             marktype = "mkiv",
             status   = "unknown",
+            comment  = "will become a module (and part will stay in the core)",
         },
         {
             filename = "supp-fun",
             marktype = "mkiv",
             status   = "unknown",
+            comment  = "will be integrated elsewhere",
         },
         {
             filename = "supp-ran",
@@ -578,6 +580,12 @@ return {
             comment  = "update lua code (communicate via register)"
         },
         {
+            filename = "spac-lin",
+            marktype = "mkiv",
+            status   = "unknown",
+            comment  = "could be improved if needed"
+        },
+        {
             filename = "spac-pag",
             marktype = "mkiv",
             status   = "okay",
@@ -782,11 +790,6 @@ return {
             status   = "unknown",
         },
         {
-            filename = "file-job",
-            marktype = "mkvi",
-            status   = "unknown",
-        },
-        {
             filename = "buff-ini",
             marktype = "mkiv",
             status   = "okay",
@@ -946,8 +949,14 @@ return {
         },
         {
             filename = "font-ini",
+            marktype = "mkvi",
+            status   = "okay",
+            comment  = "needs occasional checking and upgrading",
+        },
+        {
+            filename = "font-pre",
             marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            status   = "okay",
         },
         {
             filename = "font-unk",
@@ -968,8 +977,8 @@ return {
         },
         {
             filename = "font-col",
-            marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            marktype = "mkvi",
+            status   = "okay",
         },
         {
             filename = "font-gds",
@@ -1050,38 +1059,29 @@ return {
         },
         {
             filename = "type-ini",
-            marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            marktype = "mkvi",
+            status   = "okay",
         },
         {
             filename = "type-set",
             marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
-        },
-        {
-            filename = "type-def",
-            marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
-        },
-        {
-            filename = "type-lua",
-            marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            status   = "okay",
         },
         {
             filename = "scrp-ini",
             marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            status   = "okay",
         },
         {
             filename = "prop-ini",
             marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            status   = "okay",
+            comment  = "this module is obsolete",
         },
         {
             filename = "mlib-ctx",
             marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            status   = "okay",
         },
         {
             filename = "meta-ini",
@@ -1091,12 +1091,13 @@ return {
         {
             filename = "meta-tex",
             marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            status   = "okay",
         },
         {
             filename = "meta-fun",
             marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            status   = "okay",
+            comment  = "maybe this one will be merged"
         },
         {
             filename = "meta-pag",
@@ -1216,7 +1217,7 @@ return {
         {
             filename = "phys-dim",
             marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            status   = "okay",
         },
         {
             filename = "strc-mat",
@@ -1339,7 +1340,7 @@ return {
         {
             filename = "cldf-ver",
             marktype = "mkiv",
-            status   = "unknown",
+            status   = "okay",
         },
         {
             filename = "cldf-com",
diff --git a/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.tex b/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.tex
index 4c764e4f7..4127b35de 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.tex
+++ b/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.tex
@@ -58,7 +58,10 @@
 
         if preloaded then
 
-            for i=1,#preloaded do
+            local nofunknown = 0
+            local nofloaded  = #preloaded
+
+            for i=1,nofloaded do
                 preloaded[i].order = i
             end
 
@@ -71,18 +74,27 @@
             context.NC() context.bold("status")
             context.NC() context.bold("comment")
             context.NC() context.NR()
-            for i=1,#preloaded do
+            for i=1,nofloaded do
                 local module = preloaded[i]
                 local status = module.status
                 context.NC() context(module.order)
                 context.NC() context(module.filename)
                 context.NC() context(module.marktype)
-                context.NC() if status == "unknown" then context.bold(status) else context(status) end
+                if status == "unknown" then
+                    context.NC() context.bold(status)
+                    nofunknown = nofunknown + 1
+                else
+                    context.NC() context(status)
+                end
                 context.NC() context(module.comment)
                 context.NC() context.NR()
             end
             context.stoptabulate()
 
+            context.blank()
+
+            context("Of the %s core modules (so far) in this list %s have the status unknown",nofloaded,nofunknown)
+
         end
 
     end
diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-des.mkiv b/tex/context/base/strc-des.mkiv
index 48102655a..9f84c493d 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/strc-des.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/strc-des.mkiv
@@ -195,8 +195,7 @@
    \@@makedescriptionhangbox\raggedright{\advance\rightskip \descriptionsheaddistance}%
    \noindent
    \llap
-     {\dontshowcomposition
-      \vtop to \zeropoint{\box\descriptionheadbox}}%
+     {\vtop to \zeropoint{\box\descriptionheadbox}}%
    \@@dodescription}
 
 \def\@@descriptionrighthang
@@ -208,7 +207,6 @@
    \noindent
    \rlap
      {\dontcomplain
-      \dontshowcomposition
       \hbox to \dimexpr\hsize-\leftskip-\rightskip\relax % can be a macro
         {\hss\vtop to \zeropoint{\box\descriptionheadbox}}}%
    \@@dodescription}
@@ -337,7 +335,6 @@
   {\descriptionparameter\c!before
    \begingroup
    \doadaptleftskip{\descriptionparameter\c!margin}%
-   \showcomposition
    \setlocalhsize % so we can use \localhsize in width assignments
    \descriptionsheaddistance\descriptionlocationparameter\c!distance\relax
    \ifdim\descriptionsheaddistance=\zeropoint\relax
diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-itm.mkvi b/tex/context/base/strc-itm.mkvi
index 2ef345e4b..6d04f27ed 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/strc-itm.mkvi
+++ b/tex/context/base/strc-itm.mkvi
@@ -697,70 +697,25 @@
    \else
      \edef\itemgroupoptions{\itemgroupoptions,\itemgroupextraoptions}%
    \fi\fi
-   \redostartitemgroup{#settings}}
-
-\let\startcollectitems\relax
-\let\stopcollectitems \relax
-
-\ifdefined\startcolumns \else \unexpanded\def\startcolumns[#settings]{} \fi
-\ifdefined\stopcolumns  \else \unexpanded\def\stopcolumns            {} \fi
-
-\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!flushleft }\relax
-\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!right     }\relax
-\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!flushright}\hfill
-\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!left      }\hfill
-\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!middle    }\hfil
-\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!center    }\hfil
-
-\def\strc_itemgroups_left_sym_filler
-  {\csname\??itemgroupalign\itemgroupparameter\c!symalign\endcsname}
-
-% symbols + states
-
-\def\strc_itemgroups_store_global_symbol#symbol%
-  {\letgvalue{\??itemgroupglobal\currentitemlevel}#symbol}
-
-\def\strc_itemgroups_store_local_symbol#symbol%
-  {\letgvalue{\??itemgrouplocal\currentitemlevel}#symbol}
-
-\def\strc_itemgroups_fetch_global_symbol
-  {\getvalue{\??itemgroupglobal\currentitemlevel}}
-
-\def\strc_itemgroups_fetch_local_symbol
-  {\getvalue{\??itemgrouplocal\currentitemlevel}}
-
-\def\strc_itemgroups_setup_symbol_default
-  {\edef\strc_itemgroups_asked_symbol{\itemgroupparameter\c!symbol}%
-   \strc_itemgroups_store_global_symbol\empty}
-
-\def\strc_itemgroups_setup_symbol_continue
-  {\ifcsname\??itemgroupglobal\currentitemlevel\endcsname
-     \let\strc_itemgroups_asked_symbol\strc_itemgroups_fetch_global_symbol
-   \else
-     \let\strc_itemgroups_asked_symbol\currentitemlevel
-   \fi}
-
-\def\strc_itemgroups_setup_symbol_asked
-   {\edef\strc_itemgroups_asked_symbol{\itemgroupparameter\c!symbol}}
-
-\unexpanded\def\redostartitemgroup#settings% k/v
-  {\begingroup % (2)
+   \begingroup % (2)
    \the\itemgroupcommands
    \let\c_strc_itemgroups_text_saved\c_strc_itemgroups_text
    \strc_itemgroups_initialize_local
    \strc_itemgroups_preset_stage_one\itemgroupoptions
-   \ifhmode
-     \ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_auto_concat
-       \ifdim\lastskip=\d_strc_itemgroups_signal
-         \settrue\c_strc_itemgroups_concat
-       \fi
-     \fi
-     \ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_text_saved \else
-       \ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_text \else
-         \par
-       \fi
-     \fi
-   \fi
+%
+%    \ifhmode
+%      \ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_auto_concat
+%        \ifdim\lastskip=\d_strc_itemgroups_signal
+%          \settrue\c_strc_itemgroups_concat
+%        \fi
+%      \fi
+%      \ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_text_saved \else
+%        \ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_text \else
+%          \par
+%        \fi
+%      \fi
+%    \fi
+%
    \iftrialtypesetting
      \savestructurecounter[\v_strc_itemgroups_counter]%
    \fi
@@ -782,6 +737,20 @@
        \strc_itemgroups_store_continue_state\itemgroupoptions{#settings}%
      \fi
    \fi
+   %
+   \ifhmode
+     \ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_auto_concat
+       \ifdim\lastskip=\d_strc_itemgroups_signal
+         \settrue\c_strc_itemgroups_concat
+       \fi
+     \fi
+     \ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_text_saved \else
+       \ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_text \else
+         \par
+       \fi
+     \fi
+   \fi
+   %
    \ifnum\c_strc_itemgroups_nesting=\plusone % NIEUW
      \doadaptleftskip {\itemgroupparameter\c!margin}%
      \doadaptleftskip {\itemgroupparameter\c!leftmargin}%
@@ -842,6 +811,50 @@
    \d_strc_itemgroups_asked_width\itemgroupparameter\c!width\relax
    \startcollectitems}
 
+\let\startcollectitems\relax
+\let\stopcollectitems \relax
+
+\ifdefined\startcolumns \else \unexpanded\def\startcolumns[#settings]{} \fi
+\ifdefined\stopcolumns  \else \unexpanded\def\stopcolumns            {} \fi
+
+\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!flushleft }\relax
+\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!right     }\relax
+\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!flushright}\hfill
+\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!left      }\hfill
+\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!middle    }\hfil
+\letvalue{\??itemgroupalign\v!center    }\hfil
+
+\def\strc_itemgroups_left_sym_filler
+  {\csname\??itemgroupalign\itemgroupparameter\c!symalign\endcsname}
+
+% symbols + states
+
+\def\strc_itemgroups_store_global_symbol#symbol%
+  {\letgvalue{\??itemgroupglobal\currentitemlevel}#symbol}
+
+\def\strc_itemgroups_store_local_symbol#symbol%
+  {\letgvalue{\??itemgrouplocal\currentitemlevel}#symbol}
+
+\def\strc_itemgroups_fetch_global_symbol
+  {\getvalue{\??itemgroupglobal\currentitemlevel}}
+
+\def\strc_itemgroups_fetch_local_symbol
+  {\getvalue{\??itemgrouplocal\currentitemlevel}}
+
+\def\strc_itemgroups_setup_symbol_default
+  {\edef\strc_itemgroups_asked_symbol{\itemgroupparameter\c!symbol}%
+   \strc_itemgroups_store_global_symbol\empty}
+
+\def\strc_itemgroups_setup_symbol_continue
+  {\ifcsname\??itemgroupglobal\currentitemlevel\endcsname
+     \let\strc_itemgroups_asked_symbol\strc_itemgroups_fetch_global_symbol
+   \else
+     \let\strc_itemgroups_asked_symbol\currentitemlevel
+   \fi}
+
+\def\strc_itemgroups_setup_symbol_asked
+   {\edef\strc_itemgroups_asked_symbol{\itemgroupparameter\c!symbol}}
+
 \def\strc_itemgroups_start_columns
   {\startcolumns
      [\c!n=\itemgroupparameter\c!n,
@@ -896,11 +909,14 @@
    \fi
    \global\advance\c_strc_itemgroups_nesting\minusone
    \xdef\currentitemlevel{\number\c_strc_itemgroups_nesting}%
-   \endgroup % (2)
-   \endgroup % (1)
-   \ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_text \else
-     \par % hm, already done
-   \fi
+  %\ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_text
+     \endgroup % (2)
+     \endgroup % (1)
+  %\else
+  %  \endgroup % (2)
+  %  \endgroup % (1)
+  %  \par % hm, already done, and dangerous as \c_strc_itemgroups_text is already forgotten
+  %\fi
    \dorechecknextindentation}
 
 % The items.
@@ -989,7 +1005,7 @@
    \let\strc_itemgroups_margin_symbol\relax
    \dostarttagged\t!itemcontent\empty
    \strut
-   \nobreak                       % else problems with intext items
+   \nobreak                            % else problems with intext items
    \hskip\d_strc_itemgroups_signal     % concat
    \itemgroupparameter\c!command}
 
@@ -1235,7 +1251,7 @@
   {\setfalse\c_strc_itemgroups_indented_first
    \ifx\m_strc_itemgroups_indenting\empty \else
      \normalexpanded{\setupindenting[\v!reset,\v!yes,\m_strc_itemgroups_indenting]}%
-     \ifindentfirstparagraph
+     \ifconditional\c_spac_indentation_indent_first % better is to have a mode
        \doifnot{\itemgroupparameter\c!alignsymbol}\v!yes
          {\settrue\c_strc_itemgroups_indented_first}%
      \fi
@@ -1252,10 +1268,10 @@
    \fi}
 
 \def\strc_itemgroups_insert_item
-  {\ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_text
+  {\ifconditional\c_strc_itemgroups_text % again?
     % begin of item
    \else
-     \par
+     \par % done twice?
    \fi
    \advance\c_strc_itemgroups_n_of_items\plusone
    \optimizelistitemsbreak
@@ -1310,15 +1326,21 @@
    \strc_itemgroups_check_for_repeated
    \ignorespaces}
 
-\setvalue{\??itemgroupdistance\c!textdistance:\v!none}%
+\setvalue{\??itemgroupdistance\v!none}%
+  {\let\m_strc_itemgroups_text_distance\zeropoint}
+
+\setvalue{\??itemgroupdistance\v!space}%
+  {\def\m_strc_itemgroups_text_distance{\interwordspace\!!plus\interwordstretch\!!minus\interwordshrink}}
+
+\setvalue\??itemgroupdistance % catches empty value
   {\let\m_strc_itemgroups_text_distance\zeropoint}
 
 \unexpanded\def\strc_itemgroups_set_text_item_distance
   {\edef\m_strc_itemgroups_text_distance{\itemgroupparameter\c!textdistance}%
    \ifx\m_strc_itemgroups_text_distance\empty
      %
-   \else\ifcsname\??itemgroupdistance\c!textdistance:\m_strc_itemgroups_text_distance\endcsname
-     \csname\??itemgroupdistance\c!textdistance:\m_strc_itemgroups_text_distance\endcsname
+   \else\ifcsname\??itemgroupdistance\m_strc_itemgroups_text_distance\endcsname
+     \csname\??itemgroupdistance\m_strc_itemgroups_text_distance\endcsname
    \else
      \strc_itemgroups_set_text_item_distance_indeed
    \fi\fi}
@@ -1509,7 +1531,7 @@
    \c!start=1,
    \c!criterium=\v!all, % permits 0 and negative numbers
   %\c!option=,
-   \c!textdistance=\v!big,
+   \c!textdistance=\v!space, % none big medium small <dimension>
    \c!command=\strc_itemgroups_default_command,
    \c!indenting=\v!next,
   %\c!alignsymbol=v!no,
diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-lst.mkiv b/tex/context/base/strc-lst.mkiv
index 043d23bb5..d80217a32 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/strc-lst.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/strc-lst.mkiv
@@ -83,28 +83,10 @@
    \c!interaction=\v!sectionnumber,
    \c!label=\v!no,
    \c!distance=\!!zeropoint,
-  %\c!sectionseparatorset=,
-  %\c!sectionconversionset=,
-  %\c!sectionstarter=,
-  %\c!sectionstopper=,
-  %\c!sectionset=,
-  %\c!sectionsegments=,
-  %\c!prefix=\v!no,
-  %\c!prefixseparatorset=,
-  %\c!prefixconversionset=,
-  %\c!prefixstarter=.,
-  %\c!prefixstopper=.,
-  %\c!prefixset=,
-  %\c!prefixsegments=,
-  %\c!pageseparatorset=,
-  %\c!pageconversionset=,
-  %\c!pagestarter=,
-  %\c!pagestopper=,
+  %\c!number*=
+  %\c!prefix*=,
+  %\c!pageprefix*=,
   %\c!expansion=,
-  %\c!prefixconnector=., % maybe inherit from setupheads
-  %\c!pageprefix=\v!no, % is unset, inherits
-  %\c!pageprefixconnector=\listparameter\c!prefixconnector,
-  %\c!pagesegments=2:2,
   \c!limittext=\languageparameter\c!limittext] % not used currently
 
 % Whatever:
diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-ref.lua b/tex/context/base/strc-ref.lua
index 93a915bb6..f093e1275 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/strc-ref.lua
+++ b/tex/context/base/strc-ref.lua
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ if not modules then modules = { } end modules ['strc-ref'] = {
 -- the useddata and pagedata names might change
 -- todo: pack exported data
 
+-- todo: autoload components when :::
+
 local format, find, gmatch, match, concat = string.format, string.find, string.gmatch, string.match, table.concat
 local texcount, texsetcount = tex.count, tex.setcount
 local rawget, tonumber = rawget, tonumber
@@ -697,6 +699,7 @@ local function loadexternalreferences(name,utilitydata)
         local external = struc.references.collected -- direct references
         local lists    = struc.lists.collected      -- indirect references (derived)
         local pages    = struc.pages.collected      -- pagenumber data
+        -- a bit weird one, as we don't have the externals in the collected
         for prefix, set in next, external do
             for reference, data in next, set do
                 if trace_importing then
@@ -934,7 +937,7 @@ function structures.references.loadpresets(product,component) -- we can consider
             local utilitydata = job.loadother(fullname)
             if utilitydata then
                 if trace_importing then
-                    report_importing("loading presets for component %s from product %s",component,product)
+                    report_importing("loading references for component %s of product %s from %s",component,product,fullname)
                 end
                 loadproductvariables (product,component,utilitydata)
                 loadproductreferences(product,component,utilitydata)
@@ -956,8 +959,8 @@ if useproduct then
         if texconditionals.autocrossfilereferences then
             local component = justacomponent()
             if component then
-                if trace_referencing then
-                    report_references("loading presets for component '%s' from product '%s'",component,product)
+                if trace_referencing or trace_importing then
+                    report_references("loading presets for component '%s' of product '%s'",component,product)
                 end
                 structures.references.loadpresets(product,component)
             end
diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-ref.mkvi b/tex/context/base/strc-ref.mkvi
index ff9ecbaf7..b1268170b 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/strc-ref.mkvi
+++ b/tex/context/base/strc-ref.mkvi
@@ -802,8 +802,13 @@
 % 2 = before
 % 3 = after
 
+% \def\strc_references_by_reference_page_state#unknown#before#current#after%
+%   {\ifcase\referencepagestate\relax#unknown\or#current\or#before\or#after\fi}
+%
+% this fails in an expansion as the \relax stays, so we need:
+
 \def\strc_references_by_reference_page_state#unknown#before#current#after%
-  {\ifcase\referencepagestate\relax#unknown\or#current\or#before\or#after\fi}
+  {\ifcase\referencepagestate\space#unknown\or#current\or#before\or#after\fi}
 
 \unexpanded\def\somewhere#backward#foreward#dummy[#label]% #dummy gobbles space around #foreward
   {\doifreferencefoundelse{#label}% usage needs checking (useless)
diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-box.mkiv b/tex/context/base/supp-box.mkiv
index 0e3f95492..0c78994ea 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/supp-box.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/supp-box.mkiv
@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@
 %D and smashed alternatives. The later ones reduce all
 %D dimensions to zero.
 
-\unexpanded\def\hsmash  {\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_hsmashed_nextbox\normalhbox}
-\unexpanded\def\vsmash  {\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_vsmashed_nextbox\normalvbox}
-\unexpanded\def\hsmashed{\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_smashed_nextbox \normalhbox}
-\unexpanded\def\vsmashed{\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_smashed_nextbox \normalvbox}
+\unexpanded\def\hsmash  {\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_hsmashed_nextbox\hbox}
+\unexpanded\def\vsmash  {\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_vsmashed_nextbox\vbox}
+\unexpanded\def\hsmashed{\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_smashed_nextbox \hbox}
+\unexpanded\def\vsmashed{\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_smashed_nextbox \vbox}
 
 \unexpanded\def\syst_boxes_hsmashed_nextbox
   {\wd\nextbox\zeropoint
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@
 %D \smashedvbox to ... {...}
 %D \stoptyping
 
-\unexpanded\def\smashedhbox{\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_smashed_nextbox\normalhbox}
-\unexpanded\def\smashedvbox{\normalvbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_smashed_nextbox\normalvbox}
+\unexpanded\def\smashedhbox{\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_smashed_nextbox\hbox}
+\unexpanded\def\smashedvbox{\vbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_smashed_nextbox\vbox}
 
 %D First we define a helper. We use a \LUATEX\ feature in order to avoid
 %D mathpalettes.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 
 \unexpanded\def\syst_boxes_math_set_nextbox#1%
   {\c_boxes_math_style\mathstyle
-   \setbox\nextbox\normalhbox{$\mathsurround\zeropoint\triggermathstyle\c_boxes_math_style{#1}$}}
+   \setbox\nextbox\hbox{$\mathsurround\zeropoint\triggermathstyle\c_boxes_math_style{#1}$}}
 
 %D \macros
 %D   {smash}
@@ -228,10 +228,10 @@
    \syst_boxes_smash_process}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_smash_hbox
-  {\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_smash_process\normalhbox}
+  {\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_smash_process\hbox}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_smash_text#1%
-  {\setbox\nextbox\normalhbox{#1}%
+  {\setbox\nextbox\hbox{#1}%
    \syst_boxes_smash_process}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_smash_process
@@ -277,13 +277,13 @@
 \def\syst_boxes_phantom_math_v#1{\syst_boxes_math_set_nextbox{#1}\syst_boxes_phantom_make_v}
 \def\syst_boxes_phantom_math_h#1{\syst_boxes_math_set_nextbox{#1}\syst_boxes_phantom_make_h}
 
-\def\syst_boxes_phantom_hbox  {\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_phantom_make  \normalhbox} % always hbox
-\def\syst_boxes_phantom_hbox_v{\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_phantom_make_v\normalhbox} % always hbox
-\def\syst_boxes_phantom_hbox_h{\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_phantom_make_h\normalhbox} % always hbox
+\def\syst_boxes_phantom_hbox  {\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_phantom_make  \hbox} % always hbox
+\def\syst_boxes_phantom_hbox_v{\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_phantom_make_v\hbox} % always hbox
+\def\syst_boxes_phantom_hbox_h{\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_phantom_make_h\hbox} % always hbox
 
-\def\syst_boxes_phantom_text  #1{\setbox\nextbox\normalhbox{#1}\syst_boxes_phantom_make  } % always hbox
-\def\syst_boxes_phantom_text_v#1{\setbox\nextbox\normalhbox{#1}\syst_boxes_phantom_make_v} % always hbox
-\def\syst_boxes_phantom_text_h#1{\setbox\nextbox\normalhbox{#1}\syst_boxes_phantom_make_h} % always hbox
+\def\syst_boxes_phantom_text  #1{\setbox\nextbox\hbox{#1}\syst_boxes_phantom_make  } % always hbox
+\def\syst_boxes_phantom_text_v#1{\setbox\nextbox\hbox{#1}\syst_boxes_phantom_make_v} % always hbox
+\def\syst_boxes_phantom_text_h#1{\setbox\nextbox\hbox{#1}\syst_boxes_phantom_make_h} % always hbox
 
 \def\syst_boxes_phantom_indeed
   {\ifmmode
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
 
 \unexpanded\def\doiftextelse#1%
   {\begingroup
-   \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox
+   \setbox\scratchbox\hbox
      {\settrialtypesetting
       \ignorespaces#1\removeunwantedspaces}%
    \ifzeropt\wd\scratchbox
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
 
 \unexpanded\def\doiftext#1%
   {\begingroup
-   \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox
+   \setbox\scratchbox\hbox
      {\settrialtypesetting
       \ignorespaces#1\removeunwantedspaces}%
    \ifzeropt\wd\scratchbox
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@
 %D \starttyping
 %D \def\getfloat%
 %D   {\def\handlefloat{...\box\nextbox...}
-%D    \dowithnextboxcs\handlefloat\normalvbox}
+%D    \dowithnextboxcs\handlefloat\vbox}
 %D \stoptyping
 %D
 %D instead of:
@@ -626,9 +626,9 @@
 %D \starttyping
 %D \long\def\dowithnextbox#1#2%
 %D   {\long\def\syst_boxes_with_next_box{#1}%
-%D    \ifx#2\normalhbox
+%D    \ifx#2\hbox
 %D      \afterassignment\syst_boxes_with_next_box_indeed
-%D    \else\ifx#2\normalvbox
+%D    \else\ifx#2\vbox
 %D      \afterassignment\syst_boxes_with_next_box_indeed
 %D    \else\ifx#2\normalvtop
 %D      \afterassignment\syst_boxes_with_next_box_indeed
@@ -690,13 +690,13 @@
 %D Some well known friends, but we implement them our own
 %D way. We want the macros to work in both math and text mode.
 
-\def\dodorlap{\normalhbox to \zeropoint{\box\nextbox\normalhss}\endgroup}
-\def\dodollap{\normalhbox to \zeropoint{\normalhss\box\nextbox}\endgroup}
-\def\dodoclap{\normalhbox to \zeropoint{\normalhss\box\nextbox\normalhss}\endgroup}
+\def\dodorlap{\hbox to \zeropoint{\box\nextbox\normalhss}\endgroup}
+\def\dodollap{\hbox to \zeropoint{\normalhss\box\nextbox}\endgroup}
+\def\dodoclap{\hbox to \zeropoint{\normalhss\box\nextbox\normalhss}\endgroup}
 
-\def\dorlap{\begingroup\dowithnextboxcs\dodorlap\normalhbox}
-\def\dollap{\begingroup\dowithnextboxcs\dodollap\normalhbox}
-\def\doclap{\begingroup\dowithnextboxcs\dodoclap\normalhbox}
+\def\dorlap{\begingroup\dowithnextboxcs\dodorlap\hbox}
+\def\dollap{\begingroup\dowithnextboxcs\dodollap\hbox}
+\def\doclap{\begingroup\dowithnextboxcs\dodoclap\hbox}
 
 \def\domathclap{\mathpalette\dodomathclap} \def\dodomathclap#1#2{\doclap{$\mathsurround\zeropoint#1#2$}}
 \def\domathllap{\mathpalette\dodomathllap} \def\dodomathllap#1#2{\dollap{$\mathsurround\zeropoint#1#2$}}
@@ -706,11 +706,11 @@
 \unexpanded\def\llap{\mathortext\domathllap\dollap}
 \unexpanded\def\clap{\mathortext\domathclap\doclap}
 
-\def\dodotlap{\normalvbox to \zeropoint{\normalvss\box\nextbox}\endgroup}
-\def\dodoblap{\normalvbox to \zeropoint{\box\nextbox\normalvss}\endgroup}
+\def\dodotlap{\vbox to \zeropoint{\normalvss\box\nextbox}\endgroup}
+\def\dodoblap{\vbox to \zeropoint{\box\nextbox\normalvss}\endgroup}
 
-\unexpanded\def\tlap{\begingroup\dowithnextboxcs\dodotlap\normalvbox}
-\unexpanded\def\blap{\begingroup\dowithnextboxcs\dodoblap\normalvbox}
+\unexpanded\def\tlap{\begingroup\dowithnextboxcs\dodotlap\vbox}
+\unexpanded\def\blap{\begingroup\dowithnextboxcs\dodoblap\vbox}
 
 %D \macros
 %D   {beginofshapebox,
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@
 %D
 %D \reshapebox
 %D   {\doglobal\increment\LineNumber
-%D    \normalhbox{\llap{\LineNumber\hskip2em}\box\shapebox}}
+%D    \hbox{\llap{\LineNumber\hskip2em}\box\shapebox}}
 %D
 %D \flushshapebox
 %D \stopbuffer
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@
 %D
 %D \reshapebox
 %D   {\doglobal\increment\LineNumber
-%D    \normalhbox
+%D    \hbox
 %D      {\llap{\LineNumber\ (\NumberOfLines)\hskip2em}%
 %D       \box\shapebox}%
 %D    \doglobal\decrement\NumberOfLines}
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@
 %D
 %D \reshapebox
 %D   {\doglobal\increment\LineNumber
-%D    \normalhbox{\llap{$\star$\hskip1em}\box\shapebox}%
+%D    \hbox{\llap{$\star$\hskip1em}\box\shapebox}%
 %D    \doglobal\decrement\NumberOfLines}
 %D
 %D \flushshapebox
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@
    \ifzeropt\ht\oldshapebox % \ifdim\ht\oldshapebox=\zeropoint
      \setbox\newshapebox\emptyvbox
    \else
-     \setbox\newshapebox\normalvbox
+     \setbox\newshapebox\vbox
        {\unvcopy\oldshapebox
         \setbox\newshapebox\emptybox
         \shapecounter\zerocount
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@
 % We will turn this into a \MKIV\ variant.
 
 \unexpanded\def\insertshapesignal
-  {\normalhbox to \shapesignal{\strut\hss}% plus \strut
+  {\hbox to \shapesignal{\strut\hss}% plus \strut
    \prevdepth\strutdp} % never \nointerlineskip
 
 \unexpanded\def\restoreshapebox % compensates for the signal
@@ -888,15 +888,15 @@
 \def\dodoreshapebox#1#2#3#4% \shapebox, \shapepenalty, \shapekern, \shapeskip
   {\ifnum\lastnodetype=\gluenodecode
      \shapeskip\lastskip
-     \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\normalvbox{#4\unvbox\tmpshapebox}%
+     \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\vbox{#4\unvbox\tmpshapebox}%
      \unskip
    \else\ifnum\lastnodetype=\kernnodecode
      \shapekern\lastkern
-     \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\normalvbox{#3\unvbox\tmpshapebox}%
+     \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\vbox{#3\unvbox\tmpshapebox}%
      \unkern
    \else\ifnum\lastnodetype=\penaltynodecode
      \shapepenalty\lastpenalty
-     \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\normalvbox{#2\unvbox\tmpshapebox}%
+     \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\vbox{#2\unvbox\tmpshapebox}%
      \unpenalty
    \else\ifnum\lastnodetype<\zeropoint
      \exitloop
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@
        \exitloop
      \else
        \shapecounter\zerocount
-       \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\normalvbox{#1\unvbox\tmpshapebox}%
+       \global\setbox\tmpshapebox\vbox{#1\unvbox\tmpshapebox}%
      \fi\fi
    \fi\fi\fi\fi
    \ifnum\shapecounter>100 % can be less
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@
    \fi}
 
 \unexpanded\def\beginofshapebox
-  {\setbox\oldshapebox\normalvbox
+  {\setbox\oldshapebox\vbox
      \bgroup
      \reshapingboxtrue
      \the\everyshapebox
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@
 %D
 %D When constructing a new box, using the content of \type
 %D {\shapebox}, one can best use \type {\shapedhbox} instead
-%D of \type {\normalhbox}, since it manages the height and depth of
+%D of \type {\hbox}, since it manages the height and depth of
 %D the line.
 
 \unexpanded\def\shapedhbox        % lines with non strutted dimensions have
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@
      {\dp\nextbox\the\ht\shapebox % spacing, we need to preserve the original
       \dp\nextbox\the\dp\shapebox % height and depth which is definitely
       \box\nextbox}}              % needed if we apply struts to the 'new'
-   \normalhbox}                   % box or do something that changed ist size
+   \hbox}                   % box or do something that changed ist size
 
 %D \macros
 %D   {hyphenatedword,
@@ -1136,16 +1136,16 @@
 %D complex macro than needed at first sight.
 
 \def\dodoboundtext#1%
-  {\setbox0\normalhbox{#1}%
+  {\setbox0\hbox{#1}%
    \advance\scratchdimen -\wd0
    \ifdim\scratchdimen>\zeropoint\relax#1\fi}%
 
 \def\doboundtext#1#2#3% still used?
-  {\normalhbox
-     {\setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{#1}%
+  {\hbox
+     {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{#1}%
       \scratchdimen#2\relax
       \ifdim\wd\scratchbox>\scratchdimen
-        \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{#3}%
+        \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{#3}%
         \advance\scratchdimen -\wd\scratchbox
         \handletokens#1\with\dodoboundtext
       \fi
@@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@
    \forgetall % otherwise indentation and so
    \let\limitatetext\firstofthreearguments
    \fakecompoundhyphen % dangerous ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
-   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_limitate_text\normalhbox}
+   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_limitate_text\hbox}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_limitate_text#1% #2
   {\doifelsenothing{#1}\syst_boxes_limitate_text_nop\syst_boxes_limitate_text_yes{#1}} % {#2}
@@ -1194,10 +1194,10 @@
      \donetrue
    \fi
    \ifdim\wd\nextbox>\scratchdimen
-     \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\ifdone\space#2\else#2\space\fi}%
+     \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\ifdone\space#2\else#2\space\fi}%
      \advance\scratchdimen -\wd\scratchbox
      \setbox0\box\nextbox
-     \setbox\nextbox\normalvbox
+     \setbox\nextbox\vbox
        {\hsize\scratchdimen
         \hfuzz\maxdimen
         \veryraggedright
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@
         \fi
         \unhcopy0}%
      \ifdim\ht\nextbox>\strutht
-       \setbox\nextbox\normalvbox % if omitted: missing brace reported
+       \setbox\nextbox\vbox % if omitted: missing brace reported
          {\splittopskip\openstrutheight
           \ifdone
             \setbox\nextbox\vsplit\nextbox to \strutht
@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@
           \fi
           \unvbox\nextbox
           \setbox\nextbox\lastbox
-          \global\setbox1\normalhbox
+          \global\setbox1\hbox
             {\ifdone
                \unhbox\nextbox\unskip\kern\zeropoint\box\scratchbox
              \else
@@ -1257,11 +1257,11 @@
   {%\dontleavehmode
    \bgroup
    \let\speciallimitatetext\firstoffourarguments
-   \setbox0\normalhbox
+   \setbox0\hbox
      {\nohyphens
       \normallimitatetext{#1}{+#2}{}#4%
       \normallimitatetext{#1}{-#3}{}}%
-   \setbox2\normalhbox
+   \setbox2\hbox
      {#1}%
    \ifdim\wd2<\wd0 #1\else\unhbox0\fi
    \egroup}
@@ -1314,10 +1314,10 @@
 %D \startbuffer
 %D \processisolatedchars{some more words}                 \ruledhbox \par
 %D \processisolatedchars{and some $x + y = z$ math}       \ruledhbox \par
-%D \processisolatedchars{and a \normalhbox{$x + y = z$}}  \ruledhbox \par
+%D \processisolatedchars{and a \hbox{$x + y = z$}}  \ruledhbox \par
 %D \processisolatedwords{some more words}                 \ruledhbox \par
 %D \processisolatedwords{and some $x + y = z$ math}       \ruledhbox \par
-%D \processisolatedwords{and a \normalhbox{$x + y = z$}}  \ruledhbox \par
+%D \processisolatedwords{and a \hbox{$x + y = z$}}  \ruledhbox \par
 %D \stopbuffer
 %D
 %D \typebuffer \blank \getbuffer \blank
@@ -1327,16 +1327,16 @@
 \unexpanded\def\processisolatedchars#1#2%
   {\dontleavehmode
    \begingroup
-   \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\settrialtypesetting#2{\savecurrentattributes{pic}}}%
-   \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\restorecurrentattributes{pic}#1}%
+   \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\settrialtypesetting#2{\savecurrentattributes{pic}}}%
+   \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\restorecurrentattributes{pic}#1}%
    \ctxcommand{applytochars(\number\scratchbox,"\strippedcsname#2",true)}%
    \endgroup}
 
 \unexpanded\def\processisolatedwords#1#2%
   {\dontleavehmode
    \begingroup
-   \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\settrialtypesetting#2{\savecurrentattributes{pic}}}%
-   \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\restorecurrentattributes{pic}#1}%
+   \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\settrialtypesetting#2{\savecurrentattributes{pic}}}%
+   \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\restorecurrentattributes{pic}#1}%
    \ctxcommand{applytowords(\number\scratchbox,"\strippedcsname#2",true)}%
    \endgroup}
 
@@ -1350,12 +1350,12 @@
 \unexpanded\def\applytocharacters#1%
   {\dontleavehmode
    \dowithnextbox{\ctxcommand{applytochars(\number\nextbox,"\strippedcsname#1",true)}}%
-   \normalhbox}
+   \hbox}
 
 \unexpanded\def\applytowords#1%
   {\dontleavehmode
    \dowithnextbox{\ctxcommand{applytowords(\number\nextbox,"\strippedcsname#1",true)}}%
-   \normalhbox}
+   \hbox}
 
 %D \macros
 %D   {sbox}
@@ -1385,11 +1385,11 @@
 %D and footers and|/|or margin material.
 
 \unexpanded\def\sbox
-  {\normalvbox\bgroup
-   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_sbox_finish\normalvbox}
+  {\vbox\bgroup
+   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_sbox_finish\vbox}
 
 \unexpanded\def\syst_boxes_sbox_finish
-  {\setbox\nextbox\normalhbox
+  {\setbox\nextbox\hbox
      {\strut
       \dp\nextbox\zeropoint
       \lower\strutdepth\box\nextbox}%
@@ -1405,8 +1405,8 @@
 %D a strut.
 
 \unexpanded\def\struttedbox
-  {\normalhbox\bgroup
-   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_struttedbox_finish\normalhbox}
+  {\hbox\bgroup
+   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_struttedbox_finish\hbox}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_struttedbox_finish
   {\ht\nextbox\strutdepth
@@ -1422,11 +1422,11 @@
 %D equals strutdepth.
 
 \unexpanded\def\topskippedbox
-  {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_topskippedbox_finish\normalhbox}
+  {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_topskippedbox_finish\hbox}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_topskippedbox_finish
   {\edef\m_boxes_tmp{\ifdim\strutdepth=\dp\nextbox\dp\nextbox\the\dp\nextbox\fi}%
-   \lower\topskip\normalhbox{\raise\strutheight\box\nextbox}%
+   \lower\topskip\hbox{\raise\strutheight\box\nextbox}%
    \m_boxes_tmp
    \egroup}
 
@@ -1478,19 +1478,19 @@
 
 \unexpanded\def\centeredbox#1#%   height +/-dimen width +/-dimen
   {\bgroup
-   \setbox0\normalvbox to \vsize
+   \setbox0\vbox to \vsize
      \bgroup
        \dontcomplain
        \forgetall
-       \setbox0\normalhbox{\vrule\!!width \zeropoint#1}%
-       \setbox2\normalvbox{\hrule\!!height\zeropoint#1}%
+       \setbox0\hbox{\vrule\!!width \zeropoint#1}%
+       \setbox2\vbox{\hrule\!!height\zeropoint#1}%
        \advance\vsize \ht2
        \advance\hsize \wd0
-       \normalvbox to \vsize
+       \vbox to \vsize
          \bgroup
            \vskip-\ht2
            \vss
-           \normalhbox to \hsize
+           \hbox to \hsize
              \bgroup
                \dowithnextbox
                  {\hskip-\wd0
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@
      \ht0\vsize
      \box0
      \egroup}
-   \normalhbox}
+   \hbox}
 
 %D For those who don't want to deal with \type {\hsize}
 %D and \type {\vsize}, we have:
@@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@
       \vsize\ht\nextbox
       \centeredbox#1{\box\nextbox}%
       \egroup}
-   \normalhbox}
+   \hbox}
 
 %D \macros
 %D   {centerbox}
@@ -1542,13 +1542,13 @@
   {\bgroup
    \dowithnextbox
      {\setlocalhsize
-      \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\vrule\!!width \zeropoint#1}%
+      \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\vrule\!!width \zeropoint#1}%
       \ifzeropt\wd\scratchbox\else\hsize\wd\scratchbox\fi
-      \setbox\scratchbox\normalvbox{\hrule\!!height\zeropoint#1}%
+      \setbox\scratchbox\vbox{\hrule\!!height\zeropoint#1}%
       \ifzeropt\ht\scratchbox\else\vsize\ht\scratchbox\fi
-      \normalvbox to \vsize{\vss\normalhbox to \hsize{\hss\box\nextbox\hss}\vss}%
+      \vbox to \vsize{\vss\hbox to \hsize{\hss\box\nextbox\hss}\vss}%
       \egroup}%
-     \normalhbox}
+     \hbox}
 
 %D \macros
 %D   {setrigidcolumnhsize,rigidcolumnbalance,rigidcolumnlines}
@@ -1599,11 +1599,11 @@
   {\ifnum\rigidcolumns=1 % tzt ook h/d correctie
      \ifinner\ifhmode\box\else\unvbox\fi\else\unvbox\fi#1\relax
    \else
-     \normalvbox
+     \vbox
        {\forgetall
         \nopenalties
         \dontcomplain
-        \setbox\rigidcolumnbox\normalvbox
+        \setbox\rigidcolumnbox\vbox
           {\line{}\goodbreak\unvbox#1\removebottomthings}%
         \splittopskip\openstrutheight
         \setbox\scratchbox\vsplit\rigidcolumnbox to \zeropoint
@@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@
         \setbox0=\box\rigidcolumnbox
         \doloop
           {\setbox\rigidcolumnbox=\copy0
-           \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox to \savedrigidhsize
+           \setbox\scratchbox\hbox to \savedrigidhsize
              {\dorecurse\rigidcolumns
                 {\setbox\scratchbox\vsplit\rigidcolumnbox to \scratchdimen
                    \dp\scratchbox\openstrutdepth
@@ -1647,10 +1647,10 @@
               \hfillneg}%
           \ifvoid\rigidcolumnbox\exitloop\else\advance\scratchdimen\lineheight\fi}%
        \iftightrigidcolumns
-         \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\raise\dp\scratchbox\box\scratchbox}%
+         \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\raise\dp\scratchbox\box\scratchbox}%
        \else
          \advance\scratchdimen -\openstrutdepth
-         \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox{\raise\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}%
+         \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\raise\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}%
          \dp\scratchbox\openstrutdepth
          \ht\scratchbox\scratchdimen
        \fi
@@ -1665,14 +1665,14 @@
 %D like:
 %D
 %D \starttyping
-%D \normalvbox
+%D \vbox
 %D   \bgroup
 %D     \startvboxtohbox ... \stopvboxtohbox
 %D     \startvboxtohbox ... \stopvboxtohbox
 %D     \startvboxtohbox ... \stopvboxtohbox
 %D   \egroup
 %D
-%D \normalvbox
+%D \vbox
 %D   \bgroup
 %D     \convertvboxtohbox
 %D   \egroup
@@ -1692,25 +1692,25 @@
    \fi
    \divide\scratchdimen \hsize
    \multiply\scratchdimen 64
-   \xdef\normalvboxtohboxfactor{\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}%
+   \xdef\vboxtohboxfactor{\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}%
    \egroup}
 
 \unexpanded\def\startvboxtohbox
  {\bgroup
   \setvboxtohbox
-  \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox\bgroup}
+  \setbox\scratchbox\hbox\bgroup}
 
 \unexpanded\def\stopvboxtohbox
   {\egroup
    \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint
-   \ht\scratchbox\normalvboxtohboxfactor\wd\scratchbox
+   \ht\scratchbox\vboxtohboxfactor\wd\scratchbox
    \box\scratchbox
    \egroup}
 
 \unexpanded\def\convertvboxtohbox
   {\setvboxtohbox
    \makehboxofhboxes
-   \setbox0\normalhbox{\unhbox0 \removehboxes}%
+   \setbox0\hbox{\unhbox0 \removehboxes}%
    \noindent\unhbox0\par}
 
 \unexpanded\def\makehboxofhboxes
@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@
    \loop                  % \doloop { .. \exitloop .. }
      \setbox2\lastbox
      \ifhbox2
-       \setbox0\normalhbox{\box2\unhbox0}%
+       \setbox0\hbox{\box2\unhbox0}%
    \repeat}
 
 \unexpanded\def\removehboxes
@@ -1743,16 +1743,16 @@
    \nopenalties
    \dontcomplain
    \forgetall
-   \setbox\unhhedbox\normalvbox{\hskip\hhboxindent\strut\unhbox#1}% => \hsize
+   \setbox\unhhedbox\vbox{\hskip\hhboxindent\strut\unhbox#1}% => \hsize
    \doloop
      {\setbox\hhbox\vsplit\unhhedbox to \lineheight
       \ifvoid\unhhedbox
-        \setbox\hhbox\normalhbox{\strut\normalhboxofvbox\hhbox}%
+        \setbox\hhbox\hbox{\strut\hboxofvbox\hhbox}%
       \fi
       \ht\hhbox\strutht
       \dp\hhbox\strutdp
       \ifzeropt\hhboxindent\else % \ifdim\hhboxindent=\zeropoint\else
-        \setbox\hhbox\normalhbox{\hskip-\hhboxindent\box\hhbox}%
+        \setbox\hhbox\hbox{\hskip-\hhboxindent\box\hhbox}%
         \hhboxindent\zeropoint
       \fi
       \global\lasthhboxwidth\wd\hhbox
@@ -1765,11 +1765,11 @@
    \egroup}
 
 \def\dohboxofvbox
-  {\setbox0\normalvbox{\unvbox\scratchcounter\global\setbox1\lastbox}%
+  {\setbox0\vbox{\unvbox\scratchcounter\global\setbox1\lastbox}%
    \unhbox1
    \egroup}
 
-\unexpanded\def\normalhboxofvbox
+\unexpanded\def\hboxofvbox
   {\bgroup
    \afterassignment\dohboxofvbox
    \scratchcounter=}
@@ -1781,8 +1781,8 @@
 %D headers.
 %D
 %D \startbuffer
-%D \setbox0=\normalhbox{\input tufte \relax}
-%D \setbox2=\normalhbox{\input knuth \relax}
+%D \setbox0=\hbox{\input tufte \relax}
+%D \setbox2=\hbox{\input knuth \relax}
 %D \unhhbox0\with{\ruledhbox{\box\hhbox}}
 %D \hskip1em plus 1em minus 1em
 %D \hhboxindent=\lasthhboxwidth
@@ -1809,8 +1809,8 @@
 %D \doifcontent{pre content}{post content}{no content}\somebox
 %D \stoptyping
 %D
-%D Where \type{\somebox} is either a \type{\normalhbox} or
-%D \type{\normalvbox}. If the dimension of this box suggest some
+%D Where \type{\somebox} is either a \type{\hbox} or
+%D \type{\vbox}. If the dimension of this box suggest some
 %D content, the resulting box is unboxed and surrounded by the
 %D first two arguments, else the third arguments is executed.
 
@@ -1833,11 +1833,11 @@
 %D So when we say:
 %D
 %D \startbuffer
-%D \doifcontent{[}{]}{}\normalhbox{content sensitive typesetting}
+%D \doifcontent{[}{]}{}\hbox{content sensitive typesetting}
 %D
-%D \doifcontent{}{\page}{}\normalvbox{content sensitive typesetting}
+%D \doifcontent{}{\page}{}\vbox{content sensitive typesetting}
 %D
-%D \doifcontent{}{}{\message{Didn't you forget something?}}\normalhbox{}
+%D \doifcontent{}{}{\message{Didn't you forget something?}}\hbox{}
 %D \stopbuffer
 %D
 %D \typebuffer
@@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@
 %    \fi}
 %
 % \def\syst_boxes_process_yes
-%   {\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_process_content\normalhbox\bgroup}
+%   {\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_process_content\hbox\bgroup}
 %
 % \def\syst_boxes_process_content
 %   {\removeunwantedspaces
@@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@
    \doifnextbgroupelse\syst_boxes_process_yes\syst_boxes_process_nop}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_process_yes
-  {\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_process_content\normalhbox}
+  {\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_process_content\hbox}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_process_content
   {\removeunwantedspaces
@@ -1933,17 +1933,17 @@
   {%\removeunwantedspaces % already done
    \scratchdepth\dp\ifdim\dp\nextbox>\dp\processbox\nextbox\else\processbox\fi
    \ifdim\ht\nextbox>\ht\processbox
-     \setbox\processbox\normalvbox to \ht\nextbox   {\dp\processbox\zeropoint\vss\box\processbox\vss}%
+     \setbox\processbox\vbox to \ht\nextbox   {\dp\processbox\zeropoint\vss\box\processbox\vss}%
    \else
-     \setbox\nextbox   \normalvbox to \ht\processbox{\dp\nextbox   \zeropoint\vss\box\nextbox   \vss}%
+     \setbox\nextbox   \vbox to \ht\processbox{\dp\nextbox   \zeropoint\vss\box\nextbox   \vss}%
    \fi
    \dp\nextbox   \scratchdepth
    \dp\processbox\scratchdepth
    \scratchwidth\wd\ifdim\wd\nextbox>\wd\processbox\nextbox\else\processbox\fi
-   \setbox\processbox\normalhbox to \scratchwidth
-     {\normalhbox to \scratchwidth{\hss\box\processbox\hss}%
+   \setbox\processbox\hbox to \scratchwidth
+     {\hbox to \scratchwidth{\hss\box\processbox\hss}%
       \hskip-\scratchwidth
-      \normalhbox to \scratchwidth{\hss\box\nextbox   \hss}}}
+      \hbox to \scratchwidth{\hss\box\nextbox   \hss}}}
 
 \unexpanded\def\startoverlay
   {\bgroup
@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@
 %D The next macro is a rather silly one, but saves space.
 %D
 %D \starttyping
-%D \normalhbox{\fakebox0}
+%D \hbox{\fakebox0}
 %D \stoptyping
 %D
 %D returns an empty box with the dimensions of the box
@@ -1987,16 +1987,16 @@
 %D \rbox{text ...}
 %D \stoptyping
 %D
-%D Are similar to \type {\normalvbox}, which means that they also
+%D Are similar to \type {\vbox}, which means that they also
 %D accept something like \type{to 3cm}, but align to the left,
 %D middle and right. These box types can be used to typeset
 %D paragraphs.
 
 \def\syst_boxes_lrc_process#1{\bgroup\forgetall\let\\\endgraf#1\let\next}
 
-\unexpanded\def\lbox#1#{\normalvbox#1\syst_boxes_lrc_process\raggedleft  }
-\unexpanded\def\cbox#1#{\normalvbox#1\syst_boxes_lrc_process\raggedcenter}
-\unexpanded\def\rbox#1#{\normalvbox#1\syst_boxes_lrc_process\raggedright }
+\unexpanded\def\lbox#1#{\vbox#1\syst_boxes_lrc_process\raggedleft  }
+\unexpanded\def\cbox#1#{\vbox#1\syst_boxes_lrc_process\raggedcenter}
+\unexpanded\def\rbox#1#{\vbox#1\syst_boxes_lrc_process\raggedright }
 
 \unexpanded\def\ltop#1#{\normalvtop#1\syst_boxes_lrc_process\raggedleft  }
 \unexpanded\def\ctop#1#{\normalvtop#1\syst_boxes_lrc_process\raggedcenter}
@@ -2022,14 +2022,14 @@
 %D
 %D \getbuffer
 
-\unexpanded\def\tbox{\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_tbox_finish\normalhbox}
-\unexpanded\def\bbox{\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_bbox_finish\normalhbox}
+\unexpanded\def\tbox{\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_tbox_finish\hbox}
+\unexpanded\def\bbox{\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_bbox_finish\hbox}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_tbox_finish
   {\scratchdepth\dimexpr\ht\nextbox+\dp\nextbox-\ht\strutbox\relax
    \ht\nextbox\ht\strutbox
    \dp\nextbox\scratchdepth
-   \setbox\nextbox\normalhbox{\lower\dp\nextbox\box\nextbox}%
+   \setbox\nextbox\hbox{\lower\dp\nextbox\box\nextbox}%
    \ht\nextbox\ht\strutbox
    \dp\nextbox\scratchdepth
    \box\nextbox
@@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@
   {\scratchheight\dimexpr\ht\nextbox+\dp\nextbox-\dp\strutbox\relax
    \dp\nextbox\dp\strutbox
    \ht\nextbox\scratchheight
-   \setbox\nextbox\normalhbox{\lower\dp\nextbox\box\nextbox}%
+   \setbox\nextbox\hbox{\lower\dp\nextbox\box\nextbox}%
    \dp\nextbox\dp\strutbox
    \ht\nextbox\scratchheight
    \box\nextbox
@@ -2050,13 +2050,13 @@
 %D
 %D A few more boxes.
 
-\def\dodolhbox{\normalhbox to \hsize{\box\nextbox\hss    }}
-\def\dodomhbox{\normalhbox to \hsize{\hss\box\nextbox\hss}}
-\def\dodorhbox{\normalhbox to \hsize{\hss\box\nextbox    }}
+\def\dodolhbox{\hbox to \hsize{\box\nextbox\hss    }}
+\def\dodomhbox{\hbox to \hsize{\hss\box\nextbox\hss}}
+\def\dodorhbox{\hbox to \hsize{\hss\box\nextbox    }}
 
-\unexpanded\def\lhbox{\dowithnextboxcs\dodolhbox\normalhbox}
-\unexpanded\def\mhbox{\dowithnextboxcs\dodomhbox\normalhbox}
-\unexpanded\def\rhbox{\dowithnextboxcs\dodorhbox\normalhbox}
+\unexpanded\def\lhbox{\dowithnextboxcs\dodolhbox\hbox}
+\unexpanded\def\mhbox{\dowithnextboxcs\dodomhbox\hbox}
+\unexpanded\def\rhbox{\dowithnextboxcs\dodorhbox\hbox}
 
 \let\lefthbox \lhbox
 \let\midhbox  \mhbox
@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@
 %D additions, we can use:
 %D
 %D \starttyping
-%D \boxofsize \normalvbox 10cm 3cm -5cm {the text to be typeset}
+%D \boxofsize \vbox 10cm 3cm -5cm {the text to be typeset}
 %D \stoptyping
 %D
 %D This example demonstrates that one can use positive and
@@ -2104,12 +2104,12 @@
   {\dowithnextbox
      {\dimen0=#1\hsize
       \ifdim\wd\nextbox>\dimen0
-        \setbox\nextbox\normalhbox
+        \setbox\nextbox\hbox
           {\advance\dimen0 -.1\hsize
            \limitatetext{\unhbox\nextbox}{\dimen0}{\nobreak#2}}%
       \fi
       \unhbox\nextbox}
-     \normalhbox}
+     \hbox}
 
 \unexpanded\def\fittoptobaselinegrid % weg hier
   {\dowithnextbox
@@ -2118,7 +2118,7 @@
       \dimen0\ht\nextbox
       \ht\nextbox\strutht
       \dp\nextbox\strutdp
-      \normalhbox{\box\nextbox}
+      \hbox{\box\nextbox}
       \prevdepth\strutdp
       \doloop
         {\advance\dimen0 -\lineheight
@@ -2126,10 +2126,10 @@
            \exitloop
          \else
            \nobreak
-           \normalhbox{\strut}
+           \hbox{\strut}
          \fi}
       \egroup}
-     \normalvbox}
+     \vbox}
 
 %D Some more undocumented macros (used in m-chart).
 
@@ -2137,14 +2137,14 @@
 
 \newbox\fakedboxcursor
 
-\setbox\fakedboxcursor\normalhbox
+\setbox\fakedboxcursor\hbox
   {\vrule\!!width\zeropoint\!!height\zeropoint\!!depth\zeropoint}
 
 \unexpanded\def\boxcursor % overloaded in core-vis
   {\iftraceboxplacement
      \bgroup
      \scratchdimen2\onepoint
-     \setbox\scratchbox\normalhbox to \zeropoint
+     \setbox\scratchbox\hbox to \zeropoint
        {\hss
         \vrule
           \!!width \scratchdimen
@@ -2158,20 +2158,20 @@
    \fi}
 
 \unexpanded\def\placedbox
-  {\iftraceboxplacement\ruledhbox\else\normalhbox\fi}
+  {\iftraceboxplacement\ruledhbox\else\hbox\fi}
 
 \newdimen\boxoffset
 \newdimen\boxhdisplacement
 \newdimen\boxvdisplacement
 
-\unexpanded\def\rightbox      {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_rightbox_finish      \placedbox}
-\unexpanded\def\leftbox       {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_leftbox_finish       \placedbox}
-\unexpanded\def\topbox        {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_topbox_finish        \placedbox}
-\unexpanded\def\bottombox     {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_bottombox_finish     \placedbox}
-\unexpanded\def\lefttopbox    {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_lefttopbox_finish    \placedbox}
-\unexpanded\def\righttopbox   {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_righttopbox_finish   \placedbox}
-\unexpanded\def\leftbottombox {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_leftbottombox_finish \placedbox}
-\unexpanded\def\rightbottombox{\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_rightbottombox_finish\placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\rightbox      {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_rightbox_finish      \placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\leftbox       {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_leftbox_finish       \placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\topbox        {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_topbox_finish        \placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\bottombox     {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_bottombox_finish     \placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\lefttopbox    {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_lefttopbox_finish    \placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\righttopbox   {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_righttopbox_finish   \placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\leftbottombox {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_leftbottombox_finish \placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\rightbottombox{\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_rightbottombox_finish\placedbox}
 
 \let\topleftbox    \lefttopbox
 \let\toprightbox   \righttopbox
@@ -2237,10 +2237,10 @@
    \boxcursor\hskip\boxhdisplacement\lower\boxvdisplacement\box\nextbox
    \egroup}
 
-\unexpanded\def\middlebox        {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_middlebox_finish        \placedbox}
-\unexpanded\def\baselinemiddlebox{\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_baselinemiddlebox_finish\placedbox}
-\unexpanded\def\baselineleftbox  {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_baselineleftbox_finish  \placedbox}
-\unexpanded\def\baselinerightbox {\normalhbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_baselinerightbox_finish \placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\middlebox        {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_middlebox_finish        \placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\baselinemiddlebox{\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_baselinemiddlebox_finish\placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\baselineleftbox  {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_baselineleftbox_finish  \placedbox}
+\unexpanded\def\baselinerightbox {\hbox\bgroup\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_baselinerightbox_finish \placedbox}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_middlebox_finish
   {\global\boxhdisplacement-.5\wd\nextbox
@@ -2314,11 +2314,11 @@
 %D \savebox{one}{p}{test p}
 %D \savebox{one}{q}{test q}
 %D
-%D \normalhbox{a:\foundbox{one}{a}} \par
-%D \normalhbox{q:\foundbox{one}{q}} \par
-%D \normalhbox{p:\foundbox{one}{p}} \par
-%D \normalhbox{x:\foundbox{one}{x}} \par
-%D \normalhbox{y:\foundbox{two}{a}} \par
+%D \hbox{a:\foundbox{one}{a}} \par
+%D \hbox{q:\foundbox{one}{q}} \par
+%D \hbox{p:\foundbox{one}{p}} \par
+%D \hbox{x:\foundbox{one}{x}} \par
+%D \hbox{y:\foundbox{two}{a}} \par
 %D \stoptyping
 
 \def\@@stackbox{@box@}
@@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@
   {\ifcsname\@@stackbox:#1:#2\endcsname\else
      \expandafter\newbox\csname\@@stackbox:#1:#2\endcsname
    \fi
-   \global\setbox\csname\@@stackbox:#1:#2\endcsname\normalvbox}
+   \global\setbox\csname\@@stackbox:#1:#2\endcsname\vbox}
 
 \unexpanded\def\initializeboxstack#1%
   {\def\docommand##1{\setstackbox{#1}{##1}{}}%
@@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@
    \setstackbox{#1}{#2}}
 
 \unexpanded\def\foundbox#1#2%
-  {\normalvbox
+  {\vbox
      {\ifcsname\@@stackbox:#1:#2\endcsname
         \copy\csname\@@stackbox:#1:#2\endcsname
       \fi}}
@@ -2419,8 +2419,8 @@
 %D article.
 %D
 %D \starttyping
-%D \raisebox{100pt}\normalhbox{test}
-%D \hsmash{\raisebox{100pt}\normalhbox{test}}
+%D \raisebox{100pt}\hbox{test}
+%D \hsmash{\raisebox{100pt}\hbox{test}}
 %D \stoptyping
 
 \unexpanded\def\raisebox#1{\bgroup\afterassignment\syst_boxes_raise_indeed\scratchdimen#1} % so both 10pt and {10pt} is accepted
@@ -2430,14 +2430,14 @@
 \def\syst_boxes_lower_indeed{\dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_lower_finish}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_raise_finish#1%
-  {\setbox\nextbox\normalhbox{\raise\scratchdimen\box\nextbox}%
+  {\setbox\nextbox\hbox{\raise\scratchdimen\box\nextbox}%
    \ht\nextbox\strutht
    \dp\nextbox\strutdp
    \box\nextbox
    \egroup}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_lower_finish#1%
-  {\setbox\nextbox\normalhbox{\lower\scratchdimen\box\nextbox}%
+  {\setbox\nextbox\hbox{\lower\scratchdimen\box\nextbox}%
    \ht\nextbox\strutht
    \dp\nextbox\strutdp
    \box\nextbox
@@ -2446,8 +2446,8 @@
 % vcenter in text, we kunnen vcenter overloaden
 
 \unexpanded\def\halfwaybox
-  {\normalhbox\bgroup
-   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_halfwaybox_finish\normalhbox}
+  {\hbox\bgroup
+   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_halfwaybox_finish\hbox}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_halfwaybox_finish
   {\dp\nextbox\zeropoint
@@ -2461,15 +2461,15 @@
 
 %D And even rawer:
 
-\let\naturalhbox   \normalhbox
-\let\naturalvbox   \normalvbox
+\let\naturalhbox   \hbox
+\let\naturalvbox   \vbox
 \let\naturalvtop   \normalvtop
 \let\naturalvcenter\normalvtop
 
 \ifdefined\textdir
 
-    \unexpanded\def\naturalhbox{\normalhbox dir TLT}
-    \unexpanded\def\naturalvbox{\normalvbox dir TLT}
+    \unexpanded\def\naturalhbox{\hbox dir TLT}
+    \unexpanded\def\naturalvbox{\vbox dir TLT}
    %\unexpanded\def\naturalvtop{\normalvtop dir TLT}
 
 \fi
@@ -2479,14 +2479,12 @@
 %D
 %D Also new: tex mode \type {\vcenter}.
 
-\let\verynormalvcenter \vcenter % since \vcenter can be visualized
-
 \unexpanded\def\vcenter
-  {\normalvbox\bgroup
-   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_vcenter_finish\normalvbox}
+  {\vbox\bgroup
+   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_vcenter_finish\vbox}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_vcenter_finish
-  {\normalhbox{$\verynormalvcenter{\box\nextbox}$}%
+  {\hbox{$\normalvcenter{\box\nextbox}$}%
    \egroup}
 
 % could be \everymathematics
@@ -2500,11 +2498,11 @@
 %D A not so well unhboxable box can be made with:
 
 \unexpanded\def\frozenhbox
-  {\normalhbox\bgroup
-   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_frozenhbox_finish\normalhbox}
+  {\hbox\bgroup
+   \dowithnextboxcs\syst_boxes_frozenhbox_finish\hbox}
 
 \def\syst_boxes_frozenhbox_finish
-  {\normalhbox{\normalhbox{\box\nextbox}}%
+  {\hbox{\hbox{\box\nextbox}}%
    \egroup}
 
 %D \macros
diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-num.mkiv b/tex/context/base/supp-num.mkiv
index a9211d62b..be0df026d 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/supp-num.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/supp-num.mkiv
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 %D the grouped call, the other branch handles the fuzzy
 %D delimited calls.
 
-\ifx\mbox\undefined \let\mbox\normalhbox \fi
+\ifdefined\mbox \else \let\mbox\hbox \fi
 
 \unexpanded\def\digits
   {\bgroup
diff --git a/tex/context/base/symb-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/symb-ini.mkiv
index 7e5f34b2e..af9c14c00 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/symb-ini.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/symb-ini.mkiv
@@ -46,6 +46,9 @@
 \installcorenamespace{symbol}
 \installcorenamespace{symbolset}
 
+\let\currentsymbol   \empty
+\let\currentsymbolset\empty
+
 \newtoks\t_symb_setups
 
 \let\m_symb_current_set\empty
@@ -71,9 +74,9 @@
 
 \letvalue{\??symbolset}\empty
 
-\def\doifinsymbolsetelse#1#2{\ifcsname\??symbol#1:#2\endcsname\expandafter\firstoftwoarguments\else\expandafter\secondoftwoarguments\fi}
-\def\doifinsymbolset    #1#2{\ifcsname\??symbol#1:#2\endcsname\expandafter\firstofoneargument \else\expandafter\gobbleoneargument   \fi}
-\def\doifsymbolsetelse    #1{\ifcsname\??symbolset#1\endcsname\expandafter\firstoftwoarguments\else\expandafter\secondoftwoarguments\fi}
+\unexpanded\def\doifinsymbolsetelse#1#2{\ifcsname\??symbol#1:#2\endcsname\expandafter\firstoftwoarguments\else\expandafter\secondoftwoarguments\fi}
+\unexpanded\def\doifinsymbolset    #1#2{\ifcsname\??symbol#1:#2\endcsname\expandafter\firstofoneargument \else\expandafter\gobbleoneargument   \fi}
+\unexpanded\def\doifsymbolsetelse    #1{\ifcsname\??symbolset#1\endcsname\expandafter\firstoftwoarguments\else\expandafter\secondoftwoarguments\fi}
 
 \def\symbolset#1{\csname\??symbolset\ifcsname\??symbolset#1\endcsname#1\fi\endcsname} % no [#1], to be used in commalists etc
 
@@ -97,21 +100,34 @@
      \expandafter\symb_place_special
    \fi}
 
-\def\symb_place_normal[#1][#2]%
-  {\setfalse\c_symb_found
-   \ifsecondargument
-     \edef\currentsymbol{#2}%
-     \ifcsname\??symbol#1:#2\endcsname
-       \symb_place_indeed{#1:#2}%
-     \fi
+\def\symb_place_normal
+  {\ifsecondargument
+     \expandafter\symb_place_normal_a
+   \else
+     \expandafter\symb_place_normal_b
+   \fi}
+
+\def\symb_place_normal_a[#1][#2]%
+  {\edef\currentsymbol{#2}%
+   \ifcsname\??symbol#1:#2\endcsname
+      \symb_place_indeed{#1:#2}%
+   \else
+     \symb_place_normal_c
+   \fi}
+
+\def\symb_place_normal_b[#1][#2]%
+  {\edef\currentsymbol{#1}%
+   \ifcsname\??symbol\currentsymbolset:#1\endcsname
+     \symb_place_indeed{\currentsymbolset:#1}%
    \else
-     \edef\currentsymbol{#1}%
-   \fi
+     \symb_place_normal_c
+   \fi}
+
+\def\symb_place_normal_c
+  {\setfalse\c_symb_found
+   \the\t_symb_setups
    \ifconditional\c_symb_found \else
-     \the\t_symb_setups
-     \ifconditional\c_symb_found \else
-       \symb_place_retry\currentsymbol
-     \fi
+     \symb_place_retry\currentsymbol % hm, isn't this redundant?
    \fi}
 
 \def\symb_place_special[#1][#2]#3%
@@ -131,7 +147,7 @@
 \def\directsymbol#1#2% no \relax, there can be an argument, see lists
   {\csname\??symbol\ifcsname\??symbol#1:#2\endcsname#1:#2\fi\endcsname}
 
-\def\symb_fetch
+\unexpanded\def\symb_fetch
   {\ifconditional\c_symb_found
      \expandafter\gobbleoneargument
    \else
@@ -247,6 +263,8 @@
 %D \showsetup{setupsymbolset}
 %D \showsetup{startsymbolset}
 
+\installcorenamespace{symbolsets}
+
 \unexpanded\def\startsymbolset[#1]%
   {\pushmacro\m_symb_current_set
    \def\m_symb_current_set{#1}}
@@ -255,7 +273,14 @@
   {\popmacro\m_symb_current_set}
 
 \unexpanded\def\setupsymbolset[#1]%
-  {\prependtoksonce\symb_fetch{#1}\to\t_symb_setups}
+  {\edef\currentsymbolset{#1}%
+   \ifcsname\??symbolsets\currentsymbolset\endcsname \else
+     \symb_setup_symbol_set
+   \fi}
+
+\def\symb_setup_symbol_set
+  {\normalexpanded{\t_symb_setups{\symb_fetch{\currentsymbolset}\the\t_symb_setups}}%
+   \letvalue{\??symbolsets\currentsymbolset}\empty} % speedup
 
 \unexpanded\def\resetsymbolset
   {\t_symb_setups\emptytoks}
diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-aux.mkiv b/tex/context/base/syst-aux.mkiv
index 4c02939ad..7f680bfae 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/syst-aux.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/syst-aux.mkiv
@@ -140,24 +140,15 @@
 
 \def\s!empty   {empty}
 
-%D \macros
-%D   {doubleexpandafter,tripleexpandafter,expanded,startexpanded}
-%D
-%D When in unprotected mode, to be entered with
-%D \type{\unprotect}, one can use \type{\@EA} as equivalent
-%D of \type{\expandafter}.
+%D These are not needed any more now that we have wide screens (and
+%D bytes come cheap).
 
-\let\singleexpandafter \expandafter
-\def\doubleexpandafter{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}
-\def\tripleexpandafter{\expandafter\doubleexpandafter\expandafter}
-
-%D not needed any more now that we have wide screens
+\let\@EA          \singleexpandafter
+\let\@EAEAEA      \doubleexpandafter
+\let\@EAEAEAEAEAEA\tripleexpandafter
 
 \let\@NX          \noexpand
-\let\@EA          \expandafter
 \def\@EAEA       {\expandafter\expandafter} % can often be avoided
-\let\@EAEAEA      \doubleexpandafter
-\let\@EAEAEAEAEAEA\tripleexpandafter
 
 %D Sometimes we pass macros as arguments to commands that
 %D don't expand them before interpretation. Such commands can
@@ -835,11 +826,15 @@
 % !9yes=\doifcommonelse{,a,}{,,,a,}{yes}{nop}
 % !9yes=\doifcommonelse{,,a,}{,,,a,}{yes}{nop}
 
+\let\m_syst_common_a\empty
+\let\m_syst_common_b\empty
+\let\m_syst_common_c\empty
+
 \def\syst_helpers_do_quit_if_common_else#1],\relax#2],\relax{\firstoftwoarguments}
 
 \def\syst_helpers_do_check_if_common_else_one#1,#2%
-  {\edef\!!stringc{#1}%
-   \ifx\!!stringc\v_syst_helpers_right_optional_bracket
+  {\edef\m_syst_common_c{#1}%
+   \ifx\m_syst_common_c\v_syst_helpers_right_optional_bracket
      \expandafter\thirdofthreearguments
    \else
      \expandafter\syst_helpers_do_common_check
@@ -861,7 +856,7 @@
    \fi}
 
 \def\syst_helpers_do_do_do_check_if_common_else_two
-  {\ifx\!!stringc\commalistelement
+  {\ifx\m_syst_common_c\commalistelement
      \expandafter\syst_helpers_do_quit_if_common_else
    \else
      \expandafter\syst_helpers_do_check_if_common_else_two
@@ -869,24 +864,24 @@
 
 \def\syst_helpers_re_do_check_if_common_else_one#1{\syst_helpers_do_check_if_common_else_one}
 
+\def\syst_helpers_do_common_check
+  {\expandafter\syst_helpers_do_check_if_common_else_two\m_syst_common_b,],\relax}%
+
+\def\syst_helpers_do_do_do_if_common_else
+  {\expandafter\syst_helpers_do_check_if_common_else_one\m_syst_common_a,],\relax}
+
 \def\syst_helpers_do_do_if_common_else#1#2#3#4%
-  {\edef\!!stringa{#3}%
-   \edef\!!stringb{#4}%
-   \ifx\!!stringa\empty
+  {\edef\m_syst_common_a{#3}%
+   \edef\m_syst_common_b{#4}%
+   \ifx\m_syst_common_a\empty
      \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments
-   \else\ifx\!!stringb\empty
+   \else\ifx\m_syst_common_b\empty
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\secondoftwoarguments
    \else
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\syst_helpers_do_do_do_if_common_else
    \fi\fi
    #1#2}
 
-\def\syst_helpers_do_common_check
-  {\expandafter\syst_helpers_do_check_if_common_else_two\!!stringb,],\relax}%
-
-\def\syst_helpers_do_do_do_if_common_else
-  {\expandafter\syst_helpers_do_check_if_common_else_one\!!stringa,],\relax}
-
 \unexpanded\def\doifcommonelse{\syst_helpers_do_do_if_common_else\firstoftwoarguments\secondoftwoarguments}
 \unexpanded\def\doifcommon    {\syst_helpers_do_do_if_common_else\firstofoneargument \gobbleoneargument   }
 \unexpanded\def\doifnotcommon {\syst_helpers_do_do_if_common_else\gobbleoneargument  \firstofoneargument  }
@@ -3281,80 +3276,6 @@
    \fi}
 
 %D \macros
-%D   {newconditional,
-%D    settrue, setfalse,
-%D    ifconditional,then}
-%D
-%D \TEX's lacks boolean variables, although the \PLAIN\ format
-%D implements \type{\newif}. The main disadvantage of this
-%D scheme is that it takes three hash table entries. A more
-%D memory saving alternative is presented here. A conditional
-%D is defined by:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \newconditional\doublesided
-%D \setfalse
-%D \stoptyping
-%D Setting a conditional is done by \type{\settrue} and
-%D \type{\setfalse}:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \settrue\doublesided
-%D \setfalse
-%D \stoptyping
-%D while testing is accomplished by:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \ifconditional\doublesided  ... \else ... \fi
-%D \setfalse
-%D \stoptyping
-%D We cannot use the simple scheme:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \def\settrue #1{\let#1=\iftrue}
-%D \def\setfalse#1{\let#1=\iffalse}
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D Such an implementation gives problems with nested
-%D conditionals. The next implementation is abaou as fast
-%D and just as straightforward:
-
-% maybe reserve special zero and plusone
-
-\unexpanded\def\settrue #1{\let#1\zerocount}
-\unexpanded\def\setfalse#1{\let#1\plusone  }
-
-\let\newconditional\setfalse
-\let\ifconditional \ifcase
-
-\let\conditionalfalse\plusone
-\let\conditionaltrue \zerocount
-
-\let\then\relax % so that we can say: \ifnum1>2\then -)
-
-% demands that each conditional is defined .. it would be handy to have
-% a primitive \unless\ifcase .. then we could use better values
-%
-% \def\settrue #1{#1\zerocount}
-% \def\setfalse#1{#1\plusone}
-%
-% \def\newconditional#1{\ifdefined#1\else\newcount#1\fi\setfalse#1}
-% \let\ifconditional \ifcase
-
-%D \macros
-%D   {ifzeropt}
-%D
-%D The next macro is both cosmetic and byte saving. It is
-%D pretty \type{\if}||safe too. It can be used in cases
-%D like:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \ifzeropt \somedimen ... \else ... \fi
-%D \stoptyping
-
-\let\ifzeropt\ifcase
-
-%D \macros
 %D   {dorecurse,recurselevel,recursedepth,
 %D    dostepwiserecurse,
 %D    for}
@@ -3919,7 +3840,7 @@
 
 \def\docheckifassignmentelse#1=#2#3\@end@{\if#2@}%
 
-\def\doifassignmentelse#1%
+\def\doifassignmentelse#1% expandable
   {\expandafter\docheckifassignmentelse\detokenize{#1}=@@\@end@
      \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments
    \else
@@ -6211,19 +6132,35 @@
   {\setdimensionwithunit\scratchdimen#1{#2}\edef#1{\the\scratchdimen}}
 
 %D \macros
-%D   {doifsometokselse}
+%D   {doifsometokselse, doifsometoks}
 %D
 %D Not that fast I guess, but here's a way to test for token
 %D registers being empty.
 
-\def\doifsometokselse#1%     % #2#3%
-  {\edef\!!stringa{\the#1}%
-   \ifx\!!stringa\empty      % #3\else#2\fi}
+\def\doifsometokselse#1%
+  {\edef\!!stringa{\the#1}% one level expansion so quite ok
+   \ifx\!!stringa\empty
      \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments
    \else
      \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments
    \fi}
 
+\def\doifsometoks#1%
+  {\edef\!!stringa{\the#1}% one level expansion so quite ok
+   \ifx\!!stringa\empty
+     \expandafter\gobbleoneargument
+   \else
+     \expandafter\firstofoneargument
+   \fi}
+
+\def\doifemptytoks#1%
+  {\edef\!!stringa{\the#1}% one level expansion so quite ok
+   \ifx\!!stringa\empty
+     \expandafter\firstofoneargument
+   \else
+     \expandafter\gobbleoneargument
+   \fi}
+
 %D \macros
 %D   {startstrictinspectnextcharacter}
 %D
@@ -6604,7 +6541,7 @@
      \doubleexpandafter\firstofoneargument
    \fi\fi}
 
-\def\inheritparameter[#1]#2[#3]#4[#5]% tag tokey fromkey % [bypasses k!prefix]
+\def\inheritparameter[#1]#2[#3]#4[#5]% tag tokey fromkey
   {\expandafter\def\csname#1#3\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter{\csname#1#5\endcsname}}
 
 % \buildarray[test][aa,bb,cc,dd,ee,ff]
diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/syst-ini.mkiv
index f0cd6ec0b..bcf15b96c 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/syst-ini.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/syst-ini.mkiv
@@ -399,6 +399,15 @@
     \newcount   \maxcard \maxcard   = 65536 % pdftex has less mathchars
 \fi
 
+%D \macros
+%D   {doubleexpandafter,tripleexpandafter,expanded,startexpanded}
+%D
+%D A few handy shortcuts
+
+\let\singleexpandafter \expandafter
+\def\doubleexpandafter{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}
+\def\tripleexpandafter{\expandafter\doubleexpandafter\expandafter}
+
 %D We prefer the more readable variant than in plain
 %D \TEX. User should only use \type {\emptybox}:
 
@@ -653,6 +662,74 @@
 
 \normaleveryjob{\the\everyjob}
 
+%D \macros
+%D   {newconditional,
+%D    settrue, setfalse,
+%D    ifconditional,then}
+%D
+%D \TEX's lacks boolean variables, although the \PLAIN\ format
+%D implements \type{\newif}. The main disadvantage of this
+%D scheme is that it takes three hash table entries. A more
+%D memory saving alternative is presented here. A conditional
+%D is defined by:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \newconditional\doublesided
+%D \setfalse
+%D \stoptyping
+%D Setting a conditional is done by \type{\settrue} and
+%D \type{\setfalse}:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \settrue\doublesided
+%D \setfalse
+%D \stoptyping
+%D while testing is accomplished by:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \ifconditional\doublesided  ... \else ... \fi
+%D \setfalse
+%D \stoptyping
+%D We cannot use the simple scheme:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \def\settrue #1{\let#1=\iftrue}
+%D \def\setfalse#1{\let#1=\iffalse}
+%D \stoptyping
+%D
+%D Such an implementation gives problems with nested
+%D conditionals. The next implementation is about as fast
+%D and just as straightforward:
+
+\let\conditionalfalse\plusone    % maybe we will have a dedicated count/chardef
+\let\conditionaltrue \zerocount  % maybe we will have a dedicated count/chardef
+
+\normalprotected\def\settrue #1{\let#1\conditionaltrue }
+\normalprotected\def\setfalse#1{\let#1\conditionalfalse}
+
+\let\newconditional\setfalse
+\let\ifconditional \ifcase
+
+\let\then\relax % so that we can say: \ifnum1>2\then -)
+
+%D It would be handy to have a primitive \unless\ifcase because
+%D then we could use nicer values. Anyhow, this conditional code
+%D used to be in the \type {syst-aux} module but is now promoted
+%D to here.
+
+%D \macros
+%D   {ifzeropt}
+%D
+%D The next macro is both cosmetic and byte saving. It is
+%D pretty \type{\if}||safe too. It can be used in cases
+%D like:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \ifzeropt \somedimen ... \else ... \fi
+%D \stoptyping
+
+\let\ifzeropt\ifcase
+
 % these token list helpers might move to syst-aux.mkiv
 %
 % we assume a \cs. not toks0 or so
diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-fbk.mkiv b/tex/context/base/type-fbk.mkiv
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8413ec9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tex/context/base/type-fbk.mkiv
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%D \module
+%D   [       file=type-sfbk,
+%D        version=2005.02.04, % moved from ini/def/set
+%D          title=\CONTEXT\ Typescript Macros,
+%D       subtitle=Fallbacks,
+%D         author=Hans Hagen,
+%D           date=\currentdate,
+%D      copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}]
+%C
+%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is
+%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
+%C details.
+
+\unprotect
+
+\definetypescriptprefix [serif] [Serif]
+\definetypescriptprefix [sans]  [Sans]
+\definetypescriptprefix [mono]  [Mono]
+
+\definefontsynonym [DefaultFont] [\s!file:lmmonoprop10-regular] % was cmvtt10
+
+\startsetups [font:fallback:serif]
+    \definefontsynonym [Serif]            [DefaultFont]
+    \definefontsynonym [SerifBold]        [Serif]
+    \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic]      [Serif]
+    \definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted]     [SerifItalic]
+    \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic]  [Serif]
+    \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [SerifBoldItalic]
+    \definefontsynonym [SerifCaps]        [Serif]
+\stopsetups
+
+\startsetups [font:fallback:sans]
+    \definefontsynonym [Sans]            [DefaultFont]
+    \definefontsynonym [SansBold]        [Sans]
+    \definefontsynonym [SansItalic]      [Sans]
+    \definefontsynonym [SansSlanted]     [SansItalic]
+    \definefontsynonym [SansBoldItalic]  [Sans]
+    \definefontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [SansBoldItalic]
+    \definefontsynonym [SansCaps]        [Sans]
+\stopsetups
+
+\startsetups [font:fallback:mono]
+    \definefontsynonym [Mono]            [DefaultFont]
+    \definefontsynonym [MonoBold]        [Mono]
+    \definefontsynonym [MonoItalic]      [Mono]
+    \definefontsynonym [MonoSlanted]     [MonoItalic]
+    \definefontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic]  [Mono]
+    \definefontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [MonoBoldItalic]
+    \definefontsynonym [MonoCaps]        [Mono]
+\stopsetups
+
+\starttypescript [serif,sans,mono] [fallback]
+    \setups[\s!font:\s!fallback:\typescriptone]
+\stoptypescript
+
+\startsetups [font:allbold:serif]
+    \definefontsynonym [Serif]            [SerifBold]
+    \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic]      [SerifBoldItalic]
+    \definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted]     [SerifBoldSlanted]
+    %definefontsynonym [SerifCaps]        [SerifBold]
+\stopsetups
+
+\startsetups [font:allbold:sans]
+    \definefontsynonym [Sans]            [SansBold]
+    \definefontsynonym [SansItalic]      [SansBoldItalic]
+    \definefontsynonym [SansSlanted]     [SansBoldSlanted]
+    %definefontsynonym [SansCaps]        [SansBold]
+\stopsetups
+
+\protect \endinput
diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/type-ini.mkiv
deleted file mode 100644
index f0b20cbed..000000000
--- a/tex/context/base/type-ini.mkiv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,540 +0,0 @@
-%D \module
-%D   [       file=type-ini,
-%D        version=2001.03.05,
-%D          title=\CONTEXT\ Typescript Macros,
-%D       subtitle=Initialization,
-%D         author=Hans Hagen,
-%D           date=\currentdate,
-%D      copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}]
-%C
-%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is
-%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
-%C details.
-
-\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Typescript Macros / Initialization}
-
-\registerctxluafile{type-ini}{1.001}
-
-%D The default fontclass is empty. We could demand always using fontclasses,
-%D and then make the calling macros simplier (always assume fontclass) but
-%D apart from downward compatibility issues, it would make global, class
-%D spanning definitions a pain. Some day we will introduce a default class.
-
-%D Todo: store them at the lua end
-
-\unprotect
-
-\unexpanded\def\starttypescriptcollection
-  {\dosingleempty\dostarttypescriptcollection}
-
-\def\dostarttypescriptcollection[#1]%
-  {}
-
-\unexpanded\def\stoptypescriptcollection
-  {}
-
-\let\typescriptfiles\empty
-
-\unexpanded\def\usetypescriptfile[#1]%
-  {\doifelse{#1}\v!reset
-     {\let\typescriptfiles\empty}
-     {\splitfilename{#1}%
-      \addtocommalist\splitoffbase\typescriptfiles}}
-
-% SO FAR
-
-\let\currenttypescripts\empty
-
-\newif\iftypescriptfound
-
-\let\@@typescriptone  \empty \let\typescriptone  \empty
-\let\@@typescripttwo  \empty \let\typescripttwo  \empty
-\let\@@typescriptthree\empty \let\typescriptthree\empty
-
-% method 2 is for Hans van der Meer
-
-\newtoks\documenttypescripts
-
-% tricky ... here we push/pop
-
-\chardef\typescriptmethod\plusone % 1: empty==all==true  2: empty==false
-\chardef\typescriptstate \plustwo % 1: process 2: store
-
-\unexpanded\def\usetypescript     {\let\typescriptmethod\plusone\dotripleempty\dousetypescript}
-\unexpanded\def\usetypescriptexact{\let\typescriptmethod\plustwo\dotripleempty\dousetypescript}
-
-\def\dousetypescript[#1][#2][#3]%
-  {\normalexpanded{\noexpand\dodousetypescript[#1][#2][#3]}}
-
-\def\dodousetypescript[#1][#2][#3]% also loads type-loc, a user file
-  {\pushmacro\@@typescriptone  \edef\@@typescriptone  {\truetypescript{#1}}%
-   \pushmacro\@@typescripttwo  \edef\@@typescripttwo  {\truetypescript{#2}}%
-   \pushmacro\@@typescriptthree\edef\@@typescriptthree{\truetypescript{#3}}%
-   \pushmacro\typescriptone
-   \pushmacro\typescripttwo
-   \pushmacro\typescriptthree
-   \pushmacro\typescriptmethod
-   \pushmacro\typescriptstate  \let\typescriptstate\plusone % process
-   \pushmacro\stoptypescript
-   \typescriptfoundfalse
-   \iftracetypescripts\writestatus\m!fonts{request: [\@@typescriptone] [\@@typescripttwo] [\@@typescriptthree]}\fi
-   \processcommacommand[\typescriptfiles]\dododousetypescriptfile
-   \the\documenttypescripts
-   \firsttypescriptpassfalse % testen
-   \popmacro\stoptypescript
-   \popmacro\typescriptstate
-   \popmacro\typescriptmethod
-   \popmacro\typescriptthree
-   \popmacro\typescripttwo
-   \popmacro\typescriptone
-   \popmacro\@@typescriptthree
-   \popmacro\@@typescripttwo
-   \popmacro\@@typescriptone}
-
-\newconditional\preloadingtypescripts
-
-\def\preloadtypescripts{\ifproductionrun\settrue\preloadingtypescripts\fi}
-
-\prependtoks
-    \preloadtypescripts
-\to \everyjob
-
-% \long\def\xxstarttypescript#1\stoptypescript
-%   {\global\loadedtypescripts\@EA{\the\loadedtypescripts\starttypescript#1\stoptypescript}}
-%
-% \long\def\xxstarttypescriptcollection#1\stoptypescriptcollection
-%   {\global\loadedtypescripts\@EA{\the\loadedtypescripts\starttypescriptcollection#1\stoptypescriptcollection}}
-
-\newcount\nofpreloadedtypescripts % it's faster to append references than blobs
-
-\long\def\xxstarttypescript#1\stoptypescript
-  {\global\advance\nofpreloadedtypescripts\plusone
-   \edef\currentpreloadedtypescript{\??ts:\the\nofpreloadedtypescripts}%
-   \setgvalue\currentpreloadedtypescript{\starttypescript#1\stoptypescript}%
-  %\global\loadedtypescripts\@EAEAEA{\@EA\the\@EA\loadedtypescripts\@EA\getvalue\@EA{\currentpreloadedtypescript}}}
-   \normalexpanded{\global\loadedtypescripts{\the\@EA\loadedtypescripts\noexpand\csname\currentpreloadedtypescript\endcsname}}}
-
-\long\def\xxstarttypescriptcollection#1\stoptypescriptcollection
-  {\global\advance\nofpreloadedtypescripts\plusone
-   \edef\currentpreloadedtypescript{\??ts:\the\nofpreloadedtypescripts}%
-   \setgvalue\currentpreloadedtypescript{\starttypescriptcollection#1\stoptypescriptcollection}%
-  %\global\loadedtypescripts\@EAEAEA{\@EA\the\@EA\loadedtypescripts\@EA\getvalue\@EA{\currentpreloadedtypescript}}}
-   \normalexpanded{\global\loadedtypescripts{\the\@EA\loadedtypescripts\noexpand\csname\currentpreloadedtypescript\endcsname}}}
-
-\def\dododousetypescriptfile#1%
-  {\setfalse\quittingtypescript
-   \pushmacro\currenttypefile
-   \def\currenttypefile{#1}%
-   \ifconditional\preloadingtypescripts
-     \doprocessandbuffertypescriptfile
-   \else
-     \doprocesstypescriptfile
-   \fi
-   \popmacro\currenttypefile
-   \ifconditional\quittingtypescript
-     \quitcommalist
-     \setfalse\quittingtypescript
-   \fi}
-
-\def\doprocessandbuffertypescriptfile
-  {\expandafter\let\expandafter\loadedtypescripts\csname\??ts:\c!file:\currenttypefile\endcsname
-   \ifx\loadedtypescripts\relax
-     \dobuffertypescriptfile
-   \fi
-   \the\loadedtypescripts}
-
-\def\dobuffertypescriptfile
-  {\newtoks\loadedtypescripts
-   \bgroup
-     \let\starttypescript\xxstarttypescript
-     \let\starttypescriptcollection\xxstarttypescriptcollection
-     \doprocesstypescriptfile
-   \egroup
-   \expandafter\let\csname\??ts:\c!file:\currenttypefile\endcsname\loadedtypescripts}
-
-\def\doprocesstypescriptfile
-  {\ctxcommand{doprocesstypescriptfile("\currenttypefile")}}
-
-\def\usetypescriptonce
-  {\dotripleempty\dousetypescriptonce}
-
-\def\dousetypescriptonce[#1][#2][#3]%
-  {\doifelseflagged{ts:#1:#2:#3}%
-     {\writestatus\m!fonts{once (#1) (#2) (#3)}}
-     {\setflag{ts:#1:#2:#3}%
-      \normalexpanded{\noexpand\dodousetypescript[#1][#2][#3]}}}
-
-% \definetypescriptsynonym[lbr][cmr]
-
-\unexpanded\def\definetypescriptsynonym
-  {\dodoubleempty\dodefinetypescriptsynonym}
-
-\def\dodefinetypescriptsynonym[#1][#2]%
-  {\ifsecondargument\setevalue{\??tm#1}{#2}\fi}
-
-\def\truetypescript#1%
-  {\ifcsname\??tm#1\endcsname
-     \@EA\truetypescript\csname\??tm#1\endcsname\else#1%
-   \fi}
-
-% script [serif] [default]         [size]
-% script [serif] [computer-modern] [size]
-% script [serif] [computer-modern] [ec]
-% script [serif] [computer-modern] [name]
-% script [serif] [computer-modern] [special]
-
-% todo, make firsttypescriptpass conditional
-
-\newif\iffirsttypescriptpass \firsttypescriptpasstrue
-
-\prependtoks\firsttypescriptpasstrue\to\everyjob
-
-\def\typescript@@all{all}
-
-\newif\iftracetypescripts
-
-\let\stoptypescript\relax
-
-\unexpanded\def\starttypescript
-  {\ifcase\typescriptstate
-     % 0 = skip
-     \@EA\gobbleuntil\@EA\stoptypescript
-   \or
-     % 1 = process
-     \expandafter\dostarttypescript
-   \or
-     % 2 = store
-     \expandafter\nostarttypescript
-   \else
-     % ? = skip
-     \@EA\gobbleuntil\@EA\stoptypescript
-   \fi}
-
-\long\def\nostarttypescript#1\stoptypescript
-  {\appendtoks\starttypescript#1\stoptypescript\to\documenttypescripts}
-
-\def\dostarttypescript
-  {\let\typescriptone  \@@typescriptone
-   \let\typescripttwo  \@@typescripttwo
-   \let\typescriptthree\@@typescriptthree
-   \let\typescriptmatch\empty
-   \doifnextoptionalelse\dostarttypescriptone\dostarttypescriptall}
-
-\long\def\dostarttypescriptall
-  {\iffirsttypescriptpass
-     \expandafter\doprocesstypescript
-   \else
-     % skip this since it may do unwanted resets, like
-     % setting symbolic font names to unknown, especially
-     % in run time user type scripts
-     \expandafter\noprocesstypescript
-   \fi}
-
-\def\typescriptwritestatus
-  {\writestatus\m!fonts{match:\ifx\currenttypefile\relax\space *\fi \typescriptmatch}}
-
-\long\def\dostarttypescriptyes
-  {\ifdone
-     \typescriptfoundtrue
-     \iftracetypescripts\typescriptwritestatus\fi
-     \expandafter\doprocesstypescript
-   \else
-     \expandafter\noprocesstypescript
-   \fi}
-
-\long\def\dostarttypescriptone
-  {\dochecktypescript\@@typescriptone\typescriptone\redostarttypescriptone}
-
-\long\def\dostarttypescripttwo
-  {\dochecktypescript\@@typescripttwo\typescripttwo\redostarttypescripttwo}
-
-\long\def\dostarttypescriptthree
-  {\dochecktypescript\@@typescriptthree\typescriptthree\redostarttypescriptthree}
-
-\long\def\redostarttypescriptone
-  {\doifnextoptionalelse\dostarttypescripttwo\dostarttypescriptyes}
-
-\long\def\redostarttypescripttwo
-  {\doifnextoptionalelse\dostarttypescriptthree\dostarttypescriptyes}
-
-\long\def\redostarttypescriptthree
-  {\dostarttypescriptyes}
-
-\def\doprocesstypescript
-  {\pushmacro\fontclass}
-
-\unexpanded\def\stoptypescript
-  {\popmacro\fontclass}
-
-\long\def\noprocesstypescript#1\stoptypescript
-  {}
-
-\let\typescriptmatch\empty
-
-\def\dochecktypescript#1#2#3[#4]% script use value next
-  {\donefalse
-   \def\@@typescriptcheck{#4}%
-   \ifx\@@typescriptcheck\empty % no longer needed / met
-     \ifcase\typescriptmethod\or\donetrue\fi
-   \else\ifx#1\typescript@@all
-     \donetrue
-   \else\ifx\@@typescriptcheck\typescript@@all
-     \donetrue
-   \else\ifx#1\@@typescriptcheck % saves 10% trace so probably faster too
-     \donetrue
-     \let#2\@@typescriptcheck
-   \else
-     \normalexpanded{\noexpand\doifcommonelse{\@@typescriptcheck}{#1}}\donetrue\donefalse
-     \ifdone
-       \let#2\commalistelement
-     \fi
-   \fi\fi\fi\fi
-   \ifdone
-     \edef\typescriptmatch{\typescriptmatch\space[#4]}%
-     \expandafter#3%
-   \else
-     \expandafter\noprocesstypescript
-   \fi}
-
-%D Yet another speed up: when issued inside typescript, the call
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \quittypescriptscanning
-%D \stoptyping
-%D
-%D quits further loading. For an example, see type-exa:
-
-\newconditional\quittingtypescript \setfalse\quittingtypescript
-
-\def\quittypescriptscanning{\settrue\quittingtypescript}
-
-%D Map files will go away in \LUATEX, but till that happens we
-%D use stripped down support for loading them.
-
-\def\loadmapfile{\dosingleempty\doloadmapfile}
-\def\loadmapline{\dodoubleempty\doloadmapline}
-
-\def\doloadmapfile     [#1]{\ctxlua{fonts.mappings.loadfile("#1")}}
-\def\doloadmapline [#1][#2]{\ctxlua{fonts.mappings.loadline("#1","#2")}}
-\def\forgetmapfiles        {\ctxlua{fonts.mappings.reset()}}
-
-% \appendtoks
-%     \pdfmapfile{}% somehow does not work at the lua end
-% \to \everyjob
-
-\prependtoks
-    \loadmapfile[mkiv-base.map]%
-\to \everystarttext
-
-%D A handy shortcut:
-
-% \definetypescriptprefix[serif][Serif]
-% \definetypescriptprefix[sans] [Sans]
-% \definetypescriptprefix[mono] [Mono]
-%
-%\starttypescript [serif,sans,mono] [handling,hanging,hz] [pure,normal,hz,quality]
-%  \setupfontsynonym [\typescriptprefix\typescriptone] [handling=\typescriptthree]
-% \stoptypescript
-
-\unexpanded\def\definetypescriptprefix
-  {\dodoubleargument\dodefinetypescriptprefix}
-
-\def\dodefinetypescriptprefix[#1][#2]%
-  {\setgvalue{\??ts::#1}{#2}} % made global
-
-% without testing:
-%
-% \def\typescriptprefix#1%
-%   {\csname\??ts::#1\endcsname}
-%
-% with testing:
-
-\def\typescriptprefix#1%
-  {\executeifdefined{\??ts::#1}{#1}}
-
-% defining typefaces:
-%
-% \definetypeface [#1:joke] [#2:rm]
-% \definetypeface [#1:joke] [#2:rm] [#3:...]
-% \definetypeface [#1:joke] [#2:rm] [#3:serif] [#4:lucida] [#5:size] [#6:...]
-
-\unexpanded\def\definetypeface
-  {\dosixtupleargument\dodefinetypeface}
-
-\def\tsvar#1#2% \executeifdefined{\??ts#1}{#2}
-  {\@EA\ifx\csname\??ts#1\endcsname\empty
-     #2%
-   \else
-     \csname\??ts#1\endcsname
-   \fi}
-
-% #1=main #2=rm #3=serif #4=fontname #5=size #6=settings
-
-\let\typefaceencoding\s!default % obsolete
-
-\newtoks \everybeforedefinetypeface
-\newtoks \everyafterdefinetypeface
-
-\appendtoks
-    \resetfontclassmathfamilies\fontclass
-\to \everybeforedefinetypeface
-
-\let\fontclassstyle\empty
-
-\def\dostarttypefacedefining#1#2#3%
-  {\geteparameters[\??ts][\s!rscale=\plusone,\s!features=,\s!fallbacks=,\s!goodies=,\s!direction=,#3]%
-   \pushmacro\fontclass
-   \pushmacro\fontclassstyle
-   \setcurrentfontclass{#1}%
-   \pushmacro\relativefontsize
-   \let\relativefontsize\@@tsrscale % still needed ?
-   \savefontclassparameters{#2}\@@tsrscale\@@tsfeatures\@@tsfallbacks\@@tsgoodies\@@tsdirection
-   \the\everybeforedefinetypeface}
-
-\def\dostoptypefacedefining
-   {\the\everyafterdefinetypeface
-    \popmacro\relativefontsize
-    \popmacro\fontclassstyle
-    \popmacro\fontclass}
-
-\def\dofastdefinetypeface#1#2#3#4#5%
-  {\dododefinetypeface[#1][#2]%
-   \dostarttypefacedefining{#1}{#2}{#5}%
-   \usetypescript[#3][#4][\s!size]%
-   \dostoptypefacedefining}
-
-\def\dodefinetypeface[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]%
-  {\iffifthargument % sixth is optional, we need to expand since in #6 there can be a \typescripttwo
-     \iftracetypescripts\writestatus\m!fonts{define: [#1] [#2] [#3] [#4]}\fi
-     \dododefinetypeface[#1][#2]%
-     \dostarttypefacedefining{#1}{#2}{#6}%
-       \usetypescript[#3][#4][\s!name,\s!default]%
-       \usetypescript[#3][#5][\s!size]%
-     \dostoptypefacedefining
-   \else\iffourthargument
-     \iftracetypescripts\writestatus\m!fonts{define: [#1] [#2] [#3] [#4]}\fi
-     \dododefinetypeface[#1][#2]%
-     \dostarttypefacedefining{#1}{#2}{}%
-       \usetypescript[#3][#4][\s!name,\s!default]%
-       \usetypescript[#3][\s!default][\s!size]%
-     \dostoptypefacedefining
-   \else\ifthirdargument
-     \dododefinetypeface[#1][#2]%
-     \getparameters[\??tf#1#2][#3]%
-   \else % use definitions in lfg file
-     \ctxlua{fonts.definetypeface(\!!bs#1\!!es,\!!bs#2\!!es)}%
-   \fi\fi\fi}
-
-\def\dododefinetypeface[#1][#2]% saveguard against redefinition
-  {\doifsomething{#1}
-     {\ifcsname\??tf#1\s!default\endcsname \else
-        \registerfontclass{#1}%
-        \setgvalue{\??tf#1\s!default}{#2}%
-      \fi
-      \ifcsname#1\endcsname \else
-        \setugvalue{#1}{\switchtotypeface[#1][#2]}% hm, what if #2 changes
-      \fi}}
-
-\unexpanded\def\setuptypeface% [class] [settings]
-  {\doquadrupleempty\doswitchtotypeface[\setupbodyfont][\fontclass]}
-
-\unexpanded\def\switchtotypeface% [class] [settings]
-  {\doquadrupleempty\doswitchtotypeface[\switchtobodyfont][\globalfontclass]}
-
-\def\doswitchtotypeface[#1][#2][#3][#4]%
-  {%\doifinsetelse{\s!default,\v!reset}{#3}
-   %  {\setcurrentfontclass\empty}
-   %  {\setcurrentfontclass{#3}}%
-   \setcurrentfontclass{#3}%
-   \let\globalfontclass#2%
-   \iffourthargument
-     #1[#4]%
-   \else\ifx\fontclass\empty
-     #1[\c!rm]%
-   \else\ifcsname\??tf\fontclass\s!default\endcsname
-     #1[\csname\??tf\fontclass\s!default\endcsname]%
-   \else
-     #1[\c!rm]%
-   \fi \fi \fi
-   \ifmmode\mr\else\tf\fi} % needed ?
-
-% \def\usetypefile[#1]% recurses on path !
-%   {\edef\currenttypefile{\f!typeprefix#1}%
-%    \readfile{\currenttypefile.\mksuffix}\donothing{\readfile\currenttypefile\donothing\donothing}}
-
-\def\usetypefile[#1]% recurses on path ! % no storage? obsolete?
-  {\edef\currenttypefile{#1}%
-   \ctxcommand{doprocesstypescriptfile("\currenttypefile")}}
-
-%D For Taco:
-%D
-%D \starttyping
-%D \inherittypeface[palatino][rm][postscript]
-%D \inherittypeface[palatino][rm][\fontclass]
-%D \inherittypeface[palatino][rm] % == \fontclass
-%D \inherittypeface[palatino] % == [rm,ss,tt,mm]
-%D \stoptyping
-
-\def\inherittypeface
-  {\dotripleempty\doinherittypeface}
-
-\def\doinherittypeface[#1][#2][#3]%
-  {\doifelsenothing{#2}
-     {\doinherittypeface[#1][\c!rm,\c!ss,\c!tt,\c!mm][\fontclass]}
-     {\doifnot{#1}{#3}
-        {\global\let\checkfontclass\docheckfontclass
-         \def\dodoinherittypeface##1{\setevalue{#1-##1}{#3}}%
-         \processcommalist[#2]\dodoinherittypeface}}}
-
-%D This hooks into the font mechanism with:
-
-% \def\checkfontclass#1% called often
-%   {\edef\fontclass{\executeifdefined{\fontclass-#1}{\fontclass}}}
-
-% \def\checkfontclass#1% called often
-%   {\edef\fontclass{\ifcsname\fontclass-#1\endcsname\csname\fontclass-#1\endcsname\else\fontclass\fi}}
-
-\def\docheckfontclass#1% called often
-  {\ifcsname\fontclass-#1\endcsname
-     \expandafter\let\expandafter\fontclass\csname\fontclass-#1\endcsname
-   \fi}
-
-\let\checkfontclass\gobbleoneargument
-
-\fetchruntimecommand \typetypescript {\f!typeprefix\s!run} % will become module
-
-\protect \endinput
-
-% Computer Modern Roman : Donald Knuth
-% Latin Modern: LM Font Revision Team
-
-% LM math vs CM math (analysis by Taco):
-%
-% lmex10.tfm  % identical
-% lmmi5.tfm   % identical
-% lmmi6.tfm   % identical
-% lmmi7.tfm   % identical
-% lmmi8.tfm   % identical
-% lmmi9.tfm   % identical
-% lmmi10.tfm  % identical
-% lmmi12.tfm  % identical
-% lmmib10.tfm % identical
-% lmsy5.tfm   % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
-% lmsy6.tfm   % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
-% lmsy7.tfm   % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
-% lmsy8.tfm   % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
-% lmsy9.tfm   % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
-% lmsy10.tfm  % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
-% lmbsy10.tfm % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
-%
-% From the 'AMS' set:
-%
-% lmmib5.tfm  % identical
-% lmmib7.tfm  % identical
-% lmbsy5.tfm  % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
-% lmbsy7.tfm  % extra chars: 254,255 (octal)
-%
-% The two extra characters are:
-%
-%   /lessorequalslant
-%   /greaterorequalslant
diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-ini.mkvi b/tex/context/base/type-ini.mkvi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..efe360bdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tex/context/base/type-ini.mkvi
@@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
+%D \module
+%D   [       file=type-ini,
+%D        version=2001.03.05,
+%D          title=\CONTEXT\ Typescript Macros,
+%D       subtitle=Initialization,
+%D         author=Hans Hagen,
+%D           date=\currentdate,
+%D      copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}]
+%C
+%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is
+%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
+%C details.
+
+\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Typescript Macros / Initialization}
+
+\registerctxluafile{type-ini}{1.001}
+
+%D The default fontclass is empty. We could demand always using fontclasses,
+%D and then make the calling macros simplier (always assume fontclass) but
+%D apart from downward compatibility issues, it would make global, class
+%D spanning definitions a pain. Some day we will introduce a default class.
+
+%D The \type {type-ini} and \type {font-ini} modules come as a pair and have
+%D mutual dependencies.
+
+%D Todo: store them at the lua end
+
+\unprotect
+
+\newcount      \c_font_typescripts_n_of_preloaded
+\newconditional\c_font_typescripts_quit
+\newtoks       \c_font_typescripts_document
+\newconditional\c_font_typescripts_preload
+\newconditional\c_font_typescripts_first_pass          \settrue\c_font_typescripts_first_pass
+
+\newif         \iftypescriptfound              % will become a mode
+\newif         \iftracetypescripts
+
+\newtoks       \everybeforedefinetypeface
+\newtoks       \everyafterdefinetypeface
+
+\let\typescriptfiles   \empty
+\let\currenttypescripts\empty
+\let\currenttypefile   \empty
+
+\let\typescriptone  \empty % public, used in typescripts
+\let\typescripttwo  \empty % public, used in typescripts
+\let\typescriptthree\empty % public, used in typescripts
+
+\let\fontclassstyle \empty
+
+\let\m_font_typescripts_one  \empty
+\let\m_font_typescripts_two  \empty
+\let\m_font_typescripts_three\empty
+\let\m_font_typescripts_check\empty
+\let\m_font_typescripts_match\empty
+
+\let\t_font_typescripts\relax % uses as synonym
+
+\installcorenamespace{typescriptcache}
+\installcorenamespace{typescriptfiles}
+\installcorenamespace{typescriptonce}
+\installcorenamespace{typescriptsynonyms}
+\installcorenamespace{typescriptprefix}
+\installcorenamespace{typescriptinheritances}
+\installcorenamespace{typescriptdefaultstyles}
+\installcorenamespace{typescriptrelatives}
+
+\definesystemvariable{ts} % TypeScript
+
+% tricky ... here we push/pop
+
+\chardef\typescriptmethod\plusone % 1: empty==all==true  2: empty==false
+\chardef\typescriptstate \plustwo % 1: process 2: store
+
+\unexpanded\def\starttypescriptcollection
+  {\dosingleempty\font_typescripts_collection_start}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_collection_start[#tag]%
+  {}
+
+\let\stoptypescriptcollection\relax
+
+\unexpanded\def\usetypescriptfile[#filename]%
+  {\doifelse{#filename}\v!reset
+     {\let\typescriptfiles\empty}
+     {\splitfilename{#filename}%
+      \addtocommalist\splitoffbase\typescriptfiles}}
+
+\unexpanded\def\usetypescript     {\dotripleempty\font_typescripts_use_one}
+\unexpanded\def\usetypescriptexact{\dotripleempty\font_typescripts_use_two}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_use_one{\let\typescriptmethod\plusone\font_typescripts_use}
+\def\font_typescripts_use_two{\let\typescriptmethod\plustwo\font_typescripts_use}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_typescripts_use[#one][#two][#three]%
+  {\pushmacro\m_font_typescripts_one
+   \pushmacro\m_font_typescripts_two
+   \pushmacro\m_font_typescripts_three
+   \edef\m_font_typescripts_one  {\truetypescript{#one}}%
+   \edef\m_font_typescripts_two  {\truetypescript{#two}}%
+   \edef\m_font_typescripts_three{\truetypescript{#three}}%
+   \pushmacro\typescriptone
+   \pushmacro\typescripttwo
+   \pushmacro\typescriptthree
+   \pushmacro\typescriptmethod
+   \pushmacro\typescriptstate
+   \pushmacro\stoptypescript
+   \typescriptfoundfalse
+   \let\typescriptstate\plusone
+   \iftracetypescripts
+     \writestatus\m!fonts{request: [\m_font_typescripts_one] [\m_font_typescripts_two] [\m_font_typescripts_three]}%
+   \fi
+   \processcommacommand[\typescriptfiles]\font_typescripts_load_file
+   \the\c_font_typescripts_document
+   \setfalse\c_font_typescripts_first_pass
+   \popmacro\stoptypescript
+   \popmacro\typescriptstate
+   \popmacro\typescriptmethod
+   \popmacro\typescriptthree
+   \popmacro\typescripttwo
+   \popmacro\typescriptone
+   \popmacro\m_font_typescripts_three
+   \popmacro\m_font_typescripts_two
+   \popmacro\m_font_typescripts_one}
+
+\unexpanded\def\preloadtypescripts
+  {\ifproductionrun\settrue\c_font_typescripts_preload\fi}
+
+\prependtoks
+    \preloadtypescripts
+\to \everyjob
+
+\unexpanded\def\quittypescriptscanning
+  {\settrue\c_font_typescripts_quit} % public
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_store#definitions\stoptypescript
+  {\global\advance\c_font_typescripts_n_of_preloaded\plusone
+   \expandafter\normalgdef\csname\??typescriptcache\the\c_font_typescripts_n_of_preloaded\endcsname
+     {\starttypescript#definitions\stoptypescript}%
+  %\normalexpanded{\global\t_font_typescripts{\the\expandafter\t_font_typescripts\noexpand\csname\??typescriptcache\the\c_font_typescripts_n_of_preloaded\endcsname}}}
+   \global\t_font_typescripts\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+     {\expandafter\the\expandafter\t_font_typescripts
+      \csname\??typescriptcache\the\c_font_typescripts_n_of_preloaded\endcsname}}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_collection_start_store#definitions\stoptypescriptcollection
+  {\global\advance\c_font_typescripts_n_of_preloaded\plusone
+   \expandafter\normalgdef\csname\??typescriptcache\the\c_font_typescripts_n_of_preloaded\endcsname
+     {\starttypescriptcollection#definitions\stoptypescriptcollection}%
+  %\normalexpanded{\global\t_font_typescripts{\the\expandafter\t_font_typescripts\noexpand\csname\??typescriptcache\the\c_font_typescripts_n_of_preloaded\endcsname}}}
+   \global\t_font_typescripts\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+     {\expandafter\the\expandafter\t_font_typescripts
+      \csname\??typescriptcache\the\c_font_typescripts_n_of_preloaded\endcsname}}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_load_file#filename%
+  {\setfalse\c_font_typescripts_quit
+   \pushmacro\currenttypefile
+   \def\currenttypefile{#filename}%
+   \ifconditional\c_font_typescripts_preload
+     \font_typescript_process_typescript_file_and_store
+   \else
+     \font_typescript_process_typescript_file
+   \fi
+   \popmacro\currenttypefile
+   \ifconditional\c_font_typescripts_quit
+     \quitcommalist
+     \setfalse\c_font_typescripts_quit
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_typescript_process_typescript_file_and_store
+  {\expandafter\let\expandafter\t_font_typescripts\csname\??typescriptfiles\currenttypefile\endcsname
+   \ifx\t_font_typescripts\relax
+     \font_typescript_process_typescript_store_indeed
+   \fi
+   \the\t_font_typescripts}
+
+\def\font_typescript_process_typescript_store_indeed
+  {\newtoks\t_font_typescripts % is \relaxed elsewhere
+   \begingroup
+     \let\starttypescript          \font_typescripts_start_store
+     \let\starttypescriptcollection\font_typescripts_collection_start_store
+     \font_typescript_process_typescript_file
+   \endgroup
+   \expandafter\let\csname\??typescriptfiles\currenttypefile\endcsname\t_font_typescripts}
+
+\def\font_typescript_process_typescript_file
+  {\ctxcommand{doprocesstypescriptfile("\currenttypefile")}}
+
+\unexpanded\def\usetypescriptonce
+  {\dotripleempty\font_typescripts_use_once}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_use_once[#one][#two][#three]%
+  {\ifcsname\??typescriptonce#one:#two:#three\endcsname
+     \writestatus\m!fonts{once (#one) (#two) (#three)}%
+   \else
+     \expandafter\let\csname\??typescriptonce#one:#two:#three\endcsname\relax
+     \font_typescripts_use[#one][#two][#three]%
+   \fi}
+
+% \definetypescriptsynonym[lbr][cmr]
+
+\unexpanded\def\definetypescriptsynonym
+  {\dodoubleempty\font_typescripts_synonym_define}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_synonym_define[#name][#synonym]%
+  {\ifsecondargument\setevalue{\??typescriptsynonyms#name}{#synonym}\fi}
+
+\def\truetypescript#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??typescriptsynonyms#name\endcsname
+     \expandafter\truetypescript\csname\??typescriptsynonyms#name\endcsname\else#name%
+   \fi}
+
+% script [serif] [default]         [size]
+% script [serif] [computer-modern] [size]
+% script [serif] [computer-modern] [ec]
+% script [serif] [computer-modern] [name]
+% script [serif] [computer-modern] [special]
+
+\prependtoks
+    \settrue\c_font_typescripts_first_pass
+\to \everyjob
+
+\unexpanded\def\starttypescript
+  {\ifcase\typescriptstate
+     % 0 = skip
+     \expandafter\font_typescripts_start_gobble
+   \or
+     % 1 = process
+     \expandafter\font_typescripts_start_process
+   \or
+     % 2 = store
+     \expandafter\font_typescripts_start_document
+   \else
+     % ? = skip
+     \expandafter\font_typescripts_start_gobble
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_gobble#definitions\stoptypescript{}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_document#definitions\stoptypescript
+ %{\appendtoks\starttypescript#definitions\stoptypescript\to\c_font_typescripts_document}
+  {\c_font_typescripts_document\expandafter{\the\c_font_typescripts_document\starttypescript#definitions\stoptypescript}}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_process % could be a faster \doifnextoptionalelse if needed
+  {\let\typescriptone  \m_font_typescripts_one
+   \let\typescripttwo  \m_font_typescripts_two
+   \let\typescriptthree\m_font_typescripts_three
+   \let\m_font_typescripts_match\empty
+   \doifnextoptionalelse\font_typescripts_start_process_one\font_typescripts_start_process_all}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_process_all % could be a \let
+  {\ifconditional\c_font_typescripts_first_pass
+     \expandafter\font_typescripts_start_process_indeed
+   \else
+     % skip this since it may do unwanted resets, like
+     % setting symbolic font names to unknown, especially
+     % in run time user type scripts
+     \expandafter\font_typescripts_start_gobble
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_show_match
+  {\writestatus\m!fonts{match:\ifx\currenttypefile\relax\space *\fi \m_font_typescripts_match}}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_process_yes
+  {\ifdone
+     \typescriptfoundtrue
+     \iftracetypescripts\font_typescripts_show_match\fi
+     \expandafter\font_typescripts_start_process_indeed
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_typescripts_start_gobble
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_process_one
+  {\font_typescripts_check\m_font_typescripts_one\typescriptone\font_typescripts_start_process_again_one}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_process_two
+  {\font_typescripts_check\m_font_typescripts_two\typescripttwo\font_typescripts_start_process_again_two}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_process_three
+  {\font_typescripts_check\m_font_typescripts_three\typescriptthree\font_typescripts_start_process_again_three}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_process_again_one
+  {\doifnextoptionalelse\font_typescripts_start_process_two\font_typescripts_start_process_yes}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_process_again_two
+  {\doifnextoptionalelse\font_typescripts_start_process_three\font_typescripts_start_process_yes}
+
+% \def\font_typescripts_start_process_again_three
+%   {\font_typescripts_start_process_yes}
+
+\let\font_typescripts_start_process_again_three\font_typescripts_start_process_yes
+
+\def\font_typescripts_start_process_indeed
+  {\pushmacro\fontclass}
+
+\unexpanded\def\stoptypescript
+  {\popmacro\fontclass}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_check#asked#target#followup[#value]% script use value next
+  {\donefalse
+   \edef\m_font_typescripts_check{#value}%
+   \ifx\m_font_typescripts_check\empty % no longer needed / met
+     \ifcase\typescriptmethod\or\donetrue\fi
+   \else\ifx#asked\s!all
+     \donetrue
+   \else\ifx\m_font_typescripts_check\s!all
+     \donetrue
+   \else\ifx#asked\m_font_typescripts_check % saves 10% trace so probably faster too
+     \donetrue
+     \let#target\m_font_typescripts_check
+   \else
+     \doifcommonelse\m_font_typescripts_check#asked\donetrue\donefalse
+     \ifdone
+       \let#target\commalistelement
+     \fi
+   \fi\fi\fi\fi
+   \ifdone
+     \iftracetypescripts\extendtypescriptmatch\fi
+     \expandafter#followup%
+   \else
+     \expandafter\font_typescripts_start_gobble
+   \fi}
+
+\def\extendtypescriptmatch
+  {\edef\m_font_typescripts_match{\m_font_typescripts_match\space[\m_font_typescripts_check]}}
+
+%D Map files will go away in \LUATEX, but till that happens we
+%D use stripped down support for loading them.
+
+\unexpanded\def\loadmapfile{\dosingleempty\font_map_load_file}
+\unexpanded\def\loadmapline{\dodoubleempty\font_map_load_line}
+
+\def\font_map_load_file[#filename]%
+  {\ctxlua{fonts.mappings.loadfile("#filename")}}
+
+\def\font_map_load_line[#kind][#data]%
+  {\ctxlua{fonts.mappings.loadline("#kind","#data")}}
+
+\unexpanded\def\forgetmapfiles
+  {\ctxlua{fonts.mappings.reset()}}
+
+\prependtoks
+    \loadmapfile[mkiv-base.map]% can't we preload this one?
+\to \everystarttext
+
+%D A handy shortcut:
+
+% \definetypescriptprefix[serif][Serif]
+% \definetypescriptprefix[sans] [Sans]
+% \definetypescriptprefix[mono] [Mono]
+%
+%\starttypescript [serif,sans,mono] [handling,hanging,hz] [pure,normal,hz,quality]
+%  \setupfontsynonym [\typescriptprefix\typescriptone] [handling=\typescriptthree]
+% \stoptypescript
+
+\unexpanded\def\definetypescriptprefix
+  {\dodoubleargument\font_typescripts_define_prefix}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_define_prefix[#name][#prefix]%
+  {\setgvalue{\??typescriptprefix#name}{#prefix}} % made global
+
+% without testing:
+%
+% \def\typescriptprefix#name%
+%   {\csname\??typescriptprefix#name\endcsname}
+%
+% with testing:
+
+\def\typescriptprefix#name%
+  {\ifcsname\??typescriptprefix#name\endcsname\csname\??typescriptprefix#name\endcsname\else#name\fi}
+
+% defining typefaces:
+%
+% \definetypeface [joke] [rm]
+% \definetypeface [joke] [rm] [settings]
+% \definetypeface [joke] [rm] [serif] [lucida]
+% \definetypeface [joke] [rm] [serif] [lucida] [size]
+% \definetypeface [joke] [rm] [serif] [lucida] [size] [settings]
+% \definetypeface [joke] [specification]
+
+\unexpanded\def\definetypeface
+  {\dosixtupleargument\font_typefaces_define}
+
+\appendtoks
+    \font_helpers_reset_fontclass_math_families\fontclass
+\to \everybeforedefinetypeface
+
+\def\font_typefaces_define
+  {\iffifthargument
+     \singleexpandafter\font_typefaces_define_a
+   \else\iffourthargument
+     \doubleexpandafter\font_typefaces_define_b
+   \else\ifthirdargument
+     \tripleexpandafter\font_typefaces_define_c
+   \else
+     \tripleexpandafter\font_typefaces_define_d
+   \fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\font_typefaces_define_a[#name][#style][#fontshape][#fontname][#fontsize][#settings]%
+  {\iftracetypescripts\writestatus\m!fonts{define: [#name] [#style] [#fontshape] [#fontname]}\fi
+   \font_typefaces_define_indeed[#name][#style]%
+   \font_typefaces_defining_start{#name}{#style}{#settings}%
+     \font_typescripts_use_one[#fontshape][#fontname][\s!name,\s!default]%
+     \font_typescripts_use_one[#fontshape][#fontsize][\s!size]%
+   \font_typefaces_defining_stop}
+
+\def\font_typefaces_define_b[#name][#style][#fontshape][#fontname][#dummya][#dummyb]%
+  {\font_typefaces_define_a[#name][#style][#fontshape][#fontname][\s!default][#dummyb]}
+
+% \def\font_typefaces_define_c[#name][#style][#settings][#dummya][#dummyb][#dummyc]% misuse for settings
+%   {\font_typefaces_define_indeed[#name][#style]%
+%    \getparameters[\??tf#name#style][#settings]} % not used
+
+\def\font_typefaces_define_c[#name][#style][#dummya][#dummyb][#dummyc][#dummyd]%
+  {\font_typefaces_define_indeed[#name][#style]}
+
+\def\font_typefaces_define_d[#name][#specification][#dummya][#dummyb][#dummyc][#dummyd]% use definitions in lfg file
+  {\ctxlua{fonts.definetypeface("#name",\!!bs#specification\!!es)}}
+
+\def\font_typefaces_define_indeed[#name][#style]% saveguard against redefinition
+  {\doifsomething{#name}
+     {\ifcsname\??typescriptdefaultstyles#name\endcsname \else
+        \registerfontclass{#name}%
+        \setxvalue{\??typescriptdefaultstyles#name}{#style}%
+      \fi
+      \ifcsname#name\endcsname \else
+        \setugvalue{#name}{\switchtotypeface[#name][#style]}%
+      \fi}}
+
+\def\font_typefaces_defining_start#name#style#settings%
+  {\let\@@tsrscale   \plusone
+   \let\@@tsfeatures \empty
+   \let\@@tsfallbacks\empty
+   \let\@@tsgoodies  \empty
+   \let\@@tsdirection\empty
+   \geteparameters[\??ts][#settings]%
+   \pushmacro\fontclass
+   \pushmacro\fontclassstyle
+   \setcurrentfontclass{#name}%
+   \pushmacro\relativefontsize % hm, can be a counter
+   \let\relativefontsize\@@tsrscale % still needed ?
+   \savefontclassparameters{#style}\@@tsrscale\@@tsfeatures\@@tsfallbacks\@@tsgoodies\@@tsdirection
+   \the\everybeforedefinetypeface}
+
+\def\tsvar#key#default% undocumented and unofficial
+  {\expandafter\ifx\csname\??ts#key\endcsname\empty
+     \csname\??ts#key\endcsname
+   \else
+     #default%
+   \fi}
+
+\def\font_typefaces_defining_stop
+  {\the\everyafterdefinetypeface
+   \popmacro\relativefontsize
+   \popmacro\fontclassstyle
+   \popmacro\fontclass}
+
+\def\dofastdefinetypeface#name#style#fontshape#fontsize#settings% called from the lua end (via case d)
+  {\font_typefaces_define_indeed[#name][#style]%
+   \font_typefaces_defining_start{#name}{#style}{#settings}%
+   \font_typescripts_use_one[#fontshape][#fontsize][\s!size]%
+   \font_typefaces_defining_stop}
+
+\unexpanded\def\setuptypeface% [class] [settings]
+  {\dodoubleempty\font_typefaces_setup}
+
+\unexpanded\def\switchtotypeface% [class] [settings]
+  {\dodoubleempty\font_typefaces_switch}
+
+\def\font_typefaces_setup[#class][#settings]%
+  {\setcurrentfontclass{#class}%
+   \let\globalfontclass\fontclass
+   \iffourthargument
+     \setupbodyfont[#settings]%
+   \else\ifx\fontclass\empty
+     \setupbodyfont[\s!rm]%
+   \else\ifcsname\??typescriptdefaultstyles\fontclass\endcsname
+     \setupbodyfont[\csname\??typescriptdefaultstyles\fontclass\endcsname]%
+   \else
+     \setupbodyfont[\s!rm]%
+   \fi \fi \fi
+   \ifmmode\mr\else\tf\fi} % needed ?
+
+\def\font_typefaces_switch[#class][#settings]%
+  {\setcurrentfontclass{#class}%
+   \let\globalfontclass\globalfontclass
+   \iffourthargument
+     \switchtobodyfont[#settings]%
+   \else\ifx\fontclass\empty
+     \switchtobodyfont[\s!rm]%
+   \else\ifcsname\??typescriptdefaultstyles\fontclass\endcsname
+     \switchtobodyfont[\csname\??typescriptdefaultstyles\fontclass\endcsname]%
+   \else
+     \switchtobodyfont[\s!rm]%
+   \fi \fi \fi
+   \ifmmode\mr\else\tf\fi} % needed ?
+
+\unexpanded\def\usetypefile[#type]% recurses on path ! % no storage? obsolete?
+  {\edef\currenttypefile{#type}%
+   \ctxcommand{doprocesstypescriptfile("\currenttypefile")}}
+
+%D For Taco:
+%D
+%D \starttyping
+%D \inherittypeface[palatino][rm][postscript]
+%D \inherittypeface[palatino][rm][\fontclass]
+%D \inherittypeface[palatino][rm] % == \fontclass
+%D \inherittypeface[palatino] % == [rm,ss,tt,mm]
+%D \stoptyping
+
+\def\inherittypeface
+  {\dotripleempty\font_typescripts_inherit_indeed}
+
+\def\font_typescripts_inherit_indeed[#name][#styles][#parentclass]%
+  {\doifelsenothing{#styles}
+     {\font_typescripts_inherit_indeed[#name][\s!rm,\s!ss,\s!tt,\s!mm][\fontclass]}
+     {\doifnot{#name}{#parentclass}
+        {\global\let\font_typescripts_inherit_check\font_typescripts_inherit_check_indeed
+         \def\font_typescripts_inherit_check_step#style{\setevalue{\??typescriptinheritances#name:#style}{#parentclass}}%
+         \processcommalist[#styles]\font_typescripts_inherit_check_step}}}
+
+%D This hooks into the font mechanism with:
+
+\def\font_typescripts_inherit_check_indeed#name% called often
+  {\ifcsname\??typescriptinheritances\fontclass:#name\endcsname
+     \expandafter\let\expandafter\fontclass\csname\??typescriptinheritances\fontclass:#name\endcsname
+   \fi}
+
+\let\font_typescripts_inherit_check\gobbleoneargument
+
+% not yet:
+%
+% \def\font_helpers_check_relative_font_id
+%   {\ifcsname\??typescriptrelatives\fontclass\endcsname
+%      \expandafter\let\expandafter\relativefontid\csname\??typescriptrelatives\fontclass\endcsname
+%    \else
+%      \expandafter\normalxdef\csname\??typescriptrelatives\fontclass\endcsname{\the\lastfontid}%
+%      \let\relativefontid\empty
+%    \fi}
+
+\def\v_font_string_d % default fontstyle (expands to \s!Serif in font-ini)
+  {\expandafter\ifx\csname\??typescriptdefaultstyles\fontclass\endcsname\s!rm \s!Serif \else
+   \expandafter\ifx\csname\??typescriptdefaultstyles\fontclass\endcsname\s!ss \s!Sans  \else
+   \expandafter\ifx\csname\??typescriptdefaultstyles\fontclass\endcsname\s!tt \s!Mono  \else
+                                                                              \s!Serif \fi\fi\fi}
+
+\unexpanded\def\font_helpers_set_fontstyle_of_fontclass
+  {\ifx\fontclass\empty
+     \let\fontstyle\s!rm
+   \else\ifcsname\??typescriptdefaultstyles\fontclass\endcsname
+     \edef\fontstyle{\csname\??typescriptdefaultstyles\fontclass\endcsname}%
+   \else
+     \let\fontstyle\s!rm
+   \fi\fi}
+
+%D This might become a module:
+
+\fetchruntimecommand \typetypescript {\f!typeprefix\s!run}
+
+\protect \endinput
diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-set.mkiv b/tex/context/base/type-set.mkiv
index 562c29a4f..2cb82ae9e 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/type-set.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/type-set.mkiv
@@ -13,65 +13,11 @@
 
 \unprotect
 
-\definetypescriptprefix [serif] [Serif]
-\definetypescriptprefix [sans]  [Sans]
-\definetypescriptprefix [mono]  [Mono]
+\loadmarkfile{type-def} % preloaded
+\loadmarkfile{type-lua} % preloaded
+\loadmarkfile{type-siz} % preloaded
 
-\definefontsynonym [DefaultFont] [\s!file:lmmonoprop10-regular] % was cmvtt10
-
-\startsetups [font:fallback:serif]
-    \definefontsynonym [Serif]            [DefaultFont]
-    \definefontsynonym [SerifBold]        [Serif]
-    \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic]      [Serif]
-    \definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted]     [SerifItalic]
-    \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic]  [Serif]
-    \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [SerifBoldItalic]
-    \definefontsynonym [SerifCaps]        [Serif]
-\stopsetups
-
-\startsetups [font:fallback:sans]
-    \definefontsynonym [Sans]            [DefaultFont]
-    \definefontsynonym [SansBold]        [Sans]
-    \definefontsynonym [SansItalic]      [Sans]
-    \definefontsynonym [SansSlanted]     [SansItalic]
-    \definefontsynonym [SansBoldItalic]  [Sans]
-    \definefontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [SansBoldItalic]
-    \definefontsynonym [SansCaps]        [Sans]
-\stopsetups
-
-\startsetups [font:fallback:mono]
-    \definefontsynonym [Mono]            [DefaultFont]
-    \definefontsynonym [MonoBold]        [Mono]
-    \definefontsynonym [MonoItalic]      [Mono]
-    \definefontsynonym [MonoSlanted]     [MonoItalic]
-    \definefontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic]  [Mono]
-    \definefontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [MonoBoldItalic]
-    \definefontsynonym [MonoCaps]        [Mono]
-\stopsetups
-
-\starttypescript [serif,sans,mono] [fallback]
-    \setups[\s!font:\s!fallback:\typescriptone]
-\stoptypescript
-
-\startsetups [font:allbold:serif]
-    \definefontsynonym [Serif]            [SerifBold]
-    \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic]      [SerifBoldItalic]
-    \definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted]     [SerifBoldSlanted]
-    %definefontsynonym [SerifCaps]        [SerifBold]
-\stopsetups
-
-\startsetups [font:allbold:sans]
-    \definefontsynonym [Sans]            [SansBold]
-    \definefontsynonym [SansItalic]      [SansBoldItalic]
-    \definefontsynonym [SansSlanted]     [SansBoldSlanted]
-    %definefontsynonym [SansCaps]        [SansBold]
-\stopsetups
-
-%usetypescriptfile[def] % preloaded in main context.mkiv file
-%usetypescriptfile[lua] % preloaded in main context.mkiv file
-%usetypescriptfile[tmf] % replaced by otf (mkiv) en one (mkii)
-\usetypescriptfile[siz]
-\usetypescriptfile[otf]
-\usetypescriptfile[loc]
+\usetypescriptfile[otf] % runtime
+\usetypescriptfile[loc] % runtime
 
 \protect \endinput
diff --git a/tex/context/base/type-siz.mkiv b/tex/context/base/type-siz.mkiv
index ed1aa6ed5..4e9b2b9c3 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/type-siz.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/type-siz.mkiv
@@ -11,382 +11,398 @@
 %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for
 %C details.
 
-\starttypescriptcollection[size]
+\unprotect
 
-\starttypescript [serif] [default] [size]
+% beware: no \s! before keys as these are interpreted
+
+\starttypescriptcollection[\s!size]
+
+\starttypescript [\s!serif] [\s!default] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [4pt,5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,14.4pt,17.3pt]
-    [rm] [default]
+    [\s!rm] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [sans] [default] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!sans] [\s!default] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [4pt,5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,14.4pt,17.3pt]
-    [ss] [default]
+    [\s!ss] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [mono] [default] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!mono] [\s!default] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [4pt,5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,14.4pt,17.3pt]
-    [tt] [default]
+    [\s!tt] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [math] [default] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!math] [\s!default] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [4pt,5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,14.4pt,17.3pt]
-    [mm] [default]
+    [\s!mm] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [handwriting] [default] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!handwriting] [\s!default] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [4pt,5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,14.4pt,17.3pt]
-    [hw] [default]
+    [\s!hw] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [calligraphy] [default] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!calligraphy] [\s!default] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [4pt,5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,14.4pt,17.3pt]
-    [cg] [default]
+    [\s!cg] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [casual] [default] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!casual] [\s!default] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [4pt,5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,14.4pt,17.3pt]
-    [rm] [default]
+    [\s!rm] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [all] [dtp] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!all] [\s!dtp] [\s!size]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [4pt]
     [\s!text=4pt,\s!script=4pt,\s!scriptscript=4pt,
-     \c!x=4pt,\c!xx=4pt,\c!big=6pt,\c!small=4pt]
+     \s!x=4pt,\s!xx=4pt,\v!big=6pt,\v!small=4pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [5pt]
     [\s!text=5pt,\s!script=5pt,\s!scriptscript=5pt,
-     \c!x=5pt,\c!xx=5pt,\c!big=7pt,\c!small=5pt]
+     \s!x=5pt,\s!xx=5pt,\v!big=7pt,\v!small=5pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [6pt]
     [\s!text=6pt,\s!script=5pt,\s!scriptscript=5pt,
-     \c!x=5pt,\c!xx=5pt,\c!big=8pt,\c!small=5pt]
+     \s!x=5pt,\s!xx=5pt,\v!big=8pt,\v!small=5pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [7pt]
     [\s!text=7pt,\s!script=6pt,\s!scriptscript=5pt,
-     \c!x=6pt,\c!xx=5pt,\c!big=9pt,\c!small=5pt]
+     \s!x=6pt,\s!xx=5pt,\v!big=9pt,\v!small=5pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [8pt]
     [\s!text=8pt,\s!script=6pt,\s!scriptscript=5pt,
-     \c!x=6pt,\c!xx=5pt,\c!big=10pt,\c!small=6pt]
+     \s!x=6pt,\s!xx=5pt,\v!big=10pt,\v!small=6pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [9pt]
     [\s!text=9pt,\s!script=7pt,\s!scriptscript=5pt,
-     \c!x=7pt,\c!xx=5pt,\c!big=11pt,\c!small=7pt]
+     \s!x=7pt,\s!xx=5pt,\v!big=11pt,\v!small=7pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [10pt]
     [\s!text=10pt,\s!script=7pt,\s!scriptscript=5pt,
-     \c!x=8pt,\c!xx=6pt,\c!big=12pt,\c!small=8pt]
+     \s!x=8pt,\s!xx=6pt,\v!big=12pt,\v!small=8pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [11pt]
     [\s!text=11pt,\s!script=8pt,\s!scriptscript=6pt,
-     \c!x=9pt,\c!xx=7pt,\c!big=13pt,\c!small=9pt]
+     \s!x=9pt,\s!xx=7pt,\v!big=13pt,\v!small=9pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [12pt]
     [\s!text=12pt,\s!script=9pt,\s!scriptscript=7pt,
-     \c!x=10pt,\c!xx=8pt,\c!big=14pt,\c!small=10pt]
+     \s!x=10pt,\s!xx=8pt,\v!big=14pt,\v!small=10pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [13pt]
     [\s!text=13pt,\s!script=10pt,\s!scriptscript=8pt,
-     \c!x=11pt,\c!xx=9pt,\c!big=16pt,\c!small=11pt]
+     \s!x=11pt,\s!xx=9pt,\v!big=16pt,\v!small=11pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [14pt]
     [\s!text=14pt,\s!script=10pt,\s!scriptscript=7pt,
-     \c!x=12pt,\c!xx=10pt,\c!big=16pt,\c!small=12pt]
+     \s!x=12pt,\s!xx=10pt,\v!big=16pt,\v!small=12pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [16pt]
     [\s!text=16pt,\s!script=12pt,\s!scriptscript=9pt,
-     \c!x=13pt,\c!xx=11pt,\c!big=18pt,\c!small=14pt]
+     \s!x=13pt,\s!xx=11pt,\v!big=18pt,\v!small=14pt]
 
   % suboptimal math sizes
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [18pt]
     [\s!text=18pt,\s!script=16pt,\s!scriptscript=14pt,
-     \c!x=16pt,\c!xx=14pt,\c!big=22pt,\c!small=16pt]
+     \s!x=16pt,\s!xx=14pt,\v!big=22pt,\v!small=16pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [22pt]
     [\s!text=22pt,\s!script=22pt,\s!scriptscript=18pt,
-     \c!x=18pt,\c!xx=16pt,\c!big=28pt,\c!small=18pt]
+     \s!x=18pt,\s!xx=16pt,\v!big=28pt,\v!small=18pt]
 
   \definebodyfontenvironment
     [28pt]
     [\s!text=28pt,\s!script=22pt,\s!scriptscript=18pt,
-     \c!x=22pt,\c!xx=18pt,\c!big=28pt,\c!small=22pt]
+     \s!x=22pt,\s!xx=18pt,\v!big=28pt,\v!small=22pt]
 
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [serif] [dtp] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!serif] [\s!dtp] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,13pt,14pt,16pt,18pt,22pt,28pt]
-    [rm] [default]
+    [\s!rm] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [sans] [dtp] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!sans] [\s!dtp] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,13pt,14pt,16pt,18pt,22pt,28pt]
-    [ss] [default]
+    [\s!ss] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [mono] [dtp] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!mono] [\s!dtp] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,13pt,14pt,16pt,18pt,22pt,28pt]
-    [tt] [default]
+    [\s!tt] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [math] [dtp] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!math] [\s!dtp] [\s!size]
   \definebodyfont
     [5pt,6pt,7pt,8pt,9pt,10pt,11pt,12pt,13pt,14pt,16pt,18pt,22pt,28pt]
-    [mm] [default]
+    [\s!mm] [\s!default]
 \stoptypescript
 
 \stoptypescriptcollection
 
+% This can become type-lmr
+
 \starttypescriptcollection[size-mkiv]
 
-\starttypescript [serif] [computer-modern] [size]
-
-  \definebodyfont [12pt] [rm]
-    [tf=LMRoman12-Regular,
-     bf=LMRoman12-Bold,
-     it=LMRoman12-Italic,
-     sl=LMRoman12-Oblique,
-     bi=LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
-     bs=LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [11pt] [rm]
-    [tf=LMRoman10-Regular sa 1,
-     bf=LMRoman10-Bold sa 1,
-     it=LMRoman10-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMRoman10-Oblique sa 1,
-     bi=LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
-     bs=LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [10pt] [rm]
-    [tf=LMRoman10-Regular,
-     bf=LMRoman10-Bold,
-     it=LMRoman10-Italic,
-     sl=LMRoman10-Oblique,
-     bi=LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
-     bs=LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [9pt] [rm]
-    [tf=LMRoman9-Regular,
-     bf=LMRoman9-Bold,
-     it=LMRoman9-Italic,
-     sl=LMRoman9-Oblique,
-     bi=LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
-     bs=LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [8pt] [rm]
-    [tf=LMRoman8-Regular,
-     bf=LMRoman8-Bold,
-     it=LMRoman8-Italic,
-     sl=LMRoman8-Oblique,
-     bi=LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
-     bs=LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [7pt] [rm]
-    [tf=LMRoman7-Regular,
-     bf=LMRoman7-Bold,
-     it=LMRoman7-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMRoman8-Oblique sa 1,
-     bi=LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
-     bs=LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [6pt] [rm]
-    [tf=LMRoman6-Regular,
-     bf=LMRoman6-Bold,
-     it=LMRoman7-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMRoman8-Oblique sa 1,
-     bi=LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
-     bs=LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [5pt] [rm]
-    [tf=LMRoman5-Regular,
-     bf=LMRoman5-Bold,
-     it=LMRoman7-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMRoman8-Oblique sa 1,
-     bi=LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
-     bs=LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [4pt] [rm]
-    [tf=LMRoman5-Regular sa 1,
-     bf=LMRoman5-Bold sa 1,
-     it=LMRoman7-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMRoman8-Oblique sa 1,
-     bi=LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
-     bs=LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [rm]
-    [tf=LMRoman12-Regular sa 1,
-     bf=LMRoman12-Bold sa 1,
-     it=LMRoman12-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMRoman12-Oblique sa 1,
-     bi=LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
-     bs=LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+\definesystemconstant{LMRoman}
+\definesystemconstant{LMSans}
+\definesystemconstant{LMTypewriter}
+\definesystemconstant{LMMathRoman}
+
+\starttypescript [\s!serif] [computer-modern] [\s!size]
+
+  \definebodyfont [12pt] [\s!rm]
+    [tf=\s!LMRoman12-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMRoman12-Bold,
+     it=\s!LMRoman12-Italic,
+     sl=\s!LMRoman12-Oblique,
+     bi=\s!LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [11pt] [\s!rm]
+    [tf=\s!LMRoman10-Regular sa 1,
+     bf=\s!LMRoman10-Bold sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMRoman10-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMRoman10-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [10pt] [\s!rm]
+    [tf=\s!LMRoman10-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMRoman10-Bold,
+     it=\s!LMRoman10-Italic,
+     sl=\s!LMRoman10-Oblique,
+     bi=\s!LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [9pt] [\s!rm]
+    [tf=\s!LMRoman9-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMRoman9-Bold,
+     it=\s!LMRoman9-Italic,
+     sl=\s!LMRoman9-Oblique,
+     bi=\s!LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [8pt] [\s!rm]
+    [tf=\s!LMRoman 8-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMRoman 8-Bold,
+     it=\s!LMRoman 8-Italic,
+     sl=\s!LMRoman 8-Oblique,
+     bi=\s!LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [7pt] [\s!rm]
+    [tf=\s!LMRoman 7-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMRoman 7-Bold,
+     it=\s!LMRoman 7-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMRoman 8-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [6pt] [\s!rm]
+    [tf=\s!LMRoman 6-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMRoman 6-Bold,
+     it=\s!LMRoman 7-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMRoman 8-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [5pt] [\s!rm]
+    [tf=\s!LMRoman 5-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMRoman 5-Bold,
+     it=\s!LMRoman 7-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMRoman 8-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [4pt] [\s!rm]
+    [tf=\s!LMRoman 5-Regular sa 1,
+     bf=\s!LMRoman 5-Bold sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMRoman 7-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMRoman 8-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [\s!rm]
+    [tf=\s!LMRoman12-Regular sa 1,
+     bf=\s!LMRoman12-Bold sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMRoman12-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMRoman12-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMRoman10-BoldItalic sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMRoman10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMRoman10-CapsRegular sa 1]
 
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [sans] [computer-modern] [size]
-
-  \definebodyfont [12pt] [ss]
-    [tf=LMSans12-Regular,
-     bf=LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
-     it=LMSans12-Oblique,
-     sl=LMSans12-Oblique,
-     bi=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     bs=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMSans12-Regular]
-
-  \definebodyfont [11pt] [ss]
-    [tf=LMSans10-Regular sa 1,
-     bf=LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
-     it=LMSans10-Oblique sa 1,
-     sl=LMSans10-Oblique sa 1,
-     bi=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     bs=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMSans10-Regular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [10pt] [ss]
-    [tf=LMSans10-Regular,
-     bf=LMSans10-Bold,
-     it=LMSans10-Oblique,
-     sl=LMSans10-Oblique,
-     bi=LMSans10-BoldOblique,
-     bs=LMSans10-BoldOblique,
-     sc=LMSans10-Regular]
-
-  \definebodyfont [9pt] [ss]
-    [tf=LMSans9-Regular,
-     bf=LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
-     it=LMSans9-Oblique sa 1,
-     sl=LMSans9-Oblique sa 1,
-     bi=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     bs=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMSans9-Regular]
-
-  \definebodyfont [8pt] [ss]
-    [tf=LMSans8-Regular,
-     bf=LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
-     it=LMSans8-Oblique,
-     sl=LMSans8-Oblique,
-     bi=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     bs=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMSans8-Regular]
-
-  \definebodyfont [7pt,6pt,5pt,4pt] [ss]
-    [tf=LMSans8-Regular sa 1,
-     bf=LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
-     it=LMSans8-Oblique sa 1,
-     sl=LMSans8-Oblique sa 1,
-     bi=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     bs=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMSans8-Regular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [ss]
-    [tf=LMSans12-Regular sa 1,
-     bf=LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
-     it=LMSans12-Oblique sa 1,
-     sl=LMSans12-Oblique sa 1,
-     bi=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     bs=LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMSans12-Regular sa 1]
+\starttypescript [\s!sans] [computer-modern] [\s!size]
+
+  \definebodyfont [12pt] [\s!ss]
+    [tf=\s!LMSans12-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMSans12-Oblique,
+     sl=\s!LMSans12-Oblique,
+     bi=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMSans12-Regular]
+
+  \definebodyfont [11pt] [\s!ss]
+    [tf=\s!LMSans10-Regular sa 1,
+     bf=\s!LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMSans10-Oblique sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMSans10-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMSans10-Regular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [10pt] [\s!ss]
+    [tf=\s!LMSans10-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMSans10-Bold,
+     it=\s!LMSans10-Oblique,
+     sl=\s!LMSans10-Oblique,
+     bi=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique,
+     bs=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique,
+     sc=\s!LMSans10-Regular]
+
+  \definebodyfont [9pt] [\s!ss]
+    [tf=\s!LMSans 9-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMSans 9-Oblique sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMSans 9-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMSans 9-Regular]
+
+  \definebodyfont [8pt] [\s!ss]
+    [tf=\s!LMSans 8-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMSans 8-Oblique,
+     sl=\s!LMSans 8-Oblique,
+     bi=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMSans8-Regular]
+
+  \definebodyfont [7pt,6pt,5pt,4pt] [\s!ss]
+    [tf=\s!LMSans 8-Regular sa 1,
+     bf=\s!LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMSans 8-Oblique sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMSans 8-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMSans 8-Regular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [\s!ss]
+    [tf=\s!LMSans12-Regular sa 1,
+     bf=\s!LMSans10-Bold sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMSans12-Oblique sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMSans12-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMSans10-BoldOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMSans12-Regular sa 1]
 
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [mono] [computer-modern] [size]
-
-  \definebodyfont [12pt] [tt]
-    [tf=LMTypewriter12-Regular,
-     it=LMTypewriter10-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMTypewriter10-Oblique sa 1,
-     bf=LMTypewriter10-Dark sa 1,
-     bs=LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMTypewriter10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [9pt] [tt]
-    [tf=LMTypewriter9-Regular,
-     it=LMTypewriter10-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMTypewriter10-Oblique sa 1,
-     bf=LMTypewriter10-Dark sa 1,
-     bs=LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMTypewriter10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [8pt] [tt]
-    [tf=LMTypewriter8-Regular,
-     it=LMTypewriter10-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMTypewriter10-Oblique sa 1,
-     bf=LMTypewriter10-Dark sa 1,
-     bs=LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMTypewriter10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [11pt,10pt,7pt,6pt,5pt,4pt] [tt]
-    [tf=LMTypewriter10-Regular sa 1,
-     it=LMTypewriter10-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMTypewriter10-Oblique sa 1,
-     bf=LMTypewriter10-Dark sa 1,
-     bs=LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMTypewriter10-CapsRegular sa 1]
-
-  \definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [tt]
-    [tf=LMTypewriter12-Regular sa 1,
-     it=LMTypewriter10-Italic sa 1,
-     sl=LMTypewriter10-Oblique sa 1,
-     bf=LMTypewriter10-Dark sa 1,
-     bs=LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
-     sc=LMTypewriter10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+\starttypescript [\s!mono] [computer-modern] [\s!size]
+
+  \definebodyfont [12pt] [\s!tt]
+    [tf=\s!LMTypewriter12-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMTypewriter10-Dark sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMTypewriter10-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMTypewriter10-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMTypewriter10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [9pt] [\s!tt]
+    [tf=\s!LMTypewriter 9-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMTypewriter10-Dark sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMTypewriter10-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMTypewriter10-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMTypewriter10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [8pt] [\s!tt]
+    [tf=\s!LMTypewriter 8-Regular,
+     bf=\s!LMTypewriter10-Dark sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMTypewriter10-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMTypewriter10-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMTypewriter10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [11pt,10pt,7pt,6pt,5pt,4pt] [\s!tt]
+    [tf=\s!LMTypewriter10-Regular sa 1,
+     bf=\s!LMTypewriter10-Dark sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMTypewriter10-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMTypewriter10-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMTypewriter10-CapsRegular sa 1]
+
+  \definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [\s!tt]
+    [tf=\s!LMTypewriter12-Regular sa 1,
+     bf=\s!LMTypewriter10-Dark sa 1,
+     it=\s!LMTypewriter10-Italic sa 1,
+     sl=\s!LMTypewriter10-Oblique sa 1,
+     bi=\s!LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
+     bs=\s!LMTypewriter10-DarkOblique sa 1,
+     sc=\s!LMTypewriter10-CapsRegular sa 1]
 
 \stoptypescript
 
-\starttypescript [math] [modern,computer-modern,latin-modern] [size]
+\starttypescript [\s!math] [modern,computer-modern,latin-modern] [\s!size]
 
-  \definebodyfont [12pt] [mm] [mr=LMMathRoman12-Regular sa 1,mb=LMMathRoman12-Regular sa 1]
-  \definebodyfont [11pt] [mm] [mr=LMMathRoman10-Regular sa 1,mb=LMMathRoman10-Regular sa 1]
-  \definebodyfont [10pt] [mm] [mr=LMMathRoman10-Regular sa 1,mb=LMMathRoman10-Regular sa 1]
-  \definebodyfont  [9pt] [mm] [mr=LMMathRoman9-Regular  sa 1,mb=LMMathRoman9-Regular  sa 1]
-  \definebodyfont  [8pt] [mm] [mr=LMMathRoman8-Regular  sa 1,mb=LMMathRoman8-Regular  sa 1]
-  \definebodyfont  [7pt] [mm] [mr=LMMathRoman7-Regular  sa 1,mb=LMMathRoman7-Regular  sa 1]
-  \definebodyfont  [6pt] [mm] [mr=LMMathRoman6-Regular  sa 1,mb=LMMathRoman6-Regular  sa 1]
-  \definebodyfont  [5pt] [mm] [mr=LMMathRoman5-Regular  sa 1,mb=LMMathRoman5-Regular  sa 1]
-  \definebodyfont  [4pt] [mm] [mr=LMMathRoman5-Regular  sa 1,mb=LMMathRoman5-Regular  sa 1]
+  \definebodyfont [12pt] [\s!mm] [mr=\s!LMMathRoman12-Regular sa 1,mb=\s!LMMathRoman12-Regular sa 1]
+  \definebodyfont [11pt] [\s!mm] [mr=\s!LMMathRoman10-Regular sa 1,mb=\s!LMMathRoman10-Regular sa 1]
+  \definebodyfont [10pt] [\s!mm] [mr=\s!LMMathRoman10-Regular sa 1,mb=\s!LMMathRoman10-Regular sa 1]
+  \definebodyfont  [9pt] [\s!mm] [mr=\s!LMMathRoman 9-Regular sa 1,mb=\s!LMMathRoman 9-Regular sa 1]
+  \definebodyfont  [8pt] [\s!mm] [mr=\s!LMMathRoman 8-Regular sa 1,mb=\s!LMMathRoman 8-Regular sa 1]
+  \definebodyfont  [7pt] [\s!mm] [mr=\s!LMMathRoman 7-Regular sa 1,mb=\s!LMMathRoman 7-Regular sa 1]
+  \definebodyfont  [6pt] [\s!mm] [mr=\s!LMMathRoman 6-Regular sa 1,mb=\s!LMMathRoman 6-Regular sa 1]
+  \definebodyfont  [5pt] [\s!mm] [mr=\s!LMMathRoman 5-Regular sa 1,mb=\s!LMMathRoman 5-Regular sa 1]
+  \definebodyfont  [4pt] [\s!mm] [mr=\s!LMMathRoman 5-Regular sa 1,mb=\s!LMMathRoman 5-Regular sa 1]
 
-  \definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [mm]
-     [mr=LMMathRoman12-Regular sa 1,
-      mb=LMMathRoman12-Regular sa 1]
+  \definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [\s!mm]
+     [mr=\s!LMMathRoman12-Regular sa 1,
+      mb=\s!LMMathRoman12-Regular sa 1]
 
 \stoptypescript
 
 \stoptypescriptcollection
 
-\endinput
+\protect \endinput
diff --git a/tex/context/base/typo-cap.mkiv b/tex/context/base/typo-cap.mkiv
index 80b5270d2..2ed50ce20 100644
--- a/tex/context/base/typo-cap.mkiv
+++ b/tex/context/base/typo-cap.mkiv
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
 
 \setupcapitals
   [\c!title=\v!yes,
-   \c!sc=\v!no]
+   sc=\v!no] % no \c!sc any longer
 
 % \definestartstop is not yet in available at core-spa time
 %
diff --git a/tex/context/bib/backup/sample.bib b/tex/context/bib/backup/sample.bib
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f8df623e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tex/context/bib/backup/sample.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+@STRING{hh = {Hans Hagen}}
+
+@ELECTRONIC{hh2010,
+  author = hh,
+  year = {2010},
+  title = {Metafun. \CONTEXT\ mkiv},
+  url = {http://www.pragma-ade.nl/general/manuals/metafun-s.pdf},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{hh2010a,
+  author = hh,
+  title = {The Font Name Mess},
+  journal = {MAPS},
+  year = {2010},
+  volume = {40},
+  pages = {2-8},
+  keywords = {context},
+}
+
+@ARTICLE{hh2010b,
+  author = hh,
+  title = {Grouping in Hybrid Environments},
+  journal = {MAPS},
+  year = {2010},
+  volume = {40},
+  pages = {67-71},
+  keywords = {context},
+}
+
+@BOOK{Eijkhout1991,
+  title = {\TeX\ by Topic. A \TeX nician's Reference},
+  publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+  year = {1991},
+  author = {Victor Eijkhout},
+  address = {London},
+  keywords = {general},
+}
+
diff --git a/tex/generic/context/luatex/luatex-fonts-merged.lua b/tex/generic/context/luatex/luatex-fonts-merged.lua
index d609ca635..e8e2e258a 100644
--- a/tex/generic/context/luatex/luatex-fonts-merged.lua
+++ b/tex/generic/context/luatex/luatex-fonts-merged.lua
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 -- merged file : luatex-fonts-merged.lua
 -- parent file : luatex-fonts.lua
--- merge date  : 01/02/12 21:59:34
+-- merge date  : 01/09/12 10:08:43
 
 do -- begin closure to overcome local limits and interference